File: | tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp |
Warning: | line 4119, column 53 Potential leak of memory pointed to by field 'DiagStorage' |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
1 | //===--- SemaDeclAttr.cpp - Declaration Attribute Handling ----------------===// | |||
2 | // | |||
3 | // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure | |||
4 | // | |||
5 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source | |||
6 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. | |||
7 | // | |||
8 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
9 | // | |||
10 | // This file implements decl-related attribute processing. | |||
11 | // | |||
12 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
13 | ||||
14 | #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" | |||
15 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" | |||
16 | #include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" | |||
17 | #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" | |||
18 | #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" | |||
19 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" | |||
20 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" | |||
21 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" | |||
22 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" | |||
23 | #include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" | |||
24 | #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" | |||
25 | #include "clang/Basic/CharInfo.h" | |||
26 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" | |||
27 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" | |||
28 | #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" | |||
29 | #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" | |||
30 | #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" | |||
31 | #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" | |||
32 | #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" | |||
33 | #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" | |||
34 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" | |||
35 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" | |||
36 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" | |||
37 | #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" | |||
38 | ||||
39 | using namespace clang; | |||
40 | using namespace sema; | |||
41 | ||||
42 | namespace AttributeLangSupport { | |||
43 | enum LANG { | |||
44 | C, | |||
45 | Cpp, | |||
46 | ObjC | |||
47 | }; | |||
48 | } // end namespace AttributeLangSupport | |||
49 | ||||
50 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
51 | // Helper functions | |||
52 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
53 | ||||
54 | /// isFunctionOrMethod - Return true if the given decl has function | |||
55 | /// type (function or function-typed variable) or an Objective-C | |||
56 | /// method. | |||
57 | static bool isFunctionOrMethod(const Decl *D) { | |||
58 | return (D->getFunctionType() != nullptr) || isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); | |||
59 | } | |||
60 | ||||
61 | /// \brief Return true if the given decl has function type (function or | |||
62 | /// function-typed variable) or an Objective-C method or a block. | |||
63 | static bool isFunctionOrMethodOrBlock(const Decl *D) { | |||
64 | return isFunctionOrMethod(D) || isa<BlockDecl>(D); | |||
65 | } | |||
66 | ||||
67 | /// Return true if the given decl has a declarator that should have | |||
68 | /// been processed by Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator. | |||
69 | static bool hasDeclarator(const Decl *D) { | |||
70 | // In some sense, TypedefDecl really *ought* to be a DeclaratorDecl. | |||
71 | return isa<DeclaratorDecl>(D) || isa<BlockDecl>(D) || isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D) || | |||
72 | isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D); | |||
73 | } | |||
74 | ||||
75 | /// hasFunctionProto - Return true if the given decl has a argument | |||
76 | /// information. This decl should have already passed | |||
77 | /// isFunctionOrMethod or isFunctionOrMethodOrBlock. | |||
78 | static bool hasFunctionProto(const Decl *D) { | |||
79 | if (const FunctionType *FnTy = D->getFunctionType()) | |||
80 | return isa<FunctionProtoType>(FnTy); | |||
81 | return isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<BlockDecl>(D); | |||
82 | } | |||
83 | ||||
84 | /// getFunctionOrMethodNumParams - Return number of function or method | |||
85 | /// parameters. It is an error to call this on a K&R function (use | |||
86 | /// hasFunctionProto first). | |||
87 | static unsigned getFunctionOrMethodNumParams(const Decl *D) { | |||
88 | if (const FunctionType *FnTy = D->getFunctionType()) | |||
89 | return cast<FunctionProtoType>(FnTy)->getNumParams(); | |||
90 | if (const BlockDecl *BD = dyn_cast<BlockDecl>(D)) | |||
91 | return BD->getNumParams(); | |||
92 | return cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)->param_size(); | |||
93 | } | |||
94 | ||||
95 | static QualType getFunctionOrMethodParamType(const Decl *D, unsigned Idx) { | |||
96 | if (const FunctionType *FnTy = D->getFunctionType()) | |||
97 | return cast<FunctionProtoType>(FnTy)->getParamType(Idx); | |||
98 | if (const BlockDecl *BD = dyn_cast<BlockDecl>(D)) | |||
99 | return BD->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); | |||
100 | ||||
101 | return cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)->parameters()[Idx]->getType(); | |||
102 | } | |||
103 | ||||
104 | static SourceRange getFunctionOrMethodParamRange(const Decl *D, unsigned Idx) { | |||
105 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) | |||
106 | return FD->getParamDecl(Idx)->getSourceRange(); | |||
107 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) | |||
108 | return MD->parameters()[Idx]->getSourceRange(); | |||
109 | if (const auto *BD = dyn_cast<BlockDecl>(D)) | |||
110 | return BD->getParamDecl(Idx)->getSourceRange(); | |||
111 | return SourceRange(); | |||
112 | } | |||
113 | ||||
114 | static QualType getFunctionOrMethodResultType(const Decl *D) { | |||
115 | if (const FunctionType *FnTy = D->getFunctionType()) | |||
116 | return cast<FunctionType>(FnTy)->getReturnType(); | |||
117 | return cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)->getReturnType(); | |||
118 | } | |||
119 | ||||
120 | static SourceRange getFunctionOrMethodResultSourceRange(const Decl *D) { | |||
121 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) | |||
122 | return FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); | |||
123 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) | |||
124 | return MD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); | |||
125 | return SourceRange(); | |||
126 | } | |||
127 | ||||
128 | static bool isFunctionOrMethodVariadic(const Decl *D) { | |||
129 | if (const FunctionType *FnTy = D->getFunctionType()) { | |||
130 | const FunctionProtoType *proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(FnTy); | |||
131 | return proto->isVariadic(); | |||
132 | } | |||
133 | if (const BlockDecl *BD = dyn_cast<BlockDecl>(D)) | |||
134 | return BD->isVariadic(); | |||
135 | ||||
136 | return cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)->isVariadic(); | |||
137 | } | |||
138 | ||||
139 | static bool isInstanceMethod(const Decl *D) { | |||
140 | if (const CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) | |||
141 | return MethodDecl->isInstance(); | |||
142 | return false; | |||
143 | } | |||
144 | ||||
145 | static inline bool isNSStringType(QualType T, ASTContext &Ctx) { | |||
146 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | |||
147 | if (!PT) | |||
148 | return false; | |||
149 | ||||
150 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Cls = PT->getObjectType()->getInterface(); | |||
151 | if (!Cls) | |||
152 | return false; | |||
153 | ||||
154 | IdentifierInfo* ClsName = Cls->getIdentifier(); | |||
155 | ||||
156 | // FIXME: Should we walk the chain of classes? | |||
157 | return ClsName == &Ctx.Idents.get("NSString") || | |||
158 | ClsName == &Ctx.Idents.get("NSMutableString"); | |||
159 | } | |||
160 | ||||
161 | static inline bool isCFStringType(QualType T, ASTContext &Ctx) { | |||
162 | const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>(); | |||
163 | if (!PT) | |||
164 | return false; | |||
165 | ||||
166 | const RecordType *RT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<RecordType>(); | |||
167 | if (!RT) | |||
168 | return false; | |||
169 | ||||
170 | const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); | |||
171 | if (RD->getTagKind() != TTK_Struct) | |||
172 | return false; | |||
173 | ||||
174 | return RD->getIdentifier() == &Ctx.Idents.get("__CFString"); | |||
175 | } | |||
176 | ||||
177 | static unsigned getNumAttributeArgs(const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
178 | // FIXME: Include the type in the argument list. | |||
179 | return Attr.getNumArgs() + Attr.hasParsedType(); | |||
180 | } | |||
181 | ||||
182 | template <typename Compare> | |||
183 | static bool checkAttributeNumArgsImpl(Sema &S, const AttributeList &Attr, | |||
184 | unsigned Num, unsigned Diag, | |||
185 | Compare Comp) { | |||
186 | if (Comp(getNumAttributeArgs(Attr), Num)) { | |||
187 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), Diag) << Attr.getName() << Num; | |||
188 | return false; | |||
189 | } | |||
190 | ||||
191 | return true; | |||
192 | } | |||
193 | ||||
194 | /// \brief Check if the attribute has exactly as many args as Num. May | |||
195 | /// output an error. | |||
196 | static bool checkAttributeNumArgs(Sema &S, const AttributeList &Attr, | |||
197 | unsigned Num) { | |||
198 | return checkAttributeNumArgsImpl(S, Attr, Num, | |||
199 | diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments, | |||
200 | std::not_equal_to<unsigned>()); | |||
201 | } | |||
202 | ||||
203 | /// \brief Check if the attribute has at least as many args as Num. May | |||
204 | /// output an error. | |||
205 | static bool checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(Sema &S, const AttributeList &Attr, | |||
206 | unsigned Num) { | |||
207 | return checkAttributeNumArgsImpl(S, Attr, Num, | |||
208 | diag::err_attribute_too_few_arguments, | |||
209 | std::less<unsigned>()); | |||
210 | } | |||
211 | ||||
212 | /// \brief Check if the attribute has at most as many args as Num. May | |||
213 | /// output an error. | |||
214 | static bool checkAttributeAtMostNumArgs(Sema &S, const AttributeList &Attr, | |||
215 | unsigned Num) { | |||
216 | return checkAttributeNumArgsImpl(S, Attr, Num, | |||
217 | diag::err_attribute_too_many_arguments, | |||
218 | std::greater<unsigned>()); | |||
219 | } | |||
220 | ||||
221 | /// \brief A helper function to provide Attribute Location for the Attr types | |||
222 | /// AND the AttributeList. | |||
223 | template <typename AttrInfo> | |||
224 | static typename std::enable_if<std::is_base_of<clang::Attr, AttrInfo>::value, | |||
225 | SourceLocation>::type | |||
226 | getAttrLoc(const AttrInfo &Attr) { | |||
227 | return Attr.getLocation(); | |||
228 | } | |||
229 | static SourceLocation getAttrLoc(const clang::AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
230 | return Attr.getLoc(); | |||
231 | } | |||
232 | ||||
233 | /// \brief A helper function to provide Attribute Name for the Attr types | |||
234 | /// AND the AttributeList. | |||
235 | template <typename AttrInfo> | |||
236 | static typename std::enable_if<std::is_base_of<clang::Attr, AttrInfo>::value, | |||
237 | const AttrInfo *>::type | |||
238 | getAttrName(const AttrInfo &Attr) { | |||
239 | return &Attr; | |||
240 | } | |||
241 | static const IdentifierInfo *getAttrName(const clang::AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
242 | return Attr.getName(); | |||
243 | } | |||
244 | ||||
245 | /// \brief If Expr is a valid integer constant, get the value of the integer | |||
246 | /// expression and return success or failure. May output an error. | |||
247 | template<typename AttrInfo> | |||
248 | static bool checkUInt32Argument(Sema &S, const AttrInfo& Attr, const Expr *Expr, | |||
249 | uint32_t &Val, unsigned Idx = UINT_MAX(2147483647 *2U +1U)) { | |||
250 | llvm::APSInt I(32); | |||
251 | if (Expr->isTypeDependent() || Expr->isValueDependent() || | |||
252 | !Expr->isIntegerConstantExpr(I, S.Context)) { | |||
253 | if (Idx != UINT_MAX(2147483647 *2U +1U)) | |||
254 | S.Diag(getAttrLoc(Attr), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | |||
255 | << getAttrName(Attr) << Idx << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant | |||
256 | << Expr->getSourceRange(); | |||
257 | else | |||
258 | S.Diag(getAttrLoc(Attr), diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | |||
259 | << getAttrName(Attr) << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant | |||
260 | << Expr->getSourceRange(); | |||
261 | return false; | |||
262 | } | |||
263 | ||||
264 | if (!I.isIntN(32)) { | |||
265 | S.Diag(Expr->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ice_too_large) | |||
266 | << I.toString(10, false) << 32 << /* Unsigned */ 1; | |||
267 | return false; | |||
268 | } | |||
269 | ||||
270 | Val = (uint32_t)I.getZExtValue(); | |||
271 | return true; | |||
272 | } | |||
273 | ||||
274 | /// \brief Wrapper around checkUInt32Argument, with an extra check to be sure | |||
275 | /// that the result will fit into a regular (signed) int. All args have the same | |||
276 | /// purpose as they do in checkUInt32Argument. | |||
277 | template<typename AttrInfo> | |||
278 | static bool checkPositiveIntArgument(Sema &S, const AttrInfo& Attr, const Expr *Expr, | |||
279 | int &Val, unsigned Idx = UINT_MAX(2147483647 *2U +1U)) { | |||
280 | uint32_t UVal; | |||
281 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, Attr, Expr, UVal, Idx)) | |||
282 | return false; | |||
283 | ||||
284 | if (UVal > (uint32_t)std::numeric_limits<int>::max()) { | |||
285 | llvm::APSInt I(32); // for toString | |||
286 | I = UVal; | |||
287 | S.Diag(Expr->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ice_too_large) | |||
288 | << I.toString(10, false) << 32 << /* Unsigned */ 0; | |||
289 | return false; | |||
290 | } | |||
291 | ||||
292 | Val = UVal; | |||
293 | return true; | |||
294 | } | |||
295 | ||||
296 | /// \brief Diagnose mutually exclusive attributes when present on a given | |||
297 | /// declaration. Returns true if diagnosed. | |||
298 | template <typename AttrTy> | |||
299 | static bool checkAttrMutualExclusion(Sema &S, Decl *D, SourceRange Range, | |||
300 | IdentifierInfo *Ident) { | |||
301 | if (AttrTy *A = D->getAttr<AttrTy>()) { | |||
302 | S.Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_attributes_are_not_compatible) << Ident | |||
303 | << A; | |||
304 | S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::note_conflicting_attribute); | |||
305 | return true; | |||
306 | } | |||
307 | return false; | |||
308 | } | |||
309 | ||||
310 | /// \brief Check if IdxExpr is a valid parameter index for a function or | |||
311 | /// instance method D. May output an error. | |||
312 | /// | |||
313 | /// \returns true if IdxExpr is a valid index. | |||
314 | template <typename AttrInfo> | |||
315 | static bool checkFunctionOrMethodParameterIndex( | |||
316 | Sema &S, const Decl *D, const AttrInfo &Attr, unsigned AttrArgNum, | |||
317 | const Expr *IdxExpr, uint64_t &Idx, bool AllowImplicitThis = false) { | |||
318 | assert(isFunctionOrMethodOrBlock(D))(static_cast <bool> (isFunctionOrMethodOrBlock(D)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isFunctionOrMethodOrBlock(D)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 318, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
319 | ||||
320 | // In C++ the implicit 'this' function parameter also counts. | |||
321 | // Parameters are counted from one. | |||
322 | bool HP = hasFunctionProto(D); | |||
323 | bool HasImplicitThisParam = isInstanceMethod(D); | |||
324 | bool IV = HP && isFunctionOrMethodVariadic(D); | |||
325 | unsigned NumParams = | |||
326 | (HP ? getFunctionOrMethodNumParams(D) : 0) + HasImplicitThisParam; | |||
327 | ||||
328 | llvm::APSInt IdxInt; | |||
329 | if (IdxExpr->isTypeDependent() || IdxExpr->isValueDependent() || | |||
330 | !IdxExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(IdxInt, S.Context)) { | |||
331 | S.Diag(getAttrLoc(Attr), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | |||
332 | << getAttrName(Attr) << AttrArgNum << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant | |||
333 | << IdxExpr->getSourceRange(); | |||
334 | return false; | |||
335 | } | |||
336 | ||||
337 | Idx = IdxInt.getLimitedValue(); | |||
338 | if (Idx < 1 || (!IV && Idx > NumParams)) { | |||
339 | S.Diag(getAttrLoc(Attr), diag::err_attribute_argument_out_of_bounds) | |||
340 | << getAttrName(Attr) << AttrArgNum << IdxExpr->getSourceRange(); | |||
341 | return false; | |||
342 | } | |||
343 | Idx--; // Convert to zero-based. | |||
344 | if (HasImplicitThisParam && !AllowImplicitThis) { | |||
345 | if (Idx == 0) { | |||
346 | S.Diag(getAttrLoc(Attr), | |||
347 | diag::err_attribute_invalid_implicit_this_argument) | |||
348 | << getAttrName(Attr) << IdxExpr->getSourceRange(); | |||
349 | return false; | |||
350 | } | |||
351 | --Idx; | |||
352 | } | |||
353 | ||||
354 | return true; | |||
355 | } | |||
356 | ||||
357 | /// \brief Check if the argument \p ArgNum of \p Attr is a ASCII string literal. | |||
358 | /// If not emit an error and return false. If the argument is an identifier it | |||
359 | /// will emit an error with a fixit hint and treat it as if it was a string | |||
360 | /// literal. | |||
361 | bool Sema::checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const AttributeList &Attr, | |||
362 | unsigned ArgNum, StringRef &Str, | |||
363 | SourceLocation *ArgLocation) { | |||
364 | // Look for identifiers. If we have one emit a hint to fix it to a literal. | |||
365 | if (Attr.isArgIdent(ArgNum)) { | |||
366 | IdentifierLoc *Loc = Attr.getArgAsIdent(ArgNum); | |||
367 | Diag(Loc->Loc, diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | |||
368 | << Attr.getName() << AANT_ArgumentString | |||
369 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc->Loc, "\"") | |||
370 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(Loc->Loc), "\""); | |||
371 | Str = Loc->Ident->getName(); | |||
372 | if (ArgLocation) | |||
373 | *ArgLocation = Loc->Loc; | |||
374 | return true; | |||
375 | } | |||
376 | ||||
377 | // Now check for an actual string literal. | |||
378 | Expr *ArgExpr = Attr.getArgAsExpr(ArgNum); | |||
379 | StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(ArgExpr->IgnoreParenCasts()); | |||
380 | if (ArgLocation) | |||
381 | *ArgLocation = ArgExpr->getLocStart(); | |||
382 | ||||
383 | if (!Literal || !Literal->isAscii()) { | |||
384 | Diag(ArgExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | |||
385 | << Attr.getName() << AANT_ArgumentString; | |||
386 | return false; | |||
387 | } | |||
388 | ||||
389 | Str = Literal->getString(); | |||
390 | return true; | |||
391 | } | |||
392 | ||||
393 | /// \brief Applies the given attribute to the Decl without performing any | |||
394 | /// additional semantic checking. | |||
395 | template <typename AttrType> | |||
396 | static void handleSimpleAttribute(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
397 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
398 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) AttrType(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
399 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
400 | } | |||
401 | ||||
402 | template <typename AttrType> | |||
403 | static void handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
404 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
405 | handleSimpleAttribute<AttrType>(S, D, Attr); | |||
406 | } | |||
407 | ||||
408 | /// \brief Applies the given attribute to the Decl so long as the Decl doesn't | |||
409 | /// already have one of the given incompatible attributes. | |||
410 | template <typename AttrType, typename IncompatibleAttrType, | |||
411 | typename... IncompatibleAttrTypes> | |||
412 | static void handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
413 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
414 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<IncompatibleAttrType>(S, D, Attr.getRange(), | |||
415 | Attr.getName())) | |||
416 | return; | |||
417 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<AttrType, IncompatibleAttrTypes...>(S, D, | |||
418 | Attr); | |||
419 | } | |||
420 | ||||
421 | /// \brief Check if the passed-in expression is of type int or bool. | |||
422 | static bool isIntOrBool(Expr *Exp) { | |||
423 | QualType QT = Exp->getType(); | |||
424 | return QT->isBooleanType() || QT->isIntegerType(); | |||
425 | } | |||
426 | ||||
427 | ||||
428 | // Check to see if the type is a smart pointer of some kind. We assume | |||
429 | // it's a smart pointer if it defines both operator-> and operator*. | |||
430 | static bool threadSafetyCheckIsSmartPointer(Sema &S, const RecordType* RT) { | |||
431 | DeclContextLookupResult Res1 = RT->getDecl()->lookup( | |||
432 | S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Star)); | |||
433 | if (Res1.empty()) | |||
434 | return false; | |||
435 | ||||
436 | DeclContextLookupResult Res2 = RT->getDecl()->lookup( | |||
437 | S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Arrow)); | |||
438 | if (Res2.empty()) | |||
439 | return false; | |||
440 | ||||
441 | return true; | |||
442 | } | |||
443 | ||||
444 | /// \brief Check if passed in Decl is a pointer type. | |||
445 | /// Note that this function may produce an error message. | |||
446 | /// \return true if the Decl is a pointer type; false otherwise | |||
447 | static bool threadSafetyCheckIsPointer(Sema &S, const Decl *D, | |||
448 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
449 | const ValueDecl *vd = cast<ValueDecl>(D); | |||
450 | QualType QT = vd->getType(); | |||
451 | if (QT->isAnyPointerType()) | |||
452 | return true; | |||
453 | ||||
454 | if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAs<RecordType>()) { | |||
455 | // If it's an incomplete type, it could be a smart pointer; skip it. | |||
456 | // (We don't want to force template instantiation if we can avoid it, | |||
457 | // since that would alter the order in which templates are instantiated.) | |||
458 | if (RT->isIncompleteType()) | |||
459 | return true; | |||
460 | ||||
461 | if (threadSafetyCheckIsSmartPointer(S, RT)) | |||
462 | return true; | |||
463 | } | |||
464 | ||||
465 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_thread_attribute_decl_not_pointer) | |||
466 | << Attr.getName() << QT; | |||
467 | return false; | |||
468 | } | |||
469 | ||||
470 | /// \brief Checks that the passed in QualType either is of RecordType or points | |||
471 | /// to RecordType. Returns the relevant RecordType, null if it does not exit. | |||
472 | static const RecordType *getRecordType(QualType QT) { | |||
473 | if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAs<RecordType>()) | |||
474 | return RT; | |||
475 | ||||
476 | // Now check if we point to record type. | |||
477 | if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>()) | |||
478 | return PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<RecordType>(); | |||
479 | ||||
480 | return nullptr; | |||
481 | } | |||
482 | ||||
483 | static bool checkRecordTypeForCapability(Sema &S, QualType Ty) { | |||
484 | const RecordType *RT = getRecordType(Ty); | |||
485 | ||||
486 | if (!RT) | |||
487 | return false; | |||
488 | ||||
489 | // Don't check for the capability if the class hasn't been defined yet. | |||
490 | if (RT->isIncompleteType()) | |||
491 | return true; | |||
492 | ||||
493 | // Allow smart pointers to be used as capability objects. | |||
494 | // FIXME -- Check the type that the smart pointer points to. | |||
495 | if (threadSafetyCheckIsSmartPointer(S, RT)) | |||
496 | return true; | |||
497 | ||||
498 | // Check if the record itself has a capability. | |||
499 | RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); | |||
500 | if (RD->hasAttr<CapabilityAttr>()) | |||
501 | return true; | |||
502 | ||||
503 | // Else check if any base classes have a capability. | |||
504 | if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { | |||
505 | CXXBasePaths BPaths(false, false); | |||
506 | if (CRD->lookupInBases([](const CXXBaseSpecifier *BS, CXXBasePath &) { | |||
507 | const auto *Type = BS->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); | |||
508 | return Type->getDecl()->hasAttr<CapabilityAttr>(); | |||
509 | }, BPaths)) | |||
510 | return true; | |||
511 | } | |||
512 | return false; | |||
513 | } | |||
514 | ||||
515 | static bool checkTypedefTypeForCapability(QualType Ty) { | |||
516 | const auto *TD = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>(); | |||
517 | if (!TD) | |||
518 | return false; | |||
519 | ||||
520 | TypedefNameDecl *TN = TD->getDecl(); | |||
521 | if (!TN) | |||
522 | return false; | |||
523 | ||||
524 | return TN->hasAttr<CapabilityAttr>(); | |||
525 | } | |||
526 | ||||
527 | static bool typeHasCapability(Sema &S, QualType Ty) { | |||
528 | if (checkTypedefTypeForCapability(Ty)) | |||
529 | return true; | |||
530 | ||||
531 | if (checkRecordTypeForCapability(S, Ty)) | |||
532 | return true; | |||
533 | ||||
534 | return false; | |||
535 | } | |||
536 | ||||
537 | static bool isCapabilityExpr(Sema &S, const Expr *Ex) { | |||
538 | // Capability expressions are simple expressions involving the boolean logic | |||
539 | // operators &&, || or !, a simple DeclRefExpr, CastExpr or a ParenExpr. Once | |||
540 | // a DeclRefExpr is found, its type should be checked to determine whether it | |||
541 | // is a capability or not. | |||
542 | ||||
543 | if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(Ex)) | |||
544 | return isCapabilityExpr(S, E->getSubExpr()); | |||
545 | else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(Ex)) | |||
546 | return isCapabilityExpr(S, E->getSubExpr()); | |||
547 | else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Ex)) { | |||
548 | if (E->getOpcode() == UO_LNot || E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf || | |||
549 | E->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) | |||
550 | return isCapabilityExpr(S, E->getSubExpr()); | |||
551 | return false; | |||
552 | } else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Ex)) { | |||
553 | if (E->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd || E->getOpcode() == BO_LOr) | |||
554 | return isCapabilityExpr(S, E->getLHS()) && | |||
555 | isCapabilityExpr(S, E->getRHS()); | |||
556 | return false; | |||
557 | } | |||
558 | ||||
559 | return typeHasCapability(S, Ex->getType()); | |||
560 | } | |||
561 | ||||
562 | /// \brief Checks that all attribute arguments, starting from Sidx, resolve to | |||
563 | /// a capability object. | |||
564 | /// \param Sidx The attribute argument index to start checking with. | |||
565 | /// \param ParamIdxOk Whether an argument can be indexing into a function | |||
566 | /// parameter list. | |||
567 | static void checkAttrArgsAreCapabilityObjs(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
568 | const AttributeList &Attr, | |||
569 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Args, | |||
570 | int Sidx = 0, | |||
571 | bool ParamIdxOk = false) { | |||
572 | for (unsigned Idx = Sidx; Idx < Attr.getNumArgs(); ++Idx) { | |||
573 | Expr *ArgExp = Attr.getArgAsExpr(Idx); | |||
574 | ||||
575 | if (ArgExp->isTypeDependent()) { | |||
576 | // FIXME -- need to check this again on template instantiation | |||
577 | Args.push_back(ArgExp); | |||
578 | continue; | |||
579 | } | |||
580 | ||||
581 | if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(ArgExp)) { | |||
582 | if (StrLit->getLength() == 0 || | |||
583 | (StrLit->isAscii() && StrLit->getString() == StringRef("*"))) { | |||
584 | // Pass empty strings to the analyzer without warnings. | |||
585 | // Treat "*" as the universal lock. | |||
586 | Args.push_back(ArgExp); | |||
587 | continue; | |||
588 | } | |||
589 | ||||
590 | // We allow constant strings to be used as a placeholder for expressions | |||
591 | // that are not valid C++ syntax, but warn that they are ignored. | |||
592 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_thread_attribute_ignored) << | |||
593 | Attr.getName(); | |||
594 | Args.push_back(ArgExp); | |||
595 | continue; | |||
596 | } | |||
597 | ||||
598 | QualType ArgTy = ArgExp->getType(); | |||
599 | ||||
600 | // A pointer to member expression of the form &MyClass::mu is treated | |||
601 | // specially -- we need to look at the type of the member. | |||
602 | if (UnaryOperator *UOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(ArgExp)) | |||
603 | if (UOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf) | |||
604 | if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(UOp->getSubExpr())) | |||
605 | if (DRE->getDecl()->isCXXInstanceMember()) | |||
606 | ArgTy = DRE->getDecl()->getType(); | |||
607 | ||||
608 | // First see if we can just cast to record type, or pointer to record type. | |||
609 | const RecordType *RT = getRecordType(ArgTy); | |||
610 | ||||
611 | // Now check if we index into a record type function param. | |||
612 | if(!RT && ParamIdxOk) { | |||
613 | FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | |||
614 | IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(ArgExp); | |||
615 | if(FD && IL) { | |||
616 | unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); | |||
617 | llvm::APInt ArgValue = IL->getValue(); | |||
618 | uint64_t ParamIdxFromOne = ArgValue.getZExtValue(); | |||
619 | uint64_t ParamIdxFromZero = ParamIdxFromOne - 1; | |||
620 | if(!ArgValue.isStrictlyPositive() || ParamIdxFromOne > NumParams) { | |||
621 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_out_of_range) | |||
622 | << Attr.getName() << Idx + 1 << NumParams; | |||
623 | continue; | |||
624 | } | |||
625 | ArgTy = FD->getParamDecl(ParamIdxFromZero)->getType(); | |||
626 | } | |||
627 | } | |||
628 | ||||
629 | // If the type does not have a capability, see if the components of the | |||
630 | // expression have capabilities. This allows for writing C code where the | |||
631 | // capability may be on the type, and the expression is a capability | |||
632 | // boolean logic expression. Eg) requires_capability(A || B && !C) | |||
633 | if (!typeHasCapability(S, ArgTy) && !isCapabilityExpr(S, ArgExp)) | |||
634 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_thread_attribute_argument_not_lockable) | |||
635 | << Attr.getName() << ArgTy; | |||
636 | ||||
637 | Args.push_back(ArgExp); | |||
638 | } | |||
639 | } | |||
640 | ||||
641 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
642 | // Attribute Implementations | |||
643 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
644 | ||||
645 | static void handlePtGuardedVarAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
646 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
647 | if (!threadSafetyCheckIsPointer(S, D, Attr)) | |||
648 | return; | |||
649 | ||||
650 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
651 | PtGuardedVarAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
652 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
653 | } | |||
654 | ||||
655 | static bool checkGuardedByAttrCommon(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
656 | const AttributeList &Attr, | |||
657 | Expr* &Arg) { | |||
658 | SmallVector<Expr*, 1> Args; | |||
659 | // check that all arguments are lockable objects | |||
660 | checkAttrArgsAreCapabilityObjs(S, D, Attr, Args); | |||
661 | unsigned Size = Args.size(); | |||
662 | if (Size != 1) | |||
663 | return false; | |||
664 | ||||
665 | Arg = Args[0]; | |||
666 | ||||
667 | return true; | |||
668 | } | |||
669 | ||||
670 | static void handleGuardedByAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
671 | Expr *Arg = nullptr; | |||
672 | if (!checkGuardedByAttrCommon(S, D, Attr, Arg)) | |||
673 | return; | |||
674 | ||||
675 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) GuardedByAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Arg, | |||
676 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
677 | } | |||
678 | ||||
679 | static void handlePtGuardedByAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
680 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
681 | Expr *Arg = nullptr; | |||
682 | if (!checkGuardedByAttrCommon(S, D, Attr, Arg)) | |||
683 | return; | |||
684 | ||||
685 | if (!threadSafetyCheckIsPointer(S, D, Attr)) | |||
686 | return; | |||
687 | ||||
688 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) PtGuardedByAttr(Attr.getRange(), | |||
689 | S.Context, Arg, | |||
690 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
691 | } | |||
692 | ||||
693 | static bool checkAcquireOrderAttrCommon(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
694 | const AttributeList &Attr, | |||
695 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Args) { | |||
696 | if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, Attr, 1)) | |||
697 | return false; | |||
698 | ||||
699 | // Check that this attribute only applies to lockable types. | |||
700 | QualType QT = cast<ValueDecl>(D)->getType(); | |||
701 | if (!QT->isDependentType() && !typeHasCapability(S, QT)) { | |||
702 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_thread_attribute_decl_not_lockable) | |||
703 | << Attr.getName(); | |||
704 | return false; | |||
705 | } | |||
706 | ||||
707 | // Check that all arguments are lockable objects. | |||
708 | checkAttrArgsAreCapabilityObjs(S, D, Attr, Args); | |||
709 | if (Args.empty()) | |||
710 | return false; | |||
711 | ||||
712 | return true; | |||
713 | } | |||
714 | ||||
715 | static void handleAcquiredAfterAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
716 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
717 | SmallVector<Expr*, 1> Args; | |||
718 | if (!checkAcquireOrderAttrCommon(S, D, Attr, Args)) | |||
719 | return; | |||
720 | ||||
721 | Expr **StartArg = &Args[0]; | |||
722 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
723 | AcquiredAfterAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
724 | StartArg, Args.size(), | |||
725 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
726 | } | |||
727 | ||||
728 | static void handleAcquiredBeforeAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
729 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
730 | SmallVector<Expr*, 1> Args; | |||
731 | if (!checkAcquireOrderAttrCommon(S, D, Attr, Args)) | |||
732 | return; | |||
733 | ||||
734 | Expr **StartArg = &Args[0]; | |||
735 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
736 | AcquiredBeforeAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
737 | StartArg, Args.size(), | |||
738 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
739 | } | |||
740 | ||||
741 | static bool checkLockFunAttrCommon(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
742 | const AttributeList &Attr, | |||
743 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Args) { | |||
744 | // zero or more arguments ok | |||
745 | // check that all arguments are lockable objects | |||
746 | checkAttrArgsAreCapabilityObjs(S, D, Attr, Args, 0, /*ParamIdxOk=*/true); | |||
747 | ||||
748 | return true; | |||
749 | } | |||
750 | ||||
751 | static void handleAssertSharedLockAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
752 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
753 | SmallVector<Expr*, 1> Args; | |||
754 | if (!checkLockFunAttrCommon(S, D, Attr, Args)) | |||
755 | return; | |||
756 | ||||
757 | unsigned Size = Args.size(); | |||
758 | Expr **StartArg = Size == 0 ? nullptr : &Args[0]; | |||
759 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
760 | AssertSharedLockAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, StartArg, Size, | |||
761 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
762 | } | |||
763 | ||||
764 | static void handleAssertExclusiveLockAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
765 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
766 | SmallVector<Expr*, 1> Args; | |||
767 | if (!checkLockFunAttrCommon(S, D, Attr, Args)) | |||
768 | return; | |||
769 | ||||
770 | unsigned Size = Args.size(); | |||
771 | Expr **StartArg = Size == 0 ? nullptr : &Args[0]; | |||
772 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
773 | AssertExclusiveLockAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
774 | StartArg, Size, | |||
775 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
776 | } | |||
777 | ||||
778 | /// \brief Checks to be sure that the given parameter number is in bounds, and is | |||
779 | /// an integral type. Will emit appropriate diagnostics if this returns | |||
780 | /// false. | |||
781 | /// | |||
782 | /// FuncParamNo is expected to be from the user, so is base-1. AttrArgNo is used | |||
783 | /// to actually retrieve the argument, so it's base-0. | |||
784 | template <typename AttrInfo> | |||
785 | static bool checkParamIsIntegerType(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD, | |||
786 | const AttrInfo &Attr, Expr *AttrArg, | |||
787 | unsigned FuncParamNo, unsigned AttrArgNo, | |||
788 | bool AllowDependentType = false) { | |||
789 | uint64_t Idx; | |||
790 | if (!checkFunctionOrMethodParameterIndex(S, FD, Attr, FuncParamNo, AttrArg, | |||
791 | Idx)) | |||
792 | return false; | |||
793 | ||||
794 | const ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(Idx); | |||
795 | if (AllowDependentType && Param->getType()->isDependentType()) | |||
796 | return true; | |||
797 | if (!Param->getType()->isIntegerType() && !Param->getType()->isCharType()) { | |||
798 | SourceLocation SrcLoc = AttrArg->getLocStart(); | |||
799 | S.Diag(SrcLoc, diag::err_attribute_integers_only) | |||
800 | << getAttrName(Attr) << Param->getSourceRange(); | |||
801 | return false; | |||
802 | } | |||
803 | return true; | |||
804 | } | |||
805 | ||||
806 | /// \brief Checks to be sure that the given parameter number is in bounds, and is | |||
807 | /// an integral type. Will emit appropriate diagnostics if this returns false. | |||
808 | /// | |||
809 | /// FuncParamNo is expected to be from the user, so is base-1. AttrArgNo is used | |||
810 | /// to actually retrieve the argument, so it's base-0. | |||
811 | static bool checkParamIsIntegerType(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD, | |||
812 | const AttributeList &Attr, | |||
813 | unsigned FuncParamNo, unsigned AttrArgNo, | |||
814 | bool AllowDependentType = false) { | |||
815 | assert(Attr.isArgExpr(AttrArgNo) && "Expected expression argument")(static_cast <bool> (Attr.isArgExpr(AttrArgNo) && "Expected expression argument") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "Attr.isArgExpr(AttrArgNo) && \"Expected expression argument\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 815, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
816 | return checkParamIsIntegerType(S, FD, Attr, Attr.getArgAsExpr(AttrArgNo), | |||
817 | FuncParamNo, AttrArgNo, AllowDependentType); | |||
818 | } | |||
819 | ||||
820 | static void handleAllocSizeAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
821 | if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, Attr, 1) || | |||
822 | !checkAttributeAtMostNumArgs(S, Attr, 2)) | |||
823 | return; | |||
824 | ||||
825 | const auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | |||
826 | if (!FD->getReturnType()->isPointerType()) { | |||
827 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_return_pointers_only) | |||
828 | << Attr.getName(); | |||
829 | return; | |||
830 | } | |||
831 | ||||
832 | const Expr *SizeExpr = Attr.getArgAsExpr(0); | |||
833 | int SizeArgNo; | |||
834 | // Parameter indices are 1-indexed, hence Index=1 | |||
835 | if (!checkPositiveIntArgument(S, Attr, SizeExpr, SizeArgNo, /*Index=*/1)) | |||
836 | return; | |||
837 | ||||
838 | if (!checkParamIsIntegerType(S, FD, Attr, SizeArgNo, /*AttrArgNo=*/0)) | |||
839 | return; | |||
840 | ||||
841 | // Args are 1-indexed, so 0 implies that the arg was not present | |||
842 | int NumberArgNo = 0; | |||
843 | if (Attr.getNumArgs() == 2) { | |||
844 | const Expr *NumberExpr = Attr.getArgAsExpr(1); | |||
845 | // Parameter indices are 1-based, hence Index=2 | |||
846 | if (!checkPositiveIntArgument(S, Attr, NumberExpr, NumberArgNo, | |||
847 | /*Index=*/2)) | |||
848 | return; | |||
849 | ||||
850 | if (!checkParamIsIntegerType(S, FD, Attr, NumberArgNo, /*AttrArgNo=*/1)) | |||
851 | return; | |||
852 | } | |||
853 | ||||
854 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) AllocSizeAttr( | |||
855 | Attr.getRange(), S.Context, SizeArgNo, NumberArgNo, | |||
856 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
857 | } | |||
858 | ||||
859 | static bool checkTryLockFunAttrCommon(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
860 | const AttributeList &Attr, | |||
861 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Args) { | |||
862 | if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, Attr, 1)) | |||
863 | return false; | |||
864 | ||||
865 | if (!isIntOrBool(Attr.getArgAsExpr(0))) { | |||
866 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | |||
867 | << Attr.getName() << 1 << AANT_ArgumentIntOrBool; | |||
868 | return false; | |||
869 | } | |||
870 | ||||
871 | // check that all arguments are lockable objects | |||
872 | checkAttrArgsAreCapabilityObjs(S, D, Attr, Args, 1); | |||
873 | ||||
874 | return true; | |||
875 | } | |||
876 | ||||
877 | static void handleSharedTrylockFunctionAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
878 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
879 | SmallVector<Expr*, 2> Args; | |||
880 | if (!checkTryLockFunAttrCommon(S, D, Attr, Args)) | |||
881 | return; | |||
882 | ||||
883 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
884 | SharedTrylockFunctionAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
885 | Attr.getArgAsExpr(0), | |||
886 | Args.data(), Args.size(), | |||
887 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
888 | } | |||
889 | ||||
890 | static void handleExclusiveTrylockFunctionAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
891 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
892 | SmallVector<Expr*, 2> Args; | |||
893 | if (!checkTryLockFunAttrCommon(S, D, Attr, Args)) | |||
894 | return; | |||
895 | ||||
896 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ExclusiveTrylockFunctionAttr( | |||
897 | Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Attr.getArgAsExpr(0), Args.data(), | |||
898 | Args.size(), Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
899 | } | |||
900 | ||||
901 | static void handleLockReturnedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
902 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
903 | // check that the argument is lockable object | |||
904 | SmallVector<Expr*, 1> Args; | |||
905 | checkAttrArgsAreCapabilityObjs(S, D, Attr, Args); | |||
906 | unsigned Size = Args.size(); | |||
907 | if (Size == 0) | |||
908 | return; | |||
909 | ||||
910 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
911 | LockReturnedAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Args[0], | |||
912 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
913 | } | |||
914 | ||||
915 | static void handleLocksExcludedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
916 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
917 | if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, Attr, 1)) | |||
918 | return; | |||
919 | ||||
920 | // check that all arguments are lockable objects | |||
921 | SmallVector<Expr*, 1> Args; | |||
922 | checkAttrArgsAreCapabilityObjs(S, D, Attr, Args); | |||
923 | unsigned Size = Args.size(); | |||
924 | if (Size == 0) | |||
925 | return; | |||
926 | Expr **StartArg = &Args[0]; | |||
927 | ||||
928 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
929 | LocksExcludedAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, StartArg, Size, | |||
930 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
931 | } | |||
932 | ||||
933 | static bool checkFunctionConditionAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
934 | const AttributeList &Attr, | |||
935 | Expr *&Cond, StringRef &Msg) { | |||
936 | Cond = Attr.getArgAsExpr(0); | |||
937 | if (!Cond->isTypeDependent()) { | |||
938 | ExprResult Converted = S.PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Cond); | |||
939 | if (Converted.isInvalid()) | |||
940 | return false; | |||
941 | Cond = Converted.get(); | |||
942 | } | |||
943 | ||||
944 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(Attr, 1, Msg)) | |||
945 | return false; | |||
946 | ||||
947 | if (Msg.empty()) | |||
948 | Msg = "<no message provided>"; | |||
949 | ||||
950 | SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Diags; | |||
951 | if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && !Cond->isValueDependent() && | |||
952 | !Expr::isPotentialConstantExprUnevaluated(Cond, cast<FunctionDecl>(D), | |||
953 | Diags)) { | |||
954 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attr_cond_never_constant_expr) | |||
955 | << Attr.getName(); | |||
956 | for (const PartialDiagnosticAt &PDiag : Diags) | |||
957 | S.Diag(PDiag.first, PDiag.second); | |||
958 | return false; | |||
959 | } | |||
960 | return true; | |||
961 | } | |||
962 | ||||
963 | static void handleEnableIfAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
964 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::ext_clang_enable_if); | |||
965 | ||||
966 | Expr *Cond; | |||
967 | StringRef Msg; | |||
968 | if (checkFunctionConditionAttr(S, D, Attr, Cond, Msg)) | |||
969 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
970 | EnableIfAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Cond, Msg, | |||
971 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
972 | } | |||
973 | ||||
974 | namespace { | |||
975 | /// Determines if a given Expr references any of the given function's | |||
976 | /// ParmVarDecls, or the function's implicit `this` parameter (if applicable). | |||
977 | class ArgumentDependenceChecker | |||
978 | : public RecursiveASTVisitor<ArgumentDependenceChecker> { | |||
979 | #ifndef NDEBUG | |||
980 | const CXXRecordDecl *ClassType; | |||
981 | #endif | |||
982 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const ParmVarDecl *, 16> Parms; | |||
983 | bool Result; | |||
984 | ||||
985 | public: | |||
986 | ArgumentDependenceChecker(const FunctionDecl *FD) { | |||
987 | #ifndef NDEBUG | |||
988 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) | |||
989 | ClassType = MD->getParent(); | |||
990 | else | |||
991 | ClassType = nullptr; | |||
992 | #endif | |||
993 | Parms.insert(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); | |||
994 | } | |||
995 | ||||
996 | bool referencesArgs(Expr *E) { | |||
997 | Result = false; | |||
998 | TraverseStmt(E); | |||
999 | return Result; | |||
1000 | } | |||
1001 | ||||
1002 | bool VisitCXXThisExpr(CXXThisExpr *E) { | |||
1003 | assert(E->getType()->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() == ClassType &&(static_cast <bool> (E->getType()->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl () == ClassType && "`this` doesn't refer to the enclosing class?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getType()->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() == ClassType && \"`this` doesn't refer to the enclosing class?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 1004, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
1004 | "`this` doesn't refer to the enclosing class?")(static_cast <bool> (E->getType()->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl () == ClassType && "`this` doesn't refer to the enclosing class?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getType()->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() == ClassType && \"`this` doesn't refer to the enclosing class?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 1004, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
1005 | Result = true; | |||
1006 | return false; | |||
1007 | } | |||
1008 | ||||
1009 | bool VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { | |||
1010 | if (const auto *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) | |||
1011 | if (Parms.count(PVD)) { | |||
1012 | Result = true; | |||
1013 | return false; | |||
1014 | } | |||
1015 | return true; | |||
1016 | } | |||
1017 | }; | |||
1018 | } | |||
1019 | ||||
1020 | static void handleDiagnoseIfAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
1021 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::ext_clang_diagnose_if); | |||
1022 | ||||
1023 | Expr *Cond; | |||
1024 | StringRef Msg; | |||
1025 | if (!checkFunctionConditionAttr(S, D, Attr, Cond, Msg)) | |||
1026 | return; | |||
1027 | ||||
1028 | StringRef DiagTypeStr; | |||
1029 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(Attr, 2, DiagTypeStr)) | |||
1030 | return; | |||
1031 | ||||
1032 | DiagnoseIfAttr::DiagnosticType DiagType; | |||
1033 | if (!DiagnoseIfAttr::ConvertStrToDiagnosticType(DiagTypeStr, DiagType)) { | |||
1034 | S.Diag(Attr.getArgAsExpr(2)->getLocStart(), | |||
1035 | diag::err_diagnose_if_invalid_diagnostic_type); | |||
1036 | return; | |||
1037 | } | |||
1038 | ||||
1039 | bool ArgDependent = false; | |||
1040 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) | |||
1041 | ArgDependent = ArgumentDependenceChecker(FD).referencesArgs(Cond); | |||
1042 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DiagnoseIfAttr( | |||
1043 | Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Cond, Msg, DiagType, ArgDependent, cast<NamedDecl>(D), | |||
1044 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
1045 | } | |||
1046 | ||||
1047 | static void handlePassObjectSizeAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
1048 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
1049 | if (D->hasAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>()) { | |||
1050 | S.Diag(D->getLocStart(), diag::err_attribute_only_once_per_parameter) | |||
1051 | << Attr.getName(); | |||
1052 | return; | |||
1053 | } | |||
1054 | ||||
1055 | Expr *E = Attr.getArgAsExpr(0); | |||
1056 | uint32_t Type; | |||
1057 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, Attr, E, Type, /*Idx=*/1)) | |||
1058 | return; | |||
1059 | ||||
1060 | // pass_object_size's argument is passed in as the second argument of | |||
1061 | // __builtin_object_size. So, it has the same constraints as that second | |||
1062 | // argument; namely, it must be in the range [0, 3]. | |||
1063 | if (Type > 3) { | |||
1064 | S.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_attribute_argument_outof_range) | |||
1065 | << Attr.getName() << 0 << 3 << E->getSourceRange(); | |||
1066 | return; | |||
1067 | } | |||
1068 | ||||
1069 | // pass_object_size is only supported on constant pointer parameters; as a | |||
1070 | // kindness to users, we allow the parameter to be non-const for declarations. | |||
1071 | // At this point, we have no clue if `D` belongs to a function declaration or | |||
1072 | // definition, so we defer the constness check until later. | |||
1073 | if (!cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)->getType()->isPointerType()) { | |||
1074 | S.Diag(D->getLocStart(), diag::err_attribute_pointers_only) | |||
1075 | << Attr.getName() << 1; | |||
1076 | return; | |||
1077 | } | |||
1078 | ||||
1079 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
1080 | PassObjectSizeAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, (int)Type, | |||
1081 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
1082 | } | |||
1083 | ||||
1084 | static void handleConsumableAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
1085 | ConsumableAttr::ConsumedState DefaultState; | |||
1086 | ||||
1087 | if (Attr.isArgIdent(0)) { | |||
1088 | IdentifierLoc *IL = Attr.getArgAsIdent(0); | |||
1089 | if (!ConsumableAttr::ConvertStrToConsumedState(IL->Ident->getName(), | |||
1090 | DefaultState)) { | |||
1091 | S.Diag(IL->Loc, diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) | |||
1092 | << Attr.getName() << IL->Ident; | |||
1093 | return; | |||
1094 | } | |||
1095 | } else { | |||
1096 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | |||
1097 | << Attr.getName() << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | |||
1098 | return; | |||
1099 | } | |||
1100 | ||||
1101 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
1102 | ConsumableAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, DefaultState, | |||
1103 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
1104 | } | |||
1105 | ||||
1106 | static bool checkForConsumableClass(Sema &S, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, | |||
1107 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
1108 | ASTContext &CurrContext = S.getASTContext(); | |||
1109 | QualType ThisType = MD->getThisType(CurrContext)->getPointeeType(); | |||
1110 | ||||
1111 | if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = ThisType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { | |||
1112 | if (!RD->hasAttr<ConsumableAttr>()) { | |||
1113 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attr_on_unconsumable_class) << | |||
1114 | RD->getNameAsString(); | |||
1115 | ||||
1116 | return false; | |||
1117 | } | |||
1118 | } | |||
1119 | ||||
1120 | return true; | |||
1121 | } | |||
1122 | ||||
1123 | static void handleCallableWhenAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
1124 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
1125 | if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, Attr, 1)) | |||
1126 | return; | |||
1127 | ||||
1128 | if (!checkForConsumableClass(S, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), Attr)) | |||
1129 | return; | |||
1130 | ||||
1131 | SmallVector<CallableWhenAttr::ConsumedState, 3> States; | |||
1132 | for (unsigned ArgIndex = 0; ArgIndex < Attr.getNumArgs(); ++ArgIndex) { | |||
1133 | CallableWhenAttr::ConsumedState CallableState; | |||
1134 | ||||
1135 | StringRef StateString; | |||
1136 | SourceLocation Loc; | |||
1137 | if (Attr.isArgIdent(ArgIndex)) { | |||
1138 | IdentifierLoc *Ident = Attr.getArgAsIdent(ArgIndex); | |||
1139 | StateString = Ident->Ident->getName(); | |||
1140 | Loc = Ident->Loc; | |||
1141 | } else { | |||
1142 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(Attr, ArgIndex, StateString, &Loc)) | |||
1143 | return; | |||
1144 | } | |||
1145 | ||||
1146 | if (!CallableWhenAttr::ConvertStrToConsumedState(StateString, | |||
1147 | CallableState)) { | |||
1148 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) | |||
1149 | << Attr.getName() << StateString; | |||
1150 | return; | |||
1151 | } | |||
1152 | ||||
1153 | States.push_back(CallableState); | |||
1154 | } | |||
1155 | ||||
1156 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
1157 | CallableWhenAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, States.data(), | |||
1158 | States.size(), Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
1159 | } | |||
1160 | ||||
1161 | static void handleParamTypestateAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
1162 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
1163 | ParamTypestateAttr::ConsumedState ParamState; | |||
1164 | ||||
1165 | if (Attr.isArgIdent(0)) { | |||
1166 | IdentifierLoc *Ident = Attr.getArgAsIdent(0); | |||
1167 | StringRef StateString = Ident->Ident->getName(); | |||
1168 | ||||
1169 | if (!ParamTypestateAttr::ConvertStrToConsumedState(StateString, | |||
1170 | ParamState)) { | |||
1171 | S.Diag(Ident->Loc, diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) | |||
1172 | << Attr.getName() << StateString; | |||
1173 | return; | |||
1174 | } | |||
1175 | } else { | |||
1176 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_type) << | |||
1177 | Attr.getName() << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | |||
1178 | return; | |||
1179 | } | |||
1180 | ||||
1181 | // FIXME: This check is currently being done in the analysis. It can be | |||
1182 | // enabled here only after the parser propagates attributes at | |||
1183 | // template specialization definition, not declaration. | |||
1184 | //QualType ReturnType = cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)->getType(); | |||
1185 | //const CXXRecordDecl *RD = ReturnType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
1186 | // | |||
1187 | //if (!RD || !RD->hasAttr<ConsumableAttr>()) { | |||
1188 | // S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_return_state_for_unconsumable_type) << | |||
1189 | // ReturnType.getAsString(); | |||
1190 | // return; | |||
1191 | //} | |||
1192 | ||||
1193 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
1194 | ParamTypestateAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, ParamState, | |||
1195 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
1196 | } | |||
1197 | ||||
1198 | static void handleReturnTypestateAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
1199 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
1200 | ReturnTypestateAttr::ConsumedState ReturnState; | |||
1201 | ||||
1202 | if (Attr.isArgIdent(0)) { | |||
1203 | IdentifierLoc *IL = Attr.getArgAsIdent(0); | |||
1204 | if (!ReturnTypestateAttr::ConvertStrToConsumedState(IL->Ident->getName(), | |||
1205 | ReturnState)) { | |||
1206 | S.Diag(IL->Loc, diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) | |||
1207 | << Attr.getName() << IL->Ident; | |||
1208 | return; | |||
1209 | } | |||
1210 | } else { | |||
1211 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_type) << | |||
1212 | Attr.getName() << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | |||
1213 | return; | |||
1214 | } | |||
1215 | ||||
1216 | // FIXME: This check is currently being done in the analysis. It can be | |||
1217 | // enabled here only after the parser propagates attributes at | |||
1218 | // template specialization definition, not declaration. | |||
1219 | //QualType ReturnType; | |||
1220 | // | |||
1221 | //if (const ParmVarDecl *Param = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { | |||
1222 | // ReturnType = Param->getType(); | |||
1223 | // | |||
1224 | //} else if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = | |||
1225 | // dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) { | |||
1226 | // ReturnType = Constructor->getThisType(S.getASTContext())->getPointeeType(); | |||
1227 | // | |||
1228 | //} else { | |||
1229 | // | |||
1230 | // ReturnType = cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->getCallResultType(); | |||
1231 | //} | |||
1232 | // | |||
1233 | //const CXXRecordDecl *RD = ReturnType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
1234 | // | |||
1235 | //if (!RD || !RD->hasAttr<ConsumableAttr>()) { | |||
1236 | // S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_return_state_for_unconsumable_type) << | |||
1237 | // ReturnType.getAsString(); | |||
1238 | // return; | |||
1239 | //} | |||
1240 | ||||
1241 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
1242 | ReturnTypestateAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, ReturnState, | |||
1243 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
1244 | } | |||
1245 | ||||
1246 | static void handleSetTypestateAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
1247 | if (!checkForConsumableClass(S, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), Attr)) | |||
1248 | return; | |||
1249 | ||||
1250 | SetTypestateAttr::ConsumedState NewState; | |||
1251 | if (Attr.isArgIdent(0)) { | |||
1252 | IdentifierLoc *Ident = Attr.getArgAsIdent(0); | |||
1253 | StringRef Param = Ident->Ident->getName(); | |||
1254 | if (!SetTypestateAttr::ConvertStrToConsumedState(Param, NewState)) { | |||
1255 | S.Diag(Ident->Loc, diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) | |||
1256 | << Attr.getName() << Param; | |||
1257 | return; | |||
1258 | } | |||
1259 | } else { | |||
1260 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_type) << | |||
1261 | Attr.getName() << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | |||
1262 | return; | |||
1263 | } | |||
1264 | ||||
1265 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
1266 | SetTypestateAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, NewState, | |||
1267 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
1268 | } | |||
1269 | ||||
1270 | static void handleTestTypestateAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
1271 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
1272 | if (!checkForConsumableClass(S, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), Attr)) | |||
1273 | return; | |||
1274 | ||||
1275 | TestTypestateAttr::ConsumedState TestState; | |||
1276 | if (Attr.isArgIdent(0)) { | |||
1277 | IdentifierLoc *Ident = Attr.getArgAsIdent(0); | |||
1278 | StringRef Param = Ident->Ident->getName(); | |||
1279 | if (!TestTypestateAttr::ConvertStrToConsumedState(Param, TestState)) { | |||
1280 | S.Diag(Ident->Loc, diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) | |||
1281 | << Attr.getName() << Param; | |||
1282 | return; | |||
1283 | } | |||
1284 | } else { | |||
1285 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_type) << | |||
1286 | Attr.getName() << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | |||
1287 | return; | |||
1288 | } | |||
1289 | ||||
1290 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
1291 | TestTypestateAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, TestState, | |||
1292 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
1293 | } | |||
1294 | ||||
1295 | static void handleExtVectorTypeAttr(Sema &S, Scope *scope, Decl *D, | |||
1296 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
1297 | // Remember this typedef decl, we will need it later for diagnostics. | |||
1298 | S.ExtVectorDecls.push_back(cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)); | |||
1299 | } | |||
1300 | ||||
1301 | static void handlePackedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
1302 | if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) | |||
1303 | TD->addAttr(::new (S.Context) PackedAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
1304 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
1305 | else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) { | |||
1306 | bool BitfieldByteAligned = (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && | |||
1307 | !FD->getType()->isIncompleteType() && | |||
1308 | FD->isBitField() && | |||
1309 | S.Context.getTypeAlign(FD->getType()) <= 8); | |||
1310 | ||||
1311 | if (S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPS4()) { | |||
1312 | if (BitfieldByteAligned) | |||
1313 | // The PS4 target needs to maintain ABI backwards compatibility. | |||
1314 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored_for_field_of_type) | |||
1315 | << Attr.getName() << FD->getType(); | |||
1316 | else | |||
1317 | FD->addAttr(::new (S.Context) PackedAttr( | |||
1318 | Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
1319 | } else { | |||
1320 | // Report warning about changed offset in the newer compiler versions. | |||
1321 | if (BitfieldByteAligned) | |||
1322 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_packed_for_bitfield); | |||
1323 | ||||
1324 | FD->addAttr(::new (S.Context) PackedAttr( | |||
1325 | Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
1326 | } | |||
1327 | ||||
1328 | } else | |||
1329 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr.getName(); | |||
1330 | } | |||
1331 | ||||
1332 | static bool checkIBOutletCommon(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
1333 | // The IBOutlet/IBOutletCollection attributes only apply to instance | |||
1334 | // variables or properties of Objective-C classes. The outlet must also | |||
1335 | // have an object reference type. | |||
1336 | if (const ObjCIvarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(D)) { | |||
1337 | if (!VD->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | |||
1338 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_iboutlet_object_type) | |||
1339 | << Attr.getName() << VD->getType() << 0; | |||
1340 | return false; | |||
1341 | } | |||
1342 | } | |||
1343 | else if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D)) { | |||
1344 | if (!PD->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | |||
1345 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_iboutlet_object_type) | |||
1346 | << Attr.getName() << PD->getType() << 1; | |||
1347 | return false; | |||
1348 | } | |||
1349 | } | |||
1350 | else { | |||
1351 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_iboutlet) << Attr.getName(); | |||
1352 | return false; | |||
1353 | } | |||
1354 | ||||
1355 | return true; | |||
1356 | } | |||
1357 | ||||
1358 | static void handleIBOutlet(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
1359 | if (!checkIBOutletCommon(S, D, Attr)) | |||
1360 | return; | |||
1361 | ||||
1362 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
1363 | IBOutletAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
1364 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
1365 | } | |||
1366 | ||||
1367 | static void handleIBOutletCollection(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
1368 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
1369 | ||||
1370 | // The iboutletcollection attribute can have zero or one arguments. | |||
1371 | if (Attr.getNumArgs() > 1) { | |||
1372 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments) | |||
1373 | << Attr.getName() << 1; | |||
1374 | return; | |||
1375 | } | |||
1376 | ||||
1377 | if (!checkIBOutletCommon(S, D, Attr)) | |||
1378 | return; | |||
1379 | ||||
1380 | ParsedType PT; | |||
1381 | ||||
1382 | if (Attr.hasParsedType()) | |||
1383 | PT = Attr.getTypeArg(); | |||
1384 | else { | |||
1385 | PT = S.getTypeName(S.Context.Idents.get("NSObject"), Attr.getLoc(), | |||
1386 | S.getScopeForContext(D->getDeclContext()->getParent())); | |||
1387 | if (!PT) { | |||
1388 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_iboutletcollection_type) << "NSObject"; | |||
1389 | return; | |||
1390 | } | |||
1391 | } | |||
1392 | ||||
1393 | TypeSourceInfo *QTLoc = nullptr; | |||
1394 | QualType QT = S.GetTypeFromParser(PT, &QTLoc); | |||
1395 | if (!QTLoc) | |||
1396 | QTLoc = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QT, Attr.getLoc()); | |||
1397 | ||||
1398 | // Diagnose use of non-object type in iboutletcollection attribute. | |||
1399 | // FIXME. Gnu attribute extension ignores use of builtin types in | |||
1400 | // attributes. So, __attribute__((iboutletcollection(char))) will be | |||
1401 | // treated as __attribute__((iboutletcollection())). | |||
1402 | if (!QT->isObjCIdType() && !QT->isObjCObjectType()) { | |||
1403 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), | |||
1404 | QT->isBuiltinType() ? diag::err_iboutletcollection_builtintype | |||
1405 | : diag::err_iboutletcollection_type) << QT; | |||
1406 | return; | |||
1407 | } | |||
1408 | ||||
1409 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
1410 | IBOutletCollectionAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, QTLoc, | |||
1411 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
1412 | } | |||
1413 | ||||
1414 | bool Sema::isValidPointerAttrType(QualType T, bool RefOkay) { | |||
1415 | if (RefOkay) { | |||
1416 | if (T->isReferenceType()) | |||
1417 | return true; | |||
1418 | } else { | |||
1419 | T = T.getNonReferenceType(); | |||
1420 | } | |||
1421 | ||||
1422 | // The nonnull attribute, and other similar attributes, can be applied to a | |||
1423 | // transparent union that contains a pointer type. | |||
1424 | if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) { | |||
1425 | if (UT && UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) { | |||
1426 | RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); | |||
1427 | for (const auto *I : UD->fields()) { | |||
1428 | QualType QT = I->getType(); | |||
1429 | if (QT->isAnyPointerType() || QT->isBlockPointerType()) | |||
1430 | return true; | |||
1431 | } | |||
1432 | } | |||
1433 | } | |||
1434 | ||||
1435 | return T->isAnyPointerType() || T->isBlockPointerType(); | |||
1436 | } | |||
1437 | ||||
1438 | static bool attrNonNullArgCheck(Sema &S, QualType T, const AttributeList &Attr, | |||
1439 | SourceRange AttrParmRange, | |||
1440 | SourceRange TypeRange, | |||
1441 | bool isReturnValue = false) { | |||
1442 | if (!S.isValidPointerAttrType(T)) { | |||
1443 | if (isReturnValue) | |||
1444 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_return_pointers_only) | |||
1445 | << Attr.getName() << AttrParmRange << TypeRange; | |||
1446 | else | |||
1447 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_pointers_only) | |||
1448 | << Attr.getName() << AttrParmRange << TypeRange << 0; | |||
1449 | return false; | |||
1450 | } | |||
1451 | return true; | |||
1452 | } | |||
1453 | ||||
1454 | static void handleNonNullAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
1455 | SmallVector<unsigned, 8> NonNullArgs; | |||
1456 | for (unsigned I = 0; I < Attr.getNumArgs(); ++I) { | |||
1457 | Expr *Ex = Attr.getArgAsExpr(I); | |||
1458 | uint64_t Idx; | |||
1459 | if (!checkFunctionOrMethodParameterIndex(S, D, Attr, I + 1, Ex, Idx)) | |||
1460 | return; | |||
1461 | ||||
1462 | // Is the function argument a pointer type? | |||
1463 | if (Idx < getFunctionOrMethodNumParams(D) && | |||
1464 | !attrNonNullArgCheck(S, getFunctionOrMethodParamType(D, Idx), Attr, | |||
1465 | Ex->getSourceRange(), | |||
1466 | getFunctionOrMethodParamRange(D, Idx))) | |||
1467 | continue; | |||
1468 | ||||
1469 | NonNullArgs.push_back(Idx); | |||
1470 | } | |||
1471 | ||||
1472 | // If no arguments were specified to __attribute__((nonnull)) then all pointer | |||
1473 | // arguments have a nonnull attribute; warn if there aren't any. Skip this | |||
1474 | // check if the attribute came from a macro expansion or a template | |||
1475 | // instantiation. | |||
1476 | if (NonNullArgs.empty() && Attr.getLoc().isFileID() && | |||
1477 | !S.inTemplateInstantiation()) { | |||
1478 | bool AnyPointers = isFunctionOrMethodVariadic(D); | |||
1479 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = getFunctionOrMethodNumParams(D); | |||
1480 | I != E && !AnyPointers; ++I) { | |||
1481 | QualType T = getFunctionOrMethodParamType(D, I); | |||
1482 | if (T->isDependentType() || S.isValidPointerAttrType(T)) | |||
1483 | AnyPointers = true; | |||
1484 | } | |||
1485 | ||||
1486 | if (!AnyPointers) | |||
1487 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_nonnull_no_pointers); | |||
1488 | } | |||
1489 | ||||
1490 | unsigned *Start = NonNullArgs.data(); | |||
1491 | unsigned Size = NonNullArgs.size(); | |||
1492 | llvm::array_pod_sort(Start, Start + Size); | |||
1493 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
1494 | NonNullAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Start, Size, | |||
1495 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
1496 | } | |||
1497 | ||||
1498 | static void handleNonNullAttrParameter(Sema &S, ParmVarDecl *D, | |||
1499 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
1500 | if (Attr.getNumArgs() > 0) { | |||
1501 | if (D->getFunctionType()) { | |||
1502 | handleNonNullAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
1503 | } else { | |||
1504 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_nonnull_parm_no_args) | |||
1505 | << D->getSourceRange(); | |||
1506 | } | |||
1507 | return; | |||
1508 | } | |||
1509 | ||||
1510 | // Is the argument a pointer type? | |||
1511 | if (!attrNonNullArgCheck(S, D->getType(), Attr, SourceRange(), | |||
1512 | D->getSourceRange())) | |||
1513 | return; | |||
1514 | ||||
1515 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
1516 | NonNullAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, nullptr, 0, | |||
1517 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
1518 | } | |||
1519 | ||||
1520 | static void handleReturnsNonNullAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
1521 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
1522 | QualType ResultType = getFunctionOrMethodResultType(D); | |||
1523 | SourceRange SR = getFunctionOrMethodResultSourceRange(D); | |||
1524 | if (!attrNonNullArgCheck(S, ResultType, Attr, SourceRange(), SR, | |||
1525 | /* isReturnValue */ true)) | |||
1526 | return; | |||
1527 | ||||
1528 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
1529 | ReturnsNonNullAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
1530 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
1531 | } | |||
1532 | ||||
1533 | static void handleNoEscapeAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
1534 | if (D->isInvalidDecl()) | |||
1535 | return; | |||
1536 | ||||
1537 | // noescape only applies to pointer types. | |||
1538 | QualType T = cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)->getType(); | |||
1539 | if (!S.isValidPointerAttrType(T, /* RefOkay */ true)) { | |||
1540 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_pointers_only) | |||
1541 | << Attr.getName() << Attr.getRange() << 0; | |||
1542 | return; | |||
1543 | } | |||
1544 | ||||
1545 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) NoEscapeAttr( | |||
1546 | Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
1547 | } | |||
1548 | ||||
1549 | static void handleAssumeAlignedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
1550 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
1551 | Expr *E = Attr.getArgAsExpr(0), | |||
1552 | *OE = Attr.getNumArgs() > 1 ? Attr.getArgAsExpr(1) : nullptr; | |||
1553 | S.AddAssumeAlignedAttr(Attr.getRange(), D, E, OE, | |||
1554 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex()); | |||
1555 | } | |||
1556 | ||||
1557 | static void handleAllocAlignAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
1558 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
1559 | S.AddAllocAlignAttr(Attr.getRange(), D, Attr.getArgAsExpr(0), | |||
1560 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex()); | |||
1561 | } | |||
1562 | ||||
1563 | void Sema::AddAssumeAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, | |||
1564 | Expr *OE, unsigned SpellingListIndex) { | |||
1565 | QualType ResultType = getFunctionOrMethodResultType(D); | |||
1566 | SourceRange SR = getFunctionOrMethodResultSourceRange(D); | |||
1567 | ||||
1568 | AssumeAlignedAttr TmpAttr(AttrRange, Context, E, OE, SpellingListIndex); | |||
1569 | SourceLocation AttrLoc = AttrRange.getBegin(); | |||
1570 | ||||
1571 | if (!isValidPointerAttrType(ResultType, /* RefOkay */ true)) { | |||
1572 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::warn_attribute_return_pointers_refs_only) | |||
1573 | << &TmpAttr << AttrRange << SR; | |||
1574 | return; | |||
1575 | } | |||
1576 | ||||
1577 | if (!E->isValueDependent()) { | |||
1578 | llvm::APSInt I(64); | |||
1579 | if (!E->isIntegerConstantExpr(I, Context)) { | |||
1580 | if (OE) | |||
1581 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | |||
1582 | << &TmpAttr << 1 << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant | |||
1583 | << E->getSourceRange(); | |||
1584 | else | |||
1585 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | |||
1586 | << &TmpAttr << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant | |||
1587 | << E->getSourceRange(); | |||
1588 | return; | |||
1589 | } | |||
1590 | ||||
1591 | if (!I.isPowerOf2()) { | |||
1592 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_alignment_not_power_of_two) | |||
1593 | << E->getSourceRange(); | |||
1594 | return; | |||
1595 | } | |||
1596 | } | |||
1597 | ||||
1598 | if (OE) { | |||
1599 | if (!OE->isValueDependent()) { | |||
1600 | llvm::APSInt I(64); | |||
1601 | if (!OE->isIntegerConstantExpr(I, Context)) { | |||
1602 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | |||
1603 | << &TmpAttr << 2 << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant | |||
1604 | << OE->getSourceRange(); | |||
1605 | return; | |||
1606 | } | |||
1607 | } | |||
1608 | } | |||
1609 | ||||
1610 | D->addAttr(::new (Context) | |||
1611 | AssumeAlignedAttr(AttrRange, Context, E, OE, SpellingListIndex)); | |||
1612 | } | |||
1613 | ||||
1614 | void Sema::AddAllocAlignAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *ParamExpr, | |||
1615 | unsigned SpellingListIndex) { | |||
1616 | QualType ResultType = getFunctionOrMethodResultType(D); | |||
1617 | ||||
1618 | AllocAlignAttr TmpAttr(AttrRange, Context, 0, SpellingListIndex); | |||
1619 | SourceLocation AttrLoc = AttrRange.getBegin(); | |||
1620 | ||||
1621 | if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && | |||
1622 | !isValidPointerAttrType(ResultType, /* RefOkay */ true)) { | |||
1623 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::warn_attribute_return_pointers_refs_only) | |||
1624 | << &TmpAttr << AttrRange << getFunctionOrMethodResultSourceRange(D); | |||
1625 | return; | |||
1626 | } | |||
1627 | ||||
1628 | uint64_t IndexVal; | |||
1629 | const auto *FuncDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | |||
1630 | if (!checkFunctionOrMethodParameterIndex(*this, FuncDecl, TmpAttr, | |||
1631 | /*AttrArgNo=*/1, ParamExpr, | |||
1632 | IndexVal)) | |||
1633 | return; | |||
1634 | ||||
1635 | QualType Ty = getFunctionOrMethodParamType(D, IndexVal); | |||
1636 | if (!Ty->isDependentType() && !Ty->isIntegralType(Context)) { | |||
1637 | Diag(ParamExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_attribute_integers_only) | |||
1638 | << &TmpAttr << FuncDecl->getParamDecl(IndexVal)->getSourceRange(); | |||
1639 | return; | |||
1640 | } | |||
1641 | ||||
1642 | // We cannot use the Idx returned from checkFunctionOrMethodParameterIndex | |||
1643 | // because that has corrected for the implicit this parameter, and is zero- | |||
1644 | // based. The attribute expects what the user wrote explicitly. | |||
1645 | llvm::APSInt Val; | |||
1646 | ParamExpr->EvaluateAsInt(Val, Context); | |||
1647 | ||||
1648 | D->addAttr(::new (Context) AllocAlignAttr( | |||
1649 | AttrRange, Context, Val.getZExtValue(), SpellingListIndex)); | |||
1650 | } | |||
1651 | ||||
1652 | /// Normalize the attribute, __foo__ becomes foo. | |||
1653 | /// Returns true if normalization was applied. | |||
1654 | static bool normalizeName(StringRef &AttrName) { | |||
1655 | if (AttrName.size() > 4 && AttrName.startswith("__") && | |||
1656 | AttrName.endswith("__")) { | |||
1657 | AttrName = AttrName.drop_front(2).drop_back(2); | |||
1658 | return true; | |||
1659 | } | |||
1660 | return false; | |||
1661 | } | |||
1662 | ||||
1663 | static void handleOwnershipAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &AL) { | |||
1664 | // This attribute must be applied to a function declaration. The first | |||
1665 | // argument to the attribute must be an identifier, the name of the resource, | |||
1666 | // for example: malloc. The following arguments must be argument indexes, the | |||
1667 | // arguments must be of integer type for Returns, otherwise of pointer type. | |||
1668 | // The difference between Holds and Takes is that a pointer may still be used | |||
1669 | // after being held. free() should be __attribute((ownership_takes)), whereas | |||
1670 | // a list append function may well be __attribute((ownership_holds)). | |||
1671 | ||||
1672 | if (!AL.isArgIdent(0)) { | |||
1673 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | |||
1674 | << AL.getName() << 1 << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | |||
1675 | return; | |||
1676 | } | |||
1677 | ||||
1678 | // Figure out our Kind. | |||
1679 | OwnershipAttr::OwnershipKind K = | |||
1680 | OwnershipAttr(AL.getLoc(), S.Context, nullptr, nullptr, 0, | |||
1681 | AL.getAttributeSpellingListIndex()).getOwnKind(); | |||
1682 | ||||
1683 | // Check arguments. | |||
1684 | switch (K) { | |||
1685 | case OwnershipAttr::Takes: | |||
1686 | case OwnershipAttr::Holds: | |||
1687 | if (AL.getNumArgs() < 2) { | |||
1688 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_too_few_arguments) | |||
1689 | << AL.getName() << 2; | |||
1690 | return; | |||
1691 | } | |||
1692 | break; | |||
1693 | case OwnershipAttr::Returns: | |||
1694 | if (AL.getNumArgs() > 2) { | |||
1695 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_too_many_arguments) | |||
1696 | << AL.getName() << 1; | |||
1697 | return; | |||
1698 | } | |||
1699 | break; | |||
1700 | } | |||
1701 | ||||
1702 | IdentifierInfo *Module = AL.getArgAsIdent(0)->Ident; | |||
1703 | ||||
1704 | StringRef ModuleName = Module->getName(); | |||
1705 | if (normalizeName(ModuleName)) { | |||
1706 | Module = &S.PP.getIdentifierTable().get(ModuleName); | |||
1707 | } | |||
1708 | ||||
1709 | SmallVector<unsigned, 8> OwnershipArgs; | |||
1710 | for (unsigned i = 1; i < AL.getNumArgs(); ++i) { | |||
1711 | Expr *Ex = AL.getArgAsExpr(i); | |||
1712 | uint64_t Idx; | |||
1713 | if (!checkFunctionOrMethodParameterIndex(S, D, AL, i, Ex, Idx)) | |||
1714 | return; | |||
1715 | ||||
1716 | // Is the function argument a pointer type? | |||
1717 | QualType T = getFunctionOrMethodParamType(D, Idx); | |||
1718 | int Err = -1; // No error | |||
1719 | switch (K) { | |||
1720 | case OwnershipAttr::Takes: | |||
1721 | case OwnershipAttr::Holds: | |||
1722 | if (!T->isAnyPointerType() && !T->isBlockPointerType()) | |||
1723 | Err = 0; | |||
1724 | break; | |||
1725 | case OwnershipAttr::Returns: | |||
1726 | if (!T->isIntegerType()) | |||
1727 | Err = 1; | |||
1728 | break; | |||
1729 | } | |||
1730 | if (-1 != Err) { | |||
1731 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_ownership_type) << AL.getName() << Err | |||
1732 | << Ex->getSourceRange(); | |||
1733 | return; | |||
1734 | } | |||
1735 | ||||
1736 | // Check we don't have a conflict with another ownership attribute. | |||
1737 | for (const auto *I : D->specific_attrs<OwnershipAttr>()) { | |||
1738 | // Cannot have two ownership attributes of different kinds for the same | |||
1739 | // index. | |||
1740 | if (I->getOwnKind() != K && I->args_end() != | |||
1741 | std::find(I->args_begin(), I->args_end(), Idx)) { | |||
1742 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::err_attributes_are_not_compatible) | |||
1743 | << AL.getName() << I; | |||
1744 | return; | |||
1745 | } else if (K == OwnershipAttr::Returns && | |||
1746 | I->getOwnKind() == OwnershipAttr::Returns) { | |||
1747 | // A returns attribute conflicts with any other returns attribute using | |||
1748 | // a different index. Note, diagnostic reporting is 1-based, but stored | |||
1749 | // argument indexes are 0-based. | |||
1750 | if (std::find(I->args_begin(), I->args_end(), Idx) == I->args_end()) { | |||
1751 | S.Diag(I->getLocation(), diag::err_ownership_returns_index_mismatch) | |||
1752 | << *(I->args_begin()) + 1; | |||
1753 | if (I->args_size()) | |||
1754 | S.Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::note_ownership_returns_index_mismatch) | |||
1755 | << (unsigned)Idx + 1 << Ex->getSourceRange(); | |||
1756 | return; | |||
1757 | } | |||
1758 | } | |||
1759 | } | |||
1760 | OwnershipArgs.push_back(Idx); | |||
1761 | } | |||
1762 | ||||
1763 | unsigned* start = OwnershipArgs.data(); | |||
1764 | unsigned size = OwnershipArgs.size(); | |||
1765 | llvm::array_pod_sort(start, start + size); | |||
1766 | ||||
1767 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
1768 | OwnershipAttr(AL.getLoc(), S.Context, Module, start, size, | |||
1769 | AL.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
1770 | } | |||
1771 | ||||
1772 | static void handleWeakRefAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
1773 | // Check the attribute arguments. | |||
1774 | if (Attr.getNumArgs() > 1) { | |||
1775 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments) | |||
1776 | << Attr.getName() << 1; | |||
1777 | return; | |||
1778 | } | |||
1779 | ||||
1780 | NamedDecl *nd = cast<NamedDecl>(D); | |||
1781 | ||||
1782 | // gcc rejects | |||
1783 | // class c { | |||
1784 | // static int a __attribute__((weakref ("v2"))); | |||
1785 | // static int b() __attribute__((weakref ("f3"))); | |||
1786 | // }; | |||
1787 | // and ignores the attributes of | |||
1788 | // void f(void) { | |||
1789 | // static int a __attribute__((weakref ("v2"))); | |||
1790 | // } | |||
1791 | // we reject them | |||
1792 | const DeclContext *Ctx = D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); | |||
1793 | if (!Ctx->isFileContext()) { | |||
1794 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_global_context) | |||
1795 | << nd; | |||
1796 | return; | |||
1797 | } | |||
1798 | ||||
1799 | // The GCC manual says | |||
1800 | // | |||
1801 | // At present, a declaration to which `weakref' is attached can only | |||
1802 | // be `static'. | |||
1803 | // | |||
1804 | // It also says | |||
1805 | // | |||
1806 | // Without a TARGET, | |||
1807 | // given as an argument to `weakref' or to `alias', `weakref' is | |||
1808 | // equivalent to `weak'. | |||
1809 | // | |||
1810 | // gcc 4.4.1 will accept | |||
1811 | // int a7 __attribute__((weakref)); | |||
1812 | // as | |||
1813 | // int a7 __attribute__((weak)); | |||
1814 | // This looks like a bug in gcc. We reject that for now. We should revisit | |||
1815 | // it if this behaviour is actually used. | |||
1816 | ||||
1817 | // GCC rejects | |||
1818 | // static ((alias ("y"), weakref)). | |||
1819 | // Should we? How to check that weakref is before or after alias? | |||
1820 | ||||
1821 | // FIXME: it would be good for us to keep the WeakRefAttr as-written instead | |||
1822 | // of transforming it into an AliasAttr. The WeakRefAttr never uses the | |||
1823 | // StringRef parameter it was given anyway. | |||
1824 | StringRef Str; | |||
1825 | if (Attr.getNumArgs() && S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(Attr, 0, Str)) | |||
1826 | // GCC will accept anything as the argument of weakref. Should we | |||
1827 | // check for an existing decl? | |||
1828 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) AliasAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Str, | |||
1829 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
1830 | ||||
1831 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
1832 | WeakRefAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
1833 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
1834 | } | |||
1835 | ||||
1836 | static void handleIFuncAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
1837 | StringRef Str; | |||
1838 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(Attr, 0, Str)) | |||
1839 | return; | |||
1840 | ||||
1841 | // Aliases should be on declarations, not definitions. | |||
1842 | const auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | |||
1843 | if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { | |||
1844 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 1; | |||
1845 | return; | |||
1846 | } | |||
1847 | ||||
1848 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) IFuncAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Str, | |||
1849 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
1850 | } | |||
1851 | ||||
1852 | static void handleAliasAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
1853 | StringRef Str; | |||
1854 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(Attr, 0, Str)) | |||
1855 | return; | |||
1856 | ||||
1857 | if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) { | |||
1858 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_alias_not_supported_on_darwin); | |||
1859 | return; | |||
1860 | } | |||
1861 | if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isNVPTX()) { | |||
1862 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_alias_not_supported_on_nvptx); | |||
1863 | } | |||
1864 | ||||
1865 | // Aliases should be on declarations, not definitions. | |||
1866 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | |||
1867 | if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { | |||
1868 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0; | |||
1869 | return; | |||
1870 | } | |||
1871 | } else { | |||
1872 | const auto *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); | |||
1873 | if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) { | |||
1874 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; | |||
1875 | return; | |||
1876 | } | |||
1877 | } | |||
1878 | ||||
1879 | // FIXME: check if target symbol exists in current file | |||
1880 | ||||
1881 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) AliasAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Str, | |||
1882 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
1883 | } | |||
1884 | ||||
1885 | static void handleColdAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
1886 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<HotAttr>(S, D, Attr.getRange(), Attr.getName())) | |||
1887 | return; | |||
1888 | ||||
1889 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ColdAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
1890 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
1891 | } | |||
1892 | ||||
1893 | static void handleHotAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
1894 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<ColdAttr>(S, D, Attr.getRange(), Attr.getName())) | |||
1895 | return; | |||
1896 | ||||
1897 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) HotAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
1898 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
1899 | } | |||
1900 | ||||
1901 | static void handleTLSModelAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
1902 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
1903 | StringRef Model; | |||
1904 | SourceLocation LiteralLoc; | |||
1905 | // Check that it is a string. | |||
1906 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(Attr, 0, Model, &LiteralLoc)) | |||
1907 | return; | |||
1908 | ||||
1909 | // Check that the value. | |||
1910 | if (Model != "global-dynamic" && Model != "local-dynamic" | |||
1911 | && Model != "initial-exec" && Model != "local-exec") { | |||
1912 | S.Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::err_attr_tlsmodel_arg); | |||
1913 | return; | |||
1914 | } | |||
1915 | ||||
1916 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
1917 | TLSModelAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Model, | |||
1918 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
1919 | } | |||
1920 | ||||
1921 | static void handleRestrictAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
1922 | QualType ResultType = getFunctionOrMethodResultType(D); | |||
1923 | if (ResultType->isAnyPointerType() || ResultType->isBlockPointerType()) { | |||
1924 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) RestrictAttr( | |||
1925 | Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
1926 | return; | |||
1927 | } | |||
1928 | ||||
1929 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_return_pointers_only) | |||
1930 | << Attr.getName() << getFunctionOrMethodResultSourceRange(D); | |||
1931 | } | |||
1932 | ||||
1933 | static void handleCommonAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
1934 | if (S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { | |||
1935 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_not_supported_in_lang) | |||
1936 | << Attr.getName() << AttributeLangSupport::Cpp; | |||
1937 | return; | |||
1938 | } | |||
1939 | ||||
1940 | if (CommonAttr *CA = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, Attr.getRange(), Attr.getName(), | |||
1941 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())) | |||
1942 | D->addAttr(CA); | |||
1943 | } | |||
1944 | ||||
1945 | static void handleNakedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
1946 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<DisableTailCallsAttr>(S, D, Attr.getRange(), | |||
1947 | Attr.getName())) | |||
1948 | return; | |||
1949 | ||||
1950 | if (Attr.isDeclspecAttribute()) { | |||
1951 | const auto &Triple = S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple(); | |||
1952 | const auto &Arch = Triple.getArch(); | |||
1953 | if (Arch != llvm::Triple::x86 && | |||
1954 | (Arch != llvm::Triple::arm && Arch != llvm::Triple::thumb)) { | |||
1955 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_not_supported_on_arch) | |||
1956 | << Attr.getName() << Triple.getArchName(); | |||
1957 | return; | |||
1958 | } | |||
1959 | } | |||
1960 | ||||
1961 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) NakedAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
1962 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
1963 | } | |||
1964 | ||||
1965 | static void handleNoReturnAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attrs) { | |||
1966 | if (hasDeclarator(D)) return; | |||
1967 | ||||
1968 | if (S.CheckNoReturnAttr(Attrs)) | |||
1969 | return; | |||
1970 | ||||
1971 | if (!isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { | |||
1972 | S.Diag(Attrs.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | |||
1973 | << Attrs.getName() << ExpectedFunctionOrMethod; | |||
1974 | return; | |||
1975 | } | |||
1976 | ||||
1977 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) NoReturnAttr( | |||
1978 | Attrs.getRange(), S.Context, Attrs.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
1979 | } | |||
1980 | ||||
1981 | static void handleNoCallerSavedRegsAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
1982 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
1983 | if (S.CheckNoCallerSavedRegsAttr(Attr)) | |||
1984 | return; | |||
1985 | ||||
1986 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr( | |||
1987 | Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
1988 | } | |||
1989 | ||||
1990 | bool Sema::CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &Attrs) { | |||
1991 | if (!checkAttributeNumArgs(*this, Attrs, 0)) { | |||
1992 | Attrs.setInvalid(); | |||
1993 | return true; | |||
1994 | } | |||
1995 | ||||
1996 | return false; | |||
1997 | } | |||
1998 | ||||
1999 | bool Sema::CheckNoCallerSavedRegsAttr(const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
2000 | // Check whether the attribute is valid on the current target. | |||
2001 | if (!Attr.existsInTarget(Context.getTargetInfo())) { | |||
2002 | Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_unknown_attribute_ignored) << Attr.getName(); | |||
2003 | Attr.setInvalid(); | |||
2004 | return true; | |||
2005 | } | |||
2006 | ||||
2007 | if (!checkAttributeNumArgs(*this, Attr, 0)) { | |||
2008 | Attr.setInvalid(); | |||
2009 | return true; | |||
2010 | } | |||
2011 | ||||
2012 | return false; | |||
2013 | } | |||
2014 | ||||
2015 | static void handleAnalyzerNoReturnAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
2016 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
2017 | ||||
2018 | // The checking path for 'noreturn' and 'analyzer_noreturn' are different | |||
2019 | // because 'analyzer_noreturn' does not impact the type. | |||
2020 | if (!isFunctionOrMethodOrBlock(D)) { | |||
2021 | ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D); | |||
2022 | if (!VD || (!VD->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && | |||
2023 | !VD->getType()->isFunctionPointerType())) { | |||
2024 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), | |||
2025 | Attr.isCXX11Attribute() ? diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type | |||
2026 | : diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | |||
2027 | << Attr.getName() << ExpectedFunctionMethodOrBlock; | |||
2028 | return; | |||
2029 | } | |||
2030 | } | |||
2031 | ||||
2032 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
2033 | AnalyzerNoReturnAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
2034 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
2035 | } | |||
2036 | ||||
2037 | // PS3 PPU-specific. | |||
2038 | static void handleVecReturnAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
2039 | /* | |||
2040 | Returning a Vector Class in Registers | |||
2041 | ||||
2042 | According to the PPU ABI specifications, a class with a single member of | |||
2043 | vector type is returned in memory when used as the return value of a function. | |||
2044 | This results in inefficient code when implementing vector classes. To return | |||
2045 | the value in a single vector register, add the vecreturn attribute to the | |||
2046 | class definition. This attribute is also applicable to struct types. | |||
2047 | ||||
2048 | Example: | |||
2049 | ||||
2050 | struct Vector | |||
2051 | { | |||
2052 | __vector float xyzw; | |||
2053 | } __attribute__((vecreturn)); | |||
2054 | ||||
2055 | Vector Add(Vector lhs, Vector rhs) | |||
2056 | { | |||
2057 | Vector result; | |||
2058 | result.xyzw = vec_add(lhs.xyzw, rhs.xyzw); | |||
2059 | return result; // This will be returned in a register | |||
2060 | } | |||
2061 | */ | |||
2062 | if (VecReturnAttr *A = D->getAttr<VecReturnAttr>()) { | |||
2063 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_repeat_attribute) << A; | |||
2064 | return; | |||
2065 | } | |||
2066 | ||||
2067 | RecordDecl *record = cast<RecordDecl>(D); | |||
2068 | int count = 0; | |||
2069 | ||||
2070 | if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(record)) { | |||
2071 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_vecreturn_only_vector_member); | |||
2072 | return; | |||
2073 | } | |||
2074 | ||||
2075 | if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(record)->isPOD()) { | |||
2076 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_vecreturn_only_pod_record); | |||
2077 | return; | |||
2078 | } | |||
2079 | ||||
2080 | for (const auto *I : record->fields()) { | |||
2081 | if ((count == 1) || !I->getType()->isVectorType()) { | |||
2082 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_vecreturn_only_vector_member); | |||
2083 | return; | |||
2084 | } | |||
2085 | count++; | |||
2086 | } | |||
2087 | ||||
2088 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
2089 | VecReturnAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
2090 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
2091 | } | |||
2092 | ||||
2093 | static void handleDependencyAttr(Sema &S, Scope *Scope, Decl *D, | |||
2094 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
2095 | if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { | |||
2096 | // [[carries_dependency]] can only be applied to a parameter if it is a | |||
2097 | // parameter of a function declaration or lambda. | |||
2098 | if (!(Scope->getFlags() & clang::Scope::FunctionDeclarationScope)) { | |||
2099 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), | |||
2100 | diag::err_carries_dependency_param_not_function_decl); | |||
2101 | return; | |||
2102 | } | |||
2103 | } | |||
2104 | ||||
2105 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) CarriesDependencyAttr( | |||
2106 | Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
2107 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
2108 | } | |||
2109 | ||||
2110 | static void handleNotTailCalledAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
2111 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
2112 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<AlwaysInlineAttr>(S, D, Attr.getRange(), | |||
2113 | Attr.getName())) | |||
2114 | return; | |||
2115 | ||||
2116 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) NotTailCalledAttr( | |||
2117 | Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
2118 | } | |||
2119 | ||||
2120 | static void handleDisableTailCallsAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
2121 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
2122 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<NakedAttr>(S, D, Attr.getRange(), | |||
2123 | Attr.getName())) | |||
2124 | return; | |||
2125 | ||||
2126 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DisableTailCallsAttr( | |||
2127 | Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
2128 | } | |||
2129 | ||||
2130 | static void handleUsedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
2131 | if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { | |||
2132 | if (VD->hasLocalStorage()) { | |||
2133 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr.getName(); | |||
2134 | return; | |||
2135 | } | |||
2136 | } else if (!isFunctionOrMethod(D)) { | |||
2137 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | |||
2138 | << Attr.getName() << ExpectedVariableOrFunction; | |||
2139 | return; | |||
2140 | } | |||
2141 | ||||
2142 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
2143 | UsedAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
2144 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
2145 | } | |||
2146 | ||||
2147 | static void handleUnusedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
2148 | bool IsCXX17Attr = Attr.isCXX11Attribute() && !Attr.getScopeName(); | |||
2149 | ||||
2150 | if (IsCXX17Attr && isa<VarDecl>(D)) { | |||
2151 | // The C++17 spelling of this attribute cannot be applied to a static data | |||
2152 | // member per [dcl.attr.unused]p2. | |||
2153 | if (cast<VarDecl>(D)->isStaticDataMember()) { | |||
2154 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | |||
2155 | << Attr.getName() << ExpectedForMaybeUnused; | |||
2156 | return; | |||
2157 | } | |||
2158 | } | |||
2159 | ||||
2160 | // If this is spelled as the standard C++17 attribute, but not in C++17, warn | |||
2161 | // about using it as an extension. | |||
2162 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && IsCXX17Attr) | |||
2163 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::ext_cxx17_attr) << Attr.getName(); | |||
2164 | ||||
2165 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) UnusedAttr( | |||
2166 | Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
2167 | } | |||
2168 | ||||
2169 | static void handleConstructorAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
2170 | uint32_t priority = ConstructorAttr::DefaultPriority; | |||
2171 | if (Attr.getNumArgs() && | |||
2172 | !checkUInt32Argument(S, Attr, Attr.getArgAsExpr(0), priority)) | |||
2173 | return; | |||
2174 | ||||
2175 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
2176 | ConstructorAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, priority, | |||
2177 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
2178 | } | |||
2179 | ||||
2180 | static void handleDestructorAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
2181 | uint32_t priority = DestructorAttr::DefaultPriority; | |||
2182 | if (Attr.getNumArgs() && | |||
2183 | !checkUInt32Argument(S, Attr, Attr.getArgAsExpr(0), priority)) | |||
2184 | return; | |||
2185 | ||||
2186 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
2187 | DestructorAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, priority, | |||
2188 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
2189 | } | |||
2190 | ||||
2191 | template <typename AttrTy> | |||
2192 | static void handleAttrWithMessage(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
2193 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
2194 | // Handle the case where the attribute has a text message. | |||
2195 | StringRef Str; | |||
2196 | if (Attr.getNumArgs() == 1 && !S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(Attr, 0, Str)) | |||
2197 | return; | |||
2198 | ||||
2199 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) AttrTy(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Str, | |||
2200 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
2201 | } | |||
2202 | ||||
2203 | static void handleObjCSuppresProtocolAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
2204 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
2205 | if (!cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D)->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { | |||
2206 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_objc_attr_protocol_requires_definition) | |||
2207 | << Attr.getName() << Attr.getRange(); | |||
2208 | return; | |||
2209 | } | |||
2210 | ||||
2211 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
2212 | ObjCExplicitProtocolImplAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
2213 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
2214 | } | |||
2215 | ||||
2216 | static bool checkAvailabilityAttr(Sema &S, SourceRange Range, | |||
2217 | IdentifierInfo *Platform, | |||
2218 | VersionTuple Introduced, | |||
2219 | VersionTuple Deprecated, | |||
2220 | VersionTuple Obsoleted) { | |||
2221 | StringRef PlatformName | |||
2222 | = AvailabilityAttr::getPrettyPlatformName(Platform->getName()); | |||
2223 | if (PlatformName.empty()) | |||
2224 | PlatformName = Platform->getName(); | |||
2225 | ||||
2226 | // Ensure that Introduced <= Deprecated <= Obsoleted (although not all | |||
2227 | // of these steps are needed). | |||
2228 | if (!Introduced.empty() && !Deprecated.empty() && | |||
2229 | !(Introduced <= Deprecated)) { | |||
2230 | S.Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::warn_availability_version_ordering) | |||
2231 | << 1 << PlatformName << Deprecated.getAsString() | |||
2232 | << 0 << Introduced.getAsString(); | |||
2233 | return true; | |||
2234 | } | |||
2235 | ||||
2236 | if (!Introduced.empty() && !Obsoleted.empty() && | |||
2237 | !(Introduced <= Obsoleted)) { | |||
2238 | S.Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::warn_availability_version_ordering) | |||
2239 | << 2 << PlatformName << Obsoleted.getAsString() | |||
2240 | << 0 << Introduced.getAsString(); | |||
2241 | return true; | |||
2242 | } | |||
2243 | ||||
2244 | if (!Deprecated.empty() && !Obsoleted.empty() && | |||
2245 | !(Deprecated <= Obsoleted)) { | |||
2246 | S.Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::warn_availability_version_ordering) | |||
2247 | << 2 << PlatformName << Obsoleted.getAsString() | |||
2248 | << 1 << Deprecated.getAsString(); | |||
2249 | return true; | |||
2250 | } | |||
2251 | ||||
2252 | return false; | |||
2253 | } | |||
2254 | ||||
2255 | /// \brief Check whether the two versions match. | |||
2256 | /// | |||
2257 | /// If either version tuple is empty, then they are assumed to match. If | |||
2258 | /// \p BeforeIsOkay is true, then \p X can be less than or equal to \p Y. | |||
2259 | static bool versionsMatch(const VersionTuple &X, const VersionTuple &Y, | |||
2260 | bool BeforeIsOkay) { | |||
2261 | if (X.empty() || Y.empty()) | |||
2262 | return true; | |||
2263 | ||||
2264 | if (X == Y) | |||
2265 | return true; | |||
2266 | ||||
2267 | if (BeforeIsOkay && X < Y) | |||
2268 | return true; | |||
2269 | ||||
2270 | return false; | |||
2271 | } | |||
2272 | ||||
2273 | AvailabilityAttr *Sema::mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, | |||
2274 | IdentifierInfo *Platform, | |||
2275 | bool Implicit, | |||
2276 | VersionTuple Introduced, | |||
2277 | VersionTuple Deprecated, | |||
2278 | VersionTuple Obsoleted, | |||
2279 | bool IsUnavailable, | |||
2280 | StringRef Message, | |||
2281 | bool IsStrict, | |||
2282 | StringRef Replacement, | |||
2283 | AvailabilityMergeKind AMK, | |||
2284 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex) { | |||
2285 | VersionTuple MergedIntroduced = Introduced; | |||
2286 | VersionTuple MergedDeprecated = Deprecated; | |||
2287 | VersionTuple MergedObsoleted = Obsoleted; | |||
2288 | bool FoundAny = false; | |||
2289 | bool OverrideOrImpl = false; | |||
2290 | switch (AMK) { | |||
2291 | case AMK_None: | |||
2292 | case AMK_Redeclaration: | |||
2293 | OverrideOrImpl = false; | |||
2294 | break; | |||
2295 | ||||
2296 | case AMK_Override: | |||
2297 | case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: | |||
2298 | OverrideOrImpl = true; | |||
2299 | break; | |||
2300 | } | |||
2301 | ||||
2302 | if (D->hasAttrs()) { | |||
2303 | AttrVec &Attrs = D->getAttrs(); | |||
2304 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Attrs.size(); i != e;) { | |||
2305 | const AvailabilityAttr *OldAA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attrs[i]); | |||
2306 | if (!OldAA) { | |||
2307 | ++i; | |||
2308 | continue; | |||
2309 | } | |||
2310 | ||||
2311 | IdentifierInfo *OldPlatform = OldAA->getPlatform(); | |||
2312 | if (OldPlatform != Platform) { | |||
2313 | ++i; | |||
2314 | continue; | |||
2315 | } | |||
2316 | ||||
2317 | // If there is an existing availability attribute for this platform that | |||
2318 | // is explicit and the new one is implicit use the explicit one and | |||
2319 | // discard the new implicit attribute. | |||
2320 | if (!OldAA->isImplicit() && Implicit) { | |||
2321 | return nullptr; | |||
2322 | } | |||
2323 | ||||
2324 | // If there is an existing attribute for this platform that is implicit | |||
2325 | // and the new attribute is explicit then erase the old one and | |||
2326 | // continue processing the attributes. | |||
2327 | if (!Implicit && OldAA->isImplicit()) { | |||
2328 | Attrs.erase(Attrs.begin() + i); | |||
2329 | --e; | |||
2330 | continue; | |||
2331 | } | |||
2332 | ||||
2333 | FoundAny = true; | |||
2334 | VersionTuple OldIntroduced = OldAA->getIntroduced(); | |||
2335 | VersionTuple OldDeprecated = OldAA->getDeprecated(); | |||
2336 | VersionTuple OldObsoleted = OldAA->getObsoleted(); | |||
2337 | bool OldIsUnavailable = OldAA->getUnavailable(); | |||
2338 | ||||
2339 | if (!versionsMatch(OldIntroduced, Introduced, OverrideOrImpl) || | |||
2340 | !versionsMatch(Deprecated, OldDeprecated, OverrideOrImpl) || | |||
2341 | !versionsMatch(Obsoleted, OldObsoleted, OverrideOrImpl) || | |||
2342 | !(OldIsUnavailable == IsUnavailable || | |||
2343 | (OverrideOrImpl && !OldIsUnavailable && IsUnavailable))) { | |||
2344 | if (OverrideOrImpl) { | |||
2345 | int Which = -1; | |||
2346 | VersionTuple FirstVersion; | |||
2347 | VersionTuple SecondVersion; | |||
2348 | if (!versionsMatch(OldIntroduced, Introduced, OverrideOrImpl)) { | |||
2349 | Which = 0; | |||
2350 | FirstVersion = OldIntroduced; | |||
2351 | SecondVersion = Introduced; | |||
2352 | } else if (!versionsMatch(Deprecated, OldDeprecated, OverrideOrImpl)) { | |||
2353 | Which = 1; | |||
2354 | FirstVersion = Deprecated; | |||
2355 | SecondVersion = OldDeprecated; | |||
2356 | } else if (!versionsMatch(Obsoleted, OldObsoleted, OverrideOrImpl)) { | |||
2357 | Which = 2; | |||
2358 | FirstVersion = Obsoleted; | |||
2359 | SecondVersion = OldObsoleted; | |||
2360 | } | |||
2361 | ||||
2362 | if (Which == -1) { | |||
2363 | Diag(OldAA->getLocation(), | |||
2364 | diag::warn_mismatched_availability_override_unavail) | |||
2365 | << AvailabilityAttr::getPrettyPlatformName(Platform->getName()) | |||
2366 | << (AMK == AMK_Override); | |||
2367 | } else { | |||
2368 | Diag(OldAA->getLocation(), | |||
2369 | diag::warn_mismatched_availability_override) | |||
2370 | << Which | |||
2371 | << AvailabilityAttr::getPrettyPlatformName(Platform->getName()) | |||
2372 | << FirstVersion.getAsString() << SecondVersion.getAsString() | |||
2373 | << (AMK == AMK_Override); | |||
2374 | } | |||
2375 | if (AMK == AMK_Override) | |||
2376 | Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::note_overridden_method); | |||
2377 | else | |||
2378 | Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::note_protocol_method); | |||
2379 | } else { | |||
2380 | Diag(OldAA->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_availability); | |||
2381 | Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::note_previous_attribute); | |||
2382 | } | |||
2383 | ||||
2384 | Attrs.erase(Attrs.begin() + i); | |||
2385 | --e; | |||
2386 | continue; | |||
2387 | } | |||
2388 | ||||
2389 | VersionTuple MergedIntroduced2 = MergedIntroduced; | |||
2390 | VersionTuple MergedDeprecated2 = MergedDeprecated; | |||
2391 | VersionTuple MergedObsoleted2 = MergedObsoleted; | |||
2392 | ||||
2393 | if (MergedIntroduced2.empty()) | |||
2394 | MergedIntroduced2 = OldIntroduced; | |||
2395 | if (MergedDeprecated2.empty()) | |||
2396 | MergedDeprecated2 = OldDeprecated; | |||
2397 | if (MergedObsoleted2.empty()) | |||
2398 | MergedObsoleted2 = OldObsoleted; | |||
2399 | ||||
2400 | if (checkAvailabilityAttr(*this, OldAA->getRange(), Platform, | |||
2401 | MergedIntroduced2, MergedDeprecated2, | |||
2402 | MergedObsoleted2)) { | |||
2403 | Attrs.erase(Attrs.begin() + i); | |||
2404 | --e; | |||
2405 | continue; | |||
2406 | } | |||
2407 | ||||
2408 | MergedIntroduced = MergedIntroduced2; | |||
2409 | MergedDeprecated = MergedDeprecated2; | |||
2410 | MergedObsoleted = MergedObsoleted2; | |||
2411 | ++i; | |||
2412 | } | |||
2413 | } | |||
2414 | ||||
2415 | if (FoundAny && | |||
2416 | MergedIntroduced == Introduced && | |||
2417 | MergedDeprecated == Deprecated && | |||
2418 | MergedObsoleted == Obsoleted) | |||
2419 | return nullptr; | |||
2420 | ||||
2421 | // Only create a new attribute if !OverrideOrImpl, but we want to do | |||
2422 | // the checking. | |||
2423 | if (!checkAvailabilityAttr(*this, Range, Platform, MergedIntroduced, | |||
2424 | MergedDeprecated, MergedObsoleted) && | |||
2425 | !OverrideOrImpl) { | |||
2426 | auto *Avail = ::new (Context) AvailabilityAttr(Range, Context, Platform, | |||
2427 | Introduced, Deprecated, | |||
2428 | Obsoleted, IsUnavailable, Message, | |||
2429 | IsStrict, Replacement, | |||
2430 | AttrSpellingListIndex); | |||
2431 | Avail->setImplicit(Implicit); | |||
2432 | return Avail; | |||
2433 | } | |||
2434 | return nullptr; | |||
2435 | } | |||
2436 | ||||
2437 | static void handleAvailabilityAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
2438 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
2439 | if (!checkAttributeNumArgs(S, Attr, 1)) | |||
2440 | return; | |||
2441 | IdentifierLoc *Platform = Attr.getArgAsIdent(0); | |||
2442 | unsigned Index = Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex(); | |||
2443 | ||||
2444 | IdentifierInfo *II = Platform->Ident; | |||
2445 | if (AvailabilityAttr::getPrettyPlatformName(II->getName()).empty()) | |||
2446 | S.Diag(Platform->Loc, diag::warn_availability_unknown_platform) | |||
2447 | << Platform->Ident; | |||
2448 | ||||
2449 | NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D); | |||
2450 | if (!ND) // We warned about this already, so just return. | |||
2451 | return; | |||
2452 | ||||
2453 | AvailabilityChange Introduced = Attr.getAvailabilityIntroduced(); | |||
2454 | AvailabilityChange Deprecated = Attr.getAvailabilityDeprecated(); | |||
2455 | AvailabilityChange Obsoleted = Attr.getAvailabilityObsoleted(); | |||
2456 | bool IsUnavailable = Attr.getUnavailableLoc().isValid(); | |||
2457 | bool IsStrict = Attr.getStrictLoc().isValid(); | |||
2458 | StringRef Str; | |||
2459 | if (const StringLiteral *SE = | |||
2460 | dyn_cast_or_null<StringLiteral>(Attr.getMessageExpr())) | |||
2461 | Str = SE->getString(); | |||
2462 | StringRef Replacement; | |||
2463 | if (const StringLiteral *SE = | |||
2464 | dyn_cast_or_null<StringLiteral>(Attr.getReplacementExpr())) | |||
2465 | Replacement = SE->getString(); | |||
2466 | ||||
2467 | AvailabilityAttr *NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(ND, Attr.getRange(), II, | |||
2468 | false/*Implicit*/, | |||
2469 | Introduced.Version, | |||
2470 | Deprecated.Version, | |||
2471 | Obsoleted.Version, | |||
2472 | IsUnavailable, Str, | |||
2473 | IsStrict, Replacement, | |||
2474 | Sema::AMK_None, | |||
2475 | Index); | |||
2476 | if (NewAttr) | |||
2477 | D->addAttr(NewAttr); | |||
2478 | ||||
2479 | // Transcribe "ios" to "watchos" (and add a new attribute) if the versioning | |||
2480 | // matches before the start of the watchOS platform. | |||
2481 | if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isWatchOS()) { | |||
2482 | IdentifierInfo *NewII = nullptr; | |||
2483 | if (II->getName() == "ios") | |||
2484 | NewII = &S.Context.Idents.get("watchos"); | |||
2485 | else if (II->getName() == "ios_app_extension") | |||
2486 | NewII = &S.Context.Idents.get("watchos_app_extension"); | |||
2487 | ||||
2488 | if (NewII) { | |||
2489 | auto adjustWatchOSVersion = [](VersionTuple Version) -> VersionTuple { | |||
2490 | if (Version.empty()) | |||
2491 | return Version; | |||
2492 | auto Major = Version.getMajor(); | |||
2493 | auto NewMajor = Major >= 9 ? Major - 7 : 0; | |||
2494 | if (NewMajor >= 2) { | |||
2495 | if (Version.getMinor().hasValue()) { | |||
2496 | if (Version.getSubminor().hasValue()) | |||
2497 | return VersionTuple(NewMajor, Version.getMinor().getValue(), | |||
2498 | Version.getSubminor().getValue()); | |||
2499 | else | |||
2500 | return VersionTuple(NewMajor, Version.getMinor().getValue()); | |||
2501 | } | |||
2502 | } | |||
2503 | ||||
2504 | return VersionTuple(2, 0); | |||
2505 | }; | |||
2506 | ||||
2507 | auto NewIntroduced = adjustWatchOSVersion(Introduced.Version); | |||
2508 | auto NewDeprecated = adjustWatchOSVersion(Deprecated.Version); | |||
2509 | auto NewObsoleted = adjustWatchOSVersion(Obsoleted.Version); | |||
2510 | ||||
2511 | AvailabilityAttr *NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(ND, | |||
2512 | Attr.getRange(), | |||
2513 | NewII, | |||
2514 | true/*Implicit*/, | |||
2515 | NewIntroduced, | |||
2516 | NewDeprecated, | |||
2517 | NewObsoleted, | |||
2518 | IsUnavailable, Str, | |||
2519 | IsStrict, | |||
2520 | Replacement, | |||
2521 | Sema::AMK_None, | |||
2522 | Index); | |||
2523 | if (NewAttr) | |||
2524 | D->addAttr(NewAttr); | |||
2525 | } | |||
2526 | } else if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isTvOS()) { | |||
2527 | // Transcribe "ios" to "tvos" (and add a new attribute) if the versioning | |||
2528 | // matches before the start of the tvOS platform. | |||
2529 | IdentifierInfo *NewII = nullptr; | |||
2530 | if (II->getName() == "ios") | |||
2531 | NewII = &S.Context.Idents.get("tvos"); | |||
2532 | else if (II->getName() == "ios_app_extension") | |||
2533 | NewII = &S.Context.Idents.get("tvos_app_extension"); | |||
2534 | ||||
2535 | if (NewII) { | |||
2536 | AvailabilityAttr *NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(ND, | |||
2537 | Attr.getRange(), | |||
2538 | NewII, | |||
2539 | true/*Implicit*/, | |||
2540 | Introduced.Version, | |||
2541 | Deprecated.Version, | |||
2542 | Obsoleted.Version, | |||
2543 | IsUnavailable, Str, | |||
2544 | IsStrict, | |||
2545 | Replacement, | |||
2546 | Sema::AMK_None, | |||
2547 | Index); | |||
2548 | if (NewAttr) | |||
2549 | D->addAttr(NewAttr); | |||
2550 | } | |||
2551 | } | |||
2552 | } | |||
2553 | ||||
2554 | static void handleExternalSourceSymbolAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
2555 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
2556 | if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, Attr, 1)) | |||
2557 | return; | |||
2558 | assert(checkAttributeAtMostNumArgs(S, Attr, 3) &&(static_cast <bool> (checkAttributeAtMostNumArgs(S, Attr , 3) && "Invalid number of arguments in an external_source_symbol attribute" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("checkAttributeAtMostNumArgs(S, Attr, 3) && \"Invalid number of arguments in an external_source_symbol attribute\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 2559, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
2559 | "Invalid number of arguments in an external_source_symbol attribute")(static_cast <bool> (checkAttributeAtMostNumArgs(S, Attr , 3) && "Invalid number of arguments in an external_source_symbol attribute" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("checkAttributeAtMostNumArgs(S, Attr, 3) && \"Invalid number of arguments in an external_source_symbol attribute\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 2559, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
2560 | ||||
2561 | StringRef Language; | |||
2562 | if (const auto *SE = dyn_cast_or_null<StringLiteral>(Attr.getArgAsExpr(0))) | |||
2563 | Language = SE->getString(); | |||
2564 | StringRef DefinedIn; | |||
2565 | if (const auto *SE = dyn_cast_or_null<StringLiteral>(Attr.getArgAsExpr(1))) | |||
2566 | DefinedIn = SE->getString(); | |||
2567 | bool IsGeneratedDeclaration = Attr.getArgAsIdent(2) != nullptr; | |||
2568 | ||||
2569 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ExternalSourceSymbolAttr( | |||
2570 | Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Language, DefinedIn, IsGeneratedDeclaration, | |||
2571 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
2572 | } | |||
2573 | ||||
2574 | template <class T> | |||
2575 | static T *mergeVisibilityAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, SourceRange range, | |||
2576 | typename T::VisibilityType value, | |||
2577 | unsigned attrSpellingListIndex) { | |||
2578 | T *existingAttr = D->getAttr<T>(); | |||
2579 | if (existingAttr) { | |||
2580 | typename T::VisibilityType existingValue = existingAttr->getVisibility(); | |||
2581 | if (existingValue == value) | |||
2582 | return nullptr; | |||
2583 | S.Diag(existingAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_mismatched_visibility); | |||
2584 | S.Diag(range.getBegin(), diag::note_previous_attribute); | |||
2585 | D->dropAttr<T>(); | |||
2586 | } | |||
2587 | return ::new (S.Context) T(range, S.Context, value, attrSpellingListIndex); | |||
2588 | } | |||
2589 | ||||
2590 | VisibilityAttr *Sema::mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, | |||
2591 | VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, | |||
2592 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex) { | |||
2593 | return ::mergeVisibilityAttr<VisibilityAttr>(*this, D, Range, Vis, | |||
2594 | AttrSpellingListIndex); | |||
2595 | } | |||
2596 | ||||
2597 | TypeVisibilityAttr *Sema::mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, | |||
2598 | TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, | |||
2599 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex) { | |||
2600 | return ::mergeVisibilityAttr<TypeVisibilityAttr>(*this, D, Range, Vis, | |||
2601 | AttrSpellingListIndex); | |||
2602 | } | |||
2603 | ||||
2604 | static void handleVisibilityAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr, | |||
2605 | bool isTypeVisibility) { | |||
2606 | // Visibility attributes don't mean anything on a typedef. | |||
2607 | if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { | |||
2608 | S.Diag(Attr.getRange().getBegin(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) | |||
2609 | << Attr.getName(); | |||
2610 | return; | |||
2611 | } | |||
2612 | ||||
2613 | // 'type_visibility' can only go on a type or namespace. | |||
2614 | if (isTypeVisibility && | |||
2615 | !(isa<TagDecl>(D) || | |||
2616 | isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D) || | |||
2617 | isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))) { | |||
2618 | S.Diag(Attr.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | |||
2619 | << Attr.getName() << ExpectedTypeOrNamespace; | |||
2620 | return; | |||
2621 | } | |||
2622 | ||||
2623 | // Check that the argument is a string literal. | |||
2624 | StringRef TypeStr; | |||
2625 | SourceLocation LiteralLoc; | |||
2626 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(Attr, 0, TypeStr, &LiteralLoc)) | |||
2627 | return; | |||
2628 | ||||
2629 | VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType type; | |||
2630 | if (!VisibilityAttr::ConvertStrToVisibilityType(TypeStr, type)) { | |||
2631 | S.Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) | |||
2632 | << Attr.getName() << TypeStr; | |||
2633 | return; | |||
2634 | } | |||
2635 | ||||
2636 | // Complain about attempts to use protected visibility on targets | |||
2637 | // (like Darwin) that don't support it. | |||
2638 | if (type == VisibilityAttr::Protected && | |||
2639 | !S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasProtectedVisibility()) { | |||
2640 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_protected_visibility); | |||
2641 | type = VisibilityAttr::Default; | |||
2642 | } | |||
2643 | ||||
2644 | unsigned Index = Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex(); | |||
2645 | clang::Attr *newAttr; | |||
2646 | if (isTypeVisibility) { | |||
2647 | newAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, Attr.getRange(), | |||
2648 | (TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType) type, | |||
2649 | Index); | |||
2650 | } else { | |||
2651 | newAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, Attr.getRange(), type, Index); | |||
2652 | } | |||
2653 | if (newAttr) | |||
2654 | D->addAttr(newAttr); | |||
2655 | } | |||
2656 | ||||
2657 | static void handleObjCMethodFamilyAttr(Sema &S, Decl *decl, | |||
2658 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
2659 | ObjCMethodDecl *method = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(decl); | |||
2660 | if (!Attr.isArgIdent(0)) { | |||
2661 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | |||
2662 | << Attr.getName() << 1 << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | |||
2663 | return; | |||
2664 | } | |||
2665 | ||||
2666 | IdentifierLoc *IL = Attr.getArgAsIdent(0); | |||
2667 | ObjCMethodFamilyAttr::FamilyKind F; | |||
2668 | if (!ObjCMethodFamilyAttr::ConvertStrToFamilyKind(IL->Ident->getName(), F)) { | |||
2669 | S.Diag(IL->Loc, diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) << Attr.getName() | |||
2670 | << IL->Ident; | |||
2671 | return; | |||
2672 | } | |||
2673 | ||||
2674 | if (F == ObjCMethodFamilyAttr::OMF_init && | |||
2675 | !method->getReturnType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | |||
2676 | S.Diag(method->getLocation(), diag::err_init_method_bad_return_type) | |||
2677 | << method->getReturnType(); | |||
2678 | // Ignore the attribute. | |||
2679 | return; | |||
2680 | } | |||
2681 | ||||
2682 | method->addAttr(new (S.Context) ObjCMethodFamilyAttr(Attr.getRange(), | |||
2683 | S.Context, F, | |||
2684 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
2685 | } | |||
2686 | ||||
2687 | static void handleObjCNSObject(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
2688 | if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { | |||
2689 | QualType T = TD->getUnderlyingType(); | |||
2690 | if (!T->isCARCBridgableType()) { | |||
2691 | S.Diag(TD->getLocation(), diag::err_nsobject_attribute); | |||
2692 | return; | |||
2693 | } | |||
2694 | } | |||
2695 | else if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D)) { | |||
2696 | QualType T = PD->getType(); | |||
2697 | if (!T->isCARCBridgableType()) { | |||
2698 | S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::err_nsobject_attribute); | |||
2699 | return; | |||
2700 | } | |||
2701 | } | |||
2702 | else { | |||
2703 | // It is okay to include this attribute on properties, e.g.: | |||
2704 | // | |||
2705 | // @property (retain, nonatomic) struct Bork *Q __attribute__((NSObject)); | |||
2706 | // | |||
2707 | // In this case it follows tradition and suppresses an error in the above | |||
2708 | // case. | |||
2709 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_nsobject_attribute); | |||
2710 | } | |||
2711 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
2712 | ObjCNSObjectAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
2713 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
2714 | } | |||
2715 | ||||
2716 | static void handleObjCIndependentClass(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
2717 | if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { | |||
2718 | QualType T = TD->getUnderlyingType(); | |||
2719 | if (!T->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | |||
2720 | S.Diag(TD->getLocation(), diag::warn_ptr_independentclass_attribute); | |||
2721 | return; | |||
2722 | } | |||
2723 | } else { | |||
2724 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_independentclass_attribute); | |||
2725 | return; | |||
2726 | } | |||
2727 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
2728 | ObjCIndependentClassAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
2729 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
2730 | } | |||
2731 | ||||
2732 | static void handleBlocksAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
2733 | if (!Attr.isArgIdent(0)) { | |||
2734 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | |||
2735 | << Attr.getName() << 1 << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | |||
2736 | return; | |||
2737 | } | |||
2738 | ||||
2739 | IdentifierInfo *II = Attr.getArgAsIdent(0)->Ident; | |||
2740 | BlocksAttr::BlockType type; | |||
2741 | if (!BlocksAttr::ConvertStrToBlockType(II->getName(), type)) { | |||
2742 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) | |||
2743 | << Attr.getName() << II; | |||
2744 | return; | |||
2745 | } | |||
2746 | ||||
2747 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
2748 | BlocksAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, type, | |||
2749 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
2750 | } | |||
2751 | ||||
2752 | static void handleSentinelAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
2753 | unsigned sentinel = (unsigned)SentinelAttr::DefaultSentinel; | |||
2754 | if (Attr.getNumArgs() > 0) { | |||
2755 | Expr *E = Attr.getArgAsExpr(0); | |||
2756 | llvm::APSInt Idx(32); | |||
2757 | if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() || | |||
2758 | !E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Idx, S.Context)) { | |||
2759 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | |||
2760 | << Attr.getName() << 1 << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant | |||
2761 | << E->getSourceRange(); | |||
2762 | return; | |||
2763 | } | |||
2764 | ||||
2765 | if (Idx.isSigned() && Idx.isNegative()) { | |||
2766 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_sentinel_less_than_zero) | |||
2767 | << E->getSourceRange(); | |||
2768 | return; | |||
2769 | } | |||
2770 | ||||
2771 | sentinel = Idx.getZExtValue(); | |||
2772 | } | |||
2773 | ||||
2774 | unsigned nullPos = (unsigned)SentinelAttr::DefaultNullPos; | |||
2775 | if (Attr.getNumArgs() > 1) { | |||
2776 | Expr *E = Attr.getArgAsExpr(1); | |||
2777 | llvm::APSInt Idx(32); | |||
2778 | if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() || | |||
2779 | !E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Idx, S.Context)) { | |||
2780 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | |||
2781 | << Attr.getName() << 2 << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant | |||
2782 | << E->getSourceRange(); | |||
2783 | return; | |||
2784 | } | |||
2785 | nullPos = Idx.getZExtValue(); | |||
2786 | ||||
2787 | if ((Idx.isSigned() && Idx.isNegative()) || nullPos > 1) { | |||
2788 | // FIXME: This error message could be improved, it would be nice | |||
2789 | // to say what the bounds actually are. | |||
2790 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_sentinel_not_zero_or_one) | |||
2791 | << E->getSourceRange(); | |||
2792 | return; | |||
2793 | } | |||
2794 | } | |||
2795 | ||||
2796 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | |||
2797 | const FunctionType *FT = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); | |||
2798 | if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) { | |||
2799 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_named_arguments); | |||
2800 | return; | |||
2801 | } | |||
2802 | ||||
2803 | if (!cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)->isVariadic()) { | |||
2804 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 0; | |||
2805 | return; | |||
2806 | } | |||
2807 | } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { | |||
2808 | if (!MD->isVariadic()) { | |||
2809 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 0; | |||
2810 | return; | |||
2811 | } | |||
2812 | } else if (BlockDecl *BD = dyn_cast<BlockDecl>(D)) { | |||
2813 | if (!BD->isVariadic()) { | |||
2814 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1; | |||
2815 | return; | |||
2816 | } | |||
2817 | } else if (const VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { | |||
2818 | QualType Ty = V->getType(); | |||
2819 | if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) { | |||
2820 | const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType() | |||
2821 | ? D->getFunctionType() | |||
2822 | : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); | |||
2823 | if (!cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)->isVariadic()) { | |||
2824 | int m = Ty->isFunctionPointerType() ? 0 : 1; | |||
2825 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << m; | |||
2826 | return; | |||
2827 | } | |||
2828 | } else { | |||
2829 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | |||
2830 | << Attr.getName() << ExpectedFunctionMethodOrBlock; | |||
2831 | return; | |||
2832 | } | |||
2833 | } else { | |||
2834 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | |||
2835 | << Attr.getName() << ExpectedFunctionMethodOrBlock; | |||
2836 | return; | |||
2837 | } | |||
2838 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
2839 | SentinelAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, sentinel, nullPos, | |||
2840 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
2841 | } | |||
2842 | ||||
2843 | static void handleWarnUnusedResult(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
2844 | if (D->getFunctionType() && | |||
2845 | D->getFunctionType()->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { | |||
2846 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_void_function_method) | |||
2847 | << Attr.getName() << 0; | |||
2848 | return; | |||
2849 | } | |||
2850 | if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) | |||
2851 | if (MD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { | |||
2852 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_void_function_method) | |||
2853 | << Attr.getName() << 1; | |||
2854 | return; | |||
2855 | } | |||
2856 | ||||
2857 | // If this is spelled as the standard C++17 attribute, but not in C++17, warn | |||
2858 | // about using it as an extension. | |||
2859 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && Attr.isCXX11Attribute() && | |||
2860 | !Attr.getScopeName()) | |||
2861 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::ext_cxx17_attr) << Attr.getName(); | |||
2862 | ||||
2863 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
2864 | WarnUnusedResultAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
2865 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
2866 | } | |||
2867 | ||||
2868 | static void handleWeakImportAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
2869 | // weak_import only applies to variable & function declarations. | |||
2870 | bool isDef = false; | |||
2871 | if (!D->canBeWeakImported(isDef)) { | |||
2872 | if (isDef) | |||
2873 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_invalid_on_definition) | |||
2874 | << "weak_import"; | |||
2875 | else if (isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || | |||
2876 | (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin() && | |||
2877 | (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D) || isa<EnumDecl>(D)))) { | |||
2878 | // Nothing to warn about here. | |||
2879 | } else | |||
2880 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | |||
2881 | << Attr.getName() << ExpectedVariableOrFunction; | |||
2882 | ||||
2883 | return; | |||
2884 | } | |||
2885 | ||||
2886 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
2887 | WeakImportAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
2888 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
2889 | } | |||
2890 | ||||
2891 | // Handles reqd_work_group_size and work_group_size_hint. | |||
2892 | template <typename WorkGroupAttr> | |||
2893 | static void handleWorkGroupSize(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
2894 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
2895 | uint32_t WGSize[3]; | |||
2896 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < 3; ++i) { | |||
2897 | const Expr *E = Attr.getArgAsExpr(i); | |||
2898 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, Attr, E, WGSize[i], i)) | |||
2899 | return; | |||
2900 | if (WGSize[i] == 0) { | |||
2901 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_is_zero) | |||
2902 | << Attr.getName() << E->getSourceRange(); | |||
2903 | return; | |||
2904 | } | |||
2905 | } | |||
2906 | ||||
2907 | WorkGroupAttr *Existing = D->getAttr<WorkGroupAttr>(); | |||
2908 | if (Existing && !(Existing->getXDim() == WGSize[0] && | |||
2909 | Existing->getYDim() == WGSize[1] && | |||
2910 | Existing->getZDim() == WGSize[2])) | |||
2911 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_duplicate_attribute) << Attr.getName(); | |||
2912 | ||||
2913 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) WorkGroupAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
2914 | WGSize[0], WGSize[1], WGSize[2], | |||
2915 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
2916 | } | |||
2917 | ||||
2918 | // Handles intel_reqd_sub_group_size. | |||
2919 | static void handleSubGroupSize(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
2920 | uint32_t SGSize; | |||
2921 | const Expr *E = Attr.getArgAsExpr(0); | |||
2922 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, Attr, E, SGSize)) | |||
2923 | return; | |||
2924 | if (SGSize == 0) { | |||
2925 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_is_zero) | |||
2926 | << Attr.getName() << E->getSourceRange(); | |||
2927 | return; | |||
2928 | } | |||
2929 | ||||
2930 | OpenCLIntelReqdSubGroupSizeAttr *Existing = | |||
2931 | D->getAttr<OpenCLIntelReqdSubGroupSizeAttr>(); | |||
2932 | if (Existing && Existing->getSubGroupSize() != SGSize) | |||
2933 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_duplicate_attribute) << Attr.getName(); | |||
2934 | ||||
2935 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) OpenCLIntelReqdSubGroupSizeAttr( | |||
2936 | Attr.getRange(), S.Context, SGSize, | |||
2937 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
2938 | } | |||
2939 | ||||
2940 | static void handleVecTypeHint(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
2941 | if (!Attr.hasParsedType()) { | |||
2942 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments) | |||
2943 | << Attr.getName() << 1; | |||
2944 | return; | |||
2945 | } | |||
2946 | ||||
2947 | TypeSourceInfo *ParmTSI = nullptr; | |||
2948 | QualType ParmType = S.GetTypeFromParser(Attr.getTypeArg(), &ParmTSI); | |||
2949 | assert(ParmTSI && "no type source info for attribute argument")(static_cast <bool> (ParmTSI && "no type source info for attribute argument" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ParmTSI && \"no type source info for attribute argument\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 2949, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
2950 | ||||
2951 | if (!ParmType->isExtVectorType() && !ParmType->isFloatingType() && | |||
2952 | (ParmType->isBooleanType() || | |||
2953 | !ParmType->isIntegralType(S.getASTContext()))) { | |||
2954 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_vec_type_hint) | |||
2955 | << ParmType; | |||
2956 | return; | |||
2957 | } | |||
2958 | ||||
2959 | if (VecTypeHintAttr *A = D->getAttr<VecTypeHintAttr>()) { | |||
2960 | if (!S.Context.hasSameType(A->getTypeHint(), ParmType)) { | |||
2961 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_duplicate_attribute) << Attr.getName(); | |||
2962 | return; | |||
2963 | } | |||
2964 | } | |||
2965 | ||||
2966 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) VecTypeHintAttr(Attr.getLoc(), S.Context, | |||
2967 | ParmTSI, | |||
2968 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
2969 | } | |||
2970 | ||||
2971 | SectionAttr *Sema::mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, | |||
2972 | StringRef Name, | |||
2973 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex) { | |||
2974 | if (SectionAttr *ExistingAttr = D->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) { | |||
2975 | if (ExistingAttr->getName() == Name) | |||
2976 | return nullptr; | |||
2977 | Diag(ExistingAttr->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_section); | |||
2978 | Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::note_previous_attribute); | |||
2979 | return nullptr; | |||
2980 | } | |||
2981 | return ::new (Context) SectionAttr(Range, Context, Name, | |||
2982 | AttrSpellingListIndex); | |||
2983 | } | |||
2984 | ||||
2985 | bool Sema::checkSectionName(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef SecName) { | |||
2986 | std::string Error = Context.getTargetInfo().isValidSectionSpecifier(SecName); | |||
2987 | if (!Error.empty()) { | |||
2988 | Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::err_attribute_section_invalid_for_target) << Error; | |||
2989 | return false; | |||
2990 | } | |||
2991 | return true; | |||
2992 | } | |||
2993 | ||||
2994 | static void handleSectionAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
2995 | // Make sure that there is a string literal as the sections's single | |||
2996 | // argument. | |||
2997 | StringRef Str; | |||
2998 | SourceLocation LiteralLoc; | |||
2999 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(Attr, 0, Str, &LiteralLoc)) | |||
3000 | return; | |||
3001 | ||||
3002 | if (!S.checkSectionName(LiteralLoc, Str)) | |||
3003 | return; | |||
3004 | ||||
3005 | // If the target wants to validate the section specifier, make it happen. | |||
3006 | std::string Error = S.Context.getTargetInfo().isValidSectionSpecifier(Str); | |||
3007 | if (!Error.empty()) { | |||
3008 | S.Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::err_attribute_section_invalid_for_target) | |||
3009 | << Error; | |||
3010 | return; | |||
3011 | } | |||
3012 | ||||
3013 | unsigned Index = Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex(); | |||
3014 | SectionAttr *NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, Attr.getRange(), Str, Index); | |||
3015 | if (NewAttr) | |||
3016 | D->addAttr(NewAttr); | |||
3017 | } | |||
3018 | ||||
3019 | // Check for things we'd like to warn about. Multiversioning issues are | |||
3020 | // handled later in the process, once we know how many exist. | |||
3021 | bool Sema::checkTargetAttr(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef AttrStr) { | |||
3022 | enum FirstParam { Unsupported, Duplicate }; | |||
3023 | enum SecondParam { None, Architecture }; | |||
3024 | for (auto Str : {"tune=", "fpmath="}) | |||
3025 | if (AttrStr.find(Str) != StringRef::npos) | |||
3026 | return Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::warn_unsupported_target_attribute) | |||
3027 | << Unsupported << None << Str; | |||
3028 | ||||
3029 | TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr ParsedAttrs = TargetAttr::parse(AttrStr); | |||
3030 | ||||
3031 | if (!ParsedAttrs.Architecture.empty() && | |||
3032 | !Context.getTargetInfo().isValidCPUName(ParsedAttrs.Architecture)) | |||
3033 | return Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::warn_unsupported_target_attribute) | |||
3034 | << Unsupported << Architecture << ParsedAttrs.Architecture; | |||
3035 | ||||
3036 | if (ParsedAttrs.DuplicateArchitecture) | |||
3037 | return Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::warn_unsupported_target_attribute) | |||
3038 | << Duplicate << None << "arch="; | |||
3039 | ||||
3040 | for (const auto &Feature : ParsedAttrs.Features) { | |||
3041 | auto CurFeature = StringRef(Feature).drop_front(); // remove + or -. | |||
3042 | if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidFeatureName(CurFeature)) | |||
3043 | return Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::warn_unsupported_target_attribute) | |||
3044 | << Unsupported << None << CurFeature; | |||
3045 | } | |||
3046 | ||||
3047 | return true; | |||
3048 | } | |||
3049 | ||||
3050 | static void handleTargetAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
3051 | StringRef Str; | |||
3052 | SourceLocation LiteralLoc; | |||
3053 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(Attr, 0, Str, &LiteralLoc) || | |||
3054 | !S.checkTargetAttr(LiteralLoc, Str)) | |||
3055 | return; | |||
3056 | unsigned Index = Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex(); | |||
3057 | TargetAttr *NewAttr = | |||
3058 | ::new (S.Context) TargetAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Str, Index); | |||
3059 | D->addAttr(NewAttr); | |||
3060 | } | |||
3061 | ||||
3062 | static void handleCleanupAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
3063 | Expr *E = Attr.getArgAsExpr(0); | |||
3064 | SourceLocation Loc = E->getExprLoc(); | |||
3065 | FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; | |||
3066 | DeclarationNameInfo NI; | |||
3067 | ||||
3068 | // gcc only allows for simple identifiers. Since we support more than gcc, we | |||
3069 | // will warn the user. | |||
3070 | if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { | |||
3071 | if (DRE->hasQualifier()) | |||
3072 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_cleanup_ext); | |||
3073 | FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); | |||
3074 | NI = DRE->getNameInfo(); | |||
3075 | if (!FD) { | |||
3076 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_attribute_cleanup_arg_not_function) << 1 | |||
3077 | << NI.getName(); | |||
3078 | return; | |||
3079 | } | |||
3080 | } else if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E)) { | |||
3081 | if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | |||
3082 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_cleanup_ext); | |||
3083 | FD = S.ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(ULE, true); | |||
3084 | NI = ULE->getNameInfo(); | |||
3085 | if (!FD) { | |||
3086 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_attribute_cleanup_arg_not_function) << 2 | |||
3087 | << NI.getName(); | |||
3088 | if (ULE->getType() == S.Context.OverloadTy) | |||
3089 | S.NoteAllOverloadCandidates(ULE); | |||
3090 | return; | |||
3091 | } | |||
3092 | } else { | |||
3093 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_attribute_cleanup_arg_not_function) << 0; | |||
3094 | return; | |||
3095 | } | |||
3096 | ||||
3097 | if (FD->getNumParams() != 1) { | |||
3098 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_attribute_cleanup_func_must_take_one_arg) | |||
3099 | << NI.getName(); | |||
3100 | return; | |||
3101 | } | |||
3102 | ||||
3103 | // We're currently more strict than GCC about what function types we accept. | |||
3104 | // If this ever proves to be a problem it should be easy to fix. | |||
3105 | QualType Ty = S.Context.getPointerType(cast<VarDecl>(D)->getType()); | |||
3106 | QualType ParamTy = FD->getParamDecl(0)->getType(); | |||
3107 | if (S.CheckAssignmentConstraints(FD->getParamDecl(0)->getLocation(), | |||
3108 | ParamTy, Ty) != Sema::Compatible) { | |||
3109 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_attribute_cleanup_func_arg_incompatible_type) | |||
3110 | << NI.getName() << ParamTy << Ty; | |||
3111 | return; | |||
3112 | } | |||
3113 | ||||
3114 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
3115 | CleanupAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, FD, | |||
3116 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
3117 | } | |||
3118 | ||||
3119 | static void handleEnumExtensibilityAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
3120 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
3121 | if (!Attr.isArgIdent(0)) { | |||
3122 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | |||
3123 | << Attr.getName() << 0 << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | |||
3124 | return; | |||
3125 | } | |||
3126 | ||||
3127 | EnumExtensibilityAttr::Kind ExtensibilityKind; | |||
3128 | IdentifierInfo *II = Attr.getArgAsIdent(0)->Ident; | |||
3129 | if (!EnumExtensibilityAttr::ConvertStrToKind(II->getName(), | |||
3130 | ExtensibilityKind)) { | |||
3131 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) | |||
3132 | << Attr.getName() << II; | |||
3133 | return; | |||
3134 | } | |||
3135 | ||||
3136 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) EnumExtensibilityAttr( | |||
3137 | Attr.getRange(), S.Context, ExtensibilityKind, | |||
3138 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
3139 | } | |||
3140 | ||||
3141 | /// Handle __attribute__((format_arg((idx)))) attribute based on | |||
3142 | /// http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Function-Attributes.html | |||
3143 | static void handleFormatArgAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
3144 | Expr *IdxExpr = Attr.getArgAsExpr(0); | |||
3145 | uint64_t Idx; | |||
3146 | if (!checkFunctionOrMethodParameterIndex(S, D, Attr, 1, IdxExpr, Idx)) | |||
3147 | return; | |||
3148 | ||||
3149 | // Make sure the format string is really a string. | |||
3150 | QualType Ty = getFunctionOrMethodParamType(D, Idx); | |||
3151 | ||||
3152 | bool NotNSStringTy = !isNSStringType(Ty, S.Context); | |||
3153 | if (NotNSStringTy && | |||
3154 | !isCFStringType(Ty, S.Context) && | |||
3155 | (!Ty->isPointerType() || | |||
3156 | !Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isCharType())) { | |||
3157 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_format_attribute_not) | |||
3158 | << "a string type" << IdxExpr->getSourceRange() | |||
3159 | << getFunctionOrMethodParamRange(D, 0); | |||
3160 | return; | |||
3161 | } | |||
3162 | Ty = getFunctionOrMethodResultType(D); | |||
3163 | if (!isNSStringType(Ty, S.Context) && | |||
3164 | !isCFStringType(Ty, S.Context) && | |||
3165 | (!Ty->isPointerType() || | |||
3166 | !Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isCharType())) { | |||
3167 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_format_attribute_result_not) | |||
3168 | << (NotNSStringTy ? "string type" : "NSString") | |||
3169 | << IdxExpr->getSourceRange() << getFunctionOrMethodParamRange(D, 0); | |||
3170 | return; | |||
3171 | } | |||
3172 | ||||
3173 | // We cannot use the Idx returned from checkFunctionOrMethodParameterIndex | |||
3174 | // because that has corrected for the implicit this parameter, and is zero- | |||
3175 | // based. The attribute expects what the user wrote explicitly. | |||
3176 | llvm::APSInt Val; | |||
3177 | IdxExpr->EvaluateAsInt(Val, S.Context); | |||
3178 | ||||
3179 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
3180 | FormatArgAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Val.getZExtValue(), | |||
3181 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
3182 | } | |||
3183 | ||||
3184 | enum FormatAttrKind { | |||
3185 | CFStringFormat, | |||
3186 | NSStringFormat, | |||
3187 | StrftimeFormat, | |||
3188 | SupportedFormat, | |||
3189 | IgnoredFormat, | |||
3190 | InvalidFormat | |||
3191 | }; | |||
3192 | ||||
3193 | /// getFormatAttrKind - Map from format attribute names to supported format | |||
3194 | /// types. | |||
3195 | static FormatAttrKind getFormatAttrKind(StringRef Format) { | |||
3196 | return llvm::StringSwitch<FormatAttrKind>(Format) | |||
3197 | // Check for formats that get handled specially. | |||
3198 | .Case("NSString", NSStringFormat) | |||
3199 | .Case("CFString", CFStringFormat) | |||
3200 | .Case("strftime", StrftimeFormat) | |||
3201 | ||||
3202 | // Otherwise, check for supported formats. | |||
3203 | .Cases("scanf", "printf", "printf0", "strfmon", SupportedFormat) | |||
3204 | .Cases("cmn_err", "vcmn_err", "zcmn_err", SupportedFormat) | |||
3205 | .Case("kprintf", SupportedFormat) // OpenBSD. | |||
3206 | .Case("freebsd_kprintf", SupportedFormat) // FreeBSD. | |||
3207 | .Case("os_trace", SupportedFormat) | |||
3208 | .Case("os_log", SupportedFormat) | |||
3209 | ||||
3210 | .Cases("gcc_diag", "gcc_cdiag", "gcc_cxxdiag", "gcc_tdiag", IgnoredFormat) | |||
3211 | .Default(InvalidFormat); | |||
3212 | } | |||
3213 | ||||
3214 | /// Handle __attribute__((init_priority(priority))) attributes based on | |||
3215 | /// http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/C_002b_002b-Attributes.html | |||
3216 | static void handleInitPriorityAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
3217 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
3218 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | |||
3219 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr.getName(); | |||
3220 | return; | |||
3221 | } | |||
3222 | ||||
3223 | if (S.getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) { | |||
3224 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_init_priority_object_attr); | |||
3225 | Attr.setInvalid(); | |||
3226 | return; | |||
3227 | } | |||
3228 | QualType T = cast<VarDecl>(D)->getType(); | |||
3229 | if (S.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) | |||
3230 | T = S.Context.getBaseElementType(T); | |||
3231 | if (!T->getAs<RecordType>()) { | |||
3232 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_init_priority_object_attr); | |||
3233 | Attr.setInvalid(); | |||
3234 | return; | |||
3235 | } | |||
3236 | ||||
3237 | Expr *E = Attr.getArgAsExpr(0); | |||
3238 | uint32_t prioritynum; | |||
3239 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, Attr, E, prioritynum)) { | |||
3240 | Attr.setInvalid(); | |||
3241 | return; | |||
3242 | } | |||
3243 | ||||
3244 | if (prioritynum < 101 || prioritynum > 65535) { | |||
3245 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_outof_range) | |||
3246 | << E->getSourceRange() << Attr.getName() << 101 << 65535; | |||
3247 | Attr.setInvalid(); | |||
3248 | return; | |||
3249 | } | |||
3250 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
3251 | InitPriorityAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, prioritynum, | |||
3252 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
3253 | } | |||
3254 | ||||
3255 | FormatAttr *Sema::mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, | |||
3256 | IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx, | |||
3257 | int FirstArg, | |||
3258 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex) { | |||
3259 | // Check whether we already have an equivalent format attribute. | |||
3260 | for (auto *F : D->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) { | |||
3261 | if (F->getType() == Format && | |||
3262 | F->getFormatIdx() == FormatIdx && | |||
3263 | F->getFirstArg() == FirstArg) { | |||
3264 | // If we don't have a valid location for this attribute, adopt the | |||
3265 | // location. | |||
3266 | if (F->getLocation().isInvalid()) | |||
3267 | F->setRange(Range); | |||
3268 | return nullptr; | |||
3269 | } | |||
3270 | } | |||
3271 | ||||
3272 | return ::new (Context) FormatAttr(Range, Context, Format, FormatIdx, | |||
3273 | FirstArg, AttrSpellingListIndex); | |||
3274 | } | |||
3275 | ||||
3276 | /// Handle __attribute__((format(type,idx,firstarg))) attributes based on | |||
3277 | /// http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Function-Attributes.html | |||
3278 | static void handleFormatAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
3279 | if (!Attr.isArgIdent(0)) { | |||
3280 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | |||
3281 | << Attr.getName() << 1 << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | |||
3282 | return; | |||
3283 | } | |||
3284 | ||||
3285 | // In C++ the implicit 'this' function parameter also counts, and they are | |||
3286 | // counted from one. | |||
3287 | bool HasImplicitThisParam = isInstanceMethod(D); | |||
3288 | unsigned NumArgs = getFunctionOrMethodNumParams(D) + HasImplicitThisParam; | |||
3289 | ||||
3290 | IdentifierInfo *II = Attr.getArgAsIdent(0)->Ident; | |||
3291 | StringRef Format = II->getName(); | |||
3292 | ||||
3293 | if (normalizeName(Format)) { | |||
3294 | // If we've modified the string name, we need a new identifier for it. | |||
3295 | II = &S.Context.Idents.get(Format); | |||
3296 | } | |||
3297 | ||||
3298 | // Check for supported formats. | |||
3299 | FormatAttrKind Kind = getFormatAttrKind(Format); | |||
3300 | ||||
3301 | if (Kind == IgnoredFormat) | |||
3302 | return; | |||
3303 | ||||
3304 | if (Kind == InvalidFormat) { | |||
3305 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) | |||
3306 | << Attr.getName() << II->getName(); | |||
3307 | return; | |||
3308 | } | |||
3309 | ||||
3310 | // checks for the 2nd argument | |||
3311 | Expr *IdxExpr = Attr.getArgAsExpr(1); | |||
3312 | uint32_t Idx; | |||
3313 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, Attr, IdxExpr, Idx, 2)) | |||
3314 | return; | |||
3315 | ||||
3316 | if (Idx < 1 || Idx > NumArgs) { | |||
3317 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_out_of_bounds) | |||
3318 | << Attr.getName() << 2 << IdxExpr->getSourceRange(); | |||
3319 | return; | |||
3320 | } | |||
3321 | ||||
3322 | // FIXME: Do we need to bounds check? | |||
3323 | unsigned ArgIdx = Idx - 1; | |||
3324 | ||||
3325 | if (HasImplicitThisParam) { | |||
3326 | if (ArgIdx == 0) { | |||
3327 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), | |||
3328 | diag::err_format_attribute_implicit_this_format_string) | |||
3329 | << IdxExpr->getSourceRange(); | |||
3330 | return; | |||
3331 | } | |||
3332 | ArgIdx--; | |||
3333 | } | |||
3334 | ||||
3335 | // make sure the format string is really a string | |||
3336 | QualType Ty = getFunctionOrMethodParamType(D, ArgIdx); | |||
3337 | ||||
3338 | if (Kind == CFStringFormat) { | |||
3339 | if (!isCFStringType(Ty, S.Context)) { | |||
3340 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_format_attribute_not) | |||
3341 | << "a CFString" << IdxExpr->getSourceRange() | |||
3342 | << getFunctionOrMethodParamRange(D, ArgIdx); | |||
3343 | return; | |||
3344 | } | |||
3345 | } else if (Kind == NSStringFormat) { | |||
3346 | // FIXME: do we need to check if the type is NSString*? What are the | |||
3347 | // semantics? | |||
3348 | if (!isNSStringType(Ty, S.Context)) { | |||
3349 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_format_attribute_not) | |||
3350 | << "an NSString" << IdxExpr->getSourceRange() | |||
3351 | << getFunctionOrMethodParamRange(D, ArgIdx); | |||
3352 | return; | |||
3353 | } | |||
3354 | } else if (!Ty->isPointerType() || | |||
3355 | !Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isCharType()) { | |||
3356 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_format_attribute_not) | |||
3357 | << "a string type" << IdxExpr->getSourceRange() | |||
3358 | << getFunctionOrMethodParamRange(D, ArgIdx); | |||
3359 | return; | |||
3360 | } | |||
3361 | ||||
3362 | // check the 3rd argument | |||
3363 | Expr *FirstArgExpr = Attr.getArgAsExpr(2); | |||
3364 | uint32_t FirstArg; | |||
3365 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, Attr, FirstArgExpr, FirstArg, 3)) | |||
3366 | return; | |||
3367 | ||||
3368 | // check if the function is variadic if the 3rd argument non-zero | |||
3369 | if (FirstArg != 0) { | |||
3370 | if (isFunctionOrMethodVariadic(D)) { | |||
3371 | ++NumArgs; // +1 for ... | |||
3372 | } else { | |||
3373 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_format_attribute_requires_variadic); | |||
3374 | return; | |||
3375 | } | |||
3376 | } | |||
3377 | ||||
3378 | // strftime requires FirstArg to be 0 because it doesn't read from any | |||
3379 | // variable the input is just the current time + the format string. | |||
3380 | if (Kind == StrftimeFormat) { | |||
3381 | if (FirstArg != 0) { | |||
3382 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_format_strftime_third_parameter) | |||
3383 | << FirstArgExpr->getSourceRange(); | |||
3384 | return; | |||
3385 | } | |||
3386 | // if 0 it disables parameter checking (to use with e.g. va_list) | |||
3387 | } else if (FirstArg != 0 && FirstArg != NumArgs) { | |||
3388 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_out_of_bounds) | |||
3389 | << Attr.getName() << 3 << FirstArgExpr->getSourceRange(); | |||
3390 | return; | |||
3391 | } | |||
3392 | ||||
3393 | FormatAttr *NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, Attr.getRange(), II, | |||
3394 | Idx, FirstArg, | |||
3395 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex()); | |||
3396 | if (NewAttr) | |||
3397 | D->addAttr(NewAttr); | |||
3398 | } | |||
3399 | ||||
3400 | static void handleTransparentUnionAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
3401 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
3402 | // Try to find the underlying union declaration. | |||
3403 | RecordDecl *RD = nullptr; | |||
3404 | TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D); | |||
3405 | if (TD && TD->getUnderlyingType()->isUnionType()) | |||
3406 | RD = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAsUnionType()->getDecl(); | |||
3407 | else | |||
3408 | RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D); | |||
3409 | ||||
3410 | if (!RD || !RD->isUnion()) { | |||
3411 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | |||
3412 | << Attr.getName() << ExpectedUnion; | |||
3413 | return; | |||
3414 | } | |||
3415 | ||||
3416 | if (!RD->isCompleteDefinition()) { | |||
3417 | if (!RD->isBeingDefined()) | |||
3418 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), | |||
3419 | diag::warn_transparent_union_attribute_not_definition); | |||
3420 | return; | |||
3421 | } | |||
3422 | ||||
3423 | RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RD->field_begin(), | |||
3424 | FieldEnd = RD->field_end(); | |||
3425 | if (Field == FieldEnd) { | |||
3426 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_transparent_union_attribute_zero_fields); | |||
3427 | return; | |||
3428 | } | |||
3429 | ||||
3430 | FieldDecl *FirstField = *Field; | |||
3431 | QualType FirstType = FirstField->getType(); | |||
3432 | if (FirstType->hasFloatingRepresentation() || FirstType->isVectorType()) { | |||
3433 | S.Diag(FirstField->getLocation(), | |||
3434 | diag::warn_transparent_union_attribute_floating) | |||
3435 | << FirstType->isVectorType() << FirstType; | |||
3436 | return; | |||
3437 | } | |||
3438 | ||||
3439 | if (FirstType->isIncompleteType()) | |||
3440 | return; | |||
3441 | uint64_t FirstSize = S.Context.getTypeSize(FirstType); | |||
3442 | uint64_t FirstAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(FirstType); | |||
3443 | for (; Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { | |||
3444 | QualType FieldType = Field->getType(); | |||
3445 | if (FieldType->isIncompleteType()) | |||
3446 | return; | |||
3447 | // FIXME: this isn't fully correct; we also need to test whether the | |||
3448 | // members of the union would all have the same calling convention as the | |||
3449 | // first member of the union. Checking just the size and alignment isn't | |||
3450 | // sufficient (consider structs passed on the stack instead of in registers | |||
3451 | // as an example). | |||
3452 | if (S.Context.getTypeSize(FieldType) != FirstSize || | |||
3453 | S.Context.getTypeAlign(FieldType) > FirstAlign) { | |||
3454 | // Warn if we drop the attribute. | |||
3455 | bool isSize = S.Context.getTypeSize(FieldType) != FirstSize; | |||
3456 | unsigned FieldBits = isSize? S.Context.getTypeSize(FieldType) | |||
3457 | : S.Context.getTypeAlign(FieldType); | |||
3458 | S.Diag(Field->getLocation(), | |||
3459 | diag::warn_transparent_union_attribute_field_size_align) | |||
3460 | << isSize << Field->getDeclName() << FieldBits; | |||
3461 | unsigned FirstBits = isSize? FirstSize : FirstAlign; | |||
3462 | S.Diag(FirstField->getLocation(), | |||
3463 | diag::note_transparent_union_first_field_size_align) | |||
3464 | << isSize << FirstBits; | |||
3465 | return; | |||
3466 | } | |||
3467 | } | |||
3468 | ||||
3469 | RD->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
3470 | TransparentUnionAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
3471 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
3472 | } | |||
3473 | ||||
3474 | static void handleAnnotateAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
3475 | // Make sure that there is a string literal as the annotation's single | |||
3476 | // argument. | |||
3477 | StringRef Str; | |||
3478 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(Attr, 0, Str)) | |||
3479 | return; | |||
3480 | ||||
3481 | // Don't duplicate annotations that are already set. | |||
3482 | for (const auto *I : D->specific_attrs<AnnotateAttr>()) { | |||
3483 | if (I->getAnnotation() == Str) | |||
3484 | return; | |||
3485 | } | |||
3486 | ||||
3487 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
3488 | AnnotateAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Str, | |||
3489 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
3490 | } | |||
3491 | ||||
3492 | static void handleAlignValueAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
3493 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
3494 | S.AddAlignValueAttr(Attr.getRange(), D, Attr.getArgAsExpr(0), | |||
3495 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex()); | |||
3496 | } | |||
3497 | ||||
3498 | void Sema::AddAlignValueAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, | |||
3499 | unsigned SpellingListIndex) { | |||
3500 | AlignValueAttr TmpAttr(AttrRange, Context, E, SpellingListIndex); | |||
3501 | SourceLocation AttrLoc = AttrRange.getBegin(); | |||
3502 | ||||
3503 | QualType T; | |||
3504 | if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) | |||
3505 | T = TD->getUnderlyingType(); | |||
3506 | else if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) | |||
3507 | T = VD->getType(); | |||
3508 | else | |||
3509 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown decl type for align_value")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown decl type for align_value" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 3509); | |||
3510 | ||||
3511 | if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isAnyPointerType() && | |||
3512 | !T->isReferenceType() && !T->isMemberPointerType()) { | |||
3513 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::warn_attribute_pointer_or_reference_only) | |||
3514 | << &TmpAttr /*TmpAttr.getName()*/ << T << D->getSourceRange(); | |||
3515 | return; | |||
3516 | } | |||
3517 | ||||
3518 | if (!E->isValueDependent()) { | |||
3519 | llvm::APSInt Alignment; | |||
3520 | ExprResult ICE | |||
3521 | = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, &Alignment, | |||
3522 | diag::err_align_value_attribute_argument_not_int, | |||
3523 | /*AllowFold*/ false); | |||
3524 | if (ICE.isInvalid()) | |||
3525 | return; | |||
3526 | ||||
3527 | if (!Alignment.isPowerOf2()) { | |||
3528 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_alignment_not_power_of_two) | |||
3529 | << E->getSourceRange(); | |||
3530 | return; | |||
3531 | } | |||
3532 | ||||
3533 | D->addAttr(::new (Context) | |||
3534 | AlignValueAttr(AttrRange, Context, ICE.get(), | |||
3535 | SpellingListIndex)); | |||
3536 | return; | |||
3537 | } | |||
3538 | ||||
3539 | // Save dependent expressions in the AST to be instantiated. | |||
3540 | D->addAttr(::new (Context) AlignValueAttr(TmpAttr)); | |||
3541 | } | |||
3542 | ||||
3543 | static void handleAlignedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
3544 | // check the attribute arguments. | |||
3545 | if (Attr.getNumArgs() > 1) { | |||
3546 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_number_arguments) | |||
3547 | << Attr.getName() << 1; | |||
3548 | return; | |||
3549 | } | |||
3550 | ||||
3551 | if (Attr.getNumArgs() == 0) { | |||
3552 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) AlignedAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
3553 | true, nullptr, Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
3554 | return; | |||
3555 | } | |||
3556 | ||||
3557 | Expr *E = Attr.getArgAsExpr(0); | |||
3558 | if (Attr.isPackExpansion() && !E->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) { | |||
3559 | S.Diag(Attr.getEllipsisLoc(), | |||
3560 | diag::err_pack_expansion_without_parameter_packs); | |||
3561 | return; | |||
3562 | } | |||
3563 | ||||
3564 | if (!Attr.isPackExpansion() && S.DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(E)) | |||
3565 | return; | |||
3566 | ||||
3567 | if (E->isValueDependent()) { | |||
3568 | if (const auto *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { | |||
3569 | if (!TND->getUnderlyingType()->isDependentType()) { | |||
3570 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_alignment_dependent_typedef_name) | |||
3571 | << E->getSourceRange(); | |||
3572 | return; | |||
3573 | } | |||
3574 | } | |||
3575 | } | |||
3576 | ||||
3577 | S.AddAlignedAttr(Attr.getRange(), D, E, Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex(), | |||
3578 | Attr.isPackExpansion()); | |||
3579 | } | |||
3580 | ||||
3581 | void Sema::AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, | |||
3582 | unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion) { | |||
3583 | AlignedAttr TmpAttr(AttrRange, Context, true, E, SpellingListIndex); | |||
3584 | SourceLocation AttrLoc = AttrRange.getBegin(); | |||
3585 | ||||
3586 | // C++11 alignas(...) and C11 _Alignas(...) have additional requirements. | |||
3587 | if (TmpAttr.isAlignas()) { | |||
3588 | // C++11 [dcl.align]p1: | |||
3589 | // An alignment-specifier may be applied to a variable or to a class | |||
3590 | // data member, but it shall not be applied to a bit-field, a function | |||
3591 | // parameter, the formal parameter of a catch clause, or a variable | |||
3592 | // declared with the register storage class specifier. An | |||
3593 | // alignment-specifier may also be applied to the declaration of a class | |||
3594 | // or enumeration type. | |||
3595 | // C11 6.7.5/2: | |||
3596 | // An alignment attribute shall not be specified in a declaration of | |||
3597 | // a typedef, or a bit-field, or a function, or a parameter, or an | |||
3598 | // object declared with the register storage-class specifier. | |||
3599 | int DiagKind = -1; | |||
3600 | if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { | |||
3601 | DiagKind = 0; | |||
3602 | } else if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { | |||
3603 | if (VD->getStorageClass() == SC_Register) | |||
3604 | DiagKind = 1; | |||
3605 | if (VD->isExceptionVariable()) | |||
3606 | DiagKind = 2; | |||
3607 | } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) { | |||
3608 | if (FD->isBitField()) | |||
3609 | DiagKind = 3; | |||
3610 | } else if (!isa<TagDecl>(D)) { | |||
3611 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type) << &TmpAttr | |||
3612 | << (TmpAttr.isC11() ? ExpectedVariableOrField | |||
3613 | : ExpectedVariableFieldOrTag); | |||
3614 | return; | |||
3615 | } | |||
3616 | if (DiagKind != -1) { | |||
3617 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_alignas_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | |||
3618 | << &TmpAttr << DiagKind; | |||
3619 | return; | |||
3620 | } | |||
3621 | } | |||
3622 | ||||
3623 | if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) { | |||
3624 | // Save dependent expressions in the AST to be instantiated. | |||
3625 | AlignedAttr *AA = ::new (Context) AlignedAttr(TmpAttr); | |||
3626 | AA->setPackExpansion(IsPackExpansion); | |||
3627 | D->addAttr(AA); | |||
3628 | return; | |||
3629 | } | |||
3630 | ||||
3631 | // FIXME: Cache the number on the Attr object? | |||
3632 | llvm::APSInt Alignment; | |||
3633 | ExprResult ICE | |||
3634 | = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, &Alignment, | |||
3635 | diag::err_aligned_attribute_argument_not_int, | |||
3636 | /*AllowFold*/ false); | |||
3637 | if (ICE.isInvalid()) | |||
3638 | return; | |||
3639 | ||||
3640 | uint64_t AlignVal = Alignment.getZExtValue(); | |||
3641 | ||||
3642 | // C++11 [dcl.align]p2: | |||
3643 | // -- if the constant expression evaluates to zero, the alignment | |||
3644 | // specifier shall have no effect | |||
3645 | // C11 6.7.5p6: | |||
3646 | // An alignment specification of zero has no effect. | |||
3647 | if (!(TmpAttr.isAlignas() && !Alignment)) { | |||
3648 | if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_64(AlignVal)) { | |||
3649 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_alignment_not_power_of_two) | |||
3650 | << E->getSourceRange(); | |||
3651 | return; | |||
3652 | } | |||
3653 | } | |||
3654 | ||||
3655 | // Alignment calculations can wrap around if it's greater than 2**28. | |||
3656 | unsigned MaxValidAlignment = | |||
3657 | Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSBinFormatCOFF() ? 8192 | |||
3658 | : 268435456; | |||
3659 | if (AlignVal > MaxValidAlignment) { | |||
3660 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_attribute_aligned_too_great) << MaxValidAlignment | |||
3661 | << E->getSourceRange(); | |||
3662 | return; | |||
3663 | } | |||
3664 | ||||
3665 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { | |||
3666 | unsigned MaxTLSAlign = | |||
3667 | Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) | |||
3668 | .getQuantity(); | |||
3669 | auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); | |||
3670 | if (MaxTLSAlign && AlignVal > MaxTLSAlign && VD && | |||
3671 | VD->getTLSKind() != VarDecl::TLS_None) { | |||
3672 | Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) | |||
3673 | << (unsigned)AlignVal << VD << MaxTLSAlign; | |||
3674 | return; | |||
3675 | } | |||
3676 | } | |||
3677 | ||||
3678 | AlignedAttr *AA = ::new (Context) AlignedAttr(AttrRange, Context, true, | |||
3679 | ICE.get(), SpellingListIndex); | |||
3680 | AA->setPackExpansion(IsPackExpansion); | |||
3681 | D->addAttr(AA); | |||
3682 | } | |||
3683 | ||||
3684 | void Sema::AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *TS, | |||
3685 | unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion) { | |||
3686 | // FIXME: Cache the number on the Attr object if non-dependent? | |||
3687 | // FIXME: Perform checking of type validity | |||
3688 | AlignedAttr *AA = ::new (Context) AlignedAttr(AttrRange, Context, false, TS, | |||
3689 | SpellingListIndex); | |||
3690 | AA->setPackExpansion(IsPackExpansion); | |||
3691 | D->addAttr(AA); | |||
3692 | } | |||
3693 | ||||
3694 | void Sema::CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D) { | |||
3695 | assert(D->hasAttrs() && "no attributes on decl")(static_cast <bool> (D->hasAttrs() && "no attributes on decl" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("D->hasAttrs() && \"no attributes on decl\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 3695, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
3696 | ||||
3697 | QualType UnderlyingTy, DiagTy; | |||
3698 | if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { | |||
3699 | UnderlyingTy = DiagTy = VD->getType(); | |||
3700 | } else { | |||
3701 | UnderlyingTy = DiagTy = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(D)); | |||
3702 | if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) | |||
3703 | UnderlyingTy = ED->getIntegerType(); | |||
3704 | } | |||
3705 | if (DiagTy->isDependentType() || DiagTy->isIncompleteType()) | |||
3706 | return; | |||
3707 | ||||
3708 | // C++11 [dcl.align]p5, C11 6.7.5/4: | |||
3709 | // The combined effect of all alignment attributes in a declaration shall | |||
3710 | // not specify an alignment that is less strict than the alignment that | |||
3711 | // would otherwise be required for the entity being declared. | |||
3712 | AlignedAttr *AlignasAttr = nullptr; | |||
3713 | unsigned Align = 0; | |||
3714 | for (auto *I : D->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { | |||
3715 | if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) | |||
3716 | return; | |||
3717 | if (I->isAlignas()) | |||
3718 | AlignasAttr = I; | |||
3719 | Align = std::max(Align, I->getAlignment(Context)); | |||
3720 | } | |||
3721 | ||||
3722 | if (AlignasAttr && Align) { | |||
3723 | CharUnits RequestedAlign = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(Align); | |||
3724 | CharUnits NaturalAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(UnderlyingTy); | |||
3725 | if (NaturalAlign > RequestedAlign) | |||
3726 | Diag(AlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_underaligned) | |||
3727 | << DiagTy << (unsigned)NaturalAlign.getQuantity(); | |||
3728 | } | |||
3729 | } | |||
3730 | ||||
3731 | bool Sema::checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition( | |||
3732 | CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase, | |||
3733 | MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling) { | |||
3734 | assert(RD->hasDefinition() && "RD has no definition!")(static_cast <bool> (RD->hasDefinition() && "RD has no definition!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("RD->hasDefinition() && \"RD has no definition!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 3734, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
3735 | ||||
3736 | // We may not have seen base specifiers or any virtual methods yet. We will | |||
3737 | // have to wait until the record is defined to catch any mismatches. | |||
3738 | if (!RD->getDefinition()->isCompleteDefinition()) | |||
3739 | return false; | |||
3740 | ||||
3741 | // The unspecified model never matches what a definition could need. | |||
3742 | if (SemanticSpelling == MSInheritanceAttr::Keyword_unspecified_inheritance) | |||
3743 | return false; | |||
3744 | ||||
3745 | if (BestCase) { | |||
3746 | if (RD->calculateInheritanceModel() == SemanticSpelling) | |||
3747 | return false; | |||
3748 | } else { | |||
3749 | if (RD->calculateInheritanceModel() <= SemanticSpelling) | |||
3750 | return false; | |||
3751 | } | |||
3752 | ||||
3753 | Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_mismatched_ms_inheritance) | |||
3754 | << 0 /*definition*/; | |||
3755 | Diag(RD->getDefinition()->getLocation(), diag::note_defined_here) | |||
3756 | << RD->getNameAsString(); | |||
3757 | return true; | |||
3758 | } | |||
3759 | ||||
3760 | /// parseModeAttrArg - Parses attribute mode string and returns parsed type | |||
3761 | /// attribute. | |||
3762 | static void parseModeAttrArg(Sema &S, StringRef Str, unsigned &DestWidth, | |||
3763 | bool &IntegerMode, bool &ComplexMode) { | |||
3764 | IntegerMode = true; | |||
3765 | ComplexMode = false; | |||
3766 | switch (Str.size()) { | |||
3767 | case 2: | |||
3768 | switch (Str[0]) { | |||
3769 | case 'Q': | |||
3770 | DestWidth = 8; | |||
3771 | break; | |||
3772 | case 'H': | |||
3773 | DestWidth = 16; | |||
3774 | break; | |||
3775 | case 'S': | |||
3776 | DestWidth = 32; | |||
3777 | break; | |||
3778 | case 'D': | |||
3779 | DestWidth = 64; | |||
3780 | break; | |||
3781 | case 'X': | |||
3782 | DestWidth = 96; | |||
3783 | break; | |||
3784 | case 'T': | |||
3785 | DestWidth = 128; | |||
3786 | break; | |||
3787 | } | |||
3788 | if (Str[1] == 'F') { | |||
3789 | IntegerMode = false; | |||
3790 | } else if (Str[1] == 'C') { | |||
3791 | IntegerMode = false; | |||
3792 | ComplexMode = true; | |||
3793 | } else if (Str[1] != 'I') { | |||
3794 | DestWidth = 0; | |||
3795 | } | |||
3796 | break; | |||
3797 | case 4: | |||
3798 | // FIXME: glibc uses 'word' to define register_t; this is narrower than a | |||
3799 | // pointer on PIC16 and other embedded platforms. | |||
3800 | if (Str == "word") | |||
3801 | DestWidth = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getRegisterWidth(); | |||
3802 | else if (Str == "byte") | |||
3803 | DestWidth = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); | |||
3804 | break; | |||
3805 | case 7: | |||
3806 | if (Str == "pointer") | |||
3807 | DestWidth = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0); | |||
3808 | break; | |||
3809 | case 11: | |||
3810 | if (Str == "unwind_word") | |||
3811 | DestWidth = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getUnwindWordWidth(); | |||
3812 | break; | |||
3813 | } | |||
3814 | } | |||
3815 | ||||
3816 | /// handleModeAttr - This attribute modifies the width of a decl with primitive | |||
3817 | /// type. | |||
3818 | /// | |||
3819 | /// Despite what would be logical, the mode attribute is a decl attribute, not a | |||
3820 | /// type attribute: 'int ** __attribute((mode(HI))) *G;' tries to make 'G' be | |||
3821 | /// HImode, not an intermediate pointer. | |||
3822 | static void handleModeAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
3823 | // This attribute isn't documented, but glibc uses it. It changes | |||
3824 | // the width of an int or unsigned int to the specified size. | |||
3825 | if (!Attr.isArgIdent(0)) { | |||
3826 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_type) << Attr.getName() | |||
3827 | << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | |||
3828 | return; | |||
3829 | } | |||
3830 | ||||
3831 | IdentifierInfo *Name = Attr.getArgAsIdent(0)->Ident; | |||
3832 | ||||
3833 | S.AddModeAttr(Attr.getRange(), D, Name, Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex()); | |||
3834 | } | |||
3835 | ||||
3836 | void Sema::AddModeAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, IdentifierInfo *Name, | |||
3837 | unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool InInstantiation) { | |||
3838 | StringRef Str = Name->getName(); | |||
3839 | normalizeName(Str); | |||
3840 | SourceLocation AttrLoc = AttrRange.getBegin(); | |||
3841 | ||||
3842 | unsigned DestWidth = 0; | |||
3843 | bool IntegerMode = true; | |||
3844 | bool ComplexMode = false; | |||
3845 | llvm::APInt VectorSize(64, 0); | |||
3846 | if (Str.size() >= 4 && Str[0] == 'V') { | |||
3847 | // Minimal length of vector mode is 4: 'V' + NUMBER(>=1) + TYPE(>=2). | |||
3848 | size_t StrSize = Str.size(); | |||
3849 | size_t VectorStringLength = 0; | |||
3850 | while ((VectorStringLength + 1) < StrSize && | |||
3851 | isdigit(Str[VectorStringLength + 1])) | |||
3852 | ++VectorStringLength; | |||
3853 | if (VectorStringLength && | |||
3854 | !Str.substr(1, VectorStringLength).getAsInteger(10, VectorSize) && | |||
3855 | VectorSize.isPowerOf2()) { | |||
3856 | parseModeAttrArg(*this, Str.substr(VectorStringLength + 1), DestWidth, | |||
3857 | IntegerMode, ComplexMode); | |||
3858 | // Avoid duplicate warning from template instantiation. | |||
3859 | if (!InInstantiation) | |||
3860 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::warn_vector_mode_deprecated); | |||
3861 | } else { | |||
3862 | VectorSize = 0; | |||
3863 | } | |||
3864 | } | |||
3865 | ||||
3866 | if (!VectorSize) | |||
3867 | parseModeAttrArg(*this, Str, DestWidth, IntegerMode, ComplexMode); | |||
3868 | ||||
3869 | // FIXME: Sync this with InitializePredefinedMacros; we need to match int8_t | |||
3870 | // and friends, at least with glibc. | |||
3871 | // FIXME: Make sure floating-point mappings are accurate | |||
3872 | // FIXME: Support XF and TF types | |||
3873 | if (!DestWidth) { | |||
3874 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_machine_mode) << 0 /*Unknown*/ << Name; | |||
3875 | return; | |||
3876 | } | |||
3877 | ||||
3878 | QualType OldTy; | |||
3879 | if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) | |||
3880 | OldTy = TD->getUnderlyingType(); | |||
3881 | else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { | |||
3882 | // Something like 'typedef enum { X } __attribute__((mode(XX))) T;'. | |||
3883 | // Try to get type from enum declaration, default to int. | |||
3884 | OldTy = ED->getIntegerType(); | |||
3885 | if (OldTy.isNull()) | |||
3886 | OldTy = Context.IntTy; | |||
3887 | } else | |||
3888 | OldTy = cast<ValueDecl>(D)->getType(); | |||
3889 | ||||
3890 | if (OldTy->isDependentType()) { | |||
3891 | D->addAttr(::new (Context) | |||
3892 | ModeAttr(AttrRange, Context, Name, SpellingListIndex)); | |||
3893 | return; | |||
3894 | } | |||
3895 | ||||
3896 | // Base type can also be a vector type (see PR17453). | |||
3897 | // Distinguish between base type and base element type. | |||
3898 | QualType OldElemTy = OldTy; | |||
3899 | if (const VectorType *VT = OldTy->getAs<VectorType>()) | |||
3900 | OldElemTy = VT->getElementType(); | |||
3901 | ||||
3902 | // GCC allows 'mode' attribute on enumeration types (even incomplete), except | |||
3903 | // for vector modes. So, 'enum X __attribute__((mode(QI)));' forms a complete | |||
3904 | // type, 'enum { A } __attribute__((mode(V4SI)))' is rejected. | |||
3905 | if ((isa<EnumDecl>(D) || OldElemTy->getAs<EnumType>()) && | |||
3906 | VectorSize.getBoolValue()) { | |||
3907 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_enum_mode_vector_type) << Name << AttrRange; | |||
3908 | return; | |||
3909 | } | |||
3910 | bool IntegralOrAnyEnumType = | |||
3911 | OldElemTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || OldElemTy->getAs<EnumType>(); | |||
3912 | ||||
3913 | if (!OldElemTy->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !OldElemTy->isComplexType() && | |||
3914 | !IntegralOrAnyEnumType) | |||
3915 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_mode_not_primitive); | |||
3916 | else if (IntegerMode) { | |||
3917 | if (!IntegralOrAnyEnumType) | |||
3918 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_mode_wrong_type); | |||
3919 | } else if (ComplexMode) { | |||
3920 | if (!OldElemTy->isComplexType()) | |||
3921 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_mode_wrong_type); | |||
3922 | } else { | |||
3923 | if (!OldElemTy->isFloatingType()) | |||
3924 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_mode_wrong_type); | |||
3925 | } | |||
3926 | ||||
3927 | QualType NewElemTy; | |||
3928 | ||||
3929 | if (IntegerMode) | |||
3930 | NewElemTy = Context.getIntTypeForBitwidth(DestWidth, | |||
3931 | OldElemTy->isSignedIntegerType()); | |||
3932 | else | |||
3933 | NewElemTy = Context.getRealTypeForBitwidth(DestWidth); | |||
3934 | ||||
3935 | if (NewElemTy.isNull()) { | |||
3936 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_machine_mode) << 1 /*Unsupported*/ << Name; | |||
3937 | return; | |||
3938 | } | |||
3939 | ||||
3940 | if (ComplexMode) { | |||
3941 | NewElemTy = Context.getComplexType(NewElemTy); | |||
3942 | } | |||
3943 | ||||
3944 | QualType NewTy = NewElemTy; | |||
3945 | if (VectorSize.getBoolValue()) { | |||
3946 | NewTy = Context.getVectorType(NewTy, VectorSize.getZExtValue(), | |||
3947 | VectorType::GenericVector); | |||
3948 | } else if (const VectorType *OldVT = OldTy->getAs<VectorType>()) { | |||
3949 | // Complex machine mode does not support base vector types. | |||
3950 | if (ComplexMode) { | |||
3951 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_complex_mode_vector_type); | |||
3952 | return; | |||
3953 | } | |||
3954 | unsigned NumElements = Context.getTypeSize(OldElemTy) * | |||
3955 | OldVT->getNumElements() / | |||
3956 | Context.getTypeSize(NewElemTy); | |||
3957 | NewTy = | |||
3958 | Context.getVectorType(NewElemTy, NumElements, OldVT->getVectorKind()); | |||
3959 | } | |||
3960 | ||||
3961 | if (NewTy.isNull()) { | |||
3962 | Diag(AttrLoc, diag::err_mode_wrong_type); | |||
3963 | return; | |||
3964 | } | |||
3965 | ||||
3966 | // Install the new type. | |||
3967 | if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) | |||
3968 | TD->setModedTypeSourceInfo(TD->getTypeSourceInfo(), NewTy); | |||
3969 | else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) | |||
3970 | ED->setIntegerType(NewTy); | |||
3971 | else | |||
3972 | cast<ValueDecl>(D)->setType(NewTy); | |||
3973 | ||||
3974 | D->addAttr(::new (Context) | |||
3975 | ModeAttr(AttrRange, Context, Name, SpellingListIndex)); | |||
3976 | } | |||
3977 | ||||
3978 | static void handleNoDebugAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
3979 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
3980 | NoDebugAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
3981 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
3982 | } | |||
3983 | ||||
3984 | AlwaysInlineAttr *Sema::mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, | |||
3985 | IdentifierInfo *Ident, | |||
3986 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex) { | |||
3987 | if (OptimizeNoneAttr *Optnone = D->getAttr<OptimizeNoneAttr>()) { | |||
3988 | Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Ident; | |||
3989 | Diag(Optnone->getLocation(), diag::note_conflicting_attribute); | |||
3990 | return nullptr; | |||
3991 | } | |||
3992 | ||||
3993 | if (D->hasAttr<AlwaysInlineAttr>()) | |||
3994 | return nullptr; | |||
3995 | ||||
3996 | return ::new (Context) AlwaysInlineAttr(Range, Context, | |||
3997 | AttrSpellingListIndex); | |||
3998 | } | |||
3999 | ||||
4000 | CommonAttr *Sema::mergeCommonAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, | |||
4001 | IdentifierInfo *Ident, | |||
4002 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex) { | |||
4003 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<InternalLinkageAttr>(*this, D, Range, Ident)) | |||
4004 | return nullptr; | |||
4005 | ||||
4006 | return ::new (Context) CommonAttr(Range, Context, AttrSpellingListIndex); | |||
4007 | } | |||
4008 | ||||
4009 | InternalLinkageAttr * | |||
4010 | Sema::mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, | |||
4011 | IdentifierInfo *Ident, | |||
4012 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex) { | |||
4013 | if (auto VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { | |||
4014 | // Attribute applies to Var but not any subclass of it (like ParmVar, | |||
4015 | // ImplicitParm or VarTemplateSpecialization). | |||
4016 | if (VD->getKind() != Decl::Var) { | |||
4017 | Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | |||
4018 | << Ident << (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? ExpectedFunctionVariableOrClass | |||
4019 | : ExpectedVariableOrFunction); | |||
4020 | return nullptr; | |||
4021 | } | |||
4022 | // Attribute does not apply to non-static local variables. | |||
4023 | if (VD->hasLocalStorage()) { | |||
4024 | Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::warn_internal_linkage_local_storage); | |||
4025 | return nullptr; | |||
4026 | } | |||
4027 | } | |||
4028 | ||||
4029 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<CommonAttr>(*this, D, Range, Ident)) | |||
4030 | return nullptr; | |||
4031 | ||||
4032 | return ::new (Context) | |||
4033 | InternalLinkageAttr(Range, Context, AttrSpellingListIndex); | |||
4034 | } | |||
4035 | ||||
4036 | MinSizeAttr *Sema::mergeMinSizeAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, | |||
4037 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex) { | |||
4038 | if (OptimizeNoneAttr *Optnone = D->getAttr<OptimizeNoneAttr>()) { | |||
4039 | Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << "'minsize'"; | |||
4040 | Diag(Optnone->getLocation(), diag::note_conflicting_attribute); | |||
4041 | return nullptr; | |||
4042 | } | |||
4043 | ||||
4044 | if (D->hasAttr<MinSizeAttr>()) | |||
4045 | return nullptr; | |||
4046 | ||||
4047 | return ::new (Context) MinSizeAttr(Range, Context, AttrSpellingListIndex); | |||
4048 | } | |||
4049 | ||||
4050 | OptimizeNoneAttr *Sema::mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, | |||
4051 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex) { | |||
4052 | if (AlwaysInlineAttr *Inline = D->getAttr<AlwaysInlineAttr>()) { | |||
4053 | Diag(Inline->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Inline; | |||
4054 | Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::note_conflicting_attribute); | |||
4055 | D->dropAttr<AlwaysInlineAttr>(); | |||
4056 | } | |||
4057 | if (MinSizeAttr *MinSize = D->getAttr<MinSizeAttr>()) { | |||
4058 | Diag(MinSize->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << MinSize; | |||
4059 | Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::note_conflicting_attribute); | |||
4060 | D->dropAttr<MinSizeAttr>(); | |||
4061 | } | |||
4062 | ||||
4063 | if (D->hasAttr<OptimizeNoneAttr>()) | |||
4064 | return nullptr; | |||
4065 | ||||
4066 | return ::new (Context) OptimizeNoneAttr(Range, Context, | |||
4067 | AttrSpellingListIndex); | |||
4068 | } | |||
4069 | ||||
4070 | static void handleAlwaysInlineAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
4071 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
4072 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<NotTailCalledAttr>(S, D, Attr.getRange(), | |||
4073 | Attr.getName())) | |||
4074 | return; | |||
4075 | ||||
4076 | if (AlwaysInlineAttr *Inline = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr( | |||
4077 | D, Attr.getRange(), Attr.getName(), | |||
4078 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())) | |||
4079 | D->addAttr(Inline); | |||
4080 | } | |||
4081 | ||||
4082 | static void handleMinSizeAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
4083 | if (MinSizeAttr *MinSize = S.mergeMinSizeAttr( | |||
4084 | D, Attr.getRange(), Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())) | |||
4085 | D->addAttr(MinSize); | |||
4086 | } | |||
4087 | ||||
4088 | static void handleOptimizeNoneAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
4089 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
4090 | if (OptimizeNoneAttr *Optnone = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr( | |||
4091 | D, Attr.getRange(), Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())) | |||
4092 | D->addAttr(Optnone); | |||
4093 | } | |||
4094 | ||||
4095 | static void handleConstantAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
4096 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<CUDASharedAttr>(S, D, Attr.getRange(), | |||
4097 | Attr.getName())) | |||
4098 | return; | |||
4099 | auto *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); | |||
4100 | if (!VD->hasGlobalStorage()) { | |||
4101 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_cuda_nonglobal_constant); | |||
4102 | return; | |||
4103 | } | |||
4104 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) CUDAConstantAttr( | |||
4105 | Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4106 | } | |||
4107 | ||||
4108 | static void handleSharedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
4109 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<CUDAConstantAttr>(S, D, Attr.getRange(), | |||
| ||||
4110 | Attr.getName())) | |||
4111 | return; | |||
4112 | auto *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); | |||
4113 | // extern __shared__ is only allowed on arrays with no length (e.g. | |||
4114 | // "int x[]"). | |||
4115 | if (VD->hasExternalStorage() && !isa<IncompleteArrayType>(VD->getType())) { | |||
4116 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_cuda_extern_shared) << VD; | |||
4117 | return; | |||
4118 | } | |||
4119 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && VD->hasLocalStorage() && | |||
| ||||
4120 | S.CUDADiagIfHostCode(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_cuda_host_shared) | |||
4121 | << S.CurrentCUDATarget()) | |||
4122 | return; | |||
4123 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) CUDASharedAttr( | |||
4124 | Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4125 | } | |||
4126 | ||||
4127 | static void handleGlobalAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
4128 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<CUDADeviceAttr>(S, D, Attr.getRange(), | |||
4129 | Attr.getName()) || | |||
4130 | checkAttrMutualExclusion<CUDAHostAttr>(S, D, Attr.getRange(), | |||
4131 | Attr.getName())) { | |||
4132 | return; | |||
4133 | } | |||
4134 | FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | |||
4135 | if (!FD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { | |||
4136 | SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); | |||
4137 | S.Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_kern_type_not_void_return) | |||
4138 | << FD->getType() | |||
4139 | << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") | |||
4140 | : FixItHint()); | |||
4141 | return; | |||
4142 | } | |||
4143 | if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { | |||
4144 | if (Method->isInstance()) { | |||
4145 | S.Diag(Method->getLocStart(), diag::err_kern_is_nonstatic_method) | |||
4146 | << Method; | |||
4147 | return; | |||
4148 | } | |||
4149 | S.Diag(Method->getLocStart(), diag::warn_kern_is_method) << Method; | |||
4150 | } | |||
4151 | // Only warn for "inline" when compiling for host, to cut down on noise. | |||
4152 | if (FD->isInlineSpecified() && !S.getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) | |||
4153 | S.Diag(FD->getLocStart(), diag::warn_kern_is_inline) << FD; | |||
4154 | ||||
4155 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
4156 | CUDAGlobalAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
4157 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4158 | } | |||
4159 | ||||
4160 | static void handleGNUInlineAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
4161 | FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | |||
4162 | if (!Fn->isInlineSpecified()) { | |||
4163 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_gnu_inline_attribute_requires_inline); | |||
4164 | return; | |||
4165 | } | |||
4166 | ||||
4167 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
4168 | GNUInlineAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
4169 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4170 | } | |||
4171 | ||||
4172 | static void handleCallConvAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
4173 | if (hasDeclarator(D)) return; | |||
4174 | ||||
4175 | // Diagnostic is emitted elsewhere: here we store the (valid) Attr | |||
4176 | // in the Decl node for syntactic reasoning, e.g., pretty-printing. | |||
4177 | CallingConv CC; | |||
4178 | if (S.CheckCallingConvAttr(Attr, CC, /*FD*/nullptr)) | |||
4179 | return; | |||
4180 | ||||
4181 | if (!isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { | |||
4182 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | |||
4183 | << Attr.getName() << ExpectedFunctionOrMethod; | |||
4184 | return; | |||
4185 | } | |||
4186 | ||||
4187 | switch (Attr.getKind()) { | |||
4188 | case AttributeList::AT_FastCall: | |||
4189 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
4190 | FastCallAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
4191 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4192 | return; | |||
4193 | case AttributeList::AT_StdCall: | |||
4194 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
4195 | StdCallAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
4196 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4197 | return; | |||
4198 | case AttributeList::AT_ThisCall: | |||
4199 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
4200 | ThisCallAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
4201 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4202 | return; | |||
4203 | case AttributeList::AT_CDecl: | |||
4204 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
4205 | CDeclAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
4206 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4207 | return; | |||
4208 | case AttributeList::AT_Pascal: | |||
4209 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
4210 | PascalAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
4211 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4212 | return; | |||
4213 | case AttributeList::AT_SwiftCall: | |||
4214 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
4215 | SwiftCallAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
4216 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4217 | return; | |||
4218 | case AttributeList::AT_VectorCall: | |||
4219 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
4220 | VectorCallAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
4221 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4222 | return; | |||
4223 | case AttributeList::AT_MSABI: | |||
4224 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
4225 | MSABIAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
4226 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4227 | return; | |||
4228 | case AttributeList::AT_SysVABI: | |||
4229 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
4230 | SysVABIAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
4231 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4232 | return; | |||
4233 | case AttributeList::AT_RegCall: | |||
4234 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) RegCallAttr( | |||
4235 | Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4236 | return; | |||
4237 | case AttributeList::AT_Pcs: { | |||
4238 | PcsAttr::PCSType PCS; | |||
4239 | switch (CC) { | |||
4240 | case CC_AAPCS: | |||
4241 | PCS = PcsAttr::AAPCS; | |||
4242 | break; | |||
4243 | case CC_AAPCS_VFP: | |||
4244 | PCS = PcsAttr::AAPCS_VFP; | |||
4245 | break; | |||
4246 | default: | |||
4247 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected calling convention in pcs attribute")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unexpected calling convention in pcs attribute" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4247); | |||
4248 | } | |||
4249 | ||||
4250 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
4251 | PcsAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, PCS, | |||
4252 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4253 | return; | |||
4254 | } | |||
4255 | case AttributeList::AT_IntelOclBicc: | |||
4256 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
4257 | IntelOclBiccAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
4258 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4259 | return; | |||
4260 | case AttributeList::AT_PreserveMost: | |||
4261 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) PreserveMostAttr( | |||
4262 | Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4263 | return; | |||
4264 | case AttributeList::AT_PreserveAll: | |||
4265 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) PreserveAllAttr( | |||
4266 | Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4267 | return; | |||
4268 | default: | |||
4269 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected attribute kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unexpected attribute kind" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4269); | |||
4270 | } | |||
4271 | } | |||
4272 | ||||
4273 | static void handleSuppressAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
4274 | if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, Attr, 1)) | |||
4275 | return; | |||
4276 | ||||
4277 | std::vector<StringRef> DiagnosticIdentifiers; | |||
4278 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = Attr.getNumArgs(); I != E; ++I) { | |||
4279 | StringRef RuleName; | |||
4280 | ||||
4281 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(Attr, I, RuleName, nullptr)) | |||
4282 | return; | |||
4283 | ||||
4284 | // FIXME: Warn if the rule name is unknown. This is tricky because only | |||
4285 | // clang-tidy knows about available rules. | |||
4286 | DiagnosticIdentifiers.push_back(RuleName); | |||
4287 | } | |||
4288 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) SuppressAttr( | |||
4289 | Attr.getRange(), S.Context, DiagnosticIdentifiers.data(), | |||
4290 | DiagnosticIdentifiers.size(), Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4291 | } | |||
4292 | ||||
4293 | bool Sema::CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &Attrs, CallingConv &CC, | |||
4294 | const FunctionDecl *FD) { | |||
4295 | if (Attrs.isInvalid()) | |||
4296 | return true; | |||
4297 | ||||
4298 | if (Attrs.hasProcessingCache()) { | |||
4299 | CC = (CallingConv) Attrs.getProcessingCache(); | |||
4300 | return false; | |||
4301 | } | |||
4302 | ||||
4303 | unsigned ReqArgs = Attrs.getKind() == AttributeList::AT_Pcs ? 1 : 0; | |||
4304 | if (!checkAttributeNumArgs(*this, Attrs, ReqArgs)) { | |||
4305 | Attrs.setInvalid(); | |||
4306 | return true; | |||
4307 | } | |||
4308 | ||||
4309 | // TODO: diagnose uses of these conventions on the wrong target. | |||
4310 | switch (Attrs.getKind()) { | |||
4311 | case AttributeList::AT_CDecl: CC = CC_C; break; | |||
4312 | case AttributeList::AT_FastCall: CC = CC_X86FastCall; break; | |||
4313 | case AttributeList::AT_StdCall: CC = CC_X86StdCall; break; | |||
4314 | case AttributeList::AT_ThisCall: CC = CC_X86ThisCall; break; | |||
4315 | case AttributeList::AT_Pascal: CC = CC_X86Pascal; break; | |||
4316 | case AttributeList::AT_SwiftCall: CC = CC_Swift; break; | |||
4317 | case AttributeList::AT_VectorCall: CC = CC_X86VectorCall; break; | |||
4318 | case AttributeList::AT_RegCall: CC = CC_X86RegCall; break; | |||
4319 | case AttributeList::AT_MSABI: | |||
4320 | CC = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSWindows() ? CC_C : | |||
4321 | CC_Win64; | |||
4322 | break; | |||
4323 | case AttributeList::AT_SysVABI: | |||
4324 | CC = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSWindows() ? CC_X86_64SysV : | |||
4325 | CC_C; | |||
4326 | break; | |||
4327 | case AttributeList::AT_Pcs: { | |||
4328 | StringRef StrRef; | |||
4329 | if (!checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(Attrs, 0, StrRef)) { | |||
4330 | Attrs.setInvalid(); | |||
4331 | return true; | |||
4332 | } | |||
4333 | if (StrRef == "aapcs") { | |||
4334 | CC = CC_AAPCS; | |||
4335 | break; | |||
4336 | } else if (StrRef == "aapcs-vfp") { | |||
4337 | CC = CC_AAPCS_VFP; | |||
4338 | break; | |||
4339 | } | |||
4340 | ||||
4341 | Attrs.setInvalid(); | |||
4342 | Diag(Attrs.getLoc(), diag::err_invalid_pcs); | |||
4343 | return true; | |||
4344 | } | |||
4345 | case AttributeList::AT_IntelOclBicc: CC = CC_IntelOclBicc; break; | |||
4346 | case AttributeList::AT_PreserveMost: CC = CC_PreserveMost; break; | |||
4347 | case AttributeList::AT_PreserveAll: CC = CC_PreserveAll; break; | |||
4348 | default: llvm_unreachable("unexpected attribute kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unexpected attribute kind" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4348); | |||
4349 | } | |||
4350 | ||||
4351 | const TargetInfo &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); | |||
4352 | TargetInfo::CallingConvCheckResult A = TI.checkCallingConvention(CC); | |||
4353 | if (A != TargetInfo::CCCR_OK) { | |||
4354 | if (A == TargetInfo::CCCR_Warning) | |||
4355 | Diag(Attrs.getLoc(), diag::warn_cconv_ignored) << Attrs.getName(); | |||
4356 | ||||
4357 | // This convention is not valid for the target. Use the default function or | |||
4358 | // method calling convention. | |||
4359 | bool IsCXXMethod = false, IsVariadic = false; | |||
4360 | if (FD) { | |||
4361 | IsCXXMethod = FD->isCXXInstanceMember(); | |||
4362 | IsVariadic = FD->isVariadic(); | |||
4363 | } | |||
4364 | CC = Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(IsVariadic, IsCXXMethod); | |||
4365 | } | |||
4366 | ||||
4367 | Attrs.setProcessingCache((unsigned) CC); | |||
4368 | return false; | |||
4369 | } | |||
4370 | ||||
4371 | /// Pointer-like types in the default address space. | |||
4372 | static bool isValidSwiftContextType(QualType type) { | |||
4373 | if (!type->hasPointerRepresentation()) | |||
4374 | return type->isDependentType(); | |||
4375 | return type->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::Default; | |||
4376 | } | |||
4377 | ||||
4378 | /// Pointers and references in the default address space. | |||
4379 | static bool isValidSwiftIndirectResultType(QualType type) { | |||
4380 | if (auto ptrType = type->getAs<PointerType>()) { | |||
4381 | type = ptrType->getPointeeType(); | |||
4382 | } else if (auto refType = type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { | |||
4383 | type = refType->getPointeeType(); | |||
4384 | } else { | |||
4385 | return type->isDependentType(); | |||
4386 | } | |||
4387 | return type.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::Default; | |||
4388 | } | |||
4389 | ||||
4390 | /// Pointers and references to pointers in the default address space. | |||
4391 | static bool isValidSwiftErrorResultType(QualType type) { | |||
4392 | if (auto ptrType = type->getAs<PointerType>()) { | |||
4393 | type = ptrType->getPointeeType(); | |||
4394 | } else if (auto refType = type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { | |||
4395 | type = refType->getPointeeType(); | |||
4396 | } else { | |||
4397 | return type->isDependentType(); | |||
4398 | } | |||
4399 | if (!type.getQualifiers().empty()) | |||
4400 | return false; | |||
4401 | return isValidSwiftContextType(type); | |||
4402 | } | |||
4403 | ||||
4404 | static void handleParameterABIAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attrs, | |||
4405 | ParameterABI Abi) { | |||
4406 | S.AddParameterABIAttr(Attrs.getRange(), D, Abi, | |||
4407 | Attrs.getAttributeSpellingListIndex()); | |||
4408 | } | |||
4409 | ||||
4410 | void Sema::AddParameterABIAttr(SourceRange range, Decl *D, ParameterABI abi, | |||
4411 | unsigned spellingIndex) { | |||
4412 | ||||
4413 | QualType type = cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)->getType(); | |||
4414 | ||||
4415 | if (auto existingAttr = D->getAttr<ParameterABIAttr>()) { | |||
4416 | if (existingAttr->getABI() != abi) { | |||
4417 | Diag(range.getBegin(), diag::err_attributes_are_not_compatible) | |||
4418 | << getParameterABISpelling(abi) << existingAttr; | |||
4419 | Diag(existingAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_conflicting_attribute); | |||
4420 | return; | |||
4421 | } | |||
4422 | } | |||
4423 | ||||
4424 | switch (abi) { | |||
4425 | case ParameterABI::Ordinary: | |||
4426 | llvm_unreachable("explicit attribute for ordinary parameter ABI?")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("explicit attribute for ordinary parameter ABI?" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4426); | |||
4427 | ||||
4428 | case ParameterABI::SwiftContext: | |||
4429 | if (!isValidSwiftContextType(type)) { | |||
4430 | Diag(range.getBegin(), diag::err_swift_abi_parameter_wrong_type) | |||
4431 | << getParameterABISpelling(abi) | |||
4432 | << /*pointer to pointer */ 0 << type; | |||
4433 | } | |||
4434 | D->addAttr(::new (Context) | |||
4435 | SwiftContextAttr(range, Context, spellingIndex)); | |||
4436 | return; | |||
4437 | ||||
4438 | case ParameterABI::SwiftErrorResult: | |||
4439 | if (!isValidSwiftErrorResultType(type)) { | |||
4440 | Diag(range.getBegin(), diag::err_swift_abi_parameter_wrong_type) | |||
4441 | << getParameterABISpelling(abi) | |||
4442 | << /*pointer to pointer */ 1 << type; | |||
4443 | } | |||
4444 | D->addAttr(::new (Context) | |||
4445 | SwiftErrorResultAttr(range, Context, spellingIndex)); | |||
4446 | return; | |||
4447 | ||||
4448 | case ParameterABI::SwiftIndirectResult: | |||
4449 | if (!isValidSwiftIndirectResultType(type)) { | |||
4450 | Diag(range.getBegin(), diag::err_swift_abi_parameter_wrong_type) | |||
4451 | << getParameterABISpelling(abi) | |||
4452 | << /*pointer*/ 0 << type; | |||
4453 | } | |||
4454 | D->addAttr(::new (Context) | |||
4455 | SwiftIndirectResultAttr(range, Context, spellingIndex)); | |||
4456 | return; | |||
4457 | } | |||
4458 | llvm_unreachable("bad parameter ABI attribute")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("bad parameter ABI attribute" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4458); | |||
4459 | } | |||
4460 | ||||
4461 | /// Checks a regparm attribute, returning true if it is ill-formed and | |||
4462 | /// otherwise setting numParams to the appropriate value. | |||
4463 | bool Sema::CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &Attr, unsigned &numParams) { | |||
4464 | if (Attr.isInvalid()) | |||
4465 | return true; | |||
4466 | ||||
4467 | if (!checkAttributeNumArgs(*this, Attr, 1)) { | |||
4468 | Attr.setInvalid(); | |||
4469 | return true; | |||
4470 | } | |||
4471 | ||||
4472 | uint32_t NP; | |||
4473 | Expr *NumParamsExpr = Attr.getArgAsExpr(0); | |||
4474 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(*this, Attr, NumParamsExpr, NP)) { | |||
4475 | Attr.setInvalid(); | |||
4476 | return true; | |||
4477 | } | |||
4478 | ||||
4479 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getRegParmMax() == 0) { | |||
4480 | Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_regparm_wrong_platform) | |||
4481 | << NumParamsExpr->getSourceRange(); | |||
4482 | Attr.setInvalid(); | |||
4483 | return true; | |||
4484 | } | |||
4485 | ||||
4486 | numParams = NP; | |||
4487 | if (numParams > Context.getTargetInfo().getRegParmMax()) { | |||
4488 | Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_regparm_invalid_number) | |||
4489 | << Context.getTargetInfo().getRegParmMax() << NumParamsExpr->getSourceRange(); | |||
4490 | Attr.setInvalid(); | |||
4491 | return true; | |||
4492 | } | |||
4493 | ||||
4494 | return false; | |||
4495 | } | |||
4496 | ||||
4497 | // Checks whether an argument of launch_bounds attribute is | |||
4498 | // acceptable, performs implicit conversion to Rvalue, and returns | |||
4499 | // non-nullptr Expr result on success. Otherwise, it returns nullptr | |||
4500 | // and may output an error. | |||
4501 | static Expr *makeLaunchBoundsArgExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E, | |||
4502 | const CUDALaunchBoundsAttr &Attr, | |||
4503 | const unsigned Idx) { | |||
4504 | if (S.DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(E)) | |||
4505 | return nullptr; | |||
4506 | ||||
4507 | // Accept template arguments for now as they depend on something else. | |||
4508 | // We'll get to check them when they eventually get instantiated. | |||
4509 | if (E->isValueDependent()) | |||
4510 | return E; | |||
4511 | ||||
4512 | llvm::APSInt I(64); | |||
4513 | if (!E->isIntegerConstantExpr(I, S.Context)) { | |||
4514 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | |||
4515 | << &Attr << Idx << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant << E->getSourceRange(); | |||
4516 | return nullptr; | |||
4517 | } | |||
4518 | // Make sure we can fit it in 32 bits. | |||
4519 | if (!I.isIntN(32)) { | |||
4520 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ice_too_large) << I.toString(10, false) | |||
4521 | << 32 << /* Unsigned */ 1; | |||
4522 | return nullptr; | |||
4523 | } | |||
4524 | if (I < 0) | |||
4525 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_argument_n_negative) | |||
4526 | << &Attr << Idx << E->getSourceRange(); | |||
4527 | ||||
4528 | // We may need to perform implicit conversion of the argument. | |||
4529 | InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( | |||
4530 | S.Context, S.Context.getConstType(S.Context.IntTy), /*consume*/ false); | |||
4531 | ExprResult ValArg = S.PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), E); | |||
4532 | assert(!ValArg.isInvalid() &&(static_cast <bool> (!ValArg.isInvalid() && "Unexpected PerformCopyInitialization() failure." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!ValArg.isInvalid() && \"Unexpected PerformCopyInitialization() failure.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4533, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
4533 | "Unexpected PerformCopyInitialization() failure.")(static_cast <bool> (!ValArg.isInvalid() && "Unexpected PerformCopyInitialization() failure." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!ValArg.isInvalid() && \"Unexpected PerformCopyInitialization() failure.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4533, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
4534 | ||||
4535 | return ValArg.getAs<Expr>(); | |||
4536 | } | |||
4537 | ||||
4538 | void Sema::AddLaunchBoundsAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *MaxThreads, | |||
4539 | Expr *MinBlocks, unsigned SpellingListIndex) { | |||
4540 | CUDALaunchBoundsAttr TmpAttr(AttrRange, Context, MaxThreads, MinBlocks, | |||
4541 | SpellingListIndex); | |||
4542 | MaxThreads = makeLaunchBoundsArgExpr(*this, MaxThreads, TmpAttr, 0); | |||
4543 | if (MaxThreads == nullptr) | |||
4544 | return; | |||
4545 | ||||
4546 | if (MinBlocks) { | |||
4547 | MinBlocks = makeLaunchBoundsArgExpr(*this, MinBlocks, TmpAttr, 1); | |||
4548 | if (MinBlocks == nullptr) | |||
4549 | return; | |||
4550 | } | |||
4551 | ||||
4552 | D->addAttr(::new (Context) CUDALaunchBoundsAttr( | |||
4553 | AttrRange, Context, MaxThreads, MinBlocks, SpellingListIndex)); | |||
4554 | } | |||
4555 | ||||
4556 | static void handleLaunchBoundsAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
4557 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
4558 | if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, Attr, 1) || | |||
4559 | !checkAttributeAtMostNumArgs(S, Attr, 2)) | |||
4560 | return; | |||
4561 | ||||
4562 | S.AddLaunchBoundsAttr(Attr.getRange(), D, Attr.getArgAsExpr(0), | |||
4563 | Attr.getNumArgs() > 1 ? Attr.getArgAsExpr(1) : nullptr, | |||
4564 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex()); | |||
4565 | } | |||
4566 | ||||
4567 | static void handleArgumentWithTypeTagAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
4568 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
4569 | if (!Attr.isArgIdent(0)) { | |||
4570 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | |||
4571 | << Attr.getName() << /* arg num = */ 1 << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | |||
4572 | return; | |||
4573 | } | |||
4574 | ||||
4575 | if (!checkAttributeNumArgs(S, Attr, 3)) | |||
4576 | return; | |||
4577 | ||||
4578 | IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind = Attr.getArgAsIdent(0)->Ident; | |||
4579 | ||||
4580 | if (!isFunctionOrMethod(D) || !hasFunctionProto(D)) { | |||
4581 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | |||
4582 | << Attr.getName() << ExpectedFunctionOrMethod; | |||
4583 | return; | |||
4584 | } | |||
4585 | ||||
4586 | uint64_t ArgumentIdx; | |||
4587 | if (!checkFunctionOrMethodParameterIndex(S, D, Attr, 2, Attr.getArgAsExpr(1), | |||
4588 | ArgumentIdx)) | |||
4589 | return; | |||
4590 | ||||
4591 | uint64_t TypeTagIdx; | |||
4592 | if (!checkFunctionOrMethodParameterIndex(S, D, Attr, 3, Attr.getArgAsExpr(2), | |||
4593 | TypeTagIdx)) | |||
4594 | return; | |||
4595 | ||||
4596 | bool IsPointer = (Attr.getName()->getName() == "pointer_with_type_tag"); | |||
4597 | if (IsPointer) { | |||
4598 | // Ensure that buffer has a pointer type. | |||
4599 | QualType BufferTy = getFunctionOrMethodParamType(D, ArgumentIdx); | |||
4600 | if (!BufferTy->isPointerType()) { | |||
4601 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_pointers_only) | |||
4602 | << Attr.getName() << 0; | |||
4603 | } | |||
4604 | } | |||
4605 | ||||
4606 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
4607 | ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, ArgumentKind, | |||
4608 | ArgumentIdx, TypeTagIdx, IsPointer, | |||
4609 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4610 | } | |||
4611 | ||||
4612 | static void handleTypeTagForDatatypeAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
4613 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
4614 | if (!Attr.isArgIdent(0)) { | |||
4615 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_n_type) | |||
4616 | << Attr.getName() << 1 << AANT_ArgumentIdentifier; | |||
4617 | return; | |||
4618 | } | |||
4619 | ||||
4620 | if (!checkAttributeNumArgs(S, Attr, 1)) | |||
4621 | return; | |||
4622 | ||||
4623 | if (!isa<VarDecl>(D)) { | |||
4624 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | |||
4625 | << Attr.getName() << ExpectedVariable; | |||
4626 | return; | |||
4627 | } | |||
4628 | ||||
4629 | IdentifierInfo *PointerKind = Attr.getArgAsIdent(0)->Ident; | |||
4630 | TypeSourceInfo *MatchingCTypeLoc = nullptr; | |||
4631 | S.GetTypeFromParser(Attr.getMatchingCType(), &MatchingCTypeLoc); | |||
4632 | assert(MatchingCTypeLoc && "no type source info for attribute argument")(static_cast <bool> (MatchingCTypeLoc && "no type source info for attribute argument" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("MatchingCTypeLoc && \"no type source info for attribute argument\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4632, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
4633 | ||||
4634 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
4635 | TypeTagForDatatypeAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, PointerKind, | |||
4636 | MatchingCTypeLoc, | |||
4637 | Attr.getLayoutCompatible(), | |||
4638 | Attr.getMustBeNull(), | |||
4639 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4640 | } | |||
4641 | ||||
4642 | static void handleXRayLogArgsAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
4643 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
4644 | uint64_t ArgCount; | |||
4645 | ||||
4646 | if (!checkFunctionOrMethodParameterIndex(S, D, Attr, 1, Attr.getArgAsExpr(0), | |||
4647 | ArgCount, | |||
4648 | true /* AllowImplicitThis*/)) | |||
4649 | return; | |||
4650 | ||||
4651 | // ArgCount isn't a parameter index [0;n), it's a count [1;n] - hence + 1. | |||
4652 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
4653 | XRayLogArgsAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, ++ArgCount, | |||
4654 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4655 | } | |||
4656 | ||||
4657 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
4658 | // Checker-specific attribute handlers. | |||
4659 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
4660 | ||||
4661 | static bool isValidSubjectOfNSReturnsRetainedAttribute(QualType type) { | |||
4662 | return type->isDependentType() || | |||
4663 | type->isObjCRetainableType(); | |||
4664 | } | |||
4665 | ||||
4666 | static bool isValidSubjectOfNSAttribute(Sema &S, QualType type) { | |||
4667 | return type->isDependentType() || | |||
4668 | type->isObjCObjectPointerType() || | |||
4669 | S.Context.isObjCNSObjectType(type); | |||
4670 | } | |||
4671 | ||||
4672 | static bool isValidSubjectOfCFAttribute(Sema &S, QualType type) { | |||
4673 | return type->isDependentType() || | |||
4674 | type->isPointerType() || | |||
4675 | isValidSubjectOfNSAttribute(S, type); | |||
4676 | } | |||
4677 | ||||
4678 | static void handleNSConsumedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
4679 | S.AddNSConsumedAttr(Attr.getRange(), D, Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex(), | |||
4680 | Attr.getKind() == AttributeList::AT_NSConsumed, | |||
4681 | /*template instantiation*/ false); | |||
4682 | } | |||
4683 | ||||
4684 | void Sema::AddNSConsumedAttr(SourceRange attrRange, Decl *D, | |||
4685 | unsigned spellingIndex, bool isNSConsumed, | |||
4686 | bool isTemplateInstantiation) { | |||
4687 | ParmVarDecl *param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(D); | |||
4688 | bool typeOK; | |||
4689 | ||||
4690 | if (isNSConsumed) { | |||
4691 | typeOK = isValidSubjectOfNSAttribute(*this, param->getType()); | |||
4692 | } else { | |||
4693 | typeOK = isValidSubjectOfCFAttribute(*this, param->getType()); | |||
4694 | } | |||
4695 | ||||
4696 | if (!typeOK) { | |||
4697 | // These attributes are normally just advisory, but in ARC, ns_consumed | |||
4698 | // is significant. Allow non-dependent code to contain inappropriate | |||
4699 | // attributes even in ARC, but require template instantiations to be | |||
4700 | // set up correctly. | |||
4701 | Diag(D->getLocStart(), | |||
4702 | (isTemplateInstantiation && isNSConsumed && | |||
4703 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount | |||
4704 | ? diag::err_ns_attribute_wrong_parameter_type | |||
4705 | : diag::warn_ns_attribute_wrong_parameter_type)) | |||
4706 | << attrRange | |||
4707 | << (isNSConsumed ? "ns_consumed" : "cf_consumed") | |||
4708 | << (isNSConsumed ? /*objc pointers*/ 0 : /*cf pointers*/ 1); | |||
4709 | return; | |||
4710 | } | |||
4711 | ||||
4712 | if (isNSConsumed) | |||
4713 | param->addAttr(::new (Context) | |||
4714 | NSConsumedAttr(attrRange, Context, spellingIndex)); | |||
4715 | else | |||
4716 | param->addAttr(::new (Context) | |||
4717 | CFConsumedAttr(attrRange, Context, spellingIndex)); | |||
4718 | } | |||
4719 | ||||
4720 | bool Sema::checkNSReturnsRetainedReturnType(SourceLocation loc, | |||
4721 | QualType type) { | |||
4722 | if (isValidSubjectOfNSReturnsRetainedAttribute(type)) | |||
4723 | return false; | |||
4724 | ||||
4725 | Diag(loc, diag::warn_ns_attribute_wrong_return_type) | |||
4726 | << "'ns_returns_retained'" << 0 << 0; | |||
4727 | return true; | |||
4728 | } | |||
4729 | ||||
4730 | static void handleNSReturnsRetainedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
4731 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
4732 | QualType returnType; | |||
4733 | ||||
4734 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) | |||
4735 | returnType = MD->getReturnType(); | |||
4736 | else if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && hasDeclarator(D) && | |||
4737 | (Attr.getKind() == AttributeList::AT_NSReturnsRetained)) | |||
4738 | return; // ignore: was handled as a type attribute | |||
4739 | else if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D)) | |||
4740 | returnType = PD->getType(); | |||
4741 | else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) | |||
4742 | returnType = FD->getReturnType(); | |||
4743 | else if (auto *Param = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { | |||
4744 | returnType = Param->getType()->getPointeeType(); | |||
4745 | if (returnType.isNull()) { | |||
4746 | S.Diag(D->getLocStart(), diag::warn_ns_attribute_wrong_parameter_type) | |||
4747 | << Attr.getName() << /*pointer-to-CF*/2 | |||
4748 | << Attr.getRange(); | |||
4749 | return; | |||
4750 | } | |||
4751 | } else if (Attr.isUsedAsTypeAttr()) { | |||
4752 | return; | |||
4753 | } else { | |||
4754 | AttributeDeclKind ExpectedDeclKind; | |||
4755 | switch (Attr.getKind()) { | |||
4756 | default: llvm_unreachable("invalid ownership attribute")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("invalid ownership attribute" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4756); | |||
4757 | case AttributeList::AT_NSReturnsRetained: | |||
4758 | case AttributeList::AT_NSReturnsAutoreleased: | |||
4759 | case AttributeList::AT_NSReturnsNotRetained: | |||
4760 | ExpectedDeclKind = ExpectedFunctionOrMethod; | |||
4761 | break; | |||
4762 | ||||
4763 | case AttributeList::AT_CFReturnsRetained: | |||
4764 | case AttributeList::AT_CFReturnsNotRetained: | |||
4765 | ExpectedDeclKind = ExpectedFunctionMethodOrParameter; | |||
4766 | break; | |||
4767 | } | |||
4768 | S.Diag(D->getLocStart(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | |||
4769 | << Attr.getRange() << Attr.getName() << ExpectedDeclKind; | |||
4770 | return; | |||
4771 | } | |||
4772 | ||||
4773 | bool typeOK; | |||
4774 | bool cf; | |||
4775 | switch (Attr.getKind()) { | |||
4776 | default: llvm_unreachable("invalid ownership attribute")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("invalid ownership attribute" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4776); | |||
4777 | case AttributeList::AT_NSReturnsRetained: | |||
4778 | typeOK = isValidSubjectOfNSReturnsRetainedAttribute(returnType); | |||
4779 | cf = false; | |||
4780 | break; | |||
4781 | ||||
4782 | case AttributeList::AT_NSReturnsAutoreleased: | |||
4783 | case AttributeList::AT_NSReturnsNotRetained: | |||
4784 | typeOK = isValidSubjectOfNSAttribute(S, returnType); | |||
4785 | cf = false; | |||
4786 | break; | |||
4787 | ||||
4788 | case AttributeList::AT_CFReturnsRetained: | |||
4789 | case AttributeList::AT_CFReturnsNotRetained: | |||
4790 | typeOK = isValidSubjectOfCFAttribute(S, returnType); | |||
4791 | cf = true; | |||
4792 | break; | |||
4793 | } | |||
4794 | ||||
4795 | if (!typeOK) { | |||
4796 | if (Attr.isUsedAsTypeAttr()) | |||
4797 | return; | |||
4798 | ||||
4799 | if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { | |||
4800 | S.Diag(D->getLocStart(), diag::warn_ns_attribute_wrong_parameter_type) | |||
4801 | << Attr.getName() << /*pointer-to-CF*/2 | |||
4802 | << Attr.getRange(); | |||
4803 | } else { | |||
4804 | // Needs to be kept in sync with warn_ns_attribute_wrong_return_type. | |||
4805 | enum : unsigned { | |||
4806 | Function, | |||
4807 | Method, | |||
4808 | Property | |||
4809 | } SubjectKind = Function; | |||
4810 | if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) | |||
4811 | SubjectKind = Method; | |||
4812 | else if (isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D)) | |||
4813 | SubjectKind = Property; | |||
4814 | S.Diag(D->getLocStart(), diag::warn_ns_attribute_wrong_return_type) | |||
4815 | << Attr.getName() << SubjectKind << cf | |||
4816 | << Attr.getRange(); | |||
4817 | } | |||
4818 | return; | |||
4819 | } | |||
4820 | ||||
4821 | switch (Attr.getKind()) { | |||
4822 | default: | |||
4823 | llvm_unreachable("invalid ownership attribute")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("invalid ownership attribute" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 4823); | |||
4824 | case AttributeList::AT_NSReturnsAutoreleased: | |||
4825 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) NSReturnsAutoreleasedAttr( | |||
4826 | Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4827 | return; | |||
4828 | case AttributeList::AT_CFReturnsNotRetained: | |||
4829 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) CFReturnsNotRetainedAttr( | |||
4830 | Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4831 | return; | |||
4832 | case AttributeList::AT_NSReturnsNotRetained: | |||
4833 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) NSReturnsNotRetainedAttr( | |||
4834 | Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4835 | return; | |||
4836 | case AttributeList::AT_CFReturnsRetained: | |||
4837 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) CFReturnsRetainedAttr( | |||
4838 | Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4839 | return; | |||
4840 | case AttributeList::AT_NSReturnsRetained: | |||
4841 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) NSReturnsRetainedAttr( | |||
4842 | Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4843 | return; | |||
4844 | }; | |||
4845 | } | |||
4846 | ||||
4847 | static void handleObjCReturnsInnerPointerAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
4848 | const AttributeList &Attrs) { | |||
4849 | const int EP_ObjCMethod = 1; | |||
4850 | const int EP_ObjCProperty = 2; | |||
4851 | ||||
4852 | SourceLocation loc = Attrs.getLoc(); | |||
4853 | QualType resultType; | |||
4854 | if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) | |||
4855 | resultType = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)->getReturnType(); | |||
4856 | else | |||
4857 | resultType = cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D)->getType(); | |||
4858 | ||||
4859 | if (!resultType->isReferenceType() && | |||
4860 | (!resultType->isPointerType() || resultType->isObjCRetainableType())) { | |||
4861 | S.Diag(D->getLocStart(), diag::warn_ns_attribute_wrong_return_type) | |||
4862 | << SourceRange(loc) | |||
4863 | << Attrs.getName() | |||
4864 | << (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) ? EP_ObjCMethod : EP_ObjCProperty) | |||
4865 | << /*non-retainable pointer*/ 2; | |||
4866 | ||||
4867 | // Drop the attribute. | |||
4868 | return; | |||
4869 | } | |||
4870 | ||||
4871 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ObjCReturnsInnerPointerAttr( | |||
4872 | Attrs.getRange(), S.Context, Attrs.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4873 | } | |||
4874 | ||||
4875 | static void handleObjCRequiresSuperAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
4876 | const AttributeList &Attrs) { | |||
4877 | ObjCMethodDecl *method = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); | |||
4878 | ||||
4879 | DeclContext *DC = method->getDeclContext(); | |||
4880 | if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCProtocolDecl>(DC)) { | |||
4881 | S.Diag(D->getLocStart(), diag::warn_objc_requires_super_protocol) | |||
4882 | << Attrs.getName() << 0; | |||
4883 | S.Diag(PDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_protocol_decl); | |||
4884 | return; | |||
4885 | } | |||
4886 | if (method->getMethodFamily() == OMF_dealloc) { | |||
4887 | S.Diag(D->getLocStart(), diag::warn_objc_requires_super_protocol) | |||
4888 | << Attrs.getName() << 1; | |||
4889 | return; | |||
4890 | } | |||
4891 | ||||
4892 | method->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
4893 | ObjCRequiresSuperAttr(Attrs.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
4894 | Attrs.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4895 | } | |||
4896 | ||||
4897 | static void handleCFAuditedTransferAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
4898 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
4899 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<CFUnknownTransferAttr>(S, D, Attr.getRange(), | |||
4900 | Attr.getName())) | |||
4901 | return; | |||
4902 | ||||
4903 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
4904 | CFAuditedTransferAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
4905 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4906 | } | |||
4907 | ||||
4908 | static void handleCFUnknownTransferAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
4909 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
4910 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<CFAuditedTransferAttr>(S, D, Attr.getRange(), | |||
4911 | Attr.getName())) | |||
4912 | return; | |||
4913 | ||||
4914 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
4915 | CFUnknownTransferAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
4916 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4917 | } | |||
4918 | ||||
4919 | static void handleObjCBridgeAttr(Sema &S, Scope *Sc, Decl *D, | |||
4920 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
4921 | IdentifierLoc * Parm = Attr.isArgIdent(0) ? Attr.getArgAsIdent(0) : nullptr; | |||
4922 | ||||
4923 | if (!Parm) { | |||
4924 | S.Diag(D->getLocStart(), diag::err_objc_attr_not_id) << Attr.getName() << 0; | |||
4925 | return; | |||
4926 | } | |||
4927 | ||||
4928 | // Typedefs only allow objc_bridge(id) and have some additional checking. | |||
4929 | if (auto TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { | |||
4930 | if (!Parm->Ident->isStr("id")) { | |||
4931 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_objc_attr_typedef_not_id) | |||
4932 | << Attr.getName(); | |||
4933 | return; | |||
4934 | } | |||
4935 | ||||
4936 | // Only allow 'cv void *'. | |||
4937 | QualType T = TD->getUnderlyingType(); | |||
4938 | if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { | |||
4939 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_objc_attr_typedef_not_void_pointer); | |||
4940 | return; | |||
4941 | } | |||
4942 | } | |||
4943 | ||||
4944 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
4945 | ObjCBridgeAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Parm->Ident, | |||
4946 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4947 | } | |||
4948 | ||||
4949 | static void handleObjCBridgeMutableAttr(Sema &S, Scope *Sc, Decl *D, | |||
4950 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
4951 | IdentifierLoc * Parm = Attr.isArgIdent(0) ? Attr.getArgAsIdent(0) : nullptr; | |||
4952 | ||||
4953 | if (!Parm) { | |||
4954 | S.Diag(D->getLocStart(), diag::err_objc_attr_not_id) << Attr.getName() << 0; | |||
4955 | return; | |||
4956 | } | |||
4957 | ||||
4958 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
4959 | ObjCBridgeMutableAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Parm->Ident, | |||
4960 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4961 | } | |||
4962 | ||||
4963 | static void handleObjCBridgeRelatedAttr(Sema &S, Scope *Sc, Decl *D, | |||
4964 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
4965 | IdentifierInfo *RelatedClass = | |||
4966 | Attr.isArgIdent(0) ? Attr.getArgAsIdent(0)->Ident : nullptr; | |||
4967 | if (!RelatedClass) { | |||
4968 | S.Diag(D->getLocStart(), diag::err_objc_attr_not_id) << Attr.getName() << 0; | |||
4969 | return; | |||
4970 | } | |||
4971 | IdentifierInfo *ClassMethod = | |||
4972 | Attr.getArgAsIdent(1) ? Attr.getArgAsIdent(1)->Ident : nullptr; | |||
4973 | IdentifierInfo *InstanceMethod = | |||
4974 | Attr.getArgAsIdent(2) ? Attr.getArgAsIdent(2)->Ident : nullptr; | |||
4975 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
4976 | ObjCBridgeRelatedAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, RelatedClass, | |||
4977 | ClassMethod, InstanceMethod, | |||
4978 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4979 | } | |||
4980 | ||||
4981 | static void handleObjCDesignatedInitializer(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
4982 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
4983 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace; | |||
4984 | if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CatDecl = | |||
4985 | dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) | |||
4986 | IFace = CatDecl->getClassInterface(); | |||
4987 | else | |||
4988 | IFace = cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D->getDeclContext()); | |||
4989 | ||||
4990 | if (!IFace) | |||
4991 | return; | |||
4992 | ||||
4993 | IFace->setHasDesignatedInitializers(); | |||
4994 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
4995 | ObjCDesignatedInitializerAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
4996 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
4997 | } | |||
4998 | ||||
4999 | static void handleObjCRuntimeName(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
5000 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
5001 | StringRef MetaDataName; | |||
5002 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(Attr, 0, MetaDataName)) | |||
5003 | return; | |||
5004 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
5005 | ObjCRuntimeNameAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
5006 | MetaDataName, | |||
5007 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
5008 | } | |||
5009 | ||||
5010 | // When a user wants to use objc_boxable with a union or struct | |||
5011 | // but they don't have access to the declaration (legacy/third-party code) | |||
5012 | // then they can 'enable' this feature with a typedef: | |||
5013 | // typedef struct __attribute((objc_boxable)) legacy_struct legacy_struct; | |||
5014 | static void handleObjCBoxable(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
5015 | bool notify = false; | |||
5016 | ||||
5017 | RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D); | |||
5018 | if (RD && RD->getDefinition()) { | |||
5019 | RD = RD->getDefinition(); | |||
5020 | notify = true; | |||
5021 | } | |||
5022 | ||||
5023 | if (RD) { | |||
5024 | ObjCBoxableAttr *BoxableAttr = ::new (S.Context) | |||
5025 | ObjCBoxableAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
5026 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex()); | |||
5027 | RD->addAttr(BoxableAttr); | |||
5028 | if (notify) { | |||
5029 | // we need to notify ASTReader/ASTWriter about | |||
5030 | // modification of existing declaration | |||
5031 | if (ASTMutationListener *L = S.getASTMutationListener()) | |||
5032 | L->AddedAttributeToRecord(BoxableAttr, RD); | |||
5033 | } | |||
5034 | } | |||
5035 | } | |||
5036 | ||||
5037 | static void handleObjCOwnershipAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
5038 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
5039 | if (hasDeclarator(D)) return; | |||
5040 | ||||
5041 | S.Diag(D->getLocStart(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | |||
5042 | << Attr.getRange() << Attr.getName() << ExpectedVariable; | |||
5043 | } | |||
5044 | ||||
5045 | static void handleObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
5046 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
5047 | ValueDecl *vd = cast<ValueDecl>(D); | |||
5048 | QualType type = vd->getType(); | |||
5049 | ||||
5050 | if (!type->isDependentType() && | |||
5051 | !type->isObjCLifetimeType()) { | |||
5052 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_objc_precise_lifetime_bad_type) | |||
5053 | << type; | |||
5054 | return; | |||
5055 | } | |||
5056 | ||||
5057 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); | |||
5058 | ||||
5059 | // If we have no lifetime yet, check the lifetime we're presumably | |||
5060 | // going to infer. | |||
5061 | if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None && !type->isDependentType()) | |||
5062 | lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); | |||
5063 | ||||
5064 | switch (lifetime) { | |||
5065 | case Qualifiers::OCL_None: | |||
5066 | assert(type->isDependentType() &&(static_cast <bool> (type->isDependentType() && "didn't infer lifetime for non-dependent type?") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("type->isDependentType() && \"didn't infer lifetime for non-dependent type?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 5067, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
5067 | "didn't infer lifetime for non-dependent type?")(static_cast <bool> (type->isDependentType() && "didn't infer lifetime for non-dependent type?") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("type->isDependentType() && \"didn't infer lifetime for non-dependent type?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 5067, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
5068 | break; | |||
5069 | ||||
5070 | case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: // meaningful | |||
5071 | case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: // meaningful | |||
5072 | break; | |||
5073 | ||||
5074 | case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: | |||
5075 | case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: | |||
5076 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_objc_precise_lifetime_meaningless) | |||
5077 | << (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing); | |||
5078 | break; | |||
5079 | } | |||
5080 | ||||
5081 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
5082 | ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
5083 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
5084 | } | |||
5085 | ||||
5086 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
5087 | // Microsoft specific attribute handlers. | |||
5088 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
5089 | ||||
5090 | UuidAttr *Sema::mergeUuidAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, | |||
5091 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex, StringRef Uuid) { | |||
5092 | if (const auto *UA = D->getAttr<UuidAttr>()) { | |||
5093 | if (UA->getGuid().equals_lower(Uuid)) | |||
5094 | return nullptr; | |||
5095 | Diag(UA->getLocation(), diag::err_mismatched_uuid); | |||
5096 | Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::note_previous_uuid); | |||
5097 | D->dropAttr<UuidAttr>(); | |||
5098 | } | |||
5099 | ||||
5100 | return ::new (Context) UuidAttr(Range, Context, Uuid, AttrSpellingListIndex); | |||
5101 | } | |||
5102 | ||||
5103 | static void handleUuidAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
5104 | if (!S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { | |||
5105 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_not_supported_in_lang) | |||
5106 | << Attr.getName() << AttributeLangSupport::C; | |||
5107 | return; | |||
5108 | } | |||
5109 | ||||
5110 | StringRef StrRef; | |||
5111 | SourceLocation LiteralLoc; | |||
5112 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(Attr, 0, StrRef, &LiteralLoc)) | |||
5113 | return; | |||
5114 | ||||
5115 | // GUID format is "XXXXXXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXXXXXXXXXX" or | |||
5116 | // "{XXXXXXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXXXXXXXXXX}", normalize to the former. | |||
5117 | if (StrRef.size() == 38 && StrRef.front() == '{' && StrRef.back() == '}') | |||
5118 | StrRef = StrRef.drop_front().drop_back(); | |||
5119 | ||||
5120 | // Validate GUID length. | |||
5121 | if (StrRef.size() != 36) { | |||
5122 | S.Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::err_attribute_uuid_malformed_guid); | |||
5123 | return; | |||
5124 | } | |||
5125 | ||||
5126 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < 36; ++i) { | |||
5127 | if (i == 8 || i == 13 || i == 18 || i == 23) { | |||
5128 | if (StrRef[i] != '-') { | |||
5129 | S.Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::err_attribute_uuid_malformed_guid); | |||
5130 | return; | |||
5131 | } | |||
5132 | } else if (!isHexDigit(StrRef[i])) { | |||
5133 | S.Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::err_attribute_uuid_malformed_guid); | |||
5134 | return; | |||
5135 | } | |||
5136 | } | |||
5137 | ||||
5138 | // FIXME: It'd be nice to also emit a fixit removing uuid(...) (and, if it's | |||
5139 | // the only thing in the [] list, the [] too), and add an insertion of | |||
5140 | // __declspec(uuid(...)). But sadly, neither the SourceLocs of the commas | |||
5141 | // separating attributes nor of the [ and the ] are in the AST. | |||
5142 | // Cf "SourceLocations of attribute list delimiters - [[ ... , ... ]] etc" | |||
5143 | // on cfe-dev. | |||
5144 | if (Attr.isMicrosoftAttribute()) // Check for [uuid(...)] spelling. | |||
5145 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_atl_uuid_deprecated); | |||
5146 | ||||
5147 | UuidAttr *UA = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, Attr.getRange(), | |||
5148 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex(), StrRef); | |||
5149 | if (UA) | |||
5150 | D->addAttr(UA); | |||
5151 | } | |||
5152 | ||||
5153 | static void handleMSInheritanceAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
5154 | if (!S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { | |||
5155 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_not_supported_in_lang) | |||
5156 | << Attr.getName() << AttributeLangSupport::C; | |||
5157 | return; | |||
5158 | } | |||
5159 | MSInheritanceAttr *IA = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr( | |||
5160 | D, Attr.getRange(), /*BestCase=*/true, | |||
5161 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex(), | |||
5162 | (MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling)Attr.getSemanticSpelling()); | |||
5163 | if (IA) { | |||
5164 | D->addAttr(IA); | |||
5165 | S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); | |||
5166 | } | |||
5167 | } | |||
5168 | ||||
5169 | static void handleDeclspecThreadAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
5170 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
5171 | VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); | |||
5172 | if (!S.Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { | |||
5173 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); | |||
5174 | return; | |||
5175 | } | |||
5176 | if (VD->getTSCSpec() != TSCS_unspecified) { | |||
5177 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_declspec_thread_on_thread_variable); | |||
5178 | return; | |||
5179 | } | |||
5180 | if (VD->hasLocalStorage()) { | |||
5181 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global) << "__declspec(thread)"; | |||
5182 | return; | |||
5183 | } | |||
5184 | VD->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ThreadAttr( | |||
5185 | Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
5186 | } | |||
5187 | ||||
5188 | static void handleAbiTagAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
5189 | SmallVector<StringRef, 4> Tags; | |||
5190 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = Attr.getNumArgs(); I != E; ++I) { | |||
5191 | StringRef Tag; | |||
5192 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(Attr, I, Tag)) | |||
5193 | return; | |||
5194 | Tags.push_back(Tag); | |||
5195 | } | |||
5196 | ||||
5197 | if (const auto *NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(D)) { | |||
5198 | if (!NS->isInline()) { | |||
5199 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attr_abi_tag_namespace) << 0; | |||
5200 | return; | |||
5201 | } | |||
5202 | if (NS->isAnonymousNamespace()) { | |||
5203 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attr_abi_tag_namespace) << 1; | |||
5204 | return; | |||
5205 | } | |||
5206 | if (Attr.getNumArgs() == 0) | |||
5207 | Tags.push_back(NS->getName()); | |||
5208 | } else if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, Attr, 1)) | |||
5209 | return; | |||
5210 | ||||
5211 | // Store tags sorted and without duplicates. | |||
5212 | std::sort(Tags.begin(), Tags.end()); | |||
5213 | Tags.erase(std::unique(Tags.begin(), Tags.end()), Tags.end()); | |||
5214 | ||||
5215 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
5216 | AbiTagAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Tags.data(), Tags.size(), | |||
5217 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
5218 | } | |||
5219 | ||||
5220 | static void handleARMInterruptAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
5221 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
5222 | // Check the attribute arguments. | |||
5223 | if (Attr.getNumArgs() > 1) { | |||
5224 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_too_many_arguments) | |||
5225 | << Attr.getName() << 1; | |||
5226 | return; | |||
5227 | } | |||
5228 | ||||
5229 | StringRef Str; | |||
5230 | SourceLocation ArgLoc; | |||
5231 | ||||
5232 | if (Attr.getNumArgs() == 0) | |||
5233 | Str = ""; | |||
5234 | else if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(Attr, 0, Str, &ArgLoc)) | |||
5235 | return; | |||
5236 | ||||
5237 | ARMInterruptAttr::InterruptType Kind; | |||
5238 | if (!ARMInterruptAttr::ConvertStrToInterruptType(Str, Kind)) { | |||
5239 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) | |||
5240 | << Attr.getName() << Str << ArgLoc; | |||
5241 | return; | |||
5242 | } | |||
5243 | ||||
5244 | unsigned Index = Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex(); | |||
5245 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
5246 | ARMInterruptAttr(Attr.getLoc(), S.Context, Kind, Index)); | |||
5247 | } | |||
5248 | ||||
5249 | static void handleMSP430InterruptAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
5250 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
5251 | if (!checkAttributeNumArgs(S, Attr, 1)) | |||
5252 | return; | |||
5253 | ||||
5254 | if (!Attr.isArgExpr(0)) { | |||
5255 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_type) << Attr.getName() | |||
5256 | << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant; | |||
5257 | return; | |||
5258 | } | |||
5259 | ||||
5260 | // FIXME: Check for decl - it should be void ()(void). | |||
5261 | ||||
5262 | Expr *NumParamsExpr = static_cast<Expr *>(Attr.getArgAsExpr(0)); | |||
5263 | llvm::APSInt NumParams(32); | |||
5264 | if (!NumParamsExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(NumParams, S.Context)) { | |||
5265 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_type) | |||
5266 | << Attr.getName() << AANT_ArgumentIntegerConstant | |||
5267 | << NumParamsExpr->getSourceRange(); | |||
5268 | return; | |||
5269 | } | |||
5270 | ||||
5271 | unsigned Num = NumParams.getLimitedValue(255); | |||
5272 | if ((Num & 1) || Num > 30) { | |||
5273 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_out_of_bounds) | |||
5274 | << Attr.getName() << (int)NumParams.getSExtValue() | |||
5275 | << NumParamsExpr->getSourceRange(); | |||
5276 | return; | |||
5277 | } | |||
5278 | ||||
5279 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
5280 | MSP430InterruptAttr(Attr.getLoc(), S.Context, Num, | |||
5281 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
5282 | D->addAttr(UsedAttr::CreateImplicit(S.Context)); | |||
5283 | } | |||
5284 | ||||
5285 | static void handleMipsInterruptAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
5286 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
5287 | // Only one optional argument permitted. | |||
5288 | if (Attr.getNumArgs() > 1) { | |||
5289 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_too_many_arguments) | |||
5290 | << Attr.getName() << 1; | |||
5291 | return; | |||
5292 | } | |||
5293 | ||||
5294 | StringRef Str; | |||
5295 | SourceLocation ArgLoc; | |||
5296 | ||||
5297 | if (Attr.getNumArgs() == 0) | |||
5298 | Str = ""; | |||
5299 | else if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(Attr, 0, Str, &ArgLoc)) | |||
5300 | return; | |||
5301 | ||||
5302 | // Semantic checks for a function with the 'interrupt' attribute for MIPS: | |||
5303 | // a) Must be a function. | |||
5304 | // b) Must have no parameters. | |||
5305 | // c) Must have the 'void' return type. | |||
5306 | // d) Cannot have the 'mips16' attribute, as that instruction set | |||
5307 | // lacks the 'eret' instruction. | |||
5308 | // e) The attribute itself must either have no argument or one of the | |||
5309 | // valid interrupt types, see [MipsInterruptDocs]. | |||
5310 | ||||
5311 | if (!isFunctionOrMethod(D)) { | |||
5312 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | |||
5313 | << "'interrupt'" << ExpectedFunctionOrMethod; | |||
5314 | return; | |||
5315 | } | |||
5316 | ||||
5317 | if (hasFunctionProto(D) && getFunctionOrMethodNumParams(D) != 0) { | |||
5318 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_mips_interrupt_attribute) | |||
5319 | << 0; | |||
5320 | return; | |||
5321 | } | |||
5322 | ||||
5323 | if (!getFunctionOrMethodResultType(D)->isVoidType()) { | |||
5324 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_mips_interrupt_attribute) | |||
5325 | << 1; | |||
5326 | return; | |||
5327 | } | |||
5328 | ||||
5329 | if (checkAttrMutualExclusion<Mips16Attr>(S, D, Attr.getRange(), | |||
5330 | Attr.getName())) | |||
5331 | return; | |||
5332 | ||||
5333 | MipsInterruptAttr::InterruptType Kind; | |||
5334 | if (!MipsInterruptAttr::ConvertStrToInterruptType(Str, Kind)) { | |||
5335 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_type_not_supported) | |||
5336 | << Attr.getName() << "'" + std::string(Str) + "'"; | |||
5337 | return; | |||
5338 | } | |||
5339 | ||||
5340 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) MipsInterruptAttr( | |||
5341 | Attr.getLoc(), S.Context, Kind, Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
5342 | } | |||
5343 | ||||
5344 | static void handleAnyX86InterruptAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
5345 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
5346 | // Semantic checks for a function with the 'interrupt' attribute. | |||
5347 | // a) Must be a function. | |||
5348 | // b) Must have the 'void' return type. | |||
5349 | // c) Must take 1 or 2 arguments. | |||
5350 | // d) The 1st argument must be a pointer. | |||
5351 | // e) The 2nd argument (if any) must be an unsigned integer. | |||
5352 | if (!isFunctionOrMethod(D) || !hasFunctionProto(D) || isInstanceMethod(D) || | |||
5353 | CXXMethodDecl::isStaticOverloadedOperator( | |||
5354 | cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator())) { | |||
5355 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | |||
5356 | << Attr.getName() << ExpectedFunctionWithProtoType; | |||
5357 | return; | |||
5358 | } | |||
5359 | // Interrupt handler must have void return type. | |||
5360 | if (!getFunctionOrMethodResultType(D)->isVoidType()) { | |||
5361 | S.Diag(getFunctionOrMethodResultSourceRange(D).getBegin(), | |||
5362 | diag::err_anyx86_interrupt_attribute) | |||
5363 | << (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86 | |||
5364 | ? 0 | |||
5365 | : 1) | |||
5366 | << 0; | |||
5367 | return; | |||
5368 | } | |||
5369 | // Interrupt handler must have 1 or 2 parameters. | |||
5370 | unsigned NumParams = getFunctionOrMethodNumParams(D); | |||
5371 | if (NumParams < 1 || NumParams > 2) { | |||
5372 | S.Diag(D->getLocStart(), diag::err_anyx86_interrupt_attribute) | |||
5373 | << (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86 | |||
5374 | ? 0 | |||
5375 | : 1) | |||
5376 | << 1; | |||
5377 | return; | |||
5378 | } | |||
5379 | // The first argument must be a pointer. | |||
5380 | if (!getFunctionOrMethodParamType(D, 0)->isPointerType()) { | |||
5381 | S.Diag(getFunctionOrMethodParamRange(D, 0).getBegin(), | |||
5382 | diag::err_anyx86_interrupt_attribute) | |||
5383 | << (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86 | |||
5384 | ? 0 | |||
5385 | : 1) | |||
5386 | << 2; | |||
5387 | return; | |||
5388 | } | |||
5389 | // The second argument, if present, must be an unsigned integer. | |||
5390 | unsigned TypeSize = | |||
5391 | S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86_64 | |||
5392 | ? 64 | |||
5393 | : 32; | |||
5394 | if (NumParams == 2 && | |||
5395 | (!getFunctionOrMethodParamType(D, 1)->isUnsignedIntegerType() || | |||
5396 | S.Context.getTypeSize(getFunctionOrMethodParamType(D, 1)) != TypeSize)) { | |||
5397 | S.Diag(getFunctionOrMethodParamRange(D, 1).getBegin(), | |||
5398 | diag::err_anyx86_interrupt_attribute) | |||
5399 | << (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86 | |||
5400 | ? 0 | |||
5401 | : 1) | |||
5402 | << 3 << S.Context.getIntTypeForBitwidth(TypeSize, /*Signed=*/false); | |||
5403 | return; | |||
5404 | } | |||
5405 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) AnyX86InterruptAttr( | |||
5406 | Attr.getLoc(), S.Context, Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
5407 | D->addAttr(UsedAttr::CreateImplicit(S.Context)); | |||
5408 | } | |||
5409 | ||||
5410 | static void handleAVRInterruptAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
5411 | if (!isFunctionOrMethod(D)) { | |||
5412 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | |||
5413 | << "'interrupt'" << ExpectedFunction; | |||
5414 | return; | |||
5415 | } | |||
5416 | ||||
5417 | if (!checkAttributeNumArgs(S, Attr, 0)) | |||
5418 | return; | |||
5419 | ||||
5420 | handleSimpleAttribute<AVRInterruptAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
5421 | } | |||
5422 | ||||
5423 | static void handleAVRSignalAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
5424 | if (!isFunctionOrMethod(D)) { | |||
5425 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | |||
5426 | << "'signal'" << ExpectedFunction; | |||
5427 | return; | |||
5428 | } | |||
5429 | ||||
5430 | if (!checkAttributeNumArgs(S, Attr, 0)) | |||
5431 | return; | |||
5432 | ||||
5433 | handleSimpleAttribute<AVRSignalAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
5434 | } | |||
5435 | ||||
5436 | static void handleInterruptAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
5437 | // Dispatch the interrupt attribute based on the current target. | |||
5438 | switch (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch()) { | |||
5439 | case llvm::Triple::msp430: | |||
5440 | handleMSP430InterruptAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
5441 | break; | |||
5442 | case llvm::Triple::mipsel: | |||
5443 | case llvm::Triple::mips: | |||
5444 | handleMipsInterruptAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
5445 | break; | |||
5446 | case llvm::Triple::x86: | |||
5447 | case llvm::Triple::x86_64: | |||
5448 | handleAnyX86InterruptAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
5449 | break; | |||
5450 | case llvm::Triple::avr: | |||
5451 | handleAVRInterruptAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
5452 | break; | |||
5453 | default: | |||
5454 | handleARMInterruptAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
5455 | break; | |||
5456 | } | |||
5457 | } | |||
5458 | ||||
5459 | static void handleAMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
5460 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
5461 | uint32_t Min = 0; | |||
5462 | Expr *MinExpr = Attr.getArgAsExpr(0); | |||
5463 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, Attr, MinExpr, Min)) | |||
5464 | return; | |||
5465 | ||||
5466 | uint32_t Max = 0; | |||
5467 | Expr *MaxExpr = Attr.getArgAsExpr(1); | |||
5468 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, Attr, MaxExpr, Max)) | |||
5469 | return; | |||
5470 | ||||
5471 | if (Min == 0 && Max != 0) { | |||
5472 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_invalid) | |||
5473 | << Attr.getName() << 0; | |||
5474 | return; | |||
5475 | } | |||
5476 | if (Min > Max) { | |||
5477 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_invalid) | |||
5478 | << Attr.getName() << 1; | |||
5479 | return; | |||
5480 | } | |||
5481 | ||||
5482 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
5483 | AMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr(Attr.getLoc(), S.Context, Min, Max, | |||
5484 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
5485 | } | |||
5486 | ||||
5487 | static void handleAMDGPUWavesPerEUAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
5488 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
5489 | uint32_t Min = 0; | |||
5490 | Expr *MinExpr = Attr.getArgAsExpr(0); | |||
5491 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, Attr, MinExpr, Min)) | |||
5492 | return; | |||
5493 | ||||
5494 | uint32_t Max = 0; | |||
5495 | if (Attr.getNumArgs() == 2) { | |||
5496 | Expr *MaxExpr = Attr.getArgAsExpr(1); | |||
5497 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, Attr, MaxExpr, Max)) | |||
5498 | return; | |||
5499 | } | |||
5500 | ||||
5501 | if (Min == 0 && Max != 0) { | |||
5502 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_invalid) | |||
5503 | << Attr.getName() << 0; | |||
5504 | return; | |||
5505 | } | |||
5506 | if (Max != 0 && Min > Max) { | |||
5507 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_invalid) | |||
5508 | << Attr.getName() << 1; | |||
5509 | return; | |||
5510 | } | |||
5511 | ||||
5512 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
5513 | AMDGPUWavesPerEUAttr(Attr.getLoc(), S.Context, Min, Max, | |||
5514 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
5515 | } | |||
5516 | ||||
5517 | static void handleAMDGPUNumSGPRAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
5518 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
5519 | uint32_t NumSGPR = 0; | |||
5520 | Expr *NumSGPRExpr = Attr.getArgAsExpr(0); | |||
5521 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, Attr, NumSGPRExpr, NumSGPR)) | |||
5522 | return; | |||
5523 | ||||
5524 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
5525 | AMDGPUNumSGPRAttr(Attr.getLoc(), S.Context, NumSGPR, | |||
5526 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
5527 | } | |||
5528 | ||||
5529 | static void handleAMDGPUNumVGPRAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
5530 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
5531 | uint32_t NumVGPR = 0; | |||
5532 | Expr *NumVGPRExpr = Attr.getArgAsExpr(0); | |||
5533 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, Attr, NumVGPRExpr, NumVGPR)) | |||
5534 | return; | |||
5535 | ||||
5536 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
5537 | AMDGPUNumVGPRAttr(Attr.getLoc(), S.Context, NumVGPR, | |||
5538 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
5539 | } | |||
5540 | ||||
5541 | static void handleX86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
5542 | const AttributeList& Attr) { | |||
5543 | // If we try to apply it to a function pointer, don't warn, but don't | |||
5544 | // do anything, either. It doesn't matter anyway, because there's nothing | |||
5545 | // special about calling a force_align_arg_pointer function. | |||
5546 | ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D); | |||
5547 | if (VD && VD->getType()->isFunctionPointerType()) | |||
5548 | return; | |||
5549 | // Also don't warn on function pointer typedefs. | |||
5550 | TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D); | |||
5551 | if (TD && (TD->getUnderlyingType()->isFunctionPointerType() || | |||
5552 | TD->getUnderlyingType()->isFunctionType())) | |||
5553 | return; | |||
5554 | // Attribute can only be applied to function types. | |||
5555 | if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | |||
5556 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | |||
5557 | << Attr.getName() << ExpectedFunction; | |||
5558 | return; | |||
5559 | } | |||
5560 | ||||
5561 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
5562 | X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
5563 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
5564 | } | |||
5565 | ||||
5566 | static void handleLayoutVersion(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
5567 | uint32_t Version; | |||
5568 | Expr *VersionExpr = static_cast<Expr *>(Attr.getArgAsExpr(0)); | |||
5569 | if (!checkUInt32Argument(S, Attr, Attr.getArgAsExpr(0), Version)) | |||
5570 | return; | |||
5571 | ||||
5572 | // TODO: Investigate what happens with the next major version of MSVC. | |||
5573 | if (Version != LangOptions::MSVC2015) { | |||
5574 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_argument_out_of_bounds) | |||
5575 | << Attr.getName() << Version << VersionExpr->getSourceRange(); | |||
5576 | return; | |||
5577 | } | |||
5578 | ||||
5579 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
5580 | LayoutVersionAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Version, | |||
5581 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
5582 | } | |||
5583 | ||||
5584 | DLLImportAttr *Sema::mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, | |||
5585 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex) { | |||
5586 | if (D->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) { | |||
5587 | Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << "'dllimport'"; | |||
5588 | return nullptr; | |||
5589 | } | |||
5590 | ||||
5591 | if (D->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) | |||
5592 | return nullptr; | |||
5593 | ||||
5594 | return ::new (Context) DLLImportAttr(Range, Context, AttrSpellingListIndex); | |||
5595 | } | |||
5596 | ||||
5597 | DLLExportAttr *Sema::mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, | |||
5598 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex) { | |||
5599 | if (DLLImportAttr *Import = D->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) { | |||
5600 | Diag(Import->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Import; | |||
5601 | D->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); | |||
5602 | } | |||
5603 | ||||
5604 | if (D->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) | |||
5605 | return nullptr; | |||
5606 | ||||
5607 | return ::new (Context) DLLExportAttr(Range, Context, AttrSpellingListIndex); | |||
5608 | } | |||
5609 | ||||
5610 | static void handleDLLAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &A) { | |||
5611 | if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(D) && | |||
5612 | S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { | |||
5613 | S.Diag(A.getRange().getBegin(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) | |||
5614 | << A.getName(); | |||
5615 | return; | |||
5616 | } | |||
5617 | ||||
5618 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | |||
5619 | if (FD->isInlined() && A.getKind() == AttributeList::AT_DLLImport && | |||
5620 | !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { | |||
5621 | // MinGW doesn't allow dllimport on inline functions. | |||
5622 | S.Diag(A.getRange().getBegin(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored_on_inline) | |||
5623 | << A.getName(); | |||
5624 | return; | |||
5625 | } | |||
5626 | } | |||
5627 | ||||
5628 | if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { | |||
5629 | if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() && | |||
5630 | MD->getParent()->isLambda()) { | |||
5631 | S.Diag(A.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_attribute_dll_lambda) << A.getName(); | |||
5632 | return; | |||
5633 | } | |||
5634 | } | |||
5635 | ||||
5636 | unsigned Index = A.getAttributeSpellingListIndex(); | |||
5637 | Attr *NewAttr = A.getKind() == AttributeList::AT_DLLExport | |||
5638 | ? (Attr *)S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, A.getRange(), Index) | |||
5639 | : (Attr *)S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, A.getRange(), Index); | |||
5640 | if (NewAttr) | |||
5641 | D->addAttr(NewAttr); | |||
5642 | } | |||
5643 | ||||
5644 | MSInheritanceAttr * | |||
5645 | Sema::mergeMSInheritanceAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase, | |||
5646 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex, | |||
5647 | MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling) { | |||
5648 | if (MSInheritanceAttr *IA = D->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) { | |||
5649 | if (IA->getSemanticSpelling() == SemanticSpelling) | |||
5650 | return nullptr; | |||
5651 | Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::err_mismatched_ms_inheritance) | |||
5652 | << 1 /*previous declaration*/; | |||
5653 | Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::note_previous_ms_inheritance); | |||
5654 | D->dropAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>(); | |||
5655 | } | |||
5656 | ||||
5657 | CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D); | |||
5658 | if (RD->hasDefinition()) { | |||
5659 | if (checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(RD, Range, BestCase, | |||
5660 | SemanticSpelling)) { | |||
5661 | return nullptr; | |||
5662 | } | |||
5663 | } else { | |||
5664 | if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD)) { | |||
5665 | Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::warn_ignored_ms_inheritance) | |||
5666 | << 1 /*partial specialization*/; | |||
5667 | return nullptr; | |||
5668 | } | |||
5669 | if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) { | |||
5670 | Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::warn_ignored_ms_inheritance) | |||
5671 | << 0 /*primary template*/; | |||
5672 | return nullptr; | |||
5673 | } | |||
5674 | } | |||
5675 | ||||
5676 | return ::new (Context) | |||
5677 | MSInheritanceAttr(Range, Context, BestCase, AttrSpellingListIndex); | |||
5678 | } | |||
5679 | ||||
5680 | static void handleCapabilityAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
5681 | // The capability attributes take a single string parameter for the name of | |||
5682 | // the capability they represent. The lockable attribute does not take any | |||
5683 | // parameters. However, semantically, both attributes represent the same | |||
5684 | // concept, and so they use the same semantic attribute. Eventually, the | |||
5685 | // lockable attribute will be removed. | |||
5686 | // | |||
5687 | // For backward compatibility, any capability which has no specified string | |||
5688 | // literal will be considered a "mutex." | |||
5689 | StringRef N("mutex"); | |||
5690 | SourceLocation LiteralLoc; | |||
5691 | if (Attr.getKind() == AttributeList::AT_Capability && | |||
5692 | !S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(Attr, 0, N, &LiteralLoc)) | |||
5693 | return; | |||
5694 | ||||
5695 | // Currently, there are only two names allowed for a capability: role and | |||
5696 | // mutex (case insensitive). Diagnose other capability names. | |||
5697 | if (!N.equals_lower("mutex") && !N.equals_lower("role")) | |||
5698 | S.Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::warn_invalid_capability_name) << N; | |||
5699 | ||||
5700 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) CapabilityAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, N, | |||
5701 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
5702 | } | |||
5703 | ||||
5704 | static void handleAssertCapabilityAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
5705 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
5706 | SmallVector<Expr*, 1> Args; | |||
5707 | if (!checkLockFunAttrCommon(S, D, Attr, Args)) | |||
5708 | return; | |||
5709 | ||||
5710 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) AssertCapabilityAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, | |||
5711 | Args.data(), Args.size(), | |||
5712 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
5713 | } | |||
5714 | ||||
5715 | static void handleAcquireCapabilityAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
5716 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
5717 | SmallVector<Expr*, 1> Args; | |||
5718 | if (!checkLockFunAttrCommon(S, D, Attr, Args)) | |||
5719 | return; | |||
5720 | ||||
5721 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) AcquireCapabilityAttr(Attr.getRange(), | |||
5722 | S.Context, | |||
5723 | Args.data(), Args.size(), | |||
5724 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
5725 | } | |||
5726 | ||||
5727 | static void handleTryAcquireCapabilityAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
5728 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
5729 | SmallVector<Expr*, 2> Args; | |||
5730 | if (!checkTryLockFunAttrCommon(S, D, Attr, Args)) | |||
5731 | return; | |||
5732 | ||||
5733 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) TryAcquireCapabilityAttr(Attr.getRange(), | |||
5734 | S.Context, | |||
5735 | Attr.getArgAsExpr(0), | |||
5736 | Args.data(), | |||
5737 | Args.size(), | |||
5738 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
5739 | } | |||
5740 | ||||
5741 | static void handleReleaseCapabilityAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
5742 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
5743 | // Check that all arguments are lockable objects. | |||
5744 | SmallVector<Expr *, 1> Args; | |||
5745 | checkAttrArgsAreCapabilityObjs(S, D, Attr, Args, 0, true); | |||
5746 | ||||
5747 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) ReleaseCapabilityAttr( | |||
5748 | Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Args.data(), Args.size(), | |||
5749 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
5750 | } | |||
5751 | ||||
5752 | static void handleRequiresCapabilityAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
5753 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
5754 | if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, Attr, 1)) | |||
5755 | return; | |||
5756 | ||||
5757 | // check that all arguments are lockable objects | |||
5758 | SmallVector<Expr*, 1> Args; | |||
5759 | checkAttrArgsAreCapabilityObjs(S, D, Attr, Args); | |||
5760 | if (Args.empty()) | |||
5761 | return; | |||
5762 | ||||
5763 | RequiresCapabilityAttr *RCA = ::new (S.Context) | |||
5764 | RequiresCapabilityAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Args.data(), | |||
5765 | Args.size(), Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex()); | |||
5766 | ||||
5767 | D->addAttr(RCA); | |||
5768 | } | |||
5769 | ||||
5770 | static void handleDeprecatedAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
5771 | if (auto *NSD = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(D)) { | |||
5772 | if (NSD->isAnonymousNamespace()) { | |||
5773 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_deprecated_anonymous_namespace); | |||
5774 | // Do not want to attach the attribute to the namespace because that will | |||
5775 | // cause confusing diagnostic reports for uses of declarations within the | |||
5776 | // namespace. | |||
5777 | return; | |||
5778 | } | |||
5779 | } | |||
5780 | ||||
5781 | // Handle the cases where the attribute has a text message. | |||
5782 | StringRef Str, Replacement; | |||
5783 | if (Attr.isArgExpr(0) && Attr.getArgAsExpr(0) && | |||
5784 | !S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(Attr, 0, Str)) | |||
5785 | return; | |||
5786 | ||||
5787 | // Only support a single optional message for Declspec and CXX11. | |||
5788 | if (Attr.isDeclspecAttribute() || Attr.isCXX11Attribute()) | |||
5789 | checkAttributeAtMostNumArgs(S, Attr, 1); | |||
5790 | else if (Attr.isArgExpr(1) && Attr.getArgAsExpr(1) && | |||
5791 | !S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(Attr, 1, Replacement)) | |||
5792 | return; | |||
5793 | ||||
5794 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) | |||
5795 | if (Attr.isCXX11Attribute() && | |||
5796 | !(Attr.hasScope() && Attr.getScopeName()->isStr("gnu"))) | |||
5797 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::ext_cxx14_attr) << Attr.getName(); | |||
5798 | ||||
5799 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
5800 | DeprecatedAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Str, Replacement, | |||
5801 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
5802 | } | |||
5803 | ||||
5804 | static bool isGlobalVar(const Decl *D) { | |||
5805 | if (const auto *S = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) | |||
5806 | return S->hasGlobalStorage(); | |||
5807 | return false; | |||
5808 | } | |||
5809 | ||||
5810 | static void handleNoSanitizeAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
5811 | if (!checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, Attr, 1)) | |||
5812 | return; | |||
5813 | ||||
5814 | std::vector<StringRef> Sanitizers; | |||
5815 | ||||
5816 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = Attr.getNumArgs(); I != E; ++I) { | |||
5817 | StringRef SanitizerName; | |||
5818 | SourceLocation LiteralLoc; | |||
5819 | ||||
5820 | if (!S.checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(Attr, I, SanitizerName, &LiteralLoc)) | |||
5821 | return; | |||
5822 | ||||
5823 | if (parseSanitizerValue(SanitizerName, /*AllowGroups=*/true) == 0) | |||
5824 | S.Diag(LiteralLoc, diag::warn_unknown_sanitizer_ignored) << SanitizerName; | |||
5825 | else if (isGlobalVar(D) && SanitizerName != "address") | |||
5826 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | |||
5827 | << Attr.getName() << ExpectedFunctionOrMethod; | |||
5828 | Sanitizers.push_back(SanitizerName); | |||
5829 | } | |||
5830 | ||||
5831 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) NoSanitizeAttr( | |||
5832 | Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Sanitizers.data(), Sanitizers.size(), | |||
5833 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
5834 | } | |||
5835 | ||||
5836 | static void handleNoSanitizeSpecificAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
5837 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
5838 | StringRef AttrName = Attr.getName()->getName(); | |||
5839 | normalizeName(AttrName); | |||
5840 | StringRef SanitizerName = llvm::StringSwitch<StringRef>(AttrName) | |||
5841 | .Case("no_address_safety_analysis", "address") | |||
5842 | .Case("no_sanitize_address", "address") | |||
5843 | .Case("no_sanitize_thread", "thread") | |||
5844 | .Case("no_sanitize_memory", "memory"); | |||
5845 | if (isGlobalVar(D) && SanitizerName != "address") | |||
5846 | S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | |||
5847 | << Attr.getName() << ExpectedFunction; | |||
5848 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) | |||
5849 | NoSanitizeAttr(Attr.getRange(), S.Context, &SanitizerName, 1, | |||
5850 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
5851 | } | |||
5852 | ||||
5853 | static void handleInternalLinkageAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
5854 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
5855 | if (InternalLinkageAttr *Internal = | |||
5856 | S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr(D, Attr.getRange(), Attr.getName(), | |||
5857 | Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())) | |||
5858 | D->addAttr(Internal); | |||
5859 | } | |||
5860 | ||||
5861 | static void handleOpenCLNoSVMAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
5862 | if (S.LangOpts.OpenCLVersion != 200) | |||
5863 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_requires_opencl_version) | |||
5864 | << Attr.getName() << "2.0" << 0; | |||
5865 | else | |||
5866 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::warn_opencl_attr_deprecated_ignored) | |||
5867 | << Attr.getName() << "2.0"; | |||
5868 | } | |||
5869 | ||||
5870 | /// Handles semantic checking for features that are common to all attributes, | |||
5871 | /// such as checking whether a parameter was properly specified, or the correct | |||
5872 | /// number of arguments were passed, etc. | |||
5873 | static bool handleCommonAttributeFeatures(Sema &S, Scope *scope, Decl *D, | |||
5874 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
5875 | // Several attributes carry different semantics than the parsing requires, so | |||
5876 | // those are opted out of the common argument checks. | |||
5877 | // | |||
5878 | // We also bail on unknown and ignored attributes because those are handled | |||
5879 | // as part of the target-specific handling logic. | |||
5880 | if (Attr.getKind() == AttributeList::UnknownAttribute) | |||
5881 | return false; | |||
5882 | // Check whether the attribute requires specific language extensions to be | |||
5883 | // enabled. | |||
5884 | if (!Attr.diagnoseLangOpts(S)) | |||
5885 | return true; | |||
5886 | // Check whether the attribute appertains to the given subject. | |||
5887 | if (!Attr.diagnoseAppertainsTo(S, D)) | |||
5888 | return true; | |||
5889 | if (Attr.hasCustomParsing()) | |||
5890 | return false; | |||
5891 | ||||
5892 | if (Attr.getMinArgs() == Attr.getMaxArgs()) { | |||
5893 | // If there are no optional arguments, then checking for the argument count | |||
5894 | // is trivial. | |||
5895 | if (!checkAttributeNumArgs(S, Attr, Attr.getMinArgs())) | |||
5896 | return true; | |||
5897 | } else { | |||
5898 | // There are optional arguments, so checking is slightly more involved. | |||
5899 | if (Attr.getMinArgs() && | |||
5900 | !checkAttributeAtLeastNumArgs(S, Attr, Attr.getMinArgs())) | |||
5901 | return true; | |||
5902 | else if (!Attr.hasVariadicArg() && Attr.getMaxArgs() && | |||
5903 | !checkAttributeAtMostNumArgs(S, Attr, Attr.getMaxArgs())) | |||
5904 | return true; | |||
5905 | } | |||
5906 | ||||
5907 | return false; | |||
5908 | } | |||
5909 | ||||
5910 | static void handleOpenCLAccessAttr(Sema &S, Decl *D, | |||
5911 | const AttributeList &Attr) { | |||
5912 | if (D->isInvalidDecl()) | |||
5913 | return; | |||
5914 | ||||
5915 | // Check if there is only one access qualifier. | |||
5916 | if (D->hasAttr<OpenCLAccessAttr>()) { | |||
5917 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_opencl_multiple_access_qualifiers) | |||
5918 | << D->getSourceRange(); | |||
5919 | D->setInvalidDecl(true); | |||
5920 | return; | |||
5921 | } | |||
5922 | ||||
5923 | // OpenCL v2.0 s6.6 - read_write can be used for image types to specify that an | |||
5924 | // image object can be read and written. | |||
5925 | // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.6 - A kernel cannot read from and write to the same pipe | |||
5926 | // object. Using the read_write (or __read_write) qualifier with the pipe | |||
5927 | // qualifier is a compilation error. | |||
5928 | if (const ParmVarDecl *PDecl = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { | |||
5929 | const Type *DeclTy = PDecl->getType().getCanonicalType().getTypePtr(); | |||
5930 | if (Attr.getName()->getName().find("read_write") != StringRef::npos) { | |||
5931 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 200 || DeclTy->isPipeType()) { | |||
5932 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_read_write) | |||
5933 | << Attr.getName() << PDecl->getType() << DeclTy->isImageType(); | |||
5934 | D->setInvalidDecl(true); | |||
5935 | return; | |||
5936 | } | |||
5937 | } | |||
5938 | } | |||
5939 | ||||
5940 | D->addAttr(::new (S.Context) OpenCLAccessAttr( | |||
5941 | Attr.getRange(), S.Context, Attr.getAttributeSpellingListIndex())); | |||
5942 | } | |||
5943 | ||||
5944 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
5945 | // Top Level Sema Entry Points | |||
5946 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
5947 | ||||
5948 | /// ProcessDeclAttribute - Apply the specific attribute to the specified decl if | |||
5949 | /// the attribute applies to decls. If the attribute is a type attribute, just | |||
5950 | /// silently ignore it if a GNU attribute. | |||
5951 | static void ProcessDeclAttribute(Sema &S, Scope *scope, Decl *D, | |||
5952 | const AttributeList &Attr, | |||
5953 | bool IncludeCXX11Attributes) { | |||
5954 | if (Attr.isInvalid() || Attr.getKind() == AttributeList::IgnoredAttribute) | |||
5955 | return; | |||
5956 | ||||
5957 | // Ignore C++11 attributes on declarator chunks: they appertain to the type | |||
5958 | // instead. | |||
5959 | if (Attr.isCXX11Attribute() && !IncludeCXX11Attributes) | |||
5960 | return; | |||
5961 | ||||
5962 | // Unknown attributes are automatically warned on. Target-specific attributes | |||
5963 | // which do not apply to the current target architecture are treated as | |||
5964 | // though they were unknown attributes. | |||
5965 | if (Attr.getKind() == AttributeList::UnknownAttribute || | |||
5966 | !Attr.existsInTarget(S.Context.getTargetInfo())) { | |||
5967 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), Attr.isDeclspecAttribute() | |||
5968 | ? diag::warn_unhandled_ms_attribute_ignored | |||
5969 | : diag::warn_unknown_attribute_ignored) | |||
5970 | << Attr.getName(); | |||
5971 | return; | |||
5972 | } | |||
5973 | ||||
5974 | if (handleCommonAttributeFeatures(S, scope, D, Attr)) | |||
5975 | return; | |||
5976 | ||||
5977 | switch (Attr.getKind()) { | |||
5978 | default: | |||
5979 | if (!Attr.isStmtAttr()) { | |||
5980 | // Type attributes are handled elsewhere; silently move on. | |||
5981 | assert(Attr.isTypeAttr() && "Non-type attribute not handled")(static_cast <bool> (Attr.isTypeAttr() && "Non-type attribute not handled" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Attr.isTypeAttr() && \"Non-type attribute not handled\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 5981, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
5982 | break; | |||
5983 | } | |||
5984 | S.Diag(Attr.getLoc(), diag::err_stmt_attribute_invalid_on_decl) | |||
5985 | << Attr.getName() << D->getLocation(); | |||
5986 | break; | |||
5987 | case AttributeList::AT_Interrupt: | |||
5988 | handleInterruptAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
5989 | break; | |||
5990 | case AttributeList::AT_X86ForceAlignArgPointer: | |||
5991 | handleX86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
5992 | break; | |||
5993 | case AttributeList::AT_DLLExport: | |||
5994 | case AttributeList::AT_DLLImport: | |||
5995 | handleDLLAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
5996 | break; | |||
5997 | case AttributeList::AT_Mips16: | |||
5998 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<Mips16Attr, MicroMipsAttr, | |||
5999 | MipsInterruptAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6000 | break; | |||
6001 | case AttributeList::AT_NoMips16: | |||
6002 | handleSimpleAttribute<NoMips16Attr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6003 | break; | |||
6004 | case AttributeList::AT_MicroMips: | |||
6005 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<MicroMipsAttr, Mips16Attr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6006 | break; | |||
6007 | case AttributeList::AT_NoMicroMips: | |||
6008 | handleSimpleAttribute<NoMicroMipsAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6009 | break; | |||
6010 | case AttributeList::AT_MipsLongCall: | |||
6011 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<MipsLongCallAttr, MipsShortCallAttr>( | |||
6012 | S, D, Attr); | |||
6013 | break; | |||
6014 | case AttributeList::AT_MipsShortCall: | |||
6015 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<MipsShortCallAttr, MipsLongCallAttr>( | |||
6016 | S, D, Attr); | |||
6017 | break; | |||
6018 | case AttributeList::AT_AMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSize: | |||
6019 | handleAMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6020 | break; | |||
6021 | case AttributeList::AT_AMDGPUWavesPerEU: | |||
6022 | handleAMDGPUWavesPerEUAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6023 | break; | |||
6024 | case AttributeList::AT_AMDGPUNumSGPR: | |||
6025 | handleAMDGPUNumSGPRAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6026 | break; | |||
6027 | case AttributeList::AT_AMDGPUNumVGPR: | |||
6028 | handleAMDGPUNumVGPRAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6029 | break; | |||
6030 | case AttributeList::AT_AVRSignal: | |||
6031 | handleAVRSignalAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6032 | break; | |||
6033 | case AttributeList::AT_IBAction: | |||
6034 | handleSimpleAttribute<IBActionAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6035 | break; | |||
6036 | case AttributeList::AT_IBOutlet: | |||
6037 | handleIBOutlet(S, D, Attr); | |||
6038 | break; | |||
6039 | case AttributeList::AT_IBOutletCollection: | |||
6040 | handleIBOutletCollection(S, D, Attr); | |||
6041 | break; | |||
6042 | case AttributeList::AT_IFunc: | |||
6043 | handleIFuncAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6044 | break; | |||
6045 | case AttributeList::AT_Alias: | |||
6046 | handleAliasAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6047 | break; | |||
6048 | case AttributeList::AT_Aligned: | |||
6049 | handleAlignedAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6050 | break; | |||
6051 | case AttributeList::AT_AlignValue: | |||
6052 | handleAlignValueAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6053 | break; | |||
6054 | case AttributeList::AT_AllocSize: | |||
6055 | handleAllocSizeAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6056 | break; | |||
6057 | case AttributeList::AT_AlwaysInline: | |||
6058 | handleAlwaysInlineAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6059 | break; | |||
6060 | case AttributeList::AT_Artificial: | |||
6061 | handleSimpleAttribute<ArtificialAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6062 | break; | |||
6063 | case AttributeList::AT_AnalyzerNoReturn: | |||
6064 | handleAnalyzerNoReturnAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6065 | break; | |||
6066 | case AttributeList::AT_TLSModel: | |||
6067 | handleTLSModelAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6068 | break; | |||
6069 | case AttributeList::AT_Annotate: | |||
6070 | handleAnnotateAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6071 | break; | |||
6072 | case AttributeList::AT_Availability: | |||
6073 | handleAvailabilityAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6074 | break; | |||
6075 | case AttributeList::AT_CarriesDependency: | |||
6076 | handleDependencyAttr(S, scope, D, Attr); | |||
6077 | break; | |||
6078 | case AttributeList::AT_Common: | |||
6079 | handleCommonAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6080 | break; | |||
6081 | case AttributeList::AT_CUDAConstant: | |||
6082 | handleConstantAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6083 | break; | |||
6084 | case AttributeList::AT_PassObjectSize: | |||
6085 | handlePassObjectSizeAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6086 | break; | |||
6087 | case AttributeList::AT_Constructor: | |||
6088 | handleConstructorAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6089 | break; | |||
6090 | case AttributeList::AT_CXX11NoReturn: | |||
6091 | handleSimpleAttribute<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6092 | break; | |||
6093 | case AttributeList::AT_Deprecated: | |||
6094 | handleDeprecatedAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6095 | break; | |||
6096 | case AttributeList::AT_Destructor: | |||
6097 | handleDestructorAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6098 | break; | |||
6099 | case AttributeList::AT_EnableIf: | |||
6100 | handleEnableIfAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6101 | break; | |||
6102 | case AttributeList::AT_DiagnoseIf: | |||
6103 | handleDiagnoseIfAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6104 | break; | |||
6105 | case AttributeList::AT_ExtVectorType: | |||
6106 | handleExtVectorTypeAttr(S, scope, D, Attr); | |||
6107 | break; | |||
6108 | case AttributeList::AT_ExternalSourceSymbol: | |||
6109 | handleExternalSourceSymbolAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6110 | break; | |||
6111 | case AttributeList::AT_MinSize: | |||
6112 | handleMinSizeAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6113 | break; | |||
6114 | case AttributeList::AT_OptimizeNone: | |||
6115 | handleOptimizeNoneAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6116 | break; | |||
6117 | case AttributeList::AT_FlagEnum: | |||
6118 | handleSimpleAttribute<FlagEnumAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6119 | break; | |||
6120 | case AttributeList::AT_EnumExtensibility: | |||
6121 | handleEnumExtensibilityAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6122 | break; | |||
6123 | case AttributeList::AT_Flatten: | |||
6124 | handleSimpleAttribute<FlattenAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6125 | break; | |||
6126 | case AttributeList::AT_Format: | |||
6127 | handleFormatAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6128 | break; | |||
6129 | case AttributeList::AT_FormatArg: | |||
6130 | handleFormatArgAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6131 | break; | |||
6132 | case AttributeList::AT_CUDAGlobal: | |||
6133 | handleGlobalAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6134 | break; | |||
6135 | case AttributeList::AT_CUDADevice: | |||
6136 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<CUDADeviceAttr, CUDAGlobalAttr>(S, D, | |||
6137 | Attr); | |||
6138 | break; | |||
6139 | case AttributeList::AT_CUDAHost: | |||
6140 | handleSimpleAttributeWithExclusions<CUDAHostAttr, CUDAGlobalAttr>(S, D, | |||
6141 | Attr); | |||
6142 | break; | |||
6143 | case AttributeList::AT_GNUInline: | |||
6144 | handleGNUInlineAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6145 | break; | |||
6146 | case AttributeList::AT_CUDALaunchBounds: | |||
6147 | handleLaunchBoundsAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6148 | break; | |||
6149 | case AttributeList::AT_Restrict: | |||
6150 | handleRestrictAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6151 | break; | |||
6152 | case AttributeList::AT_MayAlias: | |||
6153 | handleSimpleAttribute<MayAliasAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6154 | break; | |||
6155 | case AttributeList::AT_Mode: | |||
6156 | handleModeAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6157 | break; | |||
6158 | case AttributeList::AT_NoAlias: | |||
6159 | handleSimpleAttribute<NoAliasAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6160 | break; | |||
6161 | case AttributeList::AT_NoCommon: | |||
6162 | handleSimpleAttribute<NoCommonAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6163 | break; | |||
6164 | case AttributeList::AT_NoSplitStack: | |||
6165 | handleSimpleAttribute<NoSplitStackAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6166 | break; | |||
6167 | case AttributeList::AT_NonNull: | |||
6168 | if (ParmVarDecl *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) | |||
6169 | handleNonNullAttrParameter(S, PVD, Attr); | |||
6170 | else | |||
6171 | handleNonNullAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6172 | break; | |||
6173 | case AttributeList::AT_ReturnsNonNull: | |||
6174 | handleReturnsNonNullAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6175 | break; | |||
6176 | case AttributeList::AT_NoEscape: | |||
6177 | handleNoEscapeAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6178 | break; | |||
6179 | case AttributeList::AT_AssumeAligned: | |||
6180 | handleAssumeAlignedAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6181 | break; | |||
6182 | case AttributeList::AT_AllocAlign: | |||
6183 | handleAllocAlignAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6184 | break; | |||
6185 | case AttributeList::AT_Overloadable: | |||
6186 | handleSimpleAttribute<OverloadableAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6187 | break; | |||
6188 | case AttributeList::AT_Ownership: | |||
6189 | handleOwnershipAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6190 | break; | |||
6191 | case AttributeList::AT_Cold: | |||
6192 | handleColdAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6193 | break; | |||
6194 | case AttributeList::AT_Hot: | |||
6195 | handleHotAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6196 | break; | |||
6197 | case AttributeList::AT_Naked: | |||
6198 | handleNakedAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6199 | break; | |||
6200 | case AttributeList::AT_NoReturn: | |||
6201 | handleNoReturnAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6202 | break; | |||
6203 | case AttributeList::AT_NoThrow: | |||
6204 | handleSimpleAttribute<NoThrowAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6205 | break; | |||
6206 | case AttributeList::AT_CUDAShared: | |||
6207 | handleSharedAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6208 | break; | |||
6209 | case AttributeList::AT_VecReturn: | |||
6210 | handleVecReturnAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6211 | break; | |||
6212 | case AttributeList::AT_ObjCOwnership: | |||
6213 | handleObjCOwnershipAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6214 | break; | |||
6215 | case AttributeList::AT_ObjCPreciseLifetime: | |||
6216 | handleObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6217 | break; | |||
6218 | case AttributeList::AT_ObjCReturnsInnerPointer: | |||
6219 | handleObjCReturnsInnerPointerAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6220 | break; | |||
6221 | case AttributeList::AT_ObjCRequiresSuper: | |||
6222 | handleObjCRequiresSuperAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6223 | break; | |||
6224 | case AttributeList::AT_ObjCBridge: | |||
6225 | handleObjCBridgeAttr(S, scope, D, Attr); | |||
6226 | break; | |||
6227 | case AttributeList::AT_ObjCBridgeMutable: | |||
6228 | handleObjCBridgeMutableAttr(S, scope, D, Attr); | |||
6229 | break; | |||
6230 | case AttributeList::AT_ObjCBridgeRelated: | |||
6231 | handleObjCBridgeRelatedAttr(S, scope, D, Attr); | |||
6232 | break; | |||
6233 | case AttributeList::AT_ObjCDesignatedInitializer: | |||
6234 | handleObjCDesignatedInitializer(S, D, Attr); | |||
6235 | break; | |||
6236 | case AttributeList::AT_ObjCRuntimeName: | |||
6237 | handleObjCRuntimeName(S, D, Attr); | |||
6238 | break; | |||
6239 | case AttributeList::AT_ObjCRuntimeVisible: | |||
6240 | handleSimpleAttribute<ObjCRuntimeVisibleAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6241 | break; | |||
6242 | case AttributeList::AT_ObjCBoxable: | |||
6243 | handleObjCBoxable(S, D, Attr); | |||
6244 | break; | |||
6245 | case AttributeList::AT_CFAuditedTransfer: | |||
6246 | handleCFAuditedTransferAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6247 | break; | |||
6248 | case AttributeList::AT_CFUnknownTransfer: | |||
6249 | handleCFUnknownTransferAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6250 | break; | |||
6251 | case AttributeList::AT_CFConsumed: | |||
6252 | case AttributeList::AT_NSConsumed: | |||
6253 | handleNSConsumedAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6254 | break; | |||
6255 | case AttributeList::AT_NSConsumesSelf: | |||
6256 | handleSimpleAttribute<NSConsumesSelfAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6257 | break; | |||
6258 | case AttributeList::AT_NSReturnsAutoreleased: | |||
6259 | case AttributeList::AT_NSReturnsNotRetained: | |||
6260 | case AttributeList::AT_CFReturnsNotRetained: | |||
6261 | case AttributeList::AT_NSReturnsRetained: | |||
6262 | case AttributeList::AT_CFReturnsRetained: | |||
6263 | handleNSReturnsRetainedAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6264 | break; | |||
6265 | case AttributeList::AT_WorkGroupSizeHint: | |||
6266 | handleWorkGroupSize<WorkGroupSizeHintAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6267 | break; | |||
6268 | case AttributeList::AT_ReqdWorkGroupSize: | |||
6269 | handleWorkGroupSize<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6270 | break; | |||
6271 | case AttributeList::AT_OpenCLIntelReqdSubGroupSize: | |||
6272 | handleSubGroupSize(S, D, Attr); | |||
6273 | break; | |||
6274 | case AttributeList::AT_VecTypeHint: | |||
6275 | handleVecTypeHint(S, D, Attr); | |||
6276 | break; | |||
6277 | case AttributeList::AT_RequireConstantInit: | |||
6278 | handleSimpleAttribute<RequireConstantInitAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6279 | break; | |||
6280 | case AttributeList::AT_InitPriority: | |||
6281 | handleInitPriorityAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6282 | break; | |||
6283 | case AttributeList::AT_Packed: | |||
6284 | handlePackedAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6285 | break; | |||
6286 | case AttributeList::AT_Section: | |||
6287 | handleSectionAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6288 | break; | |||
6289 | case AttributeList::AT_Target: | |||
6290 | handleTargetAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6291 | break; | |||
6292 | case AttributeList::AT_Unavailable: | |||
6293 | handleAttrWithMessage<UnavailableAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6294 | break; | |||
6295 | case AttributeList::AT_ArcWeakrefUnavailable: | |||
6296 | handleSimpleAttribute<ArcWeakrefUnavailableAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6297 | break; | |||
6298 | case AttributeList::AT_ObjCRootClass: | |||
6299 | handleSimpleAttribute<ObjCRootClassAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6300 | break; | |||
6301 | case AttributeList::AT_ObjCSubclassingRestricted: | |||
6302 | handleSimpleAttribute<ObjCSubclassingRestrictedAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6303 | break; | |||
6304 | case AttributeList::AT_ObjCExplicitProtocolImpl: | |||
6305 | handleObjCSuppresProtocolAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6306 | break; | |||
6307 | case AttributeList::AT_ObjCRequiresPropertyDefs: | |||
6308 | handleSimpleAttribute<ObjCRequiresPropertyDefsAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6309 | break; | |||
6310 | case AttributeList::AT_Unused: | |||
6311 | handleUnusedAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6312 | break; | |||
6313 | case AttributeList::AT_ReturnsTwice: | |||
6314 | handleSimpleAttribute<ReturnsTwiceAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6315 | break; | |||
6316 | case AttributeList::AT_NotTailCalled: | |||
6317 | handleNotTailCalledAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6318 | break; | |||
6319 | case AttributeList::AT_DisableTailCalls: | |||
6320 | handleDisableTailCallsAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6321 | break; | |||
6322 | case AttributeList::AT_Used: | |||
6323 | handleUsedAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6324 | break; | |||
6325 | case AttributeList::AT_Visibility: | |||
6326 | handleVisibilityAttr(S, D, Attr, false); | |||
6327 | break; | |||
6328 | case AttributeList::AT_TypeVisibility: | |||
6329 | handleVisibilityAttr(S, D, Attr, true); | |||
6330 | break; | |||
6331 | case AttributeList::AT_WarnUnused: | |||
6332 | handleSimpleAttribute<WarnUnusedAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6333 | break; | |||
6334 | case AttributeList::AT_WarnUnusedResult: | |||
6335 | handleWarnUnusedResult(S, D, Attr); | |||
6336 | break; | |||
6337 | case AttributeList::AT_Weak: | |||
6338 | handleSimpleAttribute<WeakAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6339 | break; | |||
6340 | case AttributeList::AT_WeakRef: | |||
6341 | handleWeakRefAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6342 | break; | |||
6343 | case AttributeList::AT_WeakImport: | |||
6344 | handleWeakImportAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6345 | break; | |||
6346 | case AttributeList::AT_TransparentUnion: | |||
6347 | handleTransparentUnionAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6348 | break; | |||
6349 | case AttributeList::AT_ObjCException: | |||
6350 | handleSimpleAttribute<ObjCExceptionAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6351 | break; | |||
6352 | case AttributeList::AT_ObjCMethodFamily: | |||
6353 | handleObjCMethodFamilyAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6354 | break; | |||
6355 | case AttributeList::AT_ObjCNSObject: | |||
6356 | handleObjCNSObject(S, D, Attr); | |||
6357 | break; | |||
6358 | case AttributeList::AT_ObjCIndependentClass: | |||
6359 | handleObjCIndependentClass(S, D, Attr); | |||
6360 | break; | |||
6361 | case AttributeList::AT_Blocks: | |||
6362 | handleBlocksAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6363 | break; | |||
6364 | case AttributeList::AT_Sentinel: | |||
6365 | handleSentinelAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6366 | break; | |||
6367 | case AttributeList::AT_Const: | |||
6368 | handleSimpleAttribute<ConstAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6369 | break; | |||
6370 | case AttributeList::AT_Pure: | |||
6371 | handleSimpleAttribute<PureAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6372 | break; | |||
6373 | case AttributeList::AT_Cleanup: | |||
6374 | handleCleanupAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6375 | break; | |||
6376 | case AttributeList::AT_NoDebug: | |||
6377 | handleNoDebugAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6378 | break; | |||
6379 | case AttributeList::AT_NoDuplicate: | |||
6380 | handleSimpleAttribute<NoDuplicateAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6381 | break; | |||
6382 | case AttributeList::AT_Convergent: | |||
6383 | handleSimpleAttribute<ConvergentAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6384 | break; | |||
6385 | case AttributeList::AT_NoInline: | |||
6386 | handleSimpleAttribute<NoInlineAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6387 | break; | |||
6388 | case AttributeList::AT_NoInstrumentFunction: // Interacts with -pg. | |||
6389 | handleSimpleAttribute<NoInstrumentFunctionAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6390 | break; | |||
6391 | case AttributeList::AT_StdCall: | |||
6392 | case AttributeList::AT_CDecl: | |||
6393 | case AttributeList::AT_FastCall: | |||
6394 | case AttributeList::AT_ThisCall: | |||
6395 | case AttributeList::AT_Pascal: | |||
6396 | case AttributeList::AT_RegCall: | |||
6397 | case AttributeList::AT_SwiftCall: | |||
6398 | case AttributeList::AT_VectorCall: | |||
6399 | case AttributeList::AT_MSABI: | |||
6400 | case AttributeList::AT_SysVABI: | |||
6401 | case AttributeList::AT_Pcs: | |||
6402 | case AttributeList::AT_IntelOclBicc: | |||
6403 | case AttributeList::AT_PreserveMost: | |||
6404 | case AttributeList::AT_PreserveAll: | |||
6405 | handleCallConvAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6406 | break; | |||
6407 | case AttributeList::AT_Suppress: | |||
6408 | handleSuppressAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6409 | break; | |||
6410 | case AttributeList::AT_OpenCLKernel: | |||
6411 | handleSimpleAttribute<OpenCLKernelAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6412 | break; | |||
6413 | case AttributeList::AT_OpenCLAccess: | |||
6414 | handleOpenCLAccessAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6415 | break; | |||
6416 | case AttributeList::AT_OpenCLNoSVM: | |||
6417 | handleOpenCLNoSVMAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6418 | break; | |||
6419 | case AttributeList::AT_SwiftContext: | |||
6420 | handleParameterABIAttr(S, D, Attr, ParameterABI::SwiftContext); | |||
6421 | break; | |||
6422 | case AttributeList::AT_SwiftErrorResult: | |||
6423 | handleParameterABIAttr(S, D, Attr, ParameterABI::SwiftErrorResult); | |||
6424 | break; | |||
6425 | case AttributeList::AT_SwiftIndirectResult: | |||
6426 | handleParameterABIAttr(S, D, Attr, ParameterABI::SwiftIndirectResult); | |||
6427 | break; | |||
6428 | case AttributeList::AT_InternalLinkage: | |||
6429 | handleInternalLinkageAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6430 | break; | |||
6431 | case AttributeList::AT_LTOVisibilityPublic: | |||
6432 | handleSimpleAttribute<LTOVisibilityPublicAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6433 | break; | |||
6434 | ||||
6435 | // Microsoft attributes: | |||
6436 | case AttributeList::AT_EmptyBases: | |||
6437 | handleSimpleAttribute<EmptyBasesAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6438 | break; | |||
6439 | case AttributeList::AT_LayoutVersion: | |||
6440 | handleLayoutVersion(S, D, Attr); | |||
6441 | break; | |||
6442 | case AttributeList::AT_TrivialABI: | |||
6443 | handleSimpleAttribute<TrivialABIAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6444 | break; | |||
6445 | case AttributeList::AT_MSNoVTable: | |||
6446 | handleSimpleAttribute<MSNoVTableAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6447 | break; | |||
6448 | case AttributeList::AT_MSStruct: | |||
6449 | handleSimpleAttribute<MSStructAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6450 | break; | |||
6451 | case AttributeList::AT_Uuid: | |||
6452 | handleUuidAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6453 | break; | |||
6454 | case AttributeList::AT_MSInheritance: | |||
6455 | handleMSInheritanceAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6456 | break; | |||
6457 | case AttributeList::AT_SelectAny: | |||
6458 | handleSimpleAttribute<SelectAnyAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6459 | break; | |||
6460 | case AttributeList::AT_Thread: | |||
6461 | handleDeclspecThreadAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6462 | break; | |||
6463 | ||||
6464 | case AttributeList::AT_AbiTag: | |||
6465 | handleAbiTagAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6466 | break; | |||
6467 | ||||
6468 | // Thread safety attributes: | |||
6469 | case AttributeList::AT_AssertExclusiveLock: | |||
6470 | handleAssertExclusiveLockAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6471 | break; | |||
6472 | case AttributeList::AT_AssertSharedLock: | |||
6473 | handleAssertSharedLockAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6474 | break; | |||
6475 | case AttributeList::AT_GuardedVar: | |||
6476 | handleSimpleAttribute<GuardedVarAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6477 | break; | |||
6478 | case AttributeList::AT_PtGuardedVar: | |||
6479 | handlePtGuardedVarAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6480 | break; | |||
6481 | case AttributeList::AT_ScopedLockable: | |||
6482 | handleSimpleAttribute<ScopedLockableAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6483 | break; | |||
6484 | case AttributeList::AT_NoSanitize: | |||
6485 | handleNoSanitizeAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6486 | break; | |||
6487 | case AttributeList::AT_NoSanitizeSpecific: | |||
6488 | handleNoSanitizeSpecificAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6489 | break; | |||
6490 | case AttributeList::AT_NoThreadSafetyAnalysis: | |||
6491 | handleSimpleAttribute<NoThreadSafetyAnalysisAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6492 | break; | |||
6493 | case AttributeList::AT_GuardedBy: | |||
6494 | handleGuardedByAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6495 | break; | |||
6496 | case AttributeList::AT_PtGuardedBy: | |||
6497 | handlePtGuardedByAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6498 | break; | |||
6499 | case AttributeList::AT_ExclusiveTrylockFunction: | |||
6500 | handleExclusiveTrylockFunctionAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6501 | break; | |||
6502 | case AttributeList::AT_LockReturned: | |||
6503 | handleLockReturnedAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6504 | break; | |||
6505 | case AttributeList::AT_LocksExcluded: | |||
6506 | handleLocksExcludedAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6507 | break; | |||
6508 | case AttributeList::AT_SharedTrylockFunction: | |||
6509 | handleSharedTrylockFunctionAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6510 | break; | |||
6511 | case AttributeList::AT_AcquiredBefore: | |||
6512 | handleAcquiredBeforeAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6513 | break; | |||
6514 | case AttributeList::AT_AcquiredAfter: | |||
6515 | handleAcquiredAfterAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6516 | break; | |||
6517 | ||||
6518 | // Capability analysis attributes. | |||
6519 | case AttributeList::AT_Capability: | |||
6520 | case AttributeList::AT_Lockable: | |||
6521 | handleCapabilityAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6522 | break; | |||
6523 | case AttributeList::AT_RequiresCapability: | |||
6524 | handleRequiresCapabilityAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6525 | break; | |||
6526 | ||||
6527 | case AttributeList::AT_AssertCapability: | |||
6528 | handleAssertCapabilityAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6529 | break; | |||
6530 | case AttributeList::AT_AcquireCapability: | |||
6531 | handleAcquireCapabilityAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6532 | break; | |||
6533 | case AttributeList::AT_ReleaseCapability: | |||
6534 | handleReleaseCapabilityAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6535 | break; | |||
6536 | case AttributeList::AT_TryAcquireCapability: | |||
6537 | handleTryAcquireCapabilityAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6538 | break; | |||
6539 | ||||
6540 | // Consumed analysis attributes. | |||
6541 | case AttributeList::AT_Consumable: | |||
6542 | handleConsumableAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6543 | break; | |||
6544 | case AttributeList::AT_ConsumableAutoCast: | |||
6545 | handleSimpleAttribute<ConsumableAutoCastAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6546 | break; | |||
6547 | case AttributeList::AT_ConsumableSetOnRead: | |||
6548 | handleSimpleAttribute<ConsumableSetOnReadAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6549 | break; | |||
6550 | case AttributeList::AT_CallableWhen: | |||
6551 | handleCallableWhenAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6552 | break; | |||
6553 | case AttributeList::AT_ParamTypestate: | |||
6554 | handleParamTypestateAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6555 | break; | |||
6556 | case AttributeList::AT_ReturnTypestate: | |||
6557 | handleReturnTypestateAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6558 | break; | |||
6559 | case AttributeList::AT_SetTypestate: | |||
6560 | handleSetTypestateAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6561 | break; | |||
6562 | case AttributeList::AT_TestTypestate: | |||
6563 | handleTestTypestateAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6564 | break; | |||
6565 | ||||
6566 | // Type safety attributes. | |||
6567 | case AttributeList::AT_ArgumentWithTypeTag: | |||
6568 | handleArgumentWithTypeTagAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6569 | break; | |||
6570 | case AttributeList::AT_TypeTagForDatatype: | |||
6571 | handleTypeTagForDatatypeAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6572 | break; | |||
6573 | case AttributeList::AT_AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegisters: | |||
6574 | handleNoCallerSavedRegsAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6575 | break; | |||
6576 | case AttributeList::AT_RenderScriptKernel: | |||
6577 | handleSimpleAttribute<RenderScriptKernelAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6578 | break; | |||
6579 | // XRay attributes. | |||
6580 | case AttributeList::AT_XRayInstrument: | |||
6581 | handleSimpleAttribute<XRayInstrumentAttr>(S, D, Attr); | |||
6582 | break; | |||
6583 | case AttributeList::AT_XRayLogArgs: | |||
6584 | handleXRayLogArgsAttr(S, D, Attr); | |||
6585 | break; | |||
6586 | } | |||
6587 | } | |||
6588 | ||||
6589 | /// ProcessDeclAttributeList - Apply all the decl attributes in the specified | |||
6590 | /// attribute list to the specified decl, ignoring any type attributes. | |||
6591 | void Sema::ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, | |||
6592 | const AttributeList *AttrList, | |||
6593 | bool IncludeCXX11Attributes) { | |||
6594 | for (const AttributeList* l = AttrList; l; l = l->getNext()) | |||
6595 | ProcessDeclAttribute(*this, S, D, *l, IncludeCXX11Attributes); | |||
6596 | ||||
6597 | // FIXME: We should be able to handle these cases in TableGen. | |||
6598 | // GCC accepts | |||
6599 | // static int a9 __attribute__((weakref)); | |||
6600 | // but that looks really pointless. We reject it. | |||
6601 | if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>() && !D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { | |||
6602 | Diag(AttrList->getLoc(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_without_alias) | |||
6603 | << cast<NamedDecl>(D); | |||
6604 | D->dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); | |||
6605 | return; | |||
6606 | } | |||
6607 | ||||
6608 | // FIXME: We should be able to handle this in TableGen as well. It would be | |||
6609 | // good to have a way to specify "these attributes must appear as a group", | |||
6610 | // for these. Additionally, it would be good to have a way to specify "these | |||
6611 | // attribute must never appear as a group" for attributes like cold and hot. | |||
6612 | if (!D->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { | |||
6613 | // These attributes cannot be applied to a non-kernel function. | |||
6614 | if (Attr *A = D->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>()) { | |||
6615 | // FIXME: This emits a different error message than | |||
6616 | // diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type + ExpectedKernelFunction. | |||
6617 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_kernel_attr) << A; | |||
6618 | D->setInvalidDecl(); | |||
6619 | } else if (Attr *A = D->getAttr<WorkGroupSizeHintAttr>()) { | |||
6620 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_kernel_attr) << A; | |||
6621 | D->setInvalidDecl(); | |||
6622 | } else if (Attr *A = D->getAttr<VecTypeHintAttr>()) { | |||
6623 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_kernel_attr) << A; | |||
6624 | D->setInvalidDecl(); | |||
6625 | } else if (Attr *A = D->getAttr<AMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr>()) { | |||
6626 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | |||
6627 | << A << ExpectedKernelFunction; | |||
6628 | D->setInvalidDecl(); | |||
6629 | } else if (Attr *A = D->getAttr<AMDGPUWavesPerEUAttr>()) { | |||
6630 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | |||
6631 | << A << ExpectedKernelFunction; | |||
6632 | D->setInvalidDecl(); | |||
6633 | } else if (Attr *A = D->getAttr<AMDGPUNumSGPRAttr>()) { | |||
6634 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | |||
6635 | << A << ExpectedKernelFunction; | |||
6636 | D->setInvalidDecl(); | |||
6637 | } else if (Attr *A = D->getAttr<AMDGPUNumVGPRAttr>()) { | |||
6638 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_wrong_decl_type) | |||
6639 | << A << ExpectedKernelFunction; | |||
6640 | D->setInvalidDecl(); | |||
6641 | } else if (Attr *A = D->getAttr<OpenCLIntelReqdSubGroupSizeAttr>()) { | |||
6642 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_kernel_attr) << A; | |||
6643 | D->setInvalidDecl(); | |||
6644 | } | |||
6645 | } | |||
6646 | } | |||
6647 | ||||
6648 | // Helper for delayed processing TransparentUnion attribute. | |||
6649 | void Sema::ProcessDeclAttributeDelayed(Decl *D, const AttributeList *AttrList) { | |||
6650 | for (const AttributeList *Attr = AttrList; Attr; Attr = Attr->getNext()) | |||
6651 | if (Attr->getKind() == AttributeList::AT_TransparentUnion) { | |||
6652 | handleTransparentUnionAttr(*this, D, *Attr); | |||
6653 | break; | |||
6654 | } | |||
6655 | } | |||
6656 | ||||
6657 | // Annotation attributes are the only attributes allowed after an access | |||
6658 | // specifier. | |||
6659 | bool Sema::ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, | |||
6660 | const AttributeList *AttrList) { | |||
6661 | for (const AttributeList* l = AttrList; l; l = l->getNext()) { | |||
6662 | if (l->getKind() == AttributeList::AT_Annotate) { | |||
6663 | ProcessDeclAttribute(*this, nullptr, ASDecl, *l, l->isCXX11Attribute()); | |||
6664 | } else { | |||
6665 | Diag(l->getLoc(), diag::err_only_annotate_after_access_spec); | |||
6666 | return true; | |||
6667 | } | |||
6668 | } | |||
6669 | ||||
6670 | return false; | |||
6671 | } | |||
6672 | ||||
6673 | /// checkUnusedDeclAttributes - Check a list of attributes to see if it | |||
6674 | /// contains any decl attributes that we should warn about. | |||
6675 | static void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Sema &S, const AttributeList *A) { | |||
6676 | for ( ; A; A = A->getNext()) { | |||
6677 | // Only warn if the attribute is an unignored, non-type attribute. | |||
6678 | if (A->isUsedAsTypeAttr() || A->isInvalid()) continue; | |||
6679 | if (A->getKind() == AttributeList::IgnoredAttribute) continue; | |||
6680 | ||||
6681 | if (A->getKind() == AttributeList::UnknownAttribute) { | |||
6682 | S.Diag(A->getLoc(), diag::warn_unknown_attribute_ignored) | |||
6683 | << A->getName() << A->getRange(); | |||
6684 | } else { | |||
6685 | S.Diag(A->getLoc(), diag::warn_attribute_not_on_decl) | |||
6686 | << A->getName() << A->getRange(); | |||
6687 | } | |||
6688 | } | |||
6689 | } | |||
6690 | ||||
6691 | /// checkUnusedDeclAttributes - Given a declarator which is not being | |||
6692 | /// used to build a declaration, complain about any decl attributes | |||
6693 | /// which might be lying around on it. | |||
6694 | void Sema::checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D) { | |||
6695 | ::checkUnusedDeclAttributes(*this, D.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList()); | |||
6696 | ::checkUnusedDeclAttributes(*this, D.getAttributes()); | |||
6697 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = D.getNumTypeObjects(); i != e; ++i) | |||
6698 | ::checkUnusedDeclAttributes(*this, D.getTypeObject(i).getAttrs()); | |||
6699 | } | |||
6700 | ||||
6701 | /// DeclClonePragmaWeak - clone existing decl (maybe definition), | |||
6702 | /// \#pragma weak needs a non-definition decl and source may not have one. | |||
6703 | NamedDecl * Sema::DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, | |||
6704 | SourceLocation Loc) { | |||
6705 | assert(isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || isa<VarDecl>(ND))(static_cast <bool> (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || isa <VarDecl>(ND)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || isa<VarDecl>(ND)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 6705, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
6706 | NamedDecl *NewD = nullptr; | |||
6707 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) { | |||
6708 | FunctionDecl *NewFD; | |||
6709 | // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionDeclaration(). | |||
6710 | // FIXME: Mangling? | |||
6711 | // FIXME: Is the qualifier info correct? | |||
6712 | // FIXME: Is the DeclContext correct? | |||
6713 | NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(FD->getASTContext(), FD->getDeclContext(), | |||
6714 | Loc, Loc, DeclarationName(II), | |||
6715 | FD->getType(), FD->getTypeSourceInfo(), | |||
6716 | SC_None, false/*isInlineSpecified*/, | |||
6717 | FD->hasPrototype(), | |||
6718 | false/*isConstexprSpecified*/); | |||
6719 | NewD = NewFD; | |||
6720 | ||||
6721 | if (FD->getQualifier()) | |||
6722 | NewFD->setQualifierInfo(FD->getQualifierLoc()); | |||
6723 | ||||
6724 | // Fake up parameter variables; they are declared as if this were | |||
6725 | // a typedef. | |||
6726 | QualType FDTy = FD->getType(); | |||
6727 | if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = FDTy->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { | |||
6728 | SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; | |||
6729 | for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { | |||
6730 | ParmVarDecl *Param = BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, Loc, AI); | |||
6731 | Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); | |||
6732 | Params.push_back(Param); | |||
6733 | } | |||
6734 | NewFD->setParams(Params); | |||
6735 | } | |||
6736 | } else if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ND)) { | |||
6737 | NewD = VarDecl::Create(VD->getASTContext(), VD->getDeclContext(), | |||
6738 | VD->getInnerLocStart(), VD->getLocation(), II, | |||
6739 | VD->getType(), VD->getTypeSourceInfo(), | |||
6740 | VD->getStorageClass()); | |||
6741 | if (VD->getQualifier()) { | |||
6742 | VarDecl *NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(NewD); | |||
6743 | NewVD->setQualifierInfo(VD->getQualifierLoc()); | |||
6744 | } | |||
6745 | } | |||
6746 | return NewD; | |||
6747 | } | |||
6748 | ||||
6749 | /// DeclApplyPragmaWeak - A declaration (maybe definition) needs \#pragma weak | |||
6750 | /// applied to it, possibly with an alias. | |||
6751 | void Sema::DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W) { | |||
6752 | if (W.getUsed()) return; // only do this once | |||
6753 | W.setUsed(true); | |||
6754 | if (W.getAlias()) { // clone decl, impersonate __attribute(weak,alias(...)) | |||
6755 | IdentifierInfo *NDId = ND->getIdentifier(); | |||
6756 | NamedDecl *NewD = DeclClonePragmaWeak(ND, W.getAlias(), W.getLocation()); | |||
6757 | NewD->addAttr(AliasAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, NDId->getName(), | |||
6758 | W.getLocation())); | |||
6759 | NewD->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, W.getLocation())); | |||
6760 | WeakTopLevelDecl.push_back(NewD); | |||
6761 | // FIXME: "hideous" code from Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin | |||
6762 | // to insert Decl at TU scope, sorry. | |||
6763 | DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; | |||
6764 | CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | |||
6765 | NewD->setDeclContext(CurContext); | |||
6766 | NewD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); | |||
6767 | PushOnScopeChains(NewD, S); | |||
6768 | CurContext = SavedContext; | |||
6769 | } else { // just add weak to existing | |||
6770 | ND->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, W.getLocation())); | |||
6771 | } | |||
6772 | } | |||
6773 | ||||
6774 | void Sema::ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D) { | |||
6775 | // It's valid to "forward-declare" #pragma weak, in which case we | |||
6776 | // have to do this. | |||
6777 | LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); | |||
6778 | if (!WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { | |||
6779 | NamedDecl *ND = nullptr; | |||
6780 | if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) | |||
6781 | if (VD->isExternC()) | |||
6782 | ND = VD; | |||
6783 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) | |||
6784 | if (FD->isExternC()) | |||
6785 | ND = FD; | |||
6786 | if (ND) { | |||
6787 | if (IdentifierInfo *Id = ND->getIdentifier()) { | |||
6788 | auto I = WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(Id); | |||
6789 | if (I != WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { | |||
6790 | WeakInfo W = I->second; | |||
6791 | DeclApplyPragmaWeak(S, ND, W); | |||
6792 | WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers[Id] = W; | |||
6793 | } | |||
6794 | } | |||
6795 | } | |||
6796 | } | |||
6797 | } | |||
6798 | ||||
6799 | /// ProcessDeclAttributes - Given a declarator (PD) with attributes indicated in | |||
6800 | /// it, apply them to D. This is a bit tricky because PD can have attributes | |||
6801 | /// specified in many different places, and we need to find and apply them all. | |||
6802 | void Sema::ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD) { | |||
6803 | // Apply decl attributes from the DeclSpec if present. | |||
6804 | if (const AttributeList *Attrs = PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList()) | |||
6805 | ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs); | |||
6806 | ||||
6807 | // Walk the declarator structure, applying decl attributes that were in a type | |||
6808 | // position to the decl itself. This handles cases like: | |||
6809 | // int *__attr__(x)** D; | |||
6810 | // when X is a decl attribute. | |||
6811 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); i != e; ++i) | |||
6812 | if (const AttributeList *Attrs = PD.getTypeObject(i).getAttrs()) | |||
6813 | ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs, /*IncludeCXX11Attributes=*/false); | |||
6814 | ||||
6815 | // Finally, apply any attributes on the decl itself. | |||
6816 | if (const AttributeList *Attrs = PD.getAttributes()) | |||
6817 | ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs); | |||
6818 | ||||
6819 | // Apply additional attributes specified by '#pragma clang attribute'. | |||
6820 | AddPragmaAttributes(S, D); | |||
6821 | } | |||
6822 | ||||
6823 | /// Is the given declaration allowed to use a forbidden type? | |||
6824 | /// If so, it'll still be annotated with an attribute that makes it | |||
6825 | /// illegal to actually use. | |||
6826 | static bool isForbiddenTypeAllowed(Sema &S, Decl *decl, | |||
6827 | const DelayedDiagnostic &diag, | |||
6828 | UnavailableAttr::ImplicitReason &reason) { | |||
6829 | // Private ivars are always okay. Unfortunately, people don't | |||
6830 | // always properly make their ivars private, even in system headers. | |||
6831 | // Plus we need to make fields okay, too. | |||
6832 | if (!isa<FieldDecl>(decl) && !isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(decl) && | |||
6833 | !isa<FunctionDecl>(decl)) | |||
6834 | return false; | |||
6835 | ||||
6836 | // Silently accept unsupported uses of __weak in both user and system | |||
6837 | // declarations when it's been disabled, for ease of integration with | |||
6838 | // -fno-objc-arc files. We do have to take some care against attempts | |||
6839 | // to define such things; for now, we've only done that for ivars | |||
6840 | // and properties. | |||
6841 | if ((isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl) || isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(decl))) { | |||
6842 | if (diag.getForbiddenTypeDiagnostic() == diag::err_arc_weak_disabled || | |||
6843 | diag.getForbiddenTypeDiagnostic() == diag::err_arc_weak_no_runtime) { | |||
6844 | reason = UnavailableAttr::IR_ForbiddenWeak; | |||
6845 | return true; | |||
6846 | } | |||
6847 | } | |||
6848 | ||||
6849 | // Allow all sorts of things in system headers. | |||
6850 | if (S.Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(decl->getLocation())) { | |||
6851 | // Currently, all the failures dealt with this way are due to ARC | |||
6852 | // restrictions. | |||
6853 | reason = UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCForbiddenType; | |||
6854 | return true; | |||
6855 | } | |||
6856 | ||||
6857 | return false; | |||
6858 | } | |||
6859 | ||||
6860 | /// Handle a delayed forbidden-type diagnostic. | |||
6861 | static void handleDelayedForbiddenType(Sema &S, DelayedDiagnostic &diag, | |||
6862 | Decl *decl) { | |||
6863 | auto reason = UnavailableAttr::IR_None; | |||
6864 | if (decl && isForbiddenTypeAllowed(S, decl, diag, reason)) { | |||
6865 | assert(reason && "didn't set reason?")(static_cast <bool> (reason && "didn't set reason?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("reason && \"didn't set reason?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 6865, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
6866 | decl->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(S.Context, "", reason, | |||
6867 | diag.Loc)); | |||
6868 | return; | |||
6869 | } | |||
6870 | if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) | |||
6871 | if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(decl)) { | |||
6872 | // FIXME: we may want to suppress diagnostics for all | |||
6873 | // kind of forbidden type messages on unavailable functions. | |||
6874 | if (FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>() && | |||
6875 | diag.getForbiddenTypeDiagnostic() == | |||
6876 | diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership) { | |||
6877 | diag.Triggered = true; | |||
6878 | return; | |||
6879 | } | |||
6880 | } | |||
6881 | ||||
6882 | S.Diag(diag.Loc, diag.getForbiddenTypeDiagnostic()) | |||
6883 | << diag.getForbiddenTypeOperand() << diag.getForbiddenTypeArgument(); | |||
6884 | diag.Triggered = true; | |||
6885 | } | |||
6886 | ||||
6887 | static const AvailabilityAttr *getAttrForPlatform(ASTContext &Context, | |||
6888 | const Decl *D) { | |||
6889 | // Check each AvailabilityAttr to find the one for this platform. | |||
6890 | for (const auto *A : D->attrs()) { | |||
6891 | if (const auto *Avail = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A)) { | |||
6892 | // FIXME: this is copied from CheckAvailability. We should try to | |||
6893 | // de-duplicate. | |||
6894 | ||||
6895 | // Check if this is an App Extension "platform", and if so chop off | |||
6896 | // the suffix for matching with the actual platform. | |||
6897 | StringRef ActualPlatform = Avail->getPlatform()->getName(); | |||
6898 | StringRef RealizedPlatform = ActualPlatform; | |||
6899 | if (Context.getLangOpts().AppExt) { | |||
6900 | size_t suffix = RealizedPlatform.rfind("_app_extension"); | |||
6901 | if (suffix != StringRef::npos) | |||
6902 | RealizedPlatform = RealizedPlatform.slice(0, suffix); | |||
6903 | } | |||
6904 | ||||
6905 | StringRef TargetPlatform = Context.getTargetInfo().getPlatformName(); | |||
6906 | ||||
6907 | // Match the platform name. | |||
6908 | if (RealizedPlatform == TargetPlatform) | |||
6909 | return Avail; | |||
6910 | } | |||
6911 | } | |||
6912 | return nullptr; | |||
6913 | } | |||
6914 | ||||
6915 | /// The diagnostic we should emit for \c D, and the declaration that | |||
6916 | /// originated it, or \c AR_Available. | |||
6917 | /// | |||
6918 | /// \param D The declaration to check. | |||
6919 | /// \param Message If non-null, this will be populated with the message from | |||
6920 | /// the availability attribute that is selected. | |||
6921 | static std::pair<AvailabilityResult, const NamedDecl *> | |||
6922 | ShouldDiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(const NamedDecl *D, std::string *Message) { | |||
6923 | AvailabilityResult Result = D->getAvailability(Message); | |||
6924 | ||||
6925 | // For typedefs, if the typedef declaration appears available look | |||
6926 | // to the underlying type to see if it is more restrictive. | |||
6927 | while (const TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { | |||
6928 | if (Result == AR_Available) { | |||
6929 | if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { | |||
6930 | D = TT->getDecl(); | |||
6931 | Result = D->getAvailability(Message); | |||
6932 | continue; | |||
6933 | } | |||
6934 | } | |||
6935 | break; | |||
6936 | } | |||
6937 | ||||
6938 | // Forward class declarations get their attributes from their definition. | |||
6939 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) { | |||
6940 | if (IDecl->getDefinition()) { | |||
6941 | D = IDecl->getDefinition(); | |||
6942 | Result = D->getAvailability(Message); | |||
6943 | } | |||
6944 | } | |||
6945 | ||||
6946 | if (const auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D)) | |||
6947 | if (Result == AR_Available) { | |||
6948 | const DeclContext *DC = ECD->getDeclContext(); | |||
6949 | if (const auto *TheEnumDecl = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(DC)) { | |||
6950 | Result = TheEnumDecl->getAvailability(Message); | |||
6951 | D = TheEnumDecl; | |||
6952 | } | |||
6953 | } | |||
6954 | ||||
6955 | return {Result, D}; | |||
6956 | } | |||
6957 | ||||
6958 | ||||
6959 | /// \brief whether we should emit a diagnostic for \c K and \c DeclVersion in | |||
6960 | /// the context of \c Ctx. For example, we should emit an unavailable diagnostic | |||
6961 | /// in a deprecated context, but not the other way around. | |||
6962 | static bool ShouldDiagnoseAvailabilityInContext(Sema &S, AvailabilityResult K, | |||
6963 | VersionTuple DeclVersion, | |||
6964 | Decl *Ctx) { | |||
6965 | assert(K != AR_Available && "Expected an unavailable declaration here!")(static_cast <bool> (K != AR_Available && "Expected an unavailable declaration here!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("K != AR_Available && \"Expected an unavailable declaration here!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 6965, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
6966 | ||||
6967 | // Checks if we should emit the availability diagnostic in the context of C. | |||
6968 | auto CheckContext = [&](const Decl *C) { | |||
6969 | if (K == AR_NotYetIntroduced) { | |||
6970 | if (const AvailabilityAttr *AA = getAttrForPlatform(S.Context, C)) | |||
6971 | if (AA->getIntroduced() >= DeclVersion) | |||
6972 | return true; | |||
6973 | } else if (K == AR_Deprecated) | |||
6974 | if (C->isDeprecated()) | |||
6975 | return true; | |||
6976 | ||||
6977 | if (C->isUnavailable()) | |||
6978 | return true; | |||
6979 | return false; | |||
6980 | }; | |||
6981 | ||||
6982 | // FIXME: This is a temporary workaround! Some existing Apple headers depends | |||
6983 | // on nested declarations in an @interface having the availability of the | |||
6984 | // interface when they really shouldn't: they are members of the enclosing | |||
6985 | // context, and can referenced from there. | |||
6986 | if (S.OriginalLexicalContext && cast<Decl>(S.OriginalLexicalContext) != Ctx) { | |||
6987 | auto *OrigCtx = cast<Decl>(S.OriginalLexicalContext); | |||
6988 | if (CheckContext(OrigCtx)) | |||
6989 | return false; | |||
6990 | ||||
6991 | // An implementation implicitly has the availability of the interface. | |||
6992 | if (auto *CatOrImpl = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(OrigCtx)) { | |||
6993 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface = CatOrImpl->getClassInterface()) | |||
6994 | if (CheckContext(Interface)) | |||
6995 | return false; | |||
6996 | } | |||
6997 | // A category implicitly has the availability of the interface. | |||
6998 | else if (auto *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(OrigCtx)) | |||
6999 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface = CatD->getClassInterface()) | |||
7000 | if (CheckContext(Interface)) | |||
7001 | return false; | |||
7002 | } | |||
7003 | ||||
7004 | do { | |||
7005 | if (CheckContext(Ctx)) | |||
7006 | return false; | |||
7007 | ||||
7008 | // An implementation implicitly has the availability of the interface. | |||
7009 | if (auto *CatOrImpl = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(Ctx)) { | |||
7010 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface = CatOrImpl->getClassInterface()) | |||
7011 | if (CheckContext(Interface)) | |||
7012 | return false; | |||
7013 | } | |||
7014 | // A category implicitly has the availability of the interface. | |||
7015 | else if (auto *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Ctx)) | |||
7016 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Interface = CatD->getClassInterface()) | |||
7017 | if (CheckContext(Interface)) | |||
7018 | return false; | |||
7019 | } while ((Ctx = cast_or_null<Decl>(Ctx->getDeclContext()))); | |||
7020 | ||||
7021 | return true; | |||
7022 | } | |||
7023 | ||||
7024 | static bool | |||
7025 | shouldDiagnoseAvailabilityByDefault(const ASTContext &Context, | |||
7026 | const VersionTuple &DeploymentVersion, | |||
7027 | const VersionTuple &DeclVersion) { | |||
7028 | const auto &Triple = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple(); | |||
7029 | VersionTuple ForceAvailabilityFromVersion; | |||
7030 | switch (Triple.getOS()) { | |||
7031 | case llvm::Triple::IOS: | |||
7032 | case llvm::Triple::TvOS: | |||
7033 | ForceAvailabilityFromVersion = VersionTuple(/*Major=*/11); | |||
7034 | break; | |||
7035 | case llvm::Triple::WatchOS: | |||
7036 | ForceAvailabilityFromVersion = VersionTuple(/*Major=*/4); | |||
7037 | break; | |||
7038 | case llvm::Triple::Darwin: | |||
7039 | case llvm::Triple::MacOSX: | |||
7040 | ForceAvailabilityFromVersion = VersionTuple(/*Major=*/10, /*Minor=*/13); | |||
7041 | break; | |||
7042 | default: | |||
7043 | // New targets should always warn about availability. | |||
7044 | return Triple.getVendor() == llvm::Triple::Apple; | |||
7045 | } | |||
7046 | return DeploymentVersion >= ForceAvailabilityFromVersion || | |||
7047 | DeclVersion >= ForceAvailabilityFromVersion; | |||
7048 | } | |||
7049 | ||||
7050 | static NamedDecl *findEnclosingDeclToAnnotate(Decl *OrigCtx) { | |||
7051 | for (Decl *Ctx = OrigCtx; Ctx; | |||
7052 | Ctx = cast_or_null<Decl>(Ctx->getDeclContext())) { | |||
7053 | if (isa<TagDecl>(Ctx) || isa<FunctionDecl>(Ctx) || isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) | |||
7054 | return cast<NamedDecl>(Ctx); | |||
7055 | if (auto *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(Ctx)) { | |||
7056 | if (auto *Imp = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(Ctx)) | |||
7057 | return Imp->getClassInterface(); | |||
7058 | return CD; | |||
7059 | } | |||
7060 | } | |||
7061 | ||||
7062 | return dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(OrigCtx); | |||
7063 | } | |||
7064 | ||||
7065 | namespace { | |||
7066 | ||||
7067 | struct AttributeInsertion { | |||
7068 | StringRef Prefix; | |||
7069 | SourceLocation Loc; | |||
7070 | StringRef Suffix; | |||
7071 | ||||
7072 | static AttributeInsertion createInsertionAfter(const NamedDecl *D) { | |||
7073 | return {" ", D->getLocEnd(), ""}; | |||
7074 | } | |||
7075 | static AttributeInsertion createInsertionAfter(SourceLocation Loc) { | |||
7076 | return {" ", Loc, ""}; | |||
7077 | } | |||
7078 | static AttributeInsertion createInsertionBefore(const NamedDecl *D) { | |||
7079 | return {"", D->getLocStart(), "\n"}; | |||
7080 | } | |||
7081 | }; | |||
7082 | ||||
7083 | } // end anonymous namespace | |||
7084 | ||||
7085 | /// Returns a source location in which it's appropriate to insert a new | |||
7086 | /// attribute for the given declaration \D. | |||
7087 | static Optional<AttributeInsertion> | |||
7088 | createAttributeInsertion(const NamedDecl *D, const SourceManager &SM, | |||
7089 | const LangOptions &LangOpts) { | |||
7090 | if (isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D)) | |||
7091 | return AttributeInsertion::createInsertionAfter(D); | |||
7092 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { | |||
7093 | if (MD->hasBody()) | |||
7094 | return None; | |||
7095 | return AttributeInsertion::createInsertionAfter(D); | |||
7096 | } | |||
7097 | if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) { | |||
7098 | SourceLocation Loc = | |||
7099 | Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken(TD->getInnerLocStart(), 0, SM, LangOpts); | |||
7100 | if (Loc.isInvalid()) | |||
7101 | return None; | |||
7102 | // Insert after the 'struct'/whatever keyword. | |||
7103 | return AttributeInsertion::createInsertionAfter(Loc); | |||
7104 | } | |||
7105 | return AttributeInsertion::createInsertionBefore(D); | |||
7106 | } | |||
7107 | ||||
7108 | /// Actually emit an availability diagnostic for a reference to an unavailable | |||
7109 | /// decl. | |||
7110 | /// | |||
7111 | /// \param Ctx The context that the reference occurred in | |||
7112 | /// \param ReferringDecl The exact declaration that was referenced. | |||
7113 | /// \param OffendingDecl A related decl to \c ReferringDecl that has an | |||
7114 | /// availability attribute corrisponding to \c K attached to it. Note that this | |||
7115 | /// may not be the same as ReferringDecl, i.e. if an EnumDecl is annotated and | |||
7116 | /// we refer to a member EnumConstantDecl, ReferringDecl is the EnumConstantDecl | |||
7117 | /// and OffendingDecl is the EnumDecl. | |||
7118 | static void DoEmitAvailabilityWarning(Sema &S, AvailabilityResult K, | |||
7119 | Decl *Ctx, const NamedDecl *ReferringDecl, | |||
7120 | const NamedDecl *OffendingDecl, | |||
7121 | StringRef Message, SourceLocation Loc, | |||
7122 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, | |||
7123 | const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty, | |||
7124 | bool ObjCPropertyAccess) { | |||
7125 | // Diagnostics for deprecated or unavailable. | |||
7126 | unsigned diag, diag_message, diag_fwdclass_message; | |||
7127 | unsigned diag_available_here = diag::note_availability_specified_here; | |||
7128 | SourceLocation NoteLocation = OffendingDecl->getLocation(); | |||
7129 | ||||
7130 | // Matches 'diag::note_property_attribute' options. | |||
7131 | unsigned property_note_select; | |||
7132 | ||||
7133 | // Matches diag::note_availability_specified_here. | |||
7134 | unsigned available_here_select_kind; | |||
7135 | ||||
7136 | VersionTuple DeclVersion; | |||
7137 | if (const AvailabilityAttr *AA = getAttrForPlatform(S.Context, OffendingDecl)) | |||
7138 | DeclVersion = AA->getIntroduced(); | |||
7139 | ||||
7140 | if (!ShouldDiagnoseAvailabilityInContext(S, K, DeclVersion, Ctx)) | |||
7141 | return; | |||
7142 | ||||
7143 | // The declaration can have multiple availability attributes, we are looking | |||
7144 | // at one of them. | |||
7145 | const AvailabilityAttr *A = getAttrForPlatform(S.Context, OffendingDecl); | |||
7146 | if (A && A->isInherited()) { | |||
7147 | for (const Decl *Redecl = OffendingDecl->getMostRecentDecl(); Redecl; | |||
7148 | Redecl = Redecl->getPreviousDecl()) { | |||
7149 | const AvailabilityAttr *AForRedecl = | |||
7150 | getAttrForPlatform(S.Context, Redecl); | |||
7151 | if (AForRedecl && !AForRedecl->isInherited()) { | |||
7152 | // If D is a declaration with inherited attributes, the note should | |||
7153 | // point to the declaration with actual attributes. | |||
7154 | NoteLocation = Redecl->getLocation(); | |||
7155 | break; | |||
7156 | } | |||
7157 | } | |||
7158 | } | |||
7159 | ||||
7160 | switch (K) { | |||
7161 | case AR_NotYetIntroduced: { | |||
7162 | // We would like to emit the diagnostic even if -Wunguarded-availability is | |||
7163 | // not specified for deployment targets >= to iOS 11 or equivalent or | |||
7164 | // for declarations that were introduced in iOS 11 (macOS 10.13, ...) or | |||
7165 | // later. | |||
7166 | const AvailabilityAttr *AA = | |||
7167 | getAttrForPlatform(S.getASTContext(), OffendingDecl); | |||
7168 | VersionTuple Introduced = AA->getIntroduced(); | |||
7169 | ||||
7170 | bool UseNewWarning = shouldDiagnoseAvailabilityByDefault( | |||
7171 | S.Context, S.Context.getTargetInfo().getPlatformMinVersion(), | |||
7172 | Introduced); | |||
7173 | unsigned Warning = UseNewWarning ? diag::warn_unguarded_availability_new | |||
7174 | : diag::warn_unguarded_availability; | |||
7175 | ||||
7176 | S.Diag(Loc, Warning) | |||
7177 | << OffendingDecl | |||
7178 | << AvailabilityAttr::getPrettyPlatformName( | |||
7179 | S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getPlatformName()) | |||
7180 | << Introduced.getAsString(); | |||
7181 | ||||
7182 | S.Diag(OffendingDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_availability_specified_here) | |||
7183 | << OffendingDecl << /* partial */ 3; | |||
7184 | ||||
7185 | if (const auto *Enclosing = findEnclosingDeclToAnnotate(Ctx)) { | |||
7186 | if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(Enclosing)) | |||
7187 | if (TD->getDeclName().isEmpty()) { | |||
7188 | S.Diag(TD->getLocation(), | |||
7189 | diag::note_decl_unguarded_availability_silence) | |||
7190 | << /*Anonymous*/ 1 << TD->getKindName(); | |||
7191 | return; | |||
7192 | } | |||
7193 | auto FixitNoteDiag = | |||
7194 | S.Diag(Enclosing->getLocation(), | |||
7195 | diag::note_decl_unguarded_availability_silence) | |||
7196 | << /*Named*/ 0 << Enclosing; | |||
7197 | // Don't offer a fixit for declarations with availability attributes. | |||
7198 | if (Enclosing->hasAttr<AvailabilityAttr>()) | |||
7199 | return; | |||
7200 | if (!S.getPreprocessor().isMacroDefined("API_AVAILABLE")) | |||
7201 | return; | |||
7202 | Optional<AttributeInsertion> Insertion = createAttributeInsertion( | |||
7203 | Enclosing, S.getSourceManager(), S.getLangOpts()); | |||
7204 | if (!Insertion) | |||
7205 | return; | |||
7206 | std::string PlatformName = | |||
7207 | AvailabilityAttr::getPlatformNameSourceSpelling( | |||
7208 | S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getPlatformName()) | |||
7209 | .lower(); | |||
7210 | std::string Introduced = | |||
7211 | OffendingDecl->getVersionIntroduced().getAsString(); | |||
7212 | FixitNoteDiag << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( | |||
7213 | Insertion->Loc, | |||
7214 | (llvm::Twine(Insertion->Prefix) + "API_AVAILABLE(" + PlatformName + | |||
7215 | "(" + Introduced + "))" + Insertion->Suffix) | |||
7216 | .str()); | |||
7217 | } | |||
7218 | return; | |||
7219 | } | |||
7220 | case AR_Deprecated: | |||
7221 | diag = !ObjCPropertyAccess ? diag::warn_deprecated | |||
7222 | : diag::warn_property_method_deprecated; | |||
7223 | diag_message = diag::warn_deprecated_message; | |||
7224 | diag_fwdclass_message = diag::warn_deprecated_fwdclass_message; | |||
7225 | property_note_select = /* deprecated */ 0; | |||
7226 | available_here_select_kind = /* deprecated */ 2; | |||
7227 | if (const auto *Attr = OffendingDecl->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) | |||
7228 | NoteLocation = Attr->getLocation(); | |||
7229 | break; | |||
7230 | ||||
7231 | case AR_Unavailable: | |||
7232 | diag = !ObjCPropertyAccess ? diag::err_unavailable | |||
7233 | : diag::err_property_method_unavailable; | |||
7234 | diag_message = diag::err_unavailable_message; | |||
7235 | diag_fwdclass_message = diag::warn_unavailable_fwdclass_message; | |||
7236 | property_note_select = /* unavailable */ 1; | |||
7237 | available_here_select_kind = /* unavailable */ 0; | |||
7238 | ||||
7239 | if (auto Attr = OffendingDecl->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { | |||
7240 | if (Attr->isImplicit() && Attr->getImplicitReason()) { | |||
7241 | // Most of these failures are due to extra restrictions in ARC; | |||
7242 | // reflect that in the primary diagnostic when applicable. | |||
7243 | auto flagARCError = [&] { | |||
7244 | if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && | |||
7245 | S.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader( | |||
7246 | OffendingDecl->getLocation())) | |||
7247 | diag = diag::err_unavailable_in_arc; | |||
7248 | }; | |||
7249 | ||||
7250 | switch (Attr->getImplicitReason()) { | |||
7251 | case UnavailableAttr::IR_None: break; | |||
7252 | ||||
7253 | case UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCForbiddenType: | |||
7254 | flagARCError(); | |||
7255 | diag_available_here = diag::note_arc_forbidden_type; | |||
7256 | break; | |||
7257 | ||||
7258 | case UnavailableAttr::IR_ForbiddenWeak: | |||
7259 | if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCWeakRuntime) | |||
7260 | diag_available_here = diag::note_arc_weak_disabled; | |||
7261 | else | |||
7262 | diag_available_here = diag::note_arc_weak_no_runtime; | |||
7263 | break; | |||
7264 | ||||
7265 | case UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCForbiddenConversion: | |||
7266 | flagARCError(); | |||
7267 | diag_available_here = diag::note_performs_forbidden_arc_conversion; | |||
7268 | break; | |||
7269 | ||||
7270 | case UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCInitReturnsUnrelated: | |||
7271 | flagARCError(); | |||
7272 | diag_available_here = diag::note_arc_init_returns_unrelated; | |||
7273 | break; | |||
7274 | ||||
7275 | case UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership: | |||
7276 | flagARCError(); | |||
7277 | diag_available_here = diag::note_arc_field_with_ownership; | |||
7278 | break; | |||
7279 | } | |||
7280 | } | |||
7281 | } | |||
7282 | break; | |||
7283 | ||||
7284 | case AR_Available: | |||
7285 | llvm_unreachable("Warning for availability of available declaration?")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Warning for availability of available declaration?" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 7285); | |||
7286 | } | |||
7287 | ||||
7288 | CharSourceRange UseRange; | |||
7289 | StringRef Replacement; | |||
7290 | if (K == AR_Deprecated) { | |||
7291 | if (auto Attr = OffendingDecl->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) | |||
7292 | Replacement = Attr->getReplacement(); | |||
7293 | if (auto Attr = getAttrForPlatform(S.Context, OffendingDecl)) | |||
7294 | Replacement = Attr->getReplacement(); | |||
7295 | ||||
7296 | if (!Replacement.empty()) | |||
7297 | UseRange = | |||
7298 | CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Loc, S.getLocForEndOfToken(Loc)); | |||
7299 | } | |||
7300 | ||||
7301 | if (!Message.empty()) { | |||
7302 | S.Diag(Loc, diag_message) << ReferringDecl << Message | |||
7303 | << (UseRange.isValid() ? | |||
7304 | FixItHint::CreateReplacement(UseRange, Replacement) : FixItHint()); | |||
7305 | if (ObjCProperty) | |||
7306 | S.Diag(ObjCProperty->getLocation(), diag::note_property_attribute) | |||
7307 | << ObjCProperty->getDeclName() << property_note_select; | |||
7308 | } else if (!UnknownObjCClass) { | |||
7309 | S.Diag(Loc, diag) << ReferringDecl | |||
7310 | << (UseRange.isValid() ? | |||
7311 | FixItHint::CreateReplacement(UseRange, Replacement) : FixItHint()); | |||
7312 | if (ObjCProperty) | |||
7313 | S.Diag(ObjCProperty->getLocation(), diag::note_property_attribute) | |||
7314 | << ObjCProperty->getDeclName() << property_note_select; | |||
7315 | } else { | |||
7316 | S.Diag(Loc, diag_fwdclass_message) << ReferringDecl | |||
7317 | << (UseRange.isValid() ? | |||
7318 | FixItHint::CreateReplacement(UseRange, Replacement) : FixItHint()); | |||
7319 | S.Diag(UnknownObjCClass->getLocation(), diag::note_forward_class); | |||
7320 | } | |||
7321 | ||||
7322 | S.Diag(NoteLocation, diag_available_here) | |||
7323 | << OffendingDecl << available_here_select_kind; | |||
7324 | } | |||
7325 | ||||
7326 | static void handleDelayedAvailabilityCheck(Sema &S, DelayedDiagnostic &DD, | |||
7327 | Decl *Ctx) { | |||
7328 | assert(DD.Kind == DelayedDiagnostic::Availability &&(static_cast <bool> (DD.Kind == DelayedDiagnostic::Availability && "Expected an availability diagnostic here") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DD.Kind == DelayedDiagnostic::Availability && \"Expected an availability diagnostic here\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 7329, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
7329 | "Expected an availability diagnostic here")(static_cast <bool> (DD.Kind == DelayedDiagnostic::Availability && "Expected an availability diagnostic here") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DD.Kind == DelayedDiagnostic::Availability && \"Expected an availability diagnostic here\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 7329, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
7330 | ||||
7331 | DD.Triggered = true; | |||
7332 | DoEmitAvailabilityWarning( | |||
7333 | S, DD.getAvailabilityResult(), Ctx, DD.getAvailabilityReferringDecl(), | |||
7334 | DD.getAvailabilityOffendingDecl(), DD.getAvailabilityMessage(), DD.Loc, | |||
7335 | DD.getUnknownObjCClass(), DD.getObjCProperty(), false); | |||
7336 | } | |||
7337 | ||||
7338 | void Sema::PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl) { | |||
7339 | assert(DelayedDiagnostics.getCurrentPool())(static_cast <bool> (DelayedDiagnostics.getCurrentPool( )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DelayedDiagnostics.getCurrentPool()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 7339, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
7340 | DelayedDiagnosticPool &poppedPool = *DelayedDiagnostics.getCurrentPool(); | |||
7341 | DelayedDiagnostics.popWithoutEmitting(state); | |||
7342 | ||||
7343 | // When delaying diagnostics to run in the context of a parsed | |||
7344 | // declaration, we only want to actually emit anything if parsing | |||
7345 | // succeeds. | |||
7346 | if (!decl) return; | |||
7347 | ||||
7348 | // We emit all the active diagnostics in this pool or any of its | |||
7349 | // parents. In general, we'll get one pool for the decl spec | |||
7350 | // and a child pool for each declarator; in a decl group like: | |||
7351 | // deprecated_typedef foo, *bar, baz(); | |||
7352 | // only the declarator pops will be passed decls. This is correct; | |||
7353 | // we really do need to consider delayed diagnostics from the decl spec | |||
7354 | // for each of the different declarations. | |||
7355 | const DelayedDiagnosticPool *pool = &poppedPool; | |||
7356 | do { | |||
7357 | for (DelayedDiagnosticPool::pool_iterator | |||
7358 | i = pool->pool_begin(), e = pool->pool_end(); i != e; ++i) { | |||
7359 | // This const_cast is a bit lame. Really, Triggered should be mutable. | |||
7360 | DelayedDiagnostic &diag = const_cast<DelayedDiagnostic&>(*i); | |||
7361 | if (diag.Triggered) | |||
7362 | continue; | |||
7363 | ||||
7364 | switch (diag.Kind) { | |||
7365 | case DelayedDiagnostic::Availability: | |||
7366 | // Don't bother giving deprecation/unavailable diagnostics if | |||
7367 | // the decl is invalid. | |||
7368 | if (!decl->isInvalidDecl()) | |||
7369 | handleDelayedAvailabilityCheck(*this, diag, decl); | |||
7370 | break; | |||
7371 | ||||
7372 | case DelayedDiagnostic::Access: | |||
7373 | HandleDelayedAccessCheck(diag, decl); | |||
7374 | break; | |||
7375 | ||||
7376 | case DelayedDiagnostic::ForbiddenType: | |||
7377 | handleDelayedForbiddenType(*this, diag, decl); | |||
7378 | break; | |||
7379 | } | |||
7380 | } | |||
7381 | } while ((pool = pool->getParent())); | |||
7382 | } | |||
7383 | ||||
7384 | /// Given a set of delayed diagnostics, re-emit them as if they had | |||
7385 | /// been delayed in the current context instead of in the given pool. | |||
7386 | /// Essentially, this just moves them to the current pool. | |||
7387 | void Sema::redelayDiagnostics(DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { | |||
7388 | DelayedDiagnosticPool *curPool = DelayedDiagnostics.getCurrentPool(); | |||
7389 | assert(curPool && "re-emitting in undelayed context not supported")(static_cast <bool> (curPool && "re-emitting in undelayed context not supported" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("curPool && \"re-emitting in undelayed context not supported\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 7389, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
7390 | curPool->steal(pool); | |||
7391 | } | |||
7392 | ||||
7393 | static void EmitAvailabilityWarning(Sema &S, AvailabilityResult AR, | |||
7394 | const NamedDecl *ReferringDecl, | |||
7395 | const NamedDecl *OffendingDecl, | |||
7396 | StringRef Message, SourceLocation Loc, | |||
7397 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, | |||
7398 | const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty, | |||
7399 | bool ObjCPropertyAccess) { | |||
7400 | // Delay if we're currently parsing a declaration. | |||
7401 | if (S.DelayedDiagnostics.shouldDelayDiagnostics()) { | |||
7402 | S.DelayedDiagnostics.add( | |||
7403 | DelayedDiagnostic::makeAvailability( | |||
7404 | AR, Loc, ReferringDecl, OffendingDecl, UnknownObjCClass, | |||
7405 | ObjCProperty, Message, ObjCPropertyAccess)); | |||
7406 | return; | |||
7407 | } | |||
7408 | ||||
7409 | Decl *Ctx = cast<Decl>(S.getCurLexicalContext()); | |||
7410 | DoEmitAvailabilityWarning(S, AR, Ctx, ReferringDecl, OffendingDecl, | |||
7411 | Message, Loc, UnknownObjCClass, ObjCProperty, | |||
7412 | ObjCPropertyAccess); | |||
7413 | } | |||
7414 | ||||
7415 | namespace { | |||
7416 | ||||
7417 | /// Returns true if the given statement can be a body-like child of \p Parent. | |||
7418 | bool isBodyLikeChildStmt(const Stmt *S, const Stmt *Parent) { | |||
7419 | switch (Parent->getStmtClass()) { | |||
7420 | case Stmt::IfStmtClass: | |||
7421 | return cast<IfStmt>(Parent)->getThen() == S || | |||
7422 | cast<IfStmt>(Parent)->getElse() == S; | |||
7423 | case Stmt::WhileStmtClass: | |||
7424 | return cast<WhileStmt>(Parent)->getBody() == S; | |||
7425 | case Stmt::DoStmtClass: | |||
7426 | return cast<DoStmt>(Parent)->getBody() == S; | |||
7427 | case Stmt::ForStmtClass: | |||
7428 | return cast<ForStmt>(Parent)->getBody() == S; | |||
7429 | case Stmt::CXXForRangeStmtClass: | |||
7430 | return cast<CXXForRangeStmt>(Parent)->getBody() == S; | |||
7431 | case Stmt::ObjCForCollectionStmtClass: | |||
7432 | return cast<ObjCForCollectionStmt>(Parent)->getBody() == S; | |||
7433 | case Stmt::CaseStmtClass: | |||
7434 | case Stmt::DefaultStmtClass: | |||
7435 | return cast<SwitchCase>(Parent)->getSubStmt() == S; | |||
7436 | default: | |||
7437 | return false; | |||
7438 | } | |||
7439 | } | |||
7440 | ||||
7441 | class StmtUSEFinder : public RecursiveASTVisitor<StmtUSEFinder> { | |||
7442 | const Stmt *Target; | |||
7443 | ||||
7444 | public: | |||
7445 | bool VisitStmt(Stmt *S) { return S != Target; } | |||
7446 | ||||
7447 | /// Returns true if the given statement is present in the given declaration. | |||
7448 | static bool isContained(const Stmt *Target, const Decl *D) { | |||
7449 | StmtUSEFinder Visitor; | |||
7450 | Visitor.Target = Target; | |||
7451 | return !Visitor.TraverseDecl(const_cast<Decl *>(D)); | |||
7452 | } | |||
7453 | }; | |||
7454 | ||||
7455 | /// Traverses the AST and finds the last statement that used a given | |||
7456 | /// declaration. | |||
7457 | class LastDeclUSEFinder : public RecursiveASTVisitor<LastDeclUSEFinder> { | |||
7458 | const Decl *D; | |||
7459 | ||||
7460 | public: | |||
7461 | bool VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { | |||
7462 | if (DRE->getDecl() == D) | |||
7463 | return false; | |||
7464 | return true; | |||
7465 | } | |||
7466 | ||||
7467 | static const Stmt *findLastStmtThatUsesDecl(const Decl *D, | |||
7468 | const CompoundStmt *Scope) { | |||
7469 | LastDeclUSEFinder Visitor; | |||
7470 | Visitor.D = D; | |||
7471 | for (auto I = Scope->body_rbegin(), E = Scope->body_rend(); I != E; ++I) { | |||
7472 | const Stmt *S = *I; | |||
7473 | if (!Visitor.TraverseStmt(const_cast<Stmt *>(S))) | |||
7474 | return S; | |||
7475 | } | |||
7476 | return nullptr; | |||
7477 | } | |||
7478 | }; | |||
7479 | ||||
7480 | /// \brief This class implements -Wunguarded-availability. | |||
7481 | /// | |||
7482 | /// This is done with a traversal of the AST of a function that makes reference | |||
7483 | /// to a partially available declaration. Whenever we encounter an \c if of the | |||
7484 | /// form: \c if(@available(...)), we use the version from the condition to visit | |||
7485 | /// the then statement. | |||
7486 | class DiagnoseUnguardedAvailability | |||
7487 | : public RecursiveASTVisitor<DiagnoseUnguardedAvailability> { | |||
7488 | typedef RecursiveASTVisitor<DiagnoseUnguardedAvailability> Base; | |||
7489 | ||||
7490 | Sema &SemaRef; | |||
7491 | Decl *Ctx; | |||
7492 | ||||
7493 | /// Stack of potentially nested 'if (@available(...))'s. | |||
7494 | SmallVector<VersionTuple, 8> AvailabilityStack; | |||
7495 | SmallVector<const Stmt *, 16> StmtStack; | |||
7496 | ||||
7497 | void DiagnoseDeclAvailability(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range); | |||
7498 | ||||
7499 | public: | |||
7500 | DiagnoseUnguardedAvailability(Sema &SemaRef, Decl *Ctx) | |||
7501 | : SemaRef(SemaRef), Ctx(Ctx) { | |||
7502 | AvailabilityStack.push_back( | |||
7503 | SemaRef.Context.getTargetInfo().getPlatformMinVersion()); | |||
7504 | } | |||
7505 | ||||
7506 | bool TraverseDecl(Decl *D) { | |||
7507 | // Avoid visiting nested functions to prevent duplicate warnings. | |||
7508 | if (!D || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) | |||
7509 | return true; | |||
7510 | return Base::TraverseDecl(D); | |||
7511 | } | |||
7512 | ||||
7513 | bool TraverseStmt(Stmt *S) { | |||
7514 | if (!S) | |||
7515 | return true; | |||
7516 | StmtStack.push_back(S); | |||
7517 | bool Result = Base::TraverseStmt(S); | |||
7518 | StmtStack.pop_back(); | |||
7519 | return Result; | |||
7520 | } | |||
7521 | ||||
7522 | void IssueDiagnostics(Stmt *S) { TraverseStmt(S); } | |||
7523 | ||||
7524 | bool TraverseIfStmt(IfStmt *If); | |||
7525 | ||||
7526 | bool TraverseLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return true; } | |||
7527 | ||||
7528 | // for 'case X:' statements, don't bother looking at the 'X'; it can't lead | |||
7529 | // to any useful diagnostics. | |||
7530 | bool TraverseCaseStmt(CaseStmt *CS) { return TraverseStmt(CS->getSubStmt()); } | |||
7531 | ||||
7532 | bool VisitObjCPropertyRefExpr(ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE) { | |||
7533 | if (PRE->isClassReceiver()) | |||
7534 | DiagnoseDeclAvailability(PRE->getClassReceiver(), PRE->getReceiverLocation()); | |||
7535 | return true; | |||
7536 | } | |||
7537 | ||||
7538 | bool VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *Msg) { | |||
7539 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *D = Msg->getMethodDecl()) | |||
7540 | DiagnoseDeclAvailability( | |||
7541 | D, SourceRange(Msg->getSelectorStartLoc(), Msg->getLocEnd())); | |||
7542 | return true; | |||
7543 | } | |||
7544 | ||||
7545 | bool VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { | |||
7546 | DiagnoseDeclAvailability(DRE->getDecl(), | |||
7547 | SourceRange(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE->getLocEnd())); | |||
7548 | return true; | |||
7549 | } | |||
7550 | ||||
7551 | bool VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *ME) { | |||
7552 | DiagnoseDeclAvailability(ME->getMemberDecl(), | |||
7553 | SourceRange(ME->getLocStart(), ME->getLocEnd())); | |||
7554 | return true; | |||
7555 | } | |||
7556 | ||||
7557 | bool VisitObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(ObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr *E) { | |||
7558 | SemaRef.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::warn_at_available_unchecked_use) | |||
7559 | << (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC1); | |||
7560 | return true; | |||
7561 | } | |||
7562 | ||||
7563 | bool VisitTypeLoc(TypeLoc Ty); | |||
7564 | }; | |||
7565 | ||||
7566 | void DiagnoseUnguardedAvailability::DiagnoseDeclAvailability( | |||
7567 | NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range) { | |||
7568 | AvailabilityResult Result; | |||
7569 | const NamedDecl *OffendingDecl; | |||
7570 | std::tie(Result, OffendingDecl) = | |||
7571 | ShouldDiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(D, nullptr); | |||
7572 | if (Result != AR_Available) { | |||
7573 | // All other diagnostic kinds have already been handled in | |||
7574 | // DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl. | |||
7575 | if (Result != AR_NotYetIntroduced) | |||
7576 | return; | |||
7577 | ||||
7578 | const AvailabilityAttr *AA = | |||
7579 | getAttrForPlatform(SemaRef.getASTContext(), OffendingDecl); | |||
7580 | VersionTuple Introduced = AA->getIntroduced(); | |||
7581 | ||||
7582 | if (AvailabilityStack.back() >= Introduced) | |||
7583 | return; | |||
7584 | ||||
7585 | // If the context of this function is less available than D, we should not | |||
7586 | // emit a diagnostic. | |||
7587 | if (!ShouldDiagnoseAvailabilityInContext(SemaRef, Result, Introduced, Ctx)) | |||
7588 | return; | |||
7589 | ||||
7590 | // We would like to emit the diagnostic even if -Wunguarded-availability is | |||
7591 | // not specified for deployment targets >= to iOS 11 or equivalent or | |||
7592 | // for declarations that were introduced in iOS 11 (macOS 10.13, ...) or | |||
7593 | // later. | |||
7594 | unsigned DiagKind = | |||
7595 | shouldDiagnoseAvailabilityByDefault( | |||
7596 | SemaRef.Context, | |||
7597 | SemaRef.Context.getTargetInfo().getPlatformMinVersion(), Introduced) | |||
7598 | ? diag::warn_unguarded_availability_new | |||
7599 | : diag::warn_unguarded_availability; | |||
7600 | ||||
7601 | SemaRef.Diag(Range.getBegin(), DiagKind) | |||
7602 | << Range << D | |||
7603 | << AvailabilityAttr::getPrettyPlatformName( | |||
7604 | SemaRef.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getPlatformName()) | |||
7605 | << Introduced.getAsString(); | |||
7606 | ||||
7607 | SemaRef.Diag(OffendingDecl->getLocation(), | |||
7608 | diag::note_availability_specified_here) | |||
7609 | << OffendingDecl << /* partial */ 3; | |||
7610 | ||||
7611 | auto FixitDiag = | |||
7612 | SemaRef.Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::note_unguarded_available_silence) | |||
7613 | << Range << D | |||
7614 | << (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC1 ? /*@available*/ 0 | |||
7615 | : /*__builtin_available*/ 1); | |||
7616 | ||||
7617 | // Find the statement which should be enclosed in the if @available check. | |||
7618 | if (StmtStack.empty()) | |||
7619 | return; | |||
7620 | const Stmt *StmtOfUse = StmtStack.back(); | |||
7621 | const CompoundStmt *Scope = nullptr; | |||
7622 | for (const Stmt *S : llvm::reverse(StmtStack)) { | |||
7623 | if (const auto *CS = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(S)) { | |||
7624 | Scope = CS; | |||
7625 | break; | |||
7626 | } | |||
7627 | if (isBodyLikeChildStmt(StmtOfUse, S)) { | |||
7628 | // The declaration won't be seen outside of the statement, so we don't | |||
7629 | // have to wrap the uses of any declared variables in if (@available). | |||
7630 | // Therefore we can avoid setting Scope here. | |||
7631 | break; | |||
7632 | } | |||
7633 | StmtOfUse = S; | |||
7634 | } | |||
7635 | const Stmt *LastStmtOfUse = nullptr; | |||
7636 | if (isa<DeclStmt>(StmtOfUse) && Scope) { | |||
7637 | for (const Decl *D : cast<DeclStmt>(StmtOfUse)->decls()) { | |||
7638 | if (StmtUSEFinder::isContained(StmtStack.back(), D)) { | |||
7639 | LastStmtOfUse = LastDeclUSEFinder::findLastStmtThatUsesDecl(D, Scope); | |||
7640 | break; | |||
7641 | } | |||
7642 | } | |||
7643 | } | |||
7644 | ||||
7645 | const SourceManager &SM = SemaRef.getSourceManager(); | |||
7646 | SourceLocation IfInsertionLoc = | |||
7647 | SM.getExpansionLoc(StmtOfUse->getLocStart()); | |||
7648 | SourceLocation StmtEndLoc = | |||
7649 | SM.getExpansionRange( | |||
7650 | (LastStmtOfUse ? LastStmtOfUse : StmtOfUse)->getLocEnd()) | |||
7651 | .second; | |||
7652 | if (SM.getFileID(IfInsertionLoc) != SM.getFileID(StmtEndLoc)) | |||
7653 | return; | |||
7654 | ||||
7655 | StringRef Indentation = Lexer::getIndentationForLine(IfInsertionLoc, SM); | |||
7656 | const char *ExtraIndentation = " "; | |||
7657 | std::string FixItString; | |||
7658 | llvm::raw_string_ostream FixItOS(FixItString); | |||
7659 | FixItOS << "if (" << (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC1 ? "@available" | |||
7660 | : "__builtin_available") | |||
7661 | << "(" | |||
7662 | << AvailabilityAttr::getPlatformNameSourceSpelling( | |||
7663 | SemaRef.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getPlatformName()) | |||
7664 | << " " << Introduced.getAsString() << ", *)) {\n" | |||
7665 | << Indentation << ExtraIndentation; | |||
7666 | FixitDiag << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(IfInsertionLoc, FixItOS.str()); | |||
7667 | SourceLocation ElseInsertionLoc = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken( | |||
7668 | StmtEndLoc, tok::semi, SM, SemaRef.getLangOpts(), | |||
7669 | /*SkipTrailingWhitespaceAndNewLine=*/false); | |||
7670 | if (ElseInsertionLoc.isInvalid()) | |||
7671 | ElseInsertionLoc = | |||
7672 | Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken(StmtEndLoc, 0, SM, SemaRef.getLangOpts()); | |||
7673 | FixItOS.str().clear(); | |||
7674 | FixItOS << "\n" | |||
7675 | << Indentation << "} else {\n" | |||
7676 | << Indentation << ExtraIndentation | |||
7677 | << "// Fallback on earlier versions\n" | |||
7678 | << Indentation << "}"; | |||
7679 | FixitDiag << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ElseInsertionLoc, FixItOS.str()); | |||
7680 | } | |||
7681 | } | |||
7682 | ||||
7683 | bool DiagnoseUnguardedAvailability::VisitTypeLoc(TypeLoc Ty) { | |||
7684 | const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr(); | |||
7685 | SourceRange Range{Ty.getBeginLoc(), Ty.getEndLoc()}; | |||
7686 | ||||
7687 | if (Range.isInvalid()) | |||
7688 | return true; | |||
7689 | ||||
7690 | if (const TagType *TT = dyn_cast<TagType>(TyPtr)) { | |||
7691 | TagDecl *TD = TT->getDecl(); | |||
7692 | DiagnoseDeclAvailability(TD, Range); | |||
7693 | ||||
7694 | } else if (const TypedefType *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(TyPtr)) { | |||
7695 | TypedefNameDecl *D = TD->getDecl(); | |||
7696 | DiagnoseDeclAvailability(D, Range); | |||
7697 | ||||
7698 | } else if (const auto *ObjCO = dyn_cast<ObjCObjectType>(TyPtr)) { | |||
7699 | if (NamedDecl *D = ObjCO->getInterface()) | |||
7700 | DiagnoseDeclAvailability(D, Range); | |||
7701 | } | |||
7702 | ||||
7703 | return true; | |||
7704 | } | |||
7705 | ||||
7706 | bool DiagnoseUnguardedAvailability::TraverseIfStmt(IfStmt *If) { | |||
7707 | VersionTuple CondVersion; | |||
7708 | if (auto *E = dyn_cast<ObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr>(If->getCond())) { | |||
7709 | CondVersion = E->getVersion(); | |||
7710 | ||||
7711 | // If we're using the '*' case here or if this check is redundant, then we | |||
7712 | // use the enclosing version to check both branches. | |||
7713 | if (CondVersion.empty() || CondVersion <= AvailabilityStack.back()) | |||
7714 | return TraverseStmt(If->getThen()) && TraverseStmt(If->getElse()); | |||
7715 | } else { | |||
7716 | // This isn't an availability checking 'if', we can just continue. | |||
7717 | return Base::TraverseIfStmt(If); | |||
7718 | } | |||
7719 | ||||
7720 | AvailabilityStack.push_back(CondVersion); | |||
7721 | bool ShouldContinue = TraverseStmt(If->getThen()); | |||
7722 | AvailabilityStack.pop_back(); | |||
7723 | ||||
7724 | return ShouldContinue && TraverseStmt(If->getElse()); | |||
7725 | } | |||
7726 | ||||
7727 | } // end anonymous namespace | |||
7728 | ||||
7729 | void Sema::DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(Decl *D) { | |||
7730 | Stmt *Body = nullptr; | |||
7731 | ||||
7732 | if (auto *FD = D->getAsFunction()) { | |||
7733 | // FIXME: We only examine the pattern decl for availability violations now, | |||
7734 | // but we should also examine instantiated templates. | |||
7735 | if (FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) | |||
7736 | return; | |||
7737 | ||||
7738 | Body = FD->getBody(); | |||
7739 | } else if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) | |||
7740 | Body = MD->getBody(); | |||
7741 | else if (auto *BD = dyn_cast<BlockDecl>(D)) | |||
7742 | Body = BD->getBody(); | |||
7743 | ||||
7744 | assert(Body && "Need a body here!")(static_cast <bool> (Body && "Need a body here!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Body && \"Need a body here!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaDeclAttr.cpp" , 7744, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
7745 | ||||
7746 | DiagnoseUnguardedAvailability(*this, D).IssueDiagnostics(Body); | |||
7747 | } | |||
7748 | ||||
7749 | void Sema::DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, | |||
7750 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, | |||
7751 | bool ObjCPropertyAccess, | |||
7752 | bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks) { | |||
7753 | std::string Message; | |||
7754 | AvailabilityResult Result; | |||
7755 | const NamedDecl* OffendingDecl; | |||
7756 | // See if this declaration is unavailable, deprecated, or partial. | |||
7757 | std::tie(Result, OffendingDecl) = ShouldDiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(D, &Message); | |||
7758 | if (Result == AR_Available) | |||
7759 | return; | |||
7760 | ||||
7761 | if (Result == AR_NotYetIntroduced) { | |||
7762 | if (AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks) | |||
7763 | return; | |||
7764 | ||||
7765 | // We need to know the @available context in the current function to | |||
7766 | // diagnose this use, let DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations do that | |||
7767 | // when we're done parsing the current function. | |||
7768 | if (getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) { | |||
7769 | getEnclosingFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations = true; | |||
7770 | return; | |||
7771 | } else if (getCurBlock() || getCurLambda()) { | |||
7772 | getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations = true; | |||
7773 | return; | |||
7774 | } | |||
7775 | } | |||
7776 | ||||
7777 | const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCPDecl = nullptr; | |||
7778 | if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { | |||
7779 | if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = MD->findPropertyDecl()) { | |||
7780 | AvailabilityResult PDeclResult = PD->getAvailability(nullptr); | |||
7781 | if (PDeclResult == Result) | |||
7782 | ObjCPDecl = PD; | |||
7783 | } | |||
7784 | } | |||
7785 | ||||
7786 | EmitAvailabilityWarning(*this, Result, D, OffendingDecl, Message, Loc, | |||
7787 | UnknownObjCClass, ObjCPDecl, ObjCPropertyAccess); | |||
7788 | } |
1 | //===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure |
4 | // |
5 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source |
6 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. |
7 | // |
8 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
9 | // |
10 | // This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and |
11 | // builds ASTs. |
12 | // |
13 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
14 | |
15 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H |
16 | #define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H |
17 | |
18 | #include "clang/AST/Attr.h" |
19 | #include "clang/AST/Availability.h" |
20 | #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" |
21 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" |
22 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" |
23 | #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" |
24 | #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" |
25 | #include "clang/AST/LocInfoType.h" |
26 | #include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h" |
27 | #include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" |
28 | #include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" |
29 | #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" |
30 | #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" |
31 | #include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h" |
32 | #include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" |
33 | #include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" |
34 | #include "clang/Basic/Module.h" |
35 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h" |
36 | #include "clang/Basic/PragmaKinds.h" |
37 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
38 | #include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" |
39 | #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" |
40 | #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" |
41 | #include "clang/Sema/CleanupInfo.h" |
42 | #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" |
43 | #include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" |
44 | #include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" |
45 | #include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" |
46 | #include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" |
47 | #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" |
48 | #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" |
49 | #include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" |
50 | #include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" |
51 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
52 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" |
53 | #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" |
54 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" |
55 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" |
56 | #include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h" |
57 | #include <deque> |
58 | #include <memory> |
59 | #include <string> |
60 | #include <vector> |
61 | |
62 | namespace llvm { |
63 | class APSInt; |
64 | template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; |
65 | template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; |
66 | class SmallBitVector; |
67 | struct InlineAsmIdentifierInfo; |
68 | } |
69 | |
70 | namespace clang { |
71 | class ADLResult; |
72 | class ASTConsumer; |
73 | class ASTContext; |
74 | class ASTMutationListener; |
75 | class ASTReader; |
76 | class ASTWriter; |
77 | class ArrayType; |
78 | class AttributeList; |
79 | class BindingDecl; |
80 | class BlockDecl; |
81 | class CapturedDecl; |
82 | class CXXBasePath; |
83 | class CXXBasePaths; |
84 | class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; |
85 | typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; |
86 | class CXXConstructorDecl; |
87 | class CXXConversionDecl; |
88 | class CXXDeleteExpr; |
89 | class CXXDestructorDecl; |
90 | class CXXFieldCollector; |
91 | class CXXMemberCallExpr; |
92 | class CXXMethodDecl; |
93 | class CXXScopeSpec; |
94 | class CXXTemporary; |
95 | class CXXTryStmt; |
96 | class CallExpr; |
97 | class ClassTemplateDecl; |
98 | class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; |
99 | class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; |
100 | class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; |
101 | class CodeCompleteConsumer; |
102 | class CodeCompletionAllocator; |
103 | class CodeCompletionTUInfo; |
104 | class CodeCompletionResult; |
105 | class CoroutineBodyStmt; |
106 | class Decl; |
107 | class DeclAccessPair; |
108 | class DeclContext; |
109 | class DeclRefExpr; |
110 | class DeclaratorDecl; |
111 | class DeducedTemplateArgument; |
112 | class DependentDiagnostic; |
113 | class DesignatedInitExpr; |
114 | class Designation; |
115 | class EnableIfAttr; |
116 | class EnumConstantDecl; |
117 | class Expr; |
118 | class ExtVectorType; |
119 | class FormatAttr; |
120 | class FriendDecl; |
121 | class FunctionDecl; |
122 | class FunctionProtoType; |
123 | class FunctionTemplateDecl; |
124 | class ImplicitConversionSequence; |
125 | typedef MutableArrayRef<ImplicitConversionSequence> ConversionSequenceList; |
126 | class InitListExpr; |
127 | class InitializationKind; |
128 | class InitializationSequence; |
129 | class InitializedEntity; |
130 | class IntegerLiteral; |
131 | class LabelStmt; |
132 | class LambdaExpr; |
133 | class LangOptions; |
134 | class LocalInstantiationScope; |
135 | class LookupResult; |
136 | class MacroInfo; |
137 | typedef ArrayRef<std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation>> ModuleIdPath; |
138 | class ModuleLoader; |
139 | class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; |
140 | class NamedDecl; |
141 | class ObjCCategoryDecl; |
142 | class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; |
143 | class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; |
144 | class ObjCContainerDecl; |
145 | class ObjCImplDecl; |
146 | class ObjCImplementationDecl; |
147 | class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
148 | class ObjCIvarDecl; |
149 | template <class T> class ObjCList; |
150 | class ObjCMessageExpr; |
151 | class ObjCMethodDecl; |
152 | class ObjCPropertyDecl; |
153 | class ObjCProtocolDecl; |
154 | class OMPThreadPrivateDecl; |
155 | class OMPDeclareReductionDecl; |
156 | class OMPDeclareSimdDecl; |
157 | class OMPClause; |
158 | struct OverloadCandidate; |
159 | class OverloadCandidateSet; |
160 | class OverloadExpr; |
161 | class ParenListExpr; |
162 | class ParmVarDecl; |
163 | class Preprocessor; |
164 | class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; |
165 | class PseudoObjectExpr; |
166 | class QualType; |
167 | class StandardConversionSequence; |
168 | class Stmt; |
169 | class StringLiteral; |
170 | class SwitchStmt; |
171 | class TemplateArgument; |
172 | class TemplateArgumentList; |
173 | class TemplateArgumentLoc; |
174 | class TemplateDecl; |
175 | class TemplateInstantiationCallback; |
176 | class TemplateParameterList; |
177 | class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; |
178 | class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; |
179 | class Token; |
180 | class TypeAliasDecl; |
181 | class TypedefDecl; |
182 | class TypedefNameDecl; |
183 | class TypeLoc; |
184 | class TypoCorrectionConsumer; |
185 | class UnqualifiedId; |
186 | class UnresolvedLookupExpr; |
187 | class UnresolvedMemberExpr; |
188 | class UnresolvedSetImpl; |
189 | class UnresolvedSetIterator; |
190 | class UsingDecl; |
191 | class UsingShadowDecl; |
192 | class ValueDecl; |
193 | class VarDecl; |
194 | class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl; |
195 | class VisibilityAttr; |
196 | class VisibleDeclConsumer; |
197 | class IndirectFieldDecl; |
198 | struct DeductionFailureInfo; |
199 | class TemplateSpecCandidateSet; |
200 | |
201 | namespace sema { |
202 | class AccessedEntity; |
203 | class BlockScopeInfo; |
204 | class CapturedRegionScopeInfo; |
205 | class CapturingScopeInfo; |
206 | class CompoundScopeInfo; |
207 | class DelayedDiagnostic; |
208 | class DelayedDiagnosticPool; |
209 | class FunctionScopeInfo; |
210 | class LambdaScopeInfo; |
211 | class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; |
212 | class SemaPPCallbacks; |
213 | class TemplateDeductionInfo; |
214 | } |
215 | |
216 | namespace threadSafety { |
217 | class BeforeSet; |
218 | void threadSafetyCleanup(BeforeSet* Cache); |
219 | } |
220 | |
221 | // FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to |
222 | // TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. |
223 | typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, |
224 | SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; |
225 | |
226 | /// Describes whether we've seen any nullability information for the given |
227 | /// file. |
228 | struct FileNullability { |
229 | /// The first pointer declarator (of any pointer kind) in the file that does |
230 | /// not have a corresponding nullability annotation. |
231 | SourceLocation PointerLoc; |
232 | |
233 | /// The end location for the first pointer declarator in the file. Used for |
234 | /// placing fix-its. |
235 | SourceLocation PointerEndLoc; |
236 | |
237 | /// Which kind of pointer declarator we saw. |
238 | uint8_t PointerKind; |
239 | |
240 | /// Whether we saw any type nullability annotations in the given file. |
241 | bool SawTypeNullability = false; |
242 | }; |
243 | |
244 | /// A mapping from file IDs to a record of whether we've seen nullability |
245 | /// information in that file. |
246 | class FileNullabilityMap { |
247 | /// A mapping from file IDs to the nullability information for each file ID. |
248 | llvm::DenseMap<FileID, FileNullability> Map; |
249 | |
250 | /// A single-element cache based on the file ID. |
251 | struct { |
252 | FileID File; |
253 | FileNullability Nullability; |
254 | } Cache; |
255 | |
256 | public: |
257 | FileNullability &operator[](FileID file) { |
258 | // Check the single-element cache. |
259 | if (file == Cache.File) |
260 | return Cache.Nullability; |
261 | |
262 | // It's not in the single-element cache; flush the cache if we have one. |
263 | if (!Cache.File.isInvalid()) { |
264 | Map[Cache.File] = Cache.Nullability; |
265 | } |
266 | |
267 | // Pull this entry into the cache. |
268 | Cache.File = file; |
269 | Cache.Nullability = Map[file]; |
270 | return Cache.Nullability; |
271 | } |
272 | }; |
273 | |
274 | /// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. |
275 | class Sema { |
276 | Sema(const Sema &) = delete; |
277 | void operator=(const Sema &) = delete; |
278 | |
279 | ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. |
280 | ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; |
281 | |
282 | ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. |
283 | bool isMultiplexExternalSource; |
284 | |
285 | static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD); |
286 | |
287 | bool isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D); |
288 | |
289 | /// Determine whether two declarations should be linked together, given that |
290 | /// the old declaration might not be visible and the new declaration might |
291 | /// not have external linkage. |
292 | bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, |
293 | const NamedDecl *New) { |
294 | if (isVisible(Old)) |
295 | return true; |
296 | // See comment in below overload for why it's safe to compute the linkage |
297 | // of the new declaration here. |
298 | if (New->isExternallyDeclarable()) { |
299 | assert(Old->isExternallyDeclarable() &&(static_cast <bool> (Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && "should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && \"should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 300, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
300 | "should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl")(static_cast <bool> (Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && "should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && \"should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 300, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
301 | return true; |
302 | } |
303 | return false; |
304 | } |
305 | bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &Old, const NamedDecl *New); |
306 | |
307 | public: |
308 | typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; |
309 | typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; |
310 | typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; |
311 | |
312 | OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; |
313 | FPOptions FPFeatures; |
314 | |
315 | const LangOptions &LangOpts; |
316 | Preprocessor &PP; |
317 | ASTContext &Context; |
318 | ASTConsumer &Consumer; |
319 | DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; |
320 | SourceManager &SourceMgr; |
321 | |
322 | /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. |
323 | bool CollectStats; |
324 | |
325 | /// \brief Code-completion consumer. |
326 | CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; |
327 | |
328 | /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. |
329 | DeclContext *CurContext; |
330 | |
331 | /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, |
332 | /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. |
333 | DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; |
334 | |
335 | /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. |
336 | /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. |
337 | DeclarationName VAListTagName; |
338 | |
339 | bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on |
340 | |
341 | /// \brief Controls member pointer representation format under the MS ABI. |
342 | LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind |
343 | MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod; |
344 | |
345 | /// Stack of active SEH __finally scopes. Can be empty. |
346 | SmallVector<Scope*, 2> CurrentSEHFinally; |
347 | |
348 | /// \brief Source location for newly created implicit MSInheritanceAttrs |
349 | SourceLocation ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc; |
350 | |
351 | /// \brief pragma clang section kind |
352 | enum PragmaClangSectionKind { |
353 | PCSK_Invalid = 0, |
354 | PCSK_BSS = 1, |
355 | PCSK_Data = 2, |
356 | PCSK_Rodata = 3, |
357 | PCSK_Text = 4 |
358 | }; |
359 | |
360 | enum PragmaClangSectionAction { |
361 | PCSA_Set = 0, |
362 | PCSA_Clear = 1 |
363 | }; |
364 | |
365 | struct PragmaClangSection { |
366 | std::string SectionName; |
367 | bool Valid = false; |
368 | SourceLocation PragmaLocation; |
369 | |
370 | void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
371 | PragmaClangSectionAction Action, |
372 | StringLiteral* Name); |
373 | }; |
374 | |
375 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangBSSSection; |
376 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangDataSection; |
377 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangRodataSection; |
378 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangTextSection; |
379 | |
380 | enum PragmaMsStackAction { |
381 | PSK_Reset = 0x0, // #pragma () |
382 | PSK_Set = 0x1, // #pragma (value) |
383 | PSK_Push = 0x2, // #pragma (push[, id]) |
384 | PSK_Pop = 0x4, // #pragma (pop[, id]) |
385 | PSK_Show = 0x8, // #pragma (show) -- only for "pack"! |
386 | PSK_Push_Set = PSK_Push | PSK_Set, // #pragma (push[, id], value) |
387 | PSK_Pop_Set = PSK_Pop | PSK_Set, // #pragma (pop[, id], value) |
388 | }; |
389 | |
390 | template<typename ValueType> |
391 | struct PragmaStack { |
392 | struct Slot { |
393 | llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel; |
394 | ValueType Value; |
395 | SourceLocation PragmaLocation; |
396 | SourceLocation PragmaPushLocation; |
397 | Slot(llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, ValueType Value, |
398 | SourceLocation PragmaLocation, SourceLocation PragmaPushLocation) |
399 | : StackSlotLabel(StackSlotLabel), Value(Value), |
400 | PragmaLocation(PragmaLocation), |
401 | PragmaPushLocation(PragmaPushLocation) {} |
402 | }; |
403 | void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
404 | PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
405 | llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, |
406 | ValueType Value); |
407 | |
408 | // MSVC seems to add artificial slots to #pragma stacks on entering a C++ |
409 | // method body to restore the stacks on exit, so it works like this: |
410 | // |
411 | // struct S { |
412 | // #pragma <name>(push, InternalPragmaSlot, <current_pragma_value>) |
413 | // void Method {} |
414 | // #pragma <name>(pop, InternalPragmaSlot) |
415 | // }; |
416 | // |
417 | // It works even with #pragma vtordisp, although MSVC doesn't support |
418 | // #pragma vtordisp(push [, id], n) |
419 | // syntax. |
420 | // |
421 | // Push / pop a named sentinel slot. |
422 | void SentinelAction(PragmaMsStackAction Action, StringRef Label) { |
423 | assert((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) &&(static_cast <bool> ((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop ) && "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) && \"Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 424, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
424 | "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!")(static_cast <bool> ((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop ) && "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) && \"Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 424, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
425 | Act(CurrentPragmaLocation, Action, Label, CurrentValue); |
426 | } |
427 | |
428 | // Constructors. |
429 | explicit PragmaStack(const ValueType &Default) |
430 | : DefaultValue(Default), CurrentValue(Default) {} |
431 | |
432 | bool hasValue() const { return CurrentValue != DefaultValue; } |
433 | |
434 | SmallVector<Slot, 2> Stack; |
435 | ValueType DefaultValue; // Value used for PSK_Reset action. |
436 | ValueType CurrentValue; |
437 | SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation; |
438 | }; |
439 | // FIXME: We should serialize / deserialize these if they occur in a PCH (but |
440 | // we shouldn't do so if they're in a module). |
441 | |
442 | /// \brief Whether to insert vtordisps prior to virtual bases in the Microsoft |
443 | /// C++ ABI. Possible values are 0, 1, and 2, which mean: |
444 | /// |
445 | /// 0: Suppress all vtordisps |
446 | /// 1: Insert vtordisps in the presence of vbase overrides and non-trivial |
447 | /// structors |
448 | /// 2: Always insert vtordisps to support RTTI on partially constructed |
449 | /// objects |
450 | PragmaStack<MSVtorDispAttr::Mode> VtorDispStack; |
451 | // #pragma pack. |
452 | // Sentinel to represent when the stack is set to mac68k alignment. |
453 | static const unsigned kMac68kAlignmentSentinel = ~0U; |
454 | PragmaStack<unsigned> PackStack; |
455 | // The current #pragma pack values and locations at each #include. |
456 | struct PackIncludeState { |
457 | unsigned CurrentValue; |
458 | SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation; |
459 | bool HasNonDefaultValue, ShouldWarnOnInclude; |
460 | }; |
461 | SmallVector<PackIncludeState, 8> PackIncludeStack; |
462 | // Segment #pragmas. |
463 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> DataSegStack; |
464 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> BSSSegStack; |
465 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> ConstSegStack; |
466 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> CodeSegStack; |
467 | |
468 | // RAII object to push / pop sentinel slots for all MS #pragma stacks. |
469 | // Actions should be performed only if we enter / exit a C++ method body. |
470 | class PragmaStackSentinelRAII { |
471 | public: |
472 | PragmaStackSentinelRAII(Sema &S, StringRef SlotLabel, bool ShouldAct); |
473 | ~PragmaStackSentinelRAII(); |
474 | |
475 | private: |
476 | Sema &S; |
477 | StringRef SlotLabel; |
478 | bool ShouldAct; |
479 | }; |
480 | |
481 | /// A mapping that describes the nullability we've seen in each header file. |
482 | FileNullabilityMap NullabilityMap; |
483 | |
484 | /// Last section used with #pragma init_seg. |
485 | StringLiteral *CurInitSeg; |
486 | SourceLocation CurInitSegLoc; |
487 | |
488 | /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. |
489 | void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" |
490 | |
491 | /// \brief This represents the stack of attributes that were pushed by |
492 | /// \#pragma clang attribute. |
493 | struct PragmaAttributeEntry { |
494 | SourceLocation Loc; |
495 | AttributeList *Attribute; |
496 | SmallVector<attr::SubjectMatchRule, 4> MatchRules; |
497 | bool IsUsed; |
498 | }; |
499 | SmallVector<PragmaAttributeEntry, 2> PragmaAttributeStack; |
500 | |
501 | /// \brief The declaration that is currently receiving an attribute from the |
502 | /// #pragma attribute stack. |
503 | const Decl *PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl; |
504 | |
505 | /// \brief This represents the last location of a "#pragma clang optimize off" |
506 | /// directive if such a directive has not been closed by an "on" yet. If |
507 | /// optimizations are currently "on", this is set to an invalid location. |
508 | SourceLocation OptimizeOffPragmaLocation; |
509 | |
510 | /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. |
511 | /// |
512 | /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions |
513 | /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. |
514 | bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; |
515 | |
516 | /// Used to control the generation of ExprWithCleanups. |
517 | CleanupInfo Cleanup; |
518 | |
519 | /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring |
520 | /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The |
521 | /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. |
522 | SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; |
523 | |
524 | /// \brief Store a list of either DeclRefExprs or MemberExprs |
525 | /// that contain a reference to a variable (constant) that may or may not |
526 | /// be odr-used in this Expr, and we won't know until all lvalue-to-rvalue |
527 | /// and discarded value conversions have been applied to all subexpressions |
528 | /// of the enclosing full expression. This is cleared at the end of each |
529 | /// full expression. |
530 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs; |
531 | |
532 | /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested |
533 | /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. |
534 | /// |
535 | /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first |
536 | /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo |
537 | /// that's used to parse every top-level function. |
538 | SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; |
539 | |
540 | typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
541 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> |
542 | ExtVectorDeclsType; |
543 | |
544 | /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows |
545 | /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. |
546 | /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. |
547 | ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; |
548 | |
549 | /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. |
550 | std::unique_ptr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; |
551 | |
552 | typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; |
553 | |
554 | /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. |
555 | NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; |
556 | |
557 | /// \brief Set containing all typedefs that are likely unused. |
558 | llvm::SmallSetVector<const TypedefNameDecl *, 4> |
559 | UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates; |
560 | |
561 | /// \brief Delete-expressions to be analyzed at the end of translation unit |
562 | /// |
563 | /// This list contains class members, and locations of delete-expressions |
564 | /// that could not be proven as to whether they mismatch with new-expression |
565 | /// used in initializer of the field. |
566 | typedef std::pair<SourceLocation, bool> DeleteExprLoc; |
567 | typedef llvm::SmallVector<DeleteExprLoc, 4> DeleteLocs; |
568 | llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> DeleteExprs; |
569 | |
570 | typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; |
571 | |
572 | /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have |
573 | /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the |
574 | /// same list more than once. |
575 | std::unique_ptr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; |
576 | |
577 | /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which |
578 | /// we are currently parsing the initializer. |
579 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; |
580 | |
581 | /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. |
582 | NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); |
583 | |
584 | typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
585 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> |
586 | TentativeDefinitionsType; |
587 | |
588 | /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. |
589 | TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; |
590 | |
591 | typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
592 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> |
593 | UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; |
594 | |
595 | /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used |
596 | /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. |
597 | UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; |
598 | |
599 | typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
600 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> |
601 | DelegatingCtorDeclsType; |
602 | |
603 | /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for |
604 | /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. |
605 | DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; |
606 | |
607 | /// \brief All the overriding functions seen during a class definition |
608 | /// that had their exception spec checks delayed, plus the overridden |
609 | /// function. |
610 | SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXMethodDecl*, const CXXMethodDecl*>, 2> |
611 | DelayedExceptionSpecChecks; |
612 | |
613 | /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both |
614 | /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception |
615 | /// specifications, along with the function type containing their |
616 | /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications |
617 | /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to |
618 | /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and |
619 | /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. |
620 | SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> |
621 | DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; |
622 | |
623 | typedef llvm::MapVector<const FunctionDecl *, |
624 | std::unique_ptr<LateParsedTemplate>> |
625 | LateParsedTemplateMapT; |
626 | LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap; |
627 | |
628 | /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. |
629 | typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT); |
630 | typedef void LateTemplateParserCleanupCB(void *P); |
631 | LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; |
632 | LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LateTemplateParserCleanup; |
633 | void *OpaqueParser; |
634 | |
635 | void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, |
636 | LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LTPCleanup, |
637 | void *P) { |
638 | LateTemplateParser = LTP; |
639 | LateTemplateParserCleanup = LTPCleanup; |
640 | OpaqueParser = P; |
641 | } |
642 | |
643 | class DelayedDiagnostics; |
644 | |
645 | class DelayedDiagnosticsState { |
646 | sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; |
647 | friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; |
648 | }; |
649 | typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; |
650 | typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; |
651 | |
652 | /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics |
653 | /// during parsing and other processing. |
654 | class DelayedDiagnostics { |
655 | /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed |
656 | /// diagnostics should go. |
657 | sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; |
658 | |
659 | public: |
660 | DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(nullptr) {} |
661 | |
662 | /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. |
663 | void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h |
664 | |
665 | /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. |
666 | bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != nullptr; } |
667 | |
668 | /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. |
669 | sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { |
670 | return CurPool; |
671 | } |
672 | |
673 | /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be |
674 | /// collected in this pool. |
675 | DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { |
676 | DelayedDiagnosticsState state; |
677 | state.SavedPool = CurPool; |
678 | CurPool = &pool; |
679 | return state; |
680 | } |
681 | |
682 | /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. |
683 | /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part |
684 | /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". |
685 | void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { |
686 | CurPool = state.SavedPool; |
687 | } |
688 | |
689 | /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are |
690 | /// not delayed. |
691 | DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { |
692 | DelayedDiagnosticsState state; |
693 | state.SavedPool = CurPool; |
694 | CurPool = nullptr; |
695 | return state; |
696 | } |
697 | |
698 | /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). |
699 | void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { |
700 | assert(CurPool == nullptr)(static_cast <bool> (CurPool == nullptr) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CurPool == nullptr", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 700, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
701 | CurPool = state.SavedPool; |
702 | } |
703 | } DelayedDiagnostics; |
704 | |
705 | /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. |
706 | class ContextRAII { |
707 | private: |
708 | Sema &S; |
709 | DeclContext *SavedContext; |
710 | ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; |
711 | QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; |
712 | |
713 | public: |
714 | ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush, bool NewThisContext = true) |
715 | : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), |
716 | SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), |
717 | SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) |
718 | { |
719 | assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context")(static_cast <bool> (ContextToPush && "pushing null context" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ContextToPush && \"pushing null context\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 719, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
720 | S.CurContext = ContextToPush; |
721 | if (NewThisContext) |
722 | S.CXXThisTypeOverride = QualType(); |
723 | } |
724 | |
725 | void pop() { |
726 | if (!SavedContext) return; |
727 | S.CurContext = SavedContext; |
728 | S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); |
729 | S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; |
730 | SavedContext = nullptr; |
731 | } |
732 | |
733 | ~ContextRAII() { |
734 | pop(); |
735 | } |
736 | }; |
737 | |
738 | /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize |
739 | /// a function body. |
740 | class SynthesizedFunctionScope { |
741 | Sema &S; |
742 | Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; |
743 | bool PushedCodeSynthesisContext = false; |
744 | |
745 | public: |
746 | SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) |
747 | : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) { |
748 | S.PushFunctionScope(); |
749 | S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
750 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated); |
751 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC)) |
752 | FD->setWillHaveBody(true); |
753 | else |
754 | assert(isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC))(static_cast <bool> (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 754, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
755 | } |
756 | |
757 | void addContextNote(SourceLocation UseLoc) { |
758 | assert(!PushedCodeSynthesisContext)(static_cast <bool> (!PushedCodeSynthesisContext) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!PushedCodeSynthesisContext", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 758, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
759 | |
760 | Sema::CodeSynthesisContext Ctx; |
761 | Ctx.Kind = Sema::CodeSynthesisContext::DefiningSynthesizedFunction; |
762 | Ctx.PointOfInstantiation = UseLoc; |
763 | Ctx.Entity = cast<Decl>(S.CurContext); |
764 | S.pushCodeSynthesisContext(Ctx); |
765 | |
766 | PushedCodeSynthesisContext = true; |
767 | } |
768 | |
769 | ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { |
770 | if (PushedCodeSynthesisContext) |
771 | S.popCodeSynthesisContext(); |
772 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext)) |
773 | FD->setWillHaveBody(false); |
774 | S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
775 | S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); |
776 | } |
777 | }; |
778 | |
779 | /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in |
780 | /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another |
781 | /// identifier, declared or undeclared |
782 | llvm::MapVector<IdentifierInfo *, WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; |
783 | |
784 | /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in |
785 | /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers |
786 | /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version |
787 | /// in the currently selected standard. |
788 | llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; |
789 | |
790 | |
791 | /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. |
792 | void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); |
793 | |
794 | /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by |
795 | /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. |
796 | /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so |
797 | /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. |
798 | /// It would be best to refactor this. |
799 | SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; |
800 | |
801 | IdentifierResolver IdResolver; |
802 | |
803 | /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need |
804 | /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. |
805 | /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. |
806 | Scope *TUScope; |
807 | |
808 | /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. |
809 | LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; |
810 | |
811 | /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ |
812 | /// standard library. |
813 | LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; |
814 | |
815 | /// \brief The C++ "std::align_val_t" enum class, which is defined by the C++ |
816 | /// standard library. |
817 | LazyDeclPtr StdAlignValT; |
818 | |
819 | /// \brief The C++ "std::experimental" namespace, where the experimental parts |
820 | /// of the standard library resides. |
821 | NamespaceDecl *StdExperimentalNamespaceCache; |
822 | |
823 | /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in |
824 | /// \<initializer_list>. |
825 | ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; |
826 | |
827 | /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. |
828 | RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; |
829 | |
830 | /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. |
831 | RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; |
832 | |
833 | /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. |
834 | std::unique_ptr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; |
835 | |
836 | /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. |
837 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; |
838 | |
839 | /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSValue class. |
840 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSValueDecl; |
841 | |
842 | /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). |
843 | QualType NSNumberPointer; |
844 | |
845 | /// \brief Pointer to NSValue type (NSValue *). |
846 | QualType NSValuePointer; |
847 | |
848 | /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. |
849 | ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; |
850 | |
851 | /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. |
852 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; |
853 | |
854 | /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). |
855 | QualType NSStringPointer; |
856 | |
857 | /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. |
858 | ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; |
859 | |
860 | /// \brief The declaration of the valueWithBytes:objCType: method. |
861 | ObjCMethodDecl *ValueWithBytesObjCTypeMethod; |
862 | |
863 | /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. |
864 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; |
865 | |
866 | /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. |
867 | ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; |
868 | |
869 | /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. |
870 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; |
871 | |
872 | /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. |
873 | ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; |
874 | |
875 | /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. |
876 | QualType QIDNSCopying; |
877 | |
878 | /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:' |
879 | Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; |
880 | |
881 | /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete |
882 | /// have been declared. |
883 | bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; |
884 | |
885 | /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract |
886 | /// references to fields. This is really a |
887 | bool AllowAbstractFieldReference; |
888 | |
889 | /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are |
890 | /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. |
891 | enum class ExpressionEvaluationContext { |
892 | /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an |
893 | /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of |
894 | /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but |
895 | /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at |
896 | /// run time. |
897 | Unevaluated, |
898 | |
899 | /// \brief The current expression occurs within a braced-init-list within |
900 | /// an unevaluated operand. This is mostly like a regular unevaluated |
901 | /// context, except that we still instantiate constexpr functions that are |
902 | /// referenced here so that we can perform narrowing checks correctly. |
903 | UnevaluatedList, |
904 | |
905 | /// \brief The current expression occurs within a discarded statement. |
906 | /// This behaves largely similarly to an unevaluated operand in preventing |
907 | /// definitions from being required, but not in other ways. |
908 | DiscardedStatement, |
909 | |
910 | /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated |
911 | /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to |
912 | /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly. |
913 | UnevaluatedAbstract, |
914 | |
915 | /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, |
916 | /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of |
917 | /// cases in a switch statement). |
918 | ConstantEvaluated, |
919 | |
920 | /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, |
921 | /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the |
922 | /// expression at run time. |
923 | PotentiallyEvaluated, |
924 | |
925 | /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any |
926 | /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if |
927 | /// in fact the current expression is used. |
928 | /// |
929 | /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which |
930 | /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments |
931 | /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" |
932 | /// until the default argument is used. |
933 | PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed |
934 | }; |
935 | |
936 | /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested |
937 | /// expression evaluation contexts. |
938 | struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { |
939 | /// \brief The expression evaluation context. |
940 | ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; |
941 | |
942 | /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. |
943 | CleanupInfo ParentCleanup; |
944 | |
945 | /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. |
946 | bool IsDecltype; |
947 | |
948 | /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered |
949 | /// this expression evaluation context. |
950 | unsigned NumCleanupObjects; |
951 | |
952 | /// \brief The number of typos encountered during this expression evaluation |
953 | /// context (i.e. the number of TypoExprs created). |
954 | unsigned NumTypos; |
955 | |
956 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; |
957 | |
958 | /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it |
959 | /// is indeed an unevaluated context. |
960 | SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; |
961 | |
962 | /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions |
963 | /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not |
964 | /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument. |
965 | Decl *ManglingContextDecl; |
966 | |
967 | /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions |
968 | /// and block literals within this context. |
969 | /// |
970 | /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts |
971 | /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals. |
972 | std::unique_ptr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering; |
973 | |
974 | /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions |
975 | /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. |
976 | SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; |
977 | |
978 | /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding |
979 | /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. |
980 | SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; |
981 | |
982 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, |
983 | unsigned NumCleanupObjects, |
984 | CleanupInfo ParentCleanup, |
985 | Decl *ManglingContextDecl, |
986 | bool IsDecltype) |
987 | : Context(Context), ParentCleanup(ParentCleanup), |
988 | IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), |
989 | NumTypos(0), |
990 | ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { } |
991 | |
992 | /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently |
993 | /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling. |
994 | MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext(ASTContext &Ctx); |
995 | |
996 | bool isUnevaluated() const { |
997 | return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated || |
998 | Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract || |
999 | Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList; |
1000 | } |
1001 | bool isConstantEvaluated() const { |
1002 | return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated; |
1003 | } |
1004 | }; |
1005 | |
1006 | /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. |
1007 | SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; |
1008 | |
1009 | /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or |
1010 | /// block literal. |
1011 | /// |
1012 | /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or |
1013 | /// block literal. |
1014 | /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl |
1015 | /// associated with the context, if relevant. |
1016 | MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext( |
1017 | const DeclContext *DC, |
1018 | Decl *&ManglingContextDecl); |
1019 | |
1020 | |
1021 | /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member |
1022 | /// function. |
1023 | /// |
1024 | /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the |
1025 | /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. |
1026 | class SpecialMemberOverloadResult { |
1027 | public: |
1028 | enum Kind { |
1029 | NoMemberOrDeleted, |
1030 | Ambiguous, |
1031 | Success |
1032 | }; |
1033 | |
1034 | private: |
1035 | llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; |
1036 | |
1037 | public: |
1038 | SpecialMemberOverloadResult() : Pair() {} |
1039 | SpecialMemberOverloadResult(CXXMethodDecl *MD) |
1040 | : Pair(MD, MD->isDeleted() ? NoMemberOrDeleted : Success) {} |
1041 | |
1042 | CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } |
1043 | void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } |
1044 | |
1045 | Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } |
1046 | void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } |
1047 | }; |
1048 | |
1049 | class SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry |
1050 | : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode, |
1051 | public SpecialMemberOverloadResult { |
1052 | public: |
1053 | SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) |
1054 | : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) |
1055 | {} |
1056 | }; |
1057 | |
1058 | /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results |
1059 | /// for C++ records. |
1060 | llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry> SpecialMemberCache; |
1061 | |
1062 | /// \brief A cache of the flags available in enumerations with the flag_bits |
1063 | /// attribute. |
1064 | mutable llvm::DenseMap<const EnumDecl*, llvm::APInt> FlagBitsCache; |
1065 | |
1066 | /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. |
1067 | /// |
1068 | /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform |
1069 | /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating |
1070 | /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has |
1071 | /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of |
1072 | /// checks. |
1073 | TranslationUnitKind TUKind; |
1074 | |
1075 | llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; |
1076 | |
1077 | /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. |
1078 | unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; |
1079 | |
1080 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, llvm::TinyPtrVector<ParmVarDecl *>> |
1081 | UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; |
1082 | |
1083 | /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the |
1084 | /// set of instantiations of each parameter. |
1085 | /// |
1086 | /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing |
1087 | /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, |
1088 | /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the |
1089 | /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. |
1090 | UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; |
1091 | |
1092 | // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default |
1093 | // argument locations. |
1094 | llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; |
1095 | |
1096 | /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a |
1097 | /// definition in this translation unit. |
1098 | llvm::MapVector<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; |
1099 | |
1100 | /// Determine if VD, which must be a variable or function, is an external |
1101 | /// symbol that nonetheless can't be referenced from outside this translation |
1102 | /// unit because its type has no linkage and it's not extern "C". |
1103 | bool isExternalWithNoLinkageType(ValueDecl *VD); |
1104 | |
1105 | /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. |
1106 | void getUndefinedButUsed( |
1107 | SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); |
1108 | |
1109 | /// Retrieves list of suspicious delete-expressions that will be checked at |
1110 | /// the end of translation unit. |
1111 | const llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> & |
1112 | getMismatchingDeleteExpressions() const; |
1113 | |
1114 | typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; |
1115 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; |
1116 | |
1117 | /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". |
1118 | /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures |
1119 | /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% |
1120 | /// of selectors are "overloaded"). |
1121 | /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2 |
1122 | /// methods inside categories with a particular selector. |
1123 | GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; |
1124 | |
1125 | /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation |
1126 | /// of -Wselector. |
1127 | llvm::MapVector<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; |
1128 | |
1129 | /// Kinds of C++ special members. |
1130 | enum CXXSpecialMember { |
1131 | CXXDefaultConstructor, |
1132 | CXXCopyConstructor, |
1133 | CXXMoveConstructor, |
1134 | CXXCopyAssignment, |
1135 | CXXMoveAssignment, |
1136 | CXXDestructor, |
1137 | CXXInvalid |
1138 | }; |
1139 | |
1140 | typedef llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXRecordDecl *, 3, CXXSpecialMember> |
1141 | SpecialMemberDecl; |
1142 | |
1143 | /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of |
1144 | /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the |
1145 | /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. |
1146 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; |
1147 | |
1148 | /// The function definitions which were renamed as part of typo-correction |
1149 | /// to match their respective declarations. We want to keep track of them |
1150 | /// to ensure that we don't emit a "redefinition" error if we encounter a |
1151 | /// correctly named definition after the renamed definition. |
1152 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const NamedDecl *, 4> TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions; |
1153 | |
1154 | /// Stack of types that correspond to the parameter entities that are |
1155 | /// currently being copy-initialized. Can be empty. |
1156 | llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 4> CurrentParameterCopyTypes; |
1157 | |
1158 | void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); |
1159 | void updateOutOfDateSelector(Selector Sel); |
1160 | |
1161 | /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. |
1162 | bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); |
1163 | bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr, const ObjCMethodDecl *Method); |
1164 | |
1165 | /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be |
1166 | /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and |
1167 | /// should not be used elsewhere. |
1168 | void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); |
1169 | |
1170 | /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound |
1171 | /// statements. |
1172 | class FPContractStateRAII { |
1173 | public: |
1174 | FPContractStateRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), OldFPFeaturesState(S.FPFeatures) {} |
1175 | ~FPContractStateRAII() { S.FPFeatures = OldFPFeaturesState; } |
1176 | |
1177 | private: |
1178 | Sema& S; |
1179 | FPOptions OldFPFeaturesState; |
1180 | }; |
1181 | |
1182 | void addImplicitTypedef(StringRef Name, QualType T); |
1183 | |
1184 | public: |
1185 | Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, |
1186 | TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, |
1187 | CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = nullptr); |
1188 | ~Sema(); |
1189 | |
1190 | /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been |
1191 | /// initialized but before it parses anything. |
1192 | void Initialize(); |
1193 | |
1194 | const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } |
1195 | OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } |
1196 | FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } |
1197 | |
1198 | DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } |
1199 | SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } |
1200 | Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } |
1201 | ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } |
1202 | ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } |
1203 | ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; |
1204 | ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } |
1205 | |
1206 | ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, |
1207 | /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. |
1208 | /// |
1209 | ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. |
1210 | /// |
1211 | void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); |
1212 | |
1213 | void PrintStats() const; |
1214 | |
1215 | /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional |
1216 | /// template instantiation stacks. |
1217 | /// |
1218 | /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder |
1219 | /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is |
1220 | /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder |
1221 | /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template |
1222 | /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as |
1223 | /// well. |
1224 | class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { |
1225 | Sema &SemaRef; |
1226 | unsigned DiagID; |
1227 | |
1228 | public: |
1229 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) |
1230 | : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } |
1231 | |
1232 | // This is a cunning lie. DiagnosticBuilder actually performs move |
1233 | // construction in its copy constructor (but due to varied uses, it's not |
1234 | // possible to conveniently express this as actual move construction). So |
1235 | // the default copy ctor here is fine, because the base class disables the |
1236 | // source anyway, so the user-defined ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder is a safe no-op |
1237 | // in that case anwyay. |
1238 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder&) = default; |
1239 | |
1240 | ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { |
1241 | // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. |
1242 | if (!isActive()) return; |
1243 | |
1244 | // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying |
1245 | // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it |
1246 | // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. |
1247 | // |
1248 | // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will |
1249 | // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be |
1250 | // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder |
1251 | // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to |
1252 | // eliminate that code. |
1253 | FlushCounts(); |
1254 | Clear(); |
1255 | |
1256 | // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. |
1257 | SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); |
1258 | } |
1259 | |
1260 | /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type. |
1261 | template<typename T> |
1262 | friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<( |
1263 | const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) { |
1264 | const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag; |
1265 | BaseDiag << Value; |
1266 | return Diag; |
1267 | } |
1268 | }; |
1269 | |
1270 | /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. |
1271 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { |
1272 | DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); |
1273 | return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); |
1274 | } |
1275 | |
1276 | /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. |
1277 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); |
1278 | |
1279 | /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. |
1280 | PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h |
1281 | |
1282 | bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); |
1283 | |
1284 | /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. |
1285 | std::string |
1286 | getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const; |
1287 | std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const; |
1288 | |
1289 | /// \brief Calls \c Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken() |
1290 | SourceLocation getLocForEndOfToken(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Offset = 0); |
1291 | |
1292 | /// \brief Retrieve the module loader associated with the preprocessor. |
1293 | ModuleLoader &getModuleLoader() const; |
1294 | |
1295 | void emitAndClearUnusedLocalTypedefWarnings(); |
1296 | |
1297 | void ActOnStartOfTranslationUnit(); |
1298 | void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); |
1299 | |
1300 | void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); |
1301 | |
1302 | Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); |
1303 | |
1304 | void PushFunctionScope(); |
1305 | void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); |
1306 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope(); |
1307 | |
1308 | /// \brief This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth |
1309 | /// is during Parsing. Currently it is used to pass on the depth |
1310 | /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters. |
1311 | void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth); |
1312 | |
1313 | void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD, |
1314 | RecordDecl *RD, |
1315 | CapturedRegionKind K); |
1316 | void |
1317 | PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP = nullptr, |
1318 | const Decl *D = nullptr, |
1319 | const BlockExpr *blkExpr = nullptr); |
1320 | |
1321 | sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { |
1322 | return FunctionScopes.back(); |
1323 | } |
1324 | |
1325 | sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getEnclosingFunction() const { |
1326 | if (FunctionScopes.empty()) |
1327 | return nullptr; |
1328 | |
1329 | for (int e = FunctionScopes.size()-1; e >= 0; --e) { |
1330 | if (isa<sema::BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[e])) |
1331 | continue; |
1332 | return FunctionScopes[e]; |
1333 | } |
1334 | return nullptr; |
1335 | } |
1336 | |
1337 | template <typename ExprT> |
1338 | void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) { |
1339 | if (!isUnevaluatedContext()) |
1340 | getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead); |
1341 | } |
1342 | |
1343 | void PushCompoundScope(bool IsStmtExpr); |
1344 | void PopCompoundScope(); |
1345 | |
1346 | sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; |
1347 | |
1348 | bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; |
1349 | |
1350 | /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. |
1351 | sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); |
1352 | |
1353 | /// Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any. |
1354 | /// \param IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope true if should find the top-most |
1355 | /// lambda scope info ignoring all inner capturing scopes that are not |
1356 | /// lambda scopes. |
1357 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo * |
1358 | getCurLambda(bool IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope = false); |
1359 | |
1360 | /// \brief Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any. |
1361 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda(); |
1362 | |
1363 | /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any. |
1364 | sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion(); |
1365 | |
1366 | /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls |
1367 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } |
1368 | |
1369 | void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); |
1370 | |
1371 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
1372 | // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. |
1373 | // |
1374 | |
1375 | QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs, |
1376 | const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr); |
1377 | QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA, |
1378 | const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr); |
1379 | QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, |
1380 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
1381 | QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, |
1382 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
1383 | QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, |
1384 | Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, |
1385 | SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); |
1386 | QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, |
1387 | SourceLocation AttrLoc); |
1388 | QualType BuildAddressSpaceAttr(QualType &T, Expr *AddrSpace, |
1389 | SourceLocation AttrLoc); |
1390 | |
1391 | bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
1392 | |
1393 | /// \brief Build a function type. |
1394 | /// |
1395 | /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and |
1396 | /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have |
1397 | /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates |
1398 | /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much |
1399 | /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case. |
1400 | /// |
1401 | /// \param T The return type of the function. |
1402 | /// |
1403 | /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array |
1404 | /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the |
1405 | /// function parameters. |
1406 | /// |
1407 | /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this |
1408 | /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the |
1409 | /// type that will have function type. |
1410 | /// |
1411 | /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function |
1412 | /// type, if known. |
1413 | /// |
1414 | /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will |
1415 | /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype. |
1416 | /// |
1417 | /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The |
1418 | /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType. |
1419 | /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type. |
1420 | QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, |
1421 | MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, |
1422 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, |
1423 | const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); |
1424 | |
1425 | QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, |
1426 | SourceLocation Loc, |
1427 | DeclarationName Entity); |
1428 | QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, |
1429 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
1430 | QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); |
1431 | QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
1432 | QualType BuildReadPipeType(QualType T, |
1433 | SourceLocation Loc); |
1434 | QualType BuildWritePipeType(QualType T, |
1435 | SourceLocation Loc); |
1436 | |
1437 | TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); |
1438 | TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); |
1439 | TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, |
1440 | TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); |
1441 | |
1442 | /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. |
1443 | ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
1444 | DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); |
1445 | DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); |
1446 | static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, |
1447 | TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = nullptr); |
1448 | CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); |
1449 | const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, |
1450 | const FunctionProtoType *FPT); |
1451 | void UpdateExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *FD, |
1452 | const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI); |
1453 | bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, SourceRange Range); |
1454 | bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); |
1455 | bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); |
1456 | bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( |
1457 | const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, |
1458 | const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); |
1459 | bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( |
1460 | const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, |
1461 | const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, |
1462 | const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); |
1463 | bool handlerCanCatch(QualType HandlerType, QualType ExceptionType); |
1464 | bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, |
1465 | const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID, |
1466 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID, |
1467 | const FunctionProtoType *Superset, |
1468 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
1469 | const FunctionProtoType *Subset, |
1470 | SourceLocation SubLoc); |
1471 | bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID, |
1472 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID, |
1473 | const FunctionProtoType *Target, |
1474 | SourceLocation TargetLoc, |
1475 | const FunctionProtoType *Source, |
1476 | SourceLocation SourceLoc); |
1477 | |
1478 | TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
1479 | |
1480 | /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' |
1481 | /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. |
1482 | ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); |
1483 | |
1484 | /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. |
1485 | struct TypeDiagnoser { |
1486 | TypeDiagnoser() {} |
1487 | |
1488 | virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
1489 | virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} |
1490 | }; |
1491 | |
1492 | static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } |
1493 | static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } |
1494 | static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } |
1495 | static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } |
1496 | static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } |
1497 | static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } |
1498 | static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { |
1499 | return II; |
1500 | } |
1501 | static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } |
1502 | static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } |
1503 | static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } |
1504 | static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } |
1505 | static SourceRange getPrintable(const Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } |
1506 | static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} |
1507 | |
1508 | template <typename... Ts> class BoundTypeDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser { |
1509 | unsigned DiagID; |
1510 | std::tuple<const Ts &...> Args; |
1511 | |
1512 | template <std::size_t... Is> |
1513 | void emit(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB, |
1514 | llvm::index_sequence<Is...>) const { |
1515 | // Apply all tuple elements to the builder in order. |
1516 | bool Dummy[] = {false, (DB << getPrintable(std::get<Is>(Args)))...}; |
1517 | (void)Dummy; |
1518 | } |
1519 | |
1520 | public: |
1521 | BoundTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) |
1522 | : TypeDiagnoser(), DiagID(DiagID), Args(Args...) { |
1523 | assert(DiagID != 0 && "no diagnostic for type diagnoser")(static_cast <bool> (DiagID != 0 && "no diagnostic for type diagnoser" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DiagID != 0 && \"no diagnostic for type diagnoser\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1523, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1524 | } |
1525 | |
1526 | void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { |
1527 | const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB = S.Diag(Loc, DiagID); |
1528 | emit(DB, llvm::index_sequence_for<Ts...>()); |
1529 | DB << T; |
1530 | } |
1531 | }; |
1532 | |
1533 | private: |
1534 | bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
1535 | TypeDiagnoser *Diagnoser); |
1536 | |
1537 | struct ModuleScope { |
1538 | clang::Module *Module = nullptr; |
1539 | bool ModuleInterface = false; |
1540 | VisibleModuleSet OuterVisibleModules; |
1541 | }; |
1542 | /// The modules we're currently parsing. |
1543 | llvm::SmallVector<ModuleScope, 16> ModuleScopes; |
1544 | |
1545 | /// Get the module whose scope we are currently within. |
1546 | Module *getCurrentModule() const { |
1547 | return ModuleScopes.empty() ? nullptr : ModuleScopes.back().Module; |
1548 | } |
1549 | |
1550 | VisibleModuleSet VisibleModules; |
1551 | |
1552 | public: |
1553 | /// \brief Get the module owning an entity. |
1554 | Module *getOwningModule(Decl *Entity) { return Entity->getOwningModule(); } |
1555 | |
1556 | /// \brief Make a merged definition of an existing hidden definition \p ND |
1557 | /// visible at the specified location. |
1558 | void makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND); |
1559 | |
1560 | bool isModuleVisible(const Module *M) { return VisibleModules.isVisible(M); } |
1561 | |
1562 | /// Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup. |
1563 | bool isVisible(const NamedDecl *D) { |
1564 | return !D->isHidden() || isVisibleSlow(D); |
1565 | } |
1566 | |
1567 | /// Determine whether any declaration of an entity is visible. |
1568 | bool |
1569 | hasVisibleDeclaration(const NamedDecl *D, |
1570 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr) { |
1571 | return isVisible(D) || hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(D, Modules); |
1572 | } |
1573 | bool hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(const NamedDecl *D, |
1574 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules); |
1575 | |
1576 | bool hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def); |
1577 | bool hasMergedDefinitionInCurrentModule(NamedDecl *Def); |
1578 | |
1579 | /// Determine if \p D and \p Suggested have a structurally compatible |
1580 | /// layout as described in C11 6.2.7/1. |
1581 | bool hasStructuralCompatLayout(Decl *D, Decl *Suggested); |
1582 | |
1583 | /// Determine if \p D has a visible definition. If not, suggest a declaration |
1584 | /// that should be made visible to expose the definition. |
1585 | bool hasVisibleDefinition(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl **Suggested, |
1586 | bool OnlyNeedComplete = false); |
1587 | bool hasVisibleDefinition(const NamedDecl *D) { |
1588 | NamedDecl *Hidden; |
1589 | return hasVisibleDefinition(const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D), &Hidden); |
1590 | } |
1591 | |
1592 | /// Determine if the template parameter \p D has a visible default argument. |
1593 | bool |
1594 | hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D, |
1595 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr); |
1596 | |
1597 | /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is an explicit |
1598 | /// specialization declaration for a specialization of a template. (For a |
1599 | /// member specialization, use hasVisibleMemberSpecialization.) |
1600 | bool hasVisibleExplicitSpecialization( |
1601 | const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr); |
1602 | |
1603 | /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is a member |
1604 | /// specialization declaration (as opposed to an instantiated declaration). |
1605 | bool hasVisibleMemberSpecialization( |
1606 | const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr); |
1607 | |
1608 | /// Determine if \p A and \p B are equivalent internal linkage declarations |
1609 | /// from different modules, and thus an ambiguity error can be downgraded to |
1610 | /// an extension warning. |
1611 | bool isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(const NamedDecl *A, |
1612 | const NamedDecl *B); |
1613 | void diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations( |
1614 | SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *D, |
1615 | ArrayRef<const NamedDecl *> Equiv); |
1616 | |
1617 | bool isCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { |
1618 | return !RequireCompleteTypeImpl(Loc, T, nullptr); |
1619 | } |
1620 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
1621 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
1622 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
1623 | unsigned DiagID); |
1624 | |
1625 | template <typename... Ts> |
1626 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, |
1627 | const Ts &...Args) { |
1628 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
1629 | return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); |
1630 | } |
1631 | |
1632 | void completeExprArrayBound(Expr *E); |
1633 | bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
1634 | bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); |
1635 | |
1636 | template <typename... Ts> |
1637 | bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) { |
1638 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
1639 | return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); |
1640 | } |
1641 | |
1642 | bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
1643 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
1644 | bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); |
1645 | |
1646 | template <typename... Ts> |
1647 | bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, |
1648 | const Ts &...Args) { |
1649 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
1650 | return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); |
1651 | } |
1652 | |
1653 | QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
1654 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); |
1655 | |
1656 | QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); |
1657 | /// If AsUnevaluated is false, E is treated as though it were an evaluated |
1658 | /// context, such as when building a type for decltype(auto). |
1659 | QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, |
1660 | bool AsUnevaluated = true); |
1661 | QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, |
1662 | UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, |
1663 | SourceLocation Loc); |
1664 | |
1665 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
1666 | // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. |
1667 | // |
1668 | |
1669 | struct SkipBodyInfo { |
1670 | SkipBodyInfo() |
1671 | : ShouldSkip(false), CheckSameAsPrevious(false), Previous(nullptr), |
1672 | New(nullptr) {} |
1673 | bool ShouldSkip; |
1674 | bool CheckSameAsPrevious; |
1675 | NamedDecl *Previous; |
1676 | NamedDecl *New; |
1677 | }; |
1678 | |
1679 | DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = nullptr); |
1680 | |
1681 | void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); |
1682 | |
1683 | bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; |
1684 | |
1685 | ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
1686 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr, |
1687 | bool isClassName = false, bool HasTrailingDot = false, |
1688 | ParsedType ObjectType = nullptr, |
1689 | bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, |
1690 | bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, |
1691 | bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext = true, |
1692 | IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = nullptr); |
1693 | TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); |
1694 | bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); |
1695 | void DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, |
1696 | SourceLocation IILoc, |
1697 | Scope *S, |
1698 | CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
1699 | ParsedType &SuggestedType, |
1700 | bool IsTemplateName = false); |
1701 | |
1702 | /// Attempt to behave like MSVC in situations where lookup of an unqualified |
1703 | /// type name has failed in a dependent context. In these situations, we |
1704 | /// automatically form a DependentTypeName that will retry lookup in a related |
1705 | /// scope during instantiation. |
1706 | ParsedType ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, |
1707 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
1708 | bool IsTemplateTypeArg); |
1709 | |
1710 | /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed |
1711 | /// by \c ClassifyName(). |
1712 | enum NameClassificationKind { |
1713 | NC_Unknown, |
1714 | NC_Error, |
1715 | NC_Keyword, |
1716 | NC_Type, |
1717 | NC_Expression, |
1718 | NC_NestedNameSpecifier, |
1719 | NC_TypeTemplate, |
1720 | NC_VarTemplate, |
1721 | NC_FunctionTemplate |
1722 | }; |
1723 | |
1724 | class NameClassification { |
1725 | NameClassificationKind Kind; |
1726 | ExprResult Expr; |
1727 | TemplateName Template; |
1728 | ParsedType Type; |
1729 | |
1730 | explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} |
1731 | |
1732 | public: |
1733 | NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} |
1734 | |
1735 | NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} |
1736 | |
1737 | NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) : Kind(NC_Keyword) {} |
1738 | |
1739 | static NameClassification Error() { |
1740 | return NameClassification(NC_Error); |
1741 | } |
1742 | |
1743 | static NameClassification Unknown() { |
1744 | return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); |
1745 | } |
1746 | |
1747 | static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { |
1748 | return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); |
1749 | } |
1750 | |
1751 | static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
1752 | NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); |
1753 | Result.Template = Name; |
1754 | return Result; |
1755 | } |
1756 | |
1757 | static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
1758 | NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate); |
1759 | Result.Template = Name; |
1760 | return Result; |
1761 | } |
1762 | |
1763 | static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
1764 | NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); |
1765 | Result.Template = Name; |
1766 | return Result; |
1767 | } |
1768 | |
1769 | NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } |
1770 | |
1771 | ParsedType getType() const { |
1772 | assert(Kind == NC_Type)(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_Type) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_Type", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1772, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1773 | return Type; |
1774 | } |
1775 | |
1776 | ExprResult getExpression() const { |
1777 | assert(Kind == NC_Expression)(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_Expression) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_Expression", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1777, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1778 | return Expr; |
1779 | } |
1780 | |
1781 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { |
1782 | assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate ||(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1783, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
1783 | Kind == NC_VarTemplate)(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1783, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1784 | return Template; |
1785 | } |
1786 | |
1787 | TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { |
1788 | switch (Kind) { |
1789 | case NC_TypeTemplate: |
1790 | return TNK_Type_template; |
1791 | case NC_FunctionTemplate: |
1792 | return TNK_Function_template; |
1793 | case NC_VarTemplate: |
1794 | return TNK_Var_template; |
1795 | default: |
1796 | llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unsupported name classification." , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1796); |
1797 | } |
1798 | } |
1799 | }; |
1800 | |
1801 | /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on |
1802 | /// the results of name lookup and the following token. |
1803 | /// |
1804 | /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct |
1805 | /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt |
1806 | /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. |
1807 | /// |
1808 | /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. |
1809 | /// |
1810 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. |
1811 | /// |
1812 | /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, |
1813 | /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. |
1814 | /// |
1815 | /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. |
1816 | /// |
1817 | /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help |
1818 | /// disambiguate the name. |
1819 | /// |
1820 | /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary |
1821 | /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an |
1822 | /// expression. |
1823 | /// |
1824 | /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. |
1825 | NameClassification |
1826 | ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, |
1827 | SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, |
1828 | bool IsAddressOfOperand, |
1829 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr); |
1830 | |
1831 | /// Describes the detailed kind of a template name. Used in diagnostics. |
1832 | enum class TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics { |
1833 | ClassTemplate, |
1834 | FunctionTemplate, |
1835 | VarTemplate, |
1836 | AliasTemplate, |
1837 | TemplateTemplateParam, |
1838 | DependentTemplate |
1839 | }; |
1840 | TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics |
1841 | getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name); |
1842 | |
1843 | /// Determine whether it's plausible that E was intended to be a |
1844 | /// template-name. |
1845 | bool mightBeIntendedToBeTemplateName(ExprResult E) { |
1846 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || E.isInvalid()) |
1847 | return false; |
1848 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E.get())) |
1849 | return !DRE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs(); |
1850 | if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E.get())) |
1851 | return !ME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs(); |
1852 | // Any additional cases recognized here should also be handled by |
1853 | // diagnoseExprIntendedAsTemplateName. |
1854 | return false; |
1855 | } |
1856 | void diagnoseExprIntendedAsTemplateName(Scope *S, ExprResult TemplateName, |
1857 | SourceLocation Less, |
1858 | SourceLocation Greater); |
1859 | |
1860 | Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
1861 | |
1862 | NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
1863 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); |
1864 | void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S); |
1865 | bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); |
1866 | bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, |
1867 | DeclarationName Name, |
1868 | SourceLocation Loc); |
1869 | void |
1870 | diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(unsigned DiagID, unsigned Quals, |
1871 | SourceLocation FallbackLoc, |
1872 | SourceLocation ConstQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
1873 | SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
1874 | SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
1875 | SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
1876 | SourceLocation UnalignedQualLoc = SourceLocation()); |
1877 | |
1878 | static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC); |
1879 | void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS); |
1880 | NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D, |
1881 | const LookupResult &R); |
1882 | NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, const LookupResult &R); |
1883 | void CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, |
1884 | const LookupResult &R); |
1885 | void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); |
1886 | |
1887 | /// Warn if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers |
1888 | /// to a shadowing declaration. |
1889 | void CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); |
1890 | |
1891 | void DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); |
1892 | |
1893 | private: |
1894 | /// Map of current shadowing declarations to shadowed declarations. Warn if |
1895 | /// it looks like the user is trying to modify the shadowing declaration. |
1896 | llvm::DenseMap<const NamedDecl *, const NamedDecl *> ShadowingDecls; |
1897 | |
1898 | public: |
1899 | void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); |
1900 | void handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope); |
1901 | void setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, |
1902 | TypedefNameDecl *NewTD); |
1903 | void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); |
1904 | NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, |
1905 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
1906 | LookupResult &Previous); |
1907 | NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, |
1908 | LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); |
1909 | NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, |
1910 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
1911 | LookupResult &Previous, |
1912 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, |
1913 | bool &AddToScope, |
1914 | ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings = None); |
1915 | NamedDecl * |
1916 | ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
1917 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); |
1918 | // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration |
1919 | bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); |
1920 | void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD); |
1921 | bool DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit, |
1922 | Expr *Init); |
1923 | void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *VD); |
1924 | void CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DecompositionDecl *DD); |
1925 | void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D); |
1926 | |
1927 | NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, |
1928 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
1929 | LookupResult &Previous, |
1930 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, |
1931 | bool &AddToScope); |
1932 | bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
1933 | |
1934 | bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); |
1935 | bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); |
1936 | |
1937 | void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
1938 | void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
1939 | SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods); |
1940 | void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
1941 | SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods); |
1942 | // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration |
1943 | bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, |
1944 | FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, |
1945 | bool IsMemberSpecialization); |
1946 | bool shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *OldDecl); |
1947 | void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); |
1948 | void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD); |
1949 | Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
1950 | ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, |
1951 | SourceLocation Loc, |
1952 | QualType T); |
1953 | ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
1954 | SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
1955 | QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, |
1956 | StorageClass SC); |
1957 | void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, |
1958 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
1959 | Expr *defarg); |
1960 | void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, |
1961 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
1962 | SourceLocation ArgLoc); |
1963 | void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc); |
1964 | bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, |
1965 | SourceLocation EqualLoc); |
1966 | |
1967 | void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit); |
1968 | void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl); |
1969 | void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); |
1970 | |
1971 | void ActOnPureSpecifier(Decl *D, SourceLocation PureSpecLoc); |
1972 | void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); |
1973 | StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
1974 | IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
1975 | ParsedAttributes &Attrs, |
1976 | SourceLocation AttrEnd); |
1977 | void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); |
1978 | void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); |
1979 | void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); |
1980 | DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, |
1981 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); |
1982 | DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group); |
1983 | |
1984 | /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached |
1985 | /// documentation comments. |
1986 | void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); |
1987 | void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); |
1988 | |
1989 | void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
1990 | SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); |
1991 | void CheckForFunctionRedefinition( |
1992 | FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition = nullptr, |
1993 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
1994 | Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
1995 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, |
1996 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
1997 | Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D, |
1998 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
1999 | void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
2000 | bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { |
2001 | return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); |
2002 | } |
2003 | |
2004 | /// \brief Determine whether we can delay parsing the body of a function or |
2005 | /// function template until it is used, assuming we don't care about emitting |
2006 | /// code for that function. |
2007 | /// |
2008 | /// This will be \c false if we may need the body of the function in the |
2009 | /// middle of parsing an expression (where it's impractical to switch to |
2010 | /// parsing a different function), for instance, if it's constexpr in C++11 |
2011 | /// or has an 'auto' return type in C++14. These cases are essentially bugs. |
2012 | bool canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D); |
2013 | |
2014 | /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function |
2015 | /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting |
2016 | /// code for that function. |
2017 | /// |
2018 | /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in |
2019 | /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is |
2020 | /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). |
2021 | bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); |
2022 | |
2023 | void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); |
2024 | Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); |
2025 | Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); |
2026 | Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); |
2027 | void ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D); |
2028 | |
2029 | /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an |
2030 | /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. |
2031 | void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); |
2032 | |
2033 | /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of |
2034 | /// ParmVarDecl pointers. |
2035 | void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters); |
2036 | |
2037 | /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a |
2038 | /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a |
2039 | /// specified threshold. |
2040 | void |
2041 | DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, |
2042 | QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D); |
2043 | |
2044 | void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); |
2045 | Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, |
2046 | SourceLocation AsmLoc, |
2047 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
2048 | |
2049 | /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration. |
2050 | Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, |
2051 | AttributeList *AttrList, |
2052 | SourceLocation SemiLoc); |
2053 | |
2054 | enum class ModuleDeclKind { |
2055 | Interface, ///< 'export module X;' |
2056 | Implementation, ///< 'module X;' |
2057 | Partition, ///< 'module partition X;' |
2058 | }; |
2059 | |
2060 | /// The parser has processed a module-declaration that begins the definition |
2061 | /// of a module interface or implementation. |
2062 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
2063 | SourceLocation ModuleLoc, ModuleDeclKind MDK, |
2064 | ModuleIdPath Path); |
2065 | |
2066 | /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. |
2067 | /// |
2068 | /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. |
2069 | /// |
2070 | /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. |
2071 | /// |
2072 | /// \param Path The module access path. |
2073 | DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, |
2074 | ModuleIdPath Path); |
2075 | |
2076 | /// \brief The parser has processed a module import translated from a |
2077 | /// #include or similar preprocessing directive. |
2078 | void ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
2079 | void BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
2080 | |
2081 | /// \brief The parsed has entered a submodule. |
2082 | void ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
2083 | /// \brief The parser has left a submodule. |
2084 | void ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
2085 | |
2086 | /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given |
2087 | /// source location, for error recovery, if possible. |
2088 | /// |
2089 | /// This routine is typically used when an entity found by name lookup |
2090 | /// is actually hidden within a module that we know about but the user |
2091 | /// has forgotten to import. |
2092 | void createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, |
2093 | Module *Mod); |
2094 | |
2095 | /// Kinds of missing import. Note, the values of these enumerators correspond |
2096 | /// to %select values in diagnostics. |
2097 | enum class MissingImportKind { |
2098 | Declaration, |
2099 | Definition, |
2100 | DefaultArgument, |
2101 | ExplicitSpecialization, |
2102 | PartialSpecialization |
2103 | }; |
2104 | |
2105 | /// \brief Diagnose that the specified declaration needs to be visible but |
2106 | /// isn't, and suggest a module import that would resolve the problem. |
2107 | void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl, |
2108 | MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover = true); |
2109 | void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl, |
2110 | SourceLocation DeclLoc, ArrayRef<Module *> Modules, |
2111 | MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover); |
2112 | |
2113 | Decl *ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc, |
2114 | SourceLocation LBraceLoc); |
2115 | Decl *ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *ExportDecl, |
2116 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc); |
2117 | |
2118 | /// \brief We've found a use of a templated declaration that would trigger an |
2119 | /// implicit instantiation. Check that any relevant explicit specializations |
2120 | /// and partial specializations are visible, and diagnose if not. |
2121 | void checkSpecializationVisibility(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Spec); |
2122 | |
2123 | /// \brief We've found a use of a template specialization that would select a |
2124 | /// partial specialization. Check that the partial specialization is visible, |
2125 | /// and diagnose if not. |
2126 | void checkPartialSpecializationVisibility(SourceLocation Loc, |
2127 | NamedDecl *Spec); |
2128 | |
2129 | /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. |
2130 | PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { |
2131 | return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); |
2132 | } |
2133 | |
2134 | /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. |
2135 | static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, |
2136 | const Preprocessor &PP); |
2137 | |
2138 | /// Scope actions. |
2139 | void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); |
2140 | void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); |
2141 | |
2142 | Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, |
2143 | RecordDecl *&AnonRecord); |
2144 | Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, |
2145 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, |
2146 | bool IsExplicitInstantiation, |
2147 | RecordDecl *&AnonRecord); |
2148 | |
2149 | Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
2150 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
2151 | RecordDecl *Record, |
2152 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
2153 | |
2154 | Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
2155 | RecordDecl *Record); |
2156 | |
2157 | /// Common ways to introduce type names without a tag for use in diagnostics. |
2158 | /// Keep in sync with err_tag_reference_non_tag. |
2159 | enum NonTagKind { |
2160 | NTK_NonStruct, |
2161 | NTK_NonClass, |
2162 | NTK_NonUnion, |
2163 | NTK_NonEnum, |
2164 | NTK_Typedef, |
2165 | NTK_TypeAlias, |
2166 | NTK_Template, |
2167 | NTK_TypeAliasTemplate, |
2168 | NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument, |
2169 | }; |
2170 | |
2171 | /// Given a non-tag type declaration, returns an enum useful for indicating |
2172 | /// what kind of non-tag type this is. |
2173 | NonTagKind getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *D, TagTypeKind TTK); |
2174 | |
2175 | bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, |
2176 | TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, |
2177 | SourceLocation NewTagLoc, |
2178 | const IdentifierInfo *Name); |
2179 | |
2180 | enum TagUseKind { |
2181 | TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' |
2182 | TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' |
2183 | TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' |
2184 | TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' |
2185 | }; |
2186 | |
2187 | Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, |
2188 | SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
2189 | SourceLocation NameLoc, AttributeList *Attr, |
2190 | AccessSpecifier AS, SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, |
2191 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, bool &OwnedDecl, |
2192 | bool &IsDependent, SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, |
2193 | bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType, |
2194 | bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg, |
2195 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
2196 | |
2197 | Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, |
2198 | unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, |
2199 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
2200 | IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
2201 | AttributeList *Attr, |
2202 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); |
2203 | |
2204 | TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, |
2205 | unsigned TagSpec, |
2206 | TagUseKind TUK, |
2207 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
2208 | IdentifierInfo *Name, |
2209 | SourceLocation TagLoc, |
2210 | SourceLocation NameLoc); |
2211 | |
2212 | void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
2213 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
2214 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); |
2215 | Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
2216 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); |
2217 | |
2218 | FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
2219 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
2220 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle, |
2221 | AccessSpecifier AS); |
2222 | MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, |
2223 | SourceLocation DeclStart, |
2224 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
2225 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle, |
2226 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
2227 | AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr); |
2228 | |
2229 | FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, |
2230 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
2231 | RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, |
2232 | bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
2233 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle, |
2234 | SourceLocation TSSL, |
2235 | AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, |
2236 | Declarator *D = nullptr); |
2237 | |
2238 | bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); |
2239 | void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); |
2240 | |
2241 | enum TrivialABIHandling { |
2242 | /// The triviality of a method unaffected by "trivial_abi". |
2243 | TAH_IgnoreTrivialABI, |
2244 | |
2245 | /// The triviality of a method affected by "trivial_abi". |
2246 | TAH_ConsiderTrivialABI |
2247 | }; |
2248 | |
2249 | bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, |
2250 | TrivialABIHandling TAH = TAH_IgnoreTrivialABI, |
2251 | bool Diagnose = false); |
2252 | CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
2253 | void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, |
2254 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); |
2255 | Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
2256 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
2257 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); |
2258 | |
2259 | // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. |
2260 | void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, |
2261 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, |
2262 | SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, |
2263 | AttributeList *AttrList); |
2264 | |
2265 | /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the |
2266 | /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, |
2267 | /// struct, or union). |
2268 | void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); |
2269 | |
2270 | /// Perform ODR-like check for C/ObjC when merging tag types from modules. |
2271 | /// Differently from C++, actually parse the body and reject / error out |
2272 | /// in case of a structural mismatch. |
2273 | bool ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev, |
2274 | SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody); |
2275 | |
2276 | typedef void *SkippedDefinitionContext; |
2277 | |
2278 | /// \brief Invoked when we enter a tag definition that we're skipping. |
2279 | SkippedDefinitionContext ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TD); |
2280 | |
2281 | Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); |
2282 | |
2283 | /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a |
2284 | /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its |
2285 | /// member declarations. |
2286 | void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, |
2287 | SourceLocation FinalLoc, |
2288 | bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, |
2289 | SourceLocation LBraceLoc); |
2290 | |
2291 | /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing |
2292 | /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). |
2293 | void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, |
2294 | SourceRange BraceRange); |
2295 | |
2296 | void ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context); |
2297 | |
2298 | void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); |
2299 | |
2300 | /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container |
2301 | /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. |
2302 | /// |
2303 | /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext |
2304 | void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); |
2305 | void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); |
2306 | |
2307 | /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable |
2308 | /// error parsing the definition of a tag. |
2309 | void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); |
2310 | |
2311 | EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, |
2312 | EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, |
2313 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
2314 | IdentifierInfo *Id, |
2315 | Expr *val); |
2316 | bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); |
2317 | bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, |
2318 | QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, bool IsFixed, |
2319 | const EnumDecl *Prev); |
2320 | |
2321 | /// Determine whether the body of an anonymous enumeration should be skipped. |
2322 | /// \param II The name of the first enumerator. |
2323 | SkipBodyInfo shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, |
2324 | SourceLocation IILoc); |
2325 | |
2326 | Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, |
2327 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
2328 | AttributeList *Attrs, SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
2329 | Expr *Val); |
2330 | void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, |
2331 | Decl *EnumDecl, |
2332 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, |
2333 | Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); |
2334 | |
2335 | DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); |
2336 | |
2337 | /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. |
2338 | void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); |
2339 | void PopDeclContext(); |
2340 | |
2341 | /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context |
2342 | /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. |
2343 | void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); |
2344 | void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); |
2345 | |
2346 | /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. |
2347 | void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); |
2348 | void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); |
2349 | |
2350 | DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); |
2351 | |
2352 | /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer |
2353 | /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently |
2354 | /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. |
2355 | FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); |
2356 | |
2357 | /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to |
2358 | /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently |
2359 | /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. |
2360 | ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); |
2361 | |
2362 | /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method |
2363 | /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently |
2364 | /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. |
2365 | NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); |
2366 | |
2367 | /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. |
2368 | void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); |
2369 | |
2370 | /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the |
2371 | /// top level scope. |
2372 | /// |
2373 | /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. |
2374 | /// |
2375 | /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. |
2376 | void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); |
2377 | |
2378 | /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true |
2379 | /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns |
2380 | /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. |
2381 | /// |
2382 | /// \param AllowInlineNamespace If \c true, allow the declaration to be in the |
2383 | /// enclosing namespace set of the context, rather than contained |
2384 | /// directly within it. |
2385 | bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = nullptr, |
2386 | bool AllowInlineNamespace = false); |
2387 | |
2388 | /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it |
2389 | /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. |
2390 | static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); |
2391 | |
2392 | /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). |
2393 | TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, |
2394 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
2395 | bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); |
2396 | |
2397 | /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability |
2398 | /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). |
2399 | enum AvailabilityMergeKind { |
2400 | /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all. |
2401 | AMK_None, |
2402 | /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires |
2403 | /// an exact match. |
2404 | AMK_Redeclaration, |
2405 | /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires |
2406 | /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. |
2407 | AMK_Override, |
2408 | /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an implementation of |
2409 | /// a protocol requirement. |
2410 | AMK_ProtocolImplementation, |
2411 | }; |
2412 | |
2413 | /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. |
2414 | AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2415 | IdentifierInfo *Platform, |
2416 | bool Implicit, |
2417 | VersionTuple Introduced, |
2418 | VersionTuple Deprecated, |
2419 | VersionTuple Obsoleted, |
2420 | bool IsUnavailable, |
2421 | StringRef Message, |
2422 | bool IsStrict, StringRef Replacement, |
2423 | AvailabilityMergeKind AMK, |
2424 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2425 | TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2426 | TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, |
2427 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2428 | VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2429 | VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, |
2430 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2431 | UuidAttr *mergeUuidAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2432 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex, StringRef Uuid); |
2433 | DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2434 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2435 | DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2436 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2437 | MSInheritanceAttr * |
2438 | mergeMSInheritanceAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase, |
2439 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex, |
2440 | MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling); |
2441 | FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2442 | IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx, |
2443 | int FirstArg, unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2444 | SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name, |
2445 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2446 | AlwaysInlineAttr *mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2447 | IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
2448 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2449 | MinSizeAttr *mergeMinSizeAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2450 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2451 | OptimizeNoneAttr *mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2452 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2453 | InternalLinkageAttr *mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2454 | IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
2455 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2456 | CommonAttr *mergeCommonAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
2457 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2458 | |
2459 | void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, |
2460 | AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); |
2461 | void MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, |
2462 | LookupResult &OldDecls); |
2463 | bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&Old, Scope *S, |
2464 | bool MergeTypeWithOld); |
2465 | bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, |
2466 | Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld); |
2467 | void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); |
2468 | void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous); |
2469 | void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld); |
2470 | void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); |
2471 | bool checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *OldDefn, VarDecl *NewDefn); |
2472 | void notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New); |
2473 | bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); |
2474 | |
2475 | // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions |
2476 | // to represent what is actually causing the operation |
2477 | enum AssignmentAction { |
2478 | AA_Assigning, |
2479 | AA_Passing, |
2480 | AA_Returning, |
2481 | AA_Converting, |
2482 | AA_Initializing, |
2483 | AA_Sending, |
2484 | AA_Casting, |
2485 | AA_Passing_CFAudited |
2486 | }; |
2487 | |
2488 | /// C++ Overloading. |
2489 | enum OverloadKind { |
2490 | /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are |
2491 | /// functions or function templates with different signatures. |
2492 | Ovl_Overload, |
2493 | |
2494 | /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches |
2495 | /// an existing declaration. |
2496 | Ovl_Match, |
2497 | |
2498 | /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a |
2499 | /// non-function. |
2500 | Ovl_NonFunction |
2501 | }; |
2502 | OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, |
2503 | FunctionDecl *New, |
2504 | const LookupResult &OldDecls, |
2505 | NamedDecl *&OldDecl, |
2506 | bool IsForUsingDecl); |
2507 | bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl, |
2508 | bool ConsiderCudaAttrs = true); |
2509 | |
2510 | /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current |
2511 | /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. |
2512 | /// |
2513 | /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside |
2514 | /// an available function, false otherwise. |
2515 | bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); |
2516 | |
2517 | ImplicitConversionSequence |
2518 | TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
2519 | bool SuppressUserConversions, |
2520 | bool AllowExplicit, |
2521 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
2522 | bool CStyle, |
2523 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); |
2524 | |
2525 | bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
2526 | bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
2527 | bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
2528 | bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2529 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
2530 | QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); |
2531 | bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2532 | QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); |
2533 | bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2534 | QualType &ConvertedType); |
2535 | bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2536 | QualType& ConvertedType); |
2537 | bool FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, |
2538 | const FunctionProtoType *NewType, |
2539 | unsigned *ArgPos = nullptr); |
2540 | void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, |
2541 | QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
2542 | |
2543 | void maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprResult &E); |
2544 | CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); |
2545 | bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
2546 | CastKind &Kind, |
2547 | CXXCastPath& BasePath, |
2548 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess, |
2549 | bool Diagnose = true); |
2550 | bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2551 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
2552 | QualType &ConvertedType); |
2553 | bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
2554 | CastKind &Kind, |
2555 | CXXCastPath &BasePath, |
2556 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess); |
2557 | bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2558 | bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); |
2559 | bool IsFunctionConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2560 | QualType &ResultTy); |
2561 | bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); |
2562 | bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg); |
2563 | |
2564 | ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
2565 | const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, |
2566 | QualType ResultType, |
2567 | Expr *Value, |
2568 | bool AllowNRVO = true); |
2569 | |
2570 | bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
2571 | ExprResult Init); |
2572 | ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
2573 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
2574 | ExprResult Init, |
2575 | bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, |
2576 | bool AllowExplicit = false); |
2577 | ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, |
2578 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
2579 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
2580 | CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
2581 | |
2582 | ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); |
2583 | ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); |
2584 | |
2585 | /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. |
2586 | enum CCEKind { |
2587 | CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. |
2588 | CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. |
2589 | CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. |
2590 | CCEK_NewExpr, ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator. |
2591 | CCEK_ConstexprIf ///< Condition in a constexpr if statement. |
2592 | }; |
2593 | ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, |
2594 | llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); |
2595 | ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, |
2596 | APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE); |
2597 | |
2598 | /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit |
2599 | /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter. |
2600 | class ContextualImplicitConverter { |
2601 | public: |
2602 | bool Suppress; |
2603 | bool SuppressConversion; |
2604 | |
2605 | ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false, |
2606 | bool SuppressConversion = false) |
2607 | : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {} |
2608 | |
2609 | /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type |
2610 | /// for this conversion. |
2611 | virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0; |
2612 | |
2613 | /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have |
2614 | /// integral or enumeration type. |
2615 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2616 | diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
2617 | |
2618 | /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. |
2619 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2620 | diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
2621 | |
2622 | /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function |
2623 | /// is explicit. |
2624 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( |
2625 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
2626 | |
2627 | /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. |
2628 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2629 | noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
2630 | |
2631 | /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion |
2632 | /// functions. |
2633 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2634 | diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
2635 | |
2636 | /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. |
2637 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2638 | noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
2639 | |
2640 | /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function |
2641 | /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). |
2642 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion( |
2643 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
2644 | |
2645 | virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {} |
2646 | }; |
2647 | |
2648 | class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter { |
2649 | bool AllowScopedEnumerations; |
2650 | |
2651 | public: |
2652 | ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations, |
2653 | bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion) |
2654 | : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion), |
2655 | AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {} |
2656 | |
2657 | /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type. |
2658 | bool match(QualType T) override; |
2659 | |
2660 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2661 | diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { |
2662 | return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T); |
2663 | } |
2664 | |
2665 | /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have |
2666 | /// integral or enumeration type. |
2667 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2668 | diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
2669 | }; |
2670 | |
2671 | /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion. |
2672 | ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion( |
2673 | SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter); |
2674 | |
2675 | |
2676 | enum ObjCSubscriptKind { |
2677 | OS_Array, |
2678 | OS_Dictionary, |
2679 | OS_Error |
2680 | }; |
2681 | ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); |
2682 | |
2683 | // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as |
2684 | // this is used for diagnostics logic. |
2685 | enum ObjCLiteralKind { |
2686 | LK_Array, |
2687 | LK_Dictionary, |
2688 | LK_Numeric, |
2689 | LK_Boxed, |
2690 | LK_String, |
2691 | LK_Block, |
2692 | LK_None |
2693 | }; |
2694 | ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); |
2695 | |
2696 | ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, |
2697 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
2698 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
2699 | NamedDecl *Member); |
2700 | |
2701 | // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. |
2702 | // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. |
2703 | typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; |
2704 | typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; |
2705 | |
2706 | void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, |
2707 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2708 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2709 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
2710 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
2711 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
2712 | bool AllowExplicit = false, |
2713 | ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = None); |
2714 | void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, |
2715 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2716 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
2717 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr, |
2718 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
2719 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
2720 | bool FirstArgumentIsBase = false); |
2721 | void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2722 | QualType ObjectType, |
2723 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, |
2724 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2725 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
2726 | bool SuppressUserConversion = false); |
2727 | void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, |
2728 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2729 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, |
2730 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, |
2731 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2732 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
2733 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
2734 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
2735 | ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = None); |
2736 | void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, |
2737 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2738 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, |
2739 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
2740 | QualType ObjectType, |
2741 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, |
2742 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2743 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
2744 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
2745 | bool PartialOverloading = false); |
2746 | void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
2747 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2748 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
2749 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2750 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
2751 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
2752 | bool PartialOverloading = false); |
2753 | bool CheckNonDependentConversions(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
2754 | ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, |
2755 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2756 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
2757 | ConversionSequenceList &Conversions, |
2758 | bool SuppressUserConversions, |
2759 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = nullptr, |
2760 | QualType ObjectType = QualType(), |
2761 | Expr::Classification |
2762 | ObjectClassification = {}); |
2763 | void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, |
2764 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2765 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, |
2766 | Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
2767 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
2768 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, |
2769 | bool AllowResultConversion = true); |
2770 | void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
2771 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2772 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, |
2773 | Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
2774 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
2775 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, |
2776 | bool AllowResultConversion = true); |
2777 | void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, |
2778 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2779 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, |
2780 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
2781 | Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2782 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); |
2783 | void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, |
2784 | SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2785 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
2786 | SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); |
2787 | void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType *ParamTys, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2788 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
2789 | bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, |
2790 | unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); |
2791 | void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, |
2792 | SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2793 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); |
2794 | void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, |
2795 | SourceLocation Loc, |
2796 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2797 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
2798 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
2799 | bool PartialOverloading = false); |
2800 | |
2801 | // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate |
2802 | void NoteOverloadCandidate(NamedDecl *Found, FunctionDecl *Fn, |
2803 | QualType DestType = QualType(), |
2804 | bool TakingAddress = false); |
2805 | |
2806 | // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates identified by |
2807 | // the expression Expr |
2808 | void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr *E, QualType DestType = QualType(), |
2809 | bool TakingAddress = false); |
2810 | |
2811 | /// Check the enable_if expressions on the given function. Returns the first |
2812 | /// failing attribute, or NULL if they were all successful. |
2813 | EnableIfAttr *CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2814 | bool MissingImplicitThis = false); |
2815 | |
2816 | /// Find the failed Boolean condition within a given Boolean |
2817 | /// constant expression, and describe it with a string. |
2818 | /// |
2819 | /// \param AllowTopLevelCond Whether to allow the result to be the |
2820 | /// complete top-level condition. |
2821 | std::pair<Expr *, std::string> |
2822 | findFailedBooleanCondition(Expr *Cond, bool AllowTopLevelCond); |
2823 | |
2824 | /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any |
2825 | /// non-ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs. |
2826 | /// |
2827 | /// Argument-dependent diagnose_if attributes should be checked each time a |
2828 | /// function is used as a direct callee of a function call. |
2829 | /// |
2830 | /// Returns true if any errors were emitted. |
2831 | bool diagnoseArgDependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const FunctionDecl *Function, |
2832 | const Expr *ThisArg, |
2833 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
2834 | SourceLocation Loc); |
2835 | |
2836 | /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any |
2837 | /// ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs. |
2838 | /// |
2839 | /// Argument-independent diagnose_if attributes should be checked on every use |
2840 | /// of a function. |
2841 | /// |
2842 | /// Returns true if any errors were emitted. |
2843 | bool diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const NamedDecl *ND, |
2844 | SourceLocation Loc); |
2845 | |
2846 | /// Returns whether the given function's address can be taken or not, |
2847 | /// optionally emitting a diagnostic if the address can't be taken. |
2848 | /// |
2849 | /// Returns false if taking the address of the function is illegal. |
2850 | bool checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(const FunctionDecl *Function, |
2851 | bool Complain = false, |
2852 | SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation()); |
2853 | |
2854 | // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] |
2855 | // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType |
2856 | // R (A) --> R(A) |
2857 | // R (*)(A) --> R (A) |
2858 | // R (&)(A) --> R (A) |
2859 | // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) |
2860 | QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); |
2861 | |
2862 | FunctionDecl * |
2863 | ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, |
2864 | QualType TargetType, |
2865 | bool Complain, |
2866 | DeclAccessPair &Found, |
2867 | bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = nullptr); |
2868 | |
2869 | FunctionDecl * |
2870 | resolveAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate(Expr *E, |
2871 | DeclAccessPair &FoundResult); |
2872 | |
2873 | bool resolveAndFixAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate( |
2874 | ExprResult &SrcExpr, bool DoFunctionPointerConversion = false); |
2875 | |
2876 | FunctionDecl * |
2877 | ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, |
2878 | bool Complain = false, |
2879 | DeclAccessPair *Found = nullptr); |
2880 | |
2881 | bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( |
2882 | ExprResult &SrcExpr, |
2883 | bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, |
2884 | bool Complain = false, |
2885 | SourceRange OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), |
2886 | QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), |
2887 | unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); |
2888 | |
2889 | |
2890 | Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, |
2891 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2892 | FunctionDecl *Fn); |
2893 | ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, |
2894 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2895 | FunctionDecl *Fn); |
2896 | |
2897 | void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
2898 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2899 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
2900 | bool PartialOverloading = false); |
2901 | |
2902 | // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a |
2903 | // range-based for loop. |
2904 | enum ForRangeStatus { |
2905 | FRS_Success, |
2906 | FRS_NoViableFunction, |
2907 | FRS_DiagnosticIssued |
2908 | }; |
2909 | |
2910 | ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(SourceLocation Loc, |
2911 | SourceLocation RangeLoc, |
2912 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
2913 | LookupResult &MemberLookup, |
2914 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, |
2915 | Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); |
2916 | |
2917 | ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, |
2918 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
2919 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
2920 | MultiExprArg Args, |
2921 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
2922 | Expr *ExecConfig, |
2923 | bool AllowTypoCorrection=true, |
2924 | bool CalleesAddressIsTaken=false); |
2925 | |
2926 | bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
2927 | MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
2928 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, |
2929 | ExprResult *Result); |
2930 | |
2931 | ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
2932 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc, |
2933 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
2934 | Expr *input, bool RequiresADL = true); |
2935 | |
2936 | ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
2937 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
2938 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
2939 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, |
2940 | bool RequiresADL = true); |
2941 | |
2942 | ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, |
2943 | SourceLocation RLoc, |
2944 | Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); |
2945 | |
2946 | ExprResult |
2947 | BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, |
2948 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
2949 | MultiExprArg Args, |
2950 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
2951 | ExprResult |
2952 | BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
2953 | MultiExprArg Args, |
2954 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
2955 | |
2956 | ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
2957 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
2958 | bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = nullptr); |
2959 | |
2960 | /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is |
2961 | /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location |
2962 | /// that best represents the call. |
2963 | bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, |
2964 | CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); |
2965 | |
2966 | /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. |
2967 | bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, |
2968 | bool CheckParameterNames); |
2969 | void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); |
2970 | void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); |
2971 | Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); |
2972 | |
2973 | /// \name Name lookup |
2974 | /// |
2975 | /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic |
2976 | /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, |
2977 | /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or |
2978 | /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry |
2979 | /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, |
2980 | /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. |
2981 | /// |
2982 | /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, |
2983 | /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how |
2984 | /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both |
2985 | /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore |
2986 | /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name |
2987 | /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name |
2988 | /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. |
2989 | /// |
2990 | /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name |
2991 | /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation |
2992 | /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing |
2993 | /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup |
2994 | /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or |
2995 | /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name |
2996 | /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides |
2997 | /// the ability to distinguish among them. |
2998 | //@{ |
2999 | |
3000 | /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. |
3001 | enum LookupNameKind { |
3002 | /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, |
3003 | /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names |
3004 | /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. |
3005 | LookupOrdinaryName = 0, |
3006 | /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, |
3007 | /// structs, and unions. |
3008 | LookupTagName, |
3009 | /// Label name lookup. |
3010 | LookupLabel, |
3011 | /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of |
3012 | /// class/struct/union members. |
3013 | LookupMemberName, |
3014 | /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with |
3015 | /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name |
3016 | /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. |
3017 | LookupOperatorName, |
3018 | /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution |
3019 | /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, |
3020 | /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). |
3021 | LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, |
3022 | /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or |
3023 | /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ |
3024 | /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). |
3025 | LookupNamespaceName, |
3026 | /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, |
3027 | /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate |
3028 | /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. |
3029 | LookupUsingDeclName, |
3030 | /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a |
3031 | /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that |
3032 | /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See |
3033 | /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. |
3034 | LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, |
3035 | /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look |
3036 | /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11. |
3037 | LookupLocalFriendName, |
3038 | /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. |
3039 | LookupObjCProtocolName, |
3040 | /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. |
3041 | LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, |
3042 | /// \brief Look up the name of an OpenMP user-defined reduction operation. |
3043 | LookupOMPReductionName, |
3044 | /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. |
3045 | LookupAnyName |
3046 | }; |
3047 | |
3048 | /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a |
3049 | /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). |
3050 | enum RedeclarationKind { |
3051 | /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the |
3052 | /// purpose of redeclaring the name. |
3053 | NotForRedeclaration = 0, |
3054 | /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, |
3055 | /// if an entity by that name already exists and is visible. |
3056 | ForVisibleRedeclaration, |
3057 | /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name |
3058 | /// with external linkage; non-visible lookup results with external linkage |
3059 | /// may also be found. |
3060 | ForExternalRedeclaration |
3061 | }; |
3062 | |
3063 | RedeclarationKind forRedeclarationInCurContext() { |
3064 | // A declaration with an owning module for linkage can never link against |
3065 | // anything that is not visible. We don't need to check linkage here; if |
3066 | // the context has internal linkage, redeclaration lookup won't find things |
3067 | // from other TUs, and we can't safely compute linkage yet in general. |
3068 | if (cast<Decl>(CurContext) |
3069 | ->getOwningModuleForLinkage(/*IgnoreLinkage*/true)) |
3070 | return ForVisibleRedeclaration; |
3071 | return ForExternalRedeclaration; |
3072 | } |
3073 | |
3074 | /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. |
3075 | enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { |
3076 | /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. |
3077 | LOLR_Error, |
3078 | /// \brief The lookup found no match but no diagnostic was issued. |
3079 | LOLR_ErrorNoDiagnostic, |
3080 | /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which |
3081 | /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. |
3082 | LOLR_Cooked, |
3083 | /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects |
3084 | /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. |
3085 | LOLR_Raw, |
3086 | /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, |
3087 | /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be |
3088 | /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. |
3089 | LOLR_Template, |
3090 | /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, |
3091 | /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the |
3092 | /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments. |
3093 | LOLR_StringTemplate |
3094 | }; |
3095 | |
3096 | SpecialMemberOverloadResult LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, |
3097 | CXXSpecialMember SM, |
3098 | bool ConstArg, |
3099 | bool VolatileArg, |
3100 | bool RValueThis, |
3101 | bool ConstThis, |
3102 | bool VolatileThis); |
3103 | |
3104 | typedef std::function<void(const TypoCorrection &)> TypoDiagnosticGenerator; |
3105 | typedef std::function<ExprResult(Sema &, TypoExpr *, TypoCorrection)> |
3106 | TypoRecoveryCallback; |
3107 | |
3108 | private: |
3109 | bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); |
3110 | |
3111 | struct TypoExprState { |
3112 | std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Consumer; |
3113 | TypoDiagnosticGenerator DiagHandler; |
3114 | TypoRecoveryCallback RecoveryHandler; |
3115 | TypoExprState(); |
3116 | TypoExprState(TypoExprState &&other) noexcept; |
3117 | TypoExprState &operator=(TypoExprState &&other) noexcept; |
3118 | }; |
3119 | |
3120 | /// \brief The set of unhandled TypoExprs and their associated state. |
3121 | llvm::MapVector<TypoExpr *, TypoExprState> DelayedTypos; |
3122 | |
3123 | /// \brief Creates a new TypoExpr AST node. |
3124 | TypoExpr *createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC, |
3125 | TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, |
3126 | TypoRecoveryCallback TRC); |
3127 | |
3128 | // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. |
3129 | // |
3130 | // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded |
3131 | // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. |
3132 | llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; |
3133 | |
3134 | /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal |
3135 | /// source. |
3136 | bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; |
3137 | |
3138 | /// \brief Helper for CorrectTypo and CorrectTypoDelayed used to create and |
3139 | /// populate a new TypoCorrectionConsumer. Returns nullptr if typo correction |
3140 | /// should be skipped entirely. |
3141 | std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> |
3142 | makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, |
3143 | Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S, |
3144 | CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
3145 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC, |
3146 | DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext, |
3147 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, |
3148 | bool ErrorRecovery); |
3149 | |
3150 | public: |
3151 | const TypoExprState &getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const; |
3152 | |
3153 | /// \brief Clears the state of the given TypoExpr. |
3154 | void clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE); |
3155 | |
3156 | /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return |
3157 | /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. |
3158 | /// |
3159 | /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle |
3160 | /// ambiguity and overloaded. |
3161 | NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, |
3162 | SourceLocation Loc, |
3163 | LookupNameKind NameKind, |
3164 | RedeclarationKind Redecl |
3165 | = NotForRedeclaration); |
3166 | bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, |
3167 | bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); |
3168 | bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, |
3169 | bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); |
3170 | bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, |
3171 | CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
3172 | bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
3173 | bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, |
3174 | bool EnteringContext = false); |
3175 | ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
3176 | RedeclarationKind Redecl |
3177 | = NotForRedeclaration); |
3178 | bool LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
3179 | |
3180 | void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, |
3181 | QualType T1, QualType T2, |
3182 | UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); |
3183 | |
3184 | LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
3185 | SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); |
3186 | |
3187 | DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
3188 | CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
3189 | CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
3190 | unsigned Quals); |
3191 | CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, |
3192 | bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); |
3193 | CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
3194 | unsigned Quals); |
3195 | CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, |
3196 | bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); |
3197 | CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
3198 | |
3199 | bool checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const UnqualifiedId &Id); |
3200 | LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, |
3201 | ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, |
3202 | bool AllowRaw, |
3203 | bool AllowTemplate, |
3204 | bool AllowStringTemplate, |
3205 | bool DiagnoseMissing); |
3206 | bool isKnownName(StringRef name); |
3207 | |
3208 | void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc, |
3209 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Functions); |
3210 | |
3211 | void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, |
3212 | VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, |
3213 | bool IncludeGlobalScope = true, |
3214 | bool LoadExternal = true); |
3215 | void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, |
3216 | VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, |
3217 | bool IncludeGlobalScope = true, |
3218 | bool IncludeDependentBases = false, |
3219 | bool LoadExternal = true); |
3220 | |
3221 | enum CorrectTypoKind { |
3222 | CTK_NonError, // CorrectTypo used in a non error recovery situation. |
3223 | CTK_ErrorRecovery // CorrectTypo used in normal error recovery. |
3224 | }; |
3225 | |
3226 | TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, |
3227 | Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, |
3228 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
3229 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC, |
3230 | CorrectTypoKind Mode, |
3231 | DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr, |
3232 | bool EnteringContext = false, |
3233 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr, |
3234 | bool RecordFailure = true); |
3235 | |
3236 | TypoExpr *CorrectTypoDelayed(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, |
3237 | Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S, |
3238 | CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
3239 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC, |
3240 | TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, |
3241 | TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode, |
3242 | DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr, |
3243 | bool EnteringContext = false, |
3244 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr); |
3245 | |
3246 | /// \brief Process any TypoExprs in the given Expr and its children, |
3247 | /// generating diagnostics as appropriate and returning a new Expr if there |
3248 | /// were typos that were all successfully corrected and ExprError if one or |
3249 | /// more typos could not be corrected. |
3250 | /// |
3251 | /// \param E The Expr to check for TypoExprs. |
3252 | /// |
3253 | /// \param InitDecl A VarDecl to avoid because the Expr being corrected is its |
3254 | /// initializer. |
3255 | /// |
3256 | /// \param Filter A function applied to a newly rebuilt Expr to determine if |
3257 | /// it is an acceptable/usable result from a single combination of typo |
3258 | /// corrections. As long as the filter returns ExprError, different |
3259 | /// combinations of corrections will be tried until all are exhausted. |
3260 | ExprResult |
3261 | CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr, |
3262 | llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter = |
3263 | [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }); |
3264 | |
3265 | ExprResult |
3266 | CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, |
3267 | llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) { |
3268 | return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E, nullptr, Filter); |
3269 | } |
3270 | |
3271 | ExprResult |
3272 | CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr, |
3273 | llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter = |
3274 | [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }) { |
3275 | return ER.isInvalid() ? ER : CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER.get(), Filter); |
3276 | } |
3277 | |
3278 | ExprResult |
3279 | CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER, |
3280 | llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) { |
3281 | return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER, nullptr, Filter); |
3282 | } |
3283 | |
3284 | void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction, |
3285 | const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag, |
3286 | bool ErrorRecovery = true); |
3287 | |
3288 | void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction, |
3289 | const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag, |
3290 | const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote, |
3291 | bool ErrorRecovery = true); |
3292 | |
3293 | void MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F); |
3294 | |
3295 | void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, |
3296 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3297 | AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, |
3298 | AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); |
3299 | |
3300 | void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, |
3301 | bool ConsiderLinkage, bool AllowInlineNamespace); |
3302 | |
3303 | bool CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old); |
3304 | |
3305 | void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); |
3306 | //@} |
3307 | |
3308 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, |
3309 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
3310 | bool TypoCorrection = false); |
3311 | NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, |
3312 | Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, |
3313 | SourceLocation Loc); |
3314 | NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, |
3315 | Scope *S); |
3316 | void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); |
3317 | |
3318 | // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. |
3319 | |
3320 | void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
3321 | // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. |
3322 | void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD); |
3323 | // Helper for delayed processing of attributes. |
3324 | void ProcessDeclAttributeDelayed(Decl *D, const AttributeList *AttrList); |
3325 | void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, |
3326 | bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); |
3327 | bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, |
3328 | const AttributeList *AttrList); |
3329 | |
3330 | void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); |
3331 | |
3332 | /// Determine if type T is a valid subject for a nonnull and similar |
3333 | /// attributes. By default, we look through references (the behavior used by |
3334 | /// nonnull), but if the second parameter is true, then we treat a reference |
3335 | /// type as valid. |
3336 | bool isValidPointerAttrType(QualType T, bool RefOkay = false); |
3337 | |
3338 | bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); |
3339 | bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, |
3340 | const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr); |
3341 | bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); |
3342 | bool CheckNoCallerSavedRegsAttr(const AttributeList &attr); |
3343 | bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const AttributeList &Attr, |
3344 | unsigned ArgNum, StringRef &Str, |
3345 | SourceLocation *ArgLocation = nullptr); |
3346 | bool checkSectionName(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str); |
3347 | bool checkTargetAttr(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str); |
3348 | bool checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition( |
3349 | CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase, |
3350 | MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling); |
3351 | |
3352 | void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); |
3353 | |
3354 | /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it |
3355 | /// wasn't specified explicitly. This handles method types formed from |
3356 | /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments. |
3357 | void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic, bool IsCtorOrDtor, |
3358 | SourceLocation Loc); |
3359 | |
3360 | // Check if there is an explicit attribute, but only look through parens. |
3361 | // The intent is to look for an attribute on the current declarator, but not |
3362 | // one that came from a typedef. |
3363 | bool hasExplicitCallingConv(QualType &T); |
3364 | |
3365 | /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention. |
3366 | /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs. |
3367 | const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const; |
3368 | |
3369 | /// Check whether a nullability type specifier can be added to the given |
3370 | /// type. |
3371 | /// |
3372 | /// \param type The type to which the nullability specifier will be |
3373 | /// added. On success, this type will be updated appropriately. |
3374 | /// |
3375 | /// \param nullability The nullability specifier to add. |
3376 | /// |
3377 | /// \param nullabilityLoc The location of the nullability specifier. |
3378 | /// |
3379 | /// \param isContextSensitive Whether this nullability specifier was |
3380 | /// written as a context-sensitive keyword (in an Objective-C |
3381 | /// method) or an Objective-C property attribute, rather than as an |
3382 | /// underscored type specifier. |
3383 | /// |
3384 | /// \param allowArrayTypes Whether to accept nullability specifiers on an |
3385 | /// array type (e.g., because it will decay to a pointer). |
3386 | /// |
3387 | /// \returns true if nullability cannot be applied, false otherwise. |
3388 | bool checkNullabilityTypeSpecifier(QualType &type, NullabilityKind nullability, |
3389 | SourceLocation nullabilityLoc, |
3390 | bool isContextSensitive, |
3391 | bool allowArrayTypes); |
3392 | |
3393 | /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. |
3394 | StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, |
3395 | SourceRange Range); |
3396 | |
3397 | void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
3398 | ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, |
3399 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); |
3400 | |
3401 | void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
3402 | ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, |
3403 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); |
3404 | |
3405 | /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method |
3406 | /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. |
3407 | void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
3408 | ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, |
3409 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); |
3410 | |
3411 | typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; |
3412 | |
3413 | /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables |
3414 | /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. |
3415 | void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, |
3416 | ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, |
3417 | SourceLocation Loc); |
3418 | |
3419 | /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method |
3420 | /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. |
3421 | void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
3422 | ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, |
3423 | bool IncompleteImpl = false); |
3424 | |
3425 | /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties |
3426 | /// which must be implemented by this implementation. |
3427 | void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
3428 | ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, |
3429 | bool SynthesizeProperties); |
3430 | |
3431 | /// Diagnose any null-resettable synthesized setters. |
3432 | void diagnoseNullResettableSynthesizedSetters(const ObjCImplDecl *impDecl); |
3433 | |
3434 | /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all |
3435 | /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. |
3436 | void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl *IMPDecl, |
3437 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl, |
3438 | SourceLocation AtEnd); |
3439 | void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation AtEnd); |
3440 | |
3441 | /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is |
3442 | /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor |
3443 | /// declared in class 'IFace'. |
3444 | bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, |
3445 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); |
3446 | |
3447 | /// DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor - Issue an 'unused' warning if ivar which |
3448 | /// backs the property is not used in the property's accessor. |
3449 | void DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S, |
3450 | const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD); |
3451 | |
3452 | /// GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor - If method is a property setter/getter and |
3453 | /// it property has a backing ivar, returns this ivar; otherwise, returns NULL. |
3454 | /// It also returns ivar's property on success. |
3455 | ObjCIvarDecl *GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
3456 | const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const; |
3457 | |
3458 | /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in |
3459 | /// class extensions. |
3460 | ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, |
3461 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
3462 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
3463 | FieldDeclarator &FD, |
3464 | Selector GetterSel, |
3465 | SourceLocation GetterNameLoc, |
3466 | Selector SetterSel, |
3467 | SourceLocation SetterNameLoc, |
3468 | const bool isReadWrite, |
3469 | unsigned &Attributes, |
3470 | const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, |
3471 | QualType T, |
3472 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
3473 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); |
3474 | |
3475 | /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to |
3476 | /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. |
3477 | ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, |
3478 | ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, |
3479 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
3480 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
3481 | FieldDeclarator &FD, |
3482 | Selector GetterSel, |
3483 | SourceLocation GetterNameLoc, |
3484 | Selector SetterSel, |
3485 | SourceLocation SetterNameLoc, |
3486 | const bool isReadWrite, |
3487 | const unsigned Attributes, |
3488 | const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, |
3489 | QualType T, |
3490 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
3491 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, |
3492 | DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr); |
3493 | |
3494 | /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via |
3495 | /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared |
3496 | /// setter or getter. |
3497 | void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
3498 | ObjCInterfaceDecl* IDecl); |
3499 | |
3500 | void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); |
3501 | |
3502 | void DiagnoseMissingDesignatedInitOverrides( |
3503 | const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD, |
3504 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD); |
3505 | |
3506 | void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); |
3507 | |
3508 | enum MethodMatchStrategy { |
3509 | MMS_loose, |
3510 | MMS_strict |
3511 | }; |
3512 | |
3513 | /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns |
3514 | /// true, or false, accordingly. |
3515 | bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
3516 | const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, |
3517 | MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); |
3518 | |
3519 | /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or |
3520 | /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. |
3521 | void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, |
3522 | const SelectorSet &ClsMap, |
3523 | SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, |
3524 | SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, |
3525 | ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
3526 | ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, |
3527 | bool &IncompleteImpl, |
3528 | bool ImmediateClass, |
3529 | bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); |
3530 | |
3531 | /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in |
3532 | /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and |
3533 | /// warns each time an exact match is found. |
3534 | void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); |
3535 | |
3536 | /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. |
3537 | void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); |
3538 | |
3539 | private: |
3540 | /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global |
3541 | /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. |
3542 | void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); |
3543 | |
3544 | /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and |
3545 | /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. |
3546 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
3547 | bool receiverIdOrClass, |
3548 | bool instance); |
3549 | |
3550 | public: |
3551 | /// \brief - Returns instance or factory methods in global method pool for |
3552 | /// given selector. It checks the desired kind first, if none is found, and |
3553 | /// parameter checkTheOther is set, it then checks the other kind. If no such |
3554 | /// method or only one method is found, function returns false; otherwise, it |
3555 | /// returns true. |
3556 | bool |
3557 | CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, |
3558 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods, |
3559 | bool InstanceFirst, bool CheckTheOther, |
3560 | const ObjCObjectType *TypeBound = nullptr); |
3561 | |
3562 | bool |
3563 | AreMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, ObjCMethodDecl *BestMethod, |
3564 | SourceRange R, bool receiverIdOrClass, |
3565 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods); |
3566 | |
3567 | void |
3568 | DiagnoseMultipleMethodInGlobalPool(SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*> &Methods, |
3569 | Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
3570 | bool receiverIdOrClass); |
3571 | |
3572 | private: |
3573 | /// \brief - Returns a selector which best matches given argument list or |
3574 | /// nullptr if none could be found |
3575 | ObjCMethodDecl *SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args, |
3576 | bool IsInstance, |
3577 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods); |
3578 | |
3579 | |
3580 | /// \brief Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction. |
3581 | TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc, |
3582 | bool RecordFailure = true) { |
3583 | if (RecordFailure) |
3584 | TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc); |
3585 | return TypoCorrection(); |
3586 | } |
3587 | |
3588 | public: |
3589 | /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation |
3590 | /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate |
3591 | /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking |
3592 | /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). |
3593 | void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { |
3594 | AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); |
3595 | } |
3596 | |
3597 | /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. |
3598 | void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { |
3599 | AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); |
3600 | } |
3601 | |
3602 | /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global |
3603 | /// pool. |
3604 | void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); |
3605 | |
3606 | /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if |
3607 | /// there are multiple signatures. |
3608 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
3609 | bool receiverIdOrClass=false) { |
3610 | return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, |
3611 | /*instance*/true); |
3612 | } |
3613 | |
3614 | /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if |
3615 | /// there are multiple signatures. |
3616 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
3617 | bool receiverIdOrClass=false) { |
3618 | return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, |
3619 | /*instance*/false); |
3620 | } |
3621 | |
3622 | const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel, |
3623 | QualType ObjectType=QualType()); |
3624 | /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an |
3625 | /// implementation. |
3626 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); |
3627 | |
3628 | /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require |
3629 | /// initialization. |
3630 | void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, |
3631 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); |
3632 | |
3633 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
3634 | // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. |
3635 | public: |
3636 | class FullExprArg { |
3637 | public: |
3638 | FullExprArg() : E(nullptr) { } |
3639 | FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(nullptr) { } |
3640 | |
3641 | ExprResult release() { |
3642 | return E; |
3643 | } |
3644 | |
3645 | Expr *get() const { return E; } |
3646 | |
3647 | Expr *operator->() { |
3648 | return E; |
3649 | } |
3650 | |
3651 | private: |
3652 | // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just |
3653 | // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. |
3654 | friend class Sema; |
3655 | |
3656 | explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} |
3657 | |
3658 | Expr *E; |
3659 | }; |
3660 | |
3661 | FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { |
3662 | return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); |
3663 | } |
3664 | FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { |
3665 | return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).get()); |
3666 | } |
3667 | FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { |
3668 | ExprResult FE = |
3669 | ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), |
3670 | /*DiscardedValue*/ true); |
3671 | return FullExprArg(FE.get()); |
3672 | } |
3673 | |
3674 | StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg); |
3675 | StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError(); |
3676 | |
3677 | StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, |
3678 | bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); |
3679 | |
3680 | void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(bool IsStmtExpr); |
3681 | void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); |
3682 | StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, |
3683 | ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr); |
3684 | |
3685 | /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. |
3686 | class CompoundScopeRAII { |
3687 | public: |
3688 | CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S, bool IsStmtExpr = false) : S(S) { |
3689 | S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(IsStmtExpr); |
3690 | } |
3691 | |
3692 | ~CompoundScopeRAII() { |
3693 | S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); |
3694 | } |
3695 | |
3696 | private: |
3697 | Sema &S; |
3698 | }; |
3699 | |
3700 | /// An RAII helper that pops function a function scope on exit. |
3701 | struct FunctionScopeRAII { |
3702 | Sema &S; |
3703 | bool Active; |
3704 | FunctionScopeRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), Active(true) {} |
3705 | ~FunctionScopeRAII() { |
3706 | if (Active) |
3707 | S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); |
3708 | } |
3709 | void disable() { Active = false; } |
3710 | }; |
3711 | |
3712 | StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, |
3713 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
3714 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
3715 | void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); |
3716 | StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); |
3717 | StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, |
3718 | SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, |
3719 | SourceLocation ColonLoc); |
3720 | void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); |
3721 | |
3722 | StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
3723 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
3724 | Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); |
3725 | StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, |
3726 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); |
3727 | |
3728 | StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, |
3729 | ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, |
3730 | Stmt *SubStmt); |
3731 | |
3732 | class ConditionResult; |
3733 | StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr, |
3734 | Stmt *InitStmt, |
3735 | ConditionResult Cond, Stmt *ThenVal, |
3736 | SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); |
3737 | StmtResult BuildIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr, |
3738 | Stmt *InitStmt, |
3739 | ConditionResult Cond, Stmt *ThenVal, |
3740 | SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); |
3741 | StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, |
3742 | Stmt *InitStmt, |
3743 | ConditionResult Cond); |
3744 | StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, |
3745 | Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); |
3746 | StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, ConditionResult Cond, |
3747 | Stmt *Body); |
3748 | StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, |
3749 | SourceLocation WhileLoc, SourceLocation CondLParen, |
3750 | Expr *Cond, SourceLocation CondRParen); |
3751 | |
3752 | StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, |
3753 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
3754 | Stmt *First, |
3755 | ConditionResult Second, |
3756 | FullExprArg Third, |
3757 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
3758 | Stmt *Body); |
3759 | ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, |
3760 | Expr *collection); |
3761 | StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, |
3762 | Stmt *First, Expr *collection, |
3763 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
3764 | StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); |
3765 | |
3766 | enum BuildForRangeKind { |
3767 | /// Initial building of a for-range statement. |
3768 | BFRK_Build, |
3769 | /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't |
3770 | /// attempt any typo-correction. |
3771 | BFRK_Rebuild, |
3772 | /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any |
3773 | /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. |
3774 | BFRK_Check |
3775 | }; |
3776 | |
3777 | StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation ForLoc, |
3778 | SourceLocation CoawaitLoc, |
3779 | Stmt *LoopVar, |
3780 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, |
3781 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
3782 | BuildForRangeKind Kind); |
3783 | StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, |
3784 | SourceLocation CoawaitLoc, |
3785 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
3786 | Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *Begin, Stmt *End, |
3787 | Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, |
3788 | Stmt *LoopVarDecl, |
3789 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
3790 | BuildForRangeKind Kind); |
3791 | StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); |
3792 | |
3793 | StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, |
3794 | SourceLocation LabelLoc, |
3795 | LabelDecl *TheDecl); |
3796 | StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, |
3797 | SourceLocation StarLoc, |
3798 | Expr *DestExp); |
3799 | StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
3800 | StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
3801 | |
3802 | void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, |
3803 | CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams); |
3804 | typedef std::pair<StringRef, QualType> CapturedParamNameType; |
3805 | void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, |
3806 | CapturedRegionKind Kind, |
3807 | ArrayRef<CapturedParamNameType> Params); |
3808 | StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S); |
3809 | void ActOnCapturedRegionError(); |
3810 | RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD, |
3811 | SourceLocation Loc, |
3812 | unsigned NumParams); |
3813 | VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, |
3814 | bool AllowParamOrMoveConstructible); |
3815 | bool isCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, const VarDecl *VD, |
3816 | bool AllowParamOrMoveConstructible); |
3817 | |
3818 | StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp, |
3819 | Scope *CurScope); |
3820 | StmtResult BuildReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); |
3821 | StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); |
3822 | |
3823 | StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, |
3824 | bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, |
3825 | unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, |
3826 | MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, |
3827 | Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, |
3828 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
3829 | |
3830 | void FillInlineAsmIdentifierInfo(Expr *Res, |
3831 | llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info); |
3832 | ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
3833 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
3834 | UnqualifiedId &Id, |
3835 | bool IsUnevaluatedContext); |
3836 | bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, |
3837 | unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); |
3838 | ExprResult LookupInlineAsmVarDeclField(Expr *RefExpr, StringRef Member, |
3839 | SourceLocation AsmLoc); |
3840 | StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, |
3841 | ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, |
3842 | StringRef AsmString, |
3843 | unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, |
3844 | ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints, |
3845 | ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers, |
3846 | ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs, |
3847 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
3848 | LabelDecl *GetOrCreateMSAsmLabel(StringRef ExternalLabelName, |
3849 | SourceLocation Location, |
3850 | bool AlwaysCreate); |
3851 | |
3852 | VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, |
3853 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
3854 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
3855 | bool Invalid = false); |
3856 | |
3857 | Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
3858 | |
3859 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, |
3860 | Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); |
3861 | |
3862 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); |
3863 | |
3864 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, |
3865 | MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); |
3866 | |
3867 | StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); |
3868 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, |
3869 | Scope *CurScope); |
3870 | ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, |
3871 | Expr *operand); |
3872 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, |
3873 | Expr *SynchExpr, |
3874 | Stmt *SynchBody); |
3875 | |
3876 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); |
3877 | |
3878 | VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
3879 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
3880 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
3881 | IdentifierInfo *Id); |
3882 | |
3883 | Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
3884 | |
3885 | StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, |
3886 | Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); |
3887 | StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, |
3888 | ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers); |
3889 | |
3890 | StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? |
3891 | SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, |
3892 | Stmt *Handler); |
3893 | StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, |
3894 | Expr *FilterExpr, |
3895 | Stmt *Block); |
3896 | void ActOnStartSEHFinallyBlock(); |
3897 | void ActOnAbortSEHFinallyBlock(); |
3898 | StmtResult ActOnFinishSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, Stmt *Block); |
3899 | StmtResult ActOnSEHLeaveStmt(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope); |
3900 | |
3901 | void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); |
3902 | |
3903 | bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; |
3904 | |
3905 | /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track |
3906 | /// of it. |
3907 | void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); |
3908 | |
3909 | /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression |
3910 | /// whose result is unused, warn. |
3911 | void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); |
3912 | void DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D); |
3913 | void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); |
3914 | |
3915 | /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null |
3916 | /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. |
3917 | /// |
3918 | /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: |
3919 | /// if (condition); |
3920 | /// do_stuff(); |
3921 | void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, |
3922 | const Stmt *Body, |
3923 | unsigned DiagID); |
3924 | |
3925 | /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by |
3926 | /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. |
3927 | void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, |
3928 | const Stmt *PossibleBody); |
3929 | |
3930 | /// Warn if a value is moved to itself. |
3931 | void DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr, |
3932 | SourceLocation OpLoc); |
3933 | |
3934 | /// \brief Warn if we're implicitly casting from a _Nullable pointer type to a |
3935 | /// _Nonnull one. |
3936 | void diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, |
3937 | SourceLocation Loc); |
3938 | |
3939 | /// Warn when implicitly casting 0 to nullptr. |
3940 | void diagnoseZeroToNullptrConversion(CastKind Kind, const Expr *E); |
3941 | |
3942 | ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { |
3943 | return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); |
3944 | } |
3945 | void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); |
3946 | |
3947 | typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; |
3948 | ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { |
3949 | return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); |
3950 | } |
3951 | void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { |
3952 | DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); |
3953 | } |
3954 | |
3955 | void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); |
3956 | |
3957 | void DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, |
3958 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, |
3959 | bool ObjCPropertyAccess, |
3960 | bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks = false); |
3961 | |
3962 | bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, |
3963 | UnavailableAttr::ImplicitReason reason); |
3964 | |
3965 | /// \brief Issue any -Wunguarded-availability warnings in \c FD |
3966 | void DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(Decl *FD); |
3967 | |
3968 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
3969 | // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. |
3970 | |
3971 | bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid); |
3972 | bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, |
3973 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass = nullptr, |
3974 | bool ObjCPropertyAccess = false, |
3975 | bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks = false); |
3976 | void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); |
3977 | void NoteDeletedInheritingConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *CD); |
3978 | std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); |
3979 | bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, |
3980 | ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, |
3981 | SourceLocation Loc); |
3982 | void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, |
3983 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); |
3984 | |
3985 | void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, |
3986 | Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr, |
3987 | bool IsDecltype = false); |
3988 | enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; |
3989 | void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, |
3990 | ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, |
3991 | bool IsDecltype = false); |
3992 | void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
3993 | |
3994 | void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); |
3995 | |
3996 | ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); |
3997 | ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); |
3998 | |
3999 | ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); |
4000 | |
4001 | // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also |
4002 | // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or |
4003 | // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants |
4004 | // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking |
4005 | // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the |
4006 | // named expressions. |
4007 | // |
4008 | // MightBeOdrUse indicates whether the use could possibly be an odr-use, and |
4009 | // should usually be true. This only needs to be set to false if the lack of |
4010 | // odr-use cannot be determined from the current context (for instance, |
4011 | // because the name denotes a virtual function and was written without an |
4012 | // explicit nested-name-specifier). |
4013 | void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool MightBeOdrUse); |
4014 | void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func, |
4015 | bool MightBeOdrUse = true); |
4016 | void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); |
4017 | void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E, const Expr *Base = nullptr); |
4018 | void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); |
4019 | |
4020 | void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); |
4021 | void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); |
4022 | |
4023 | enum TryCaptureKind { |
4024 | TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef |
4025 | }; |
4026 | |
4027 | /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. |
4028 | /// |
4029 | /// \param Var The variable to capture. |
4030 | /// |
4031 | /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. |
4032 | /// |
4033 | /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a |
4034 | /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). |
4035 | /// |
4036 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in |
4037 | /// an explicit lambda capture. |
4038 | /// |
4039 | /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the |
4040 | /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether |
4041 | /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining |
4042 | /// if the variable cannot be captured. |
4043 | /// |
4044 | /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture |
4045 | /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the |
4046 | /// variable can be captured. |
4047 | /// |
4048 | /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture |
4049 | /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be |
4050 | /// captured. |
4051 | /// |
4052 | /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index |
4053 | /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture. |
4054 | /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture |
4055 | /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of |
4056 | /// a nested generic lambda. |
4057 | /// |
4058 | /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be |
4059 | /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. |
4060 | bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, |
4061 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, |
4062 | QualType &CaptureType, |
4063 | QualType &DeclRefType, |
4064 | const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt); |
4065 | |
4066 | /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. |
4067 | bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, |
4068 | TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, |
4069 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); |
4070 | |
4071 | /// \brief Checks if the variable must be captured. |
4072 | bool NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); |
4073 | |
4074 | /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that |
4075 | /// variable will have in the given scope. |
4076 | QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); |
4077 | |
4078 | /// Mark all of the declarations referenced within a particular AST node as |
4079 | /// referenced. Used when template instantiation instantiates a non-dependent |
4080 | /// type -- entities referenced by the type are now referenced. |
4081 | void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); |
4082 | void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, |
4083 | bool SkipLocalVariables = false); |
4084 | |
4085 | /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a |
4086 | /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was |
4087 | /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. |
4088 | bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
4089 | bool ForceComplain = false, |
4090 | bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = nullptr); |
4091 | |
4092 | /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. |
4093 | bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, |
4094 | UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); |
4095 | |
4096 | /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current |
4097 | /// evaluation context. |
4098 | /// |
4099 | /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the |
4100 | /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic |
4101 | /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. |
4102 | /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. |
4103 | bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, |
4104 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD); |
4105 | |
4106 | // Primary Expressions. |
4107 | SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; |
4108 | |
4109 | ExprResult ActOnIdExpression( |
4110 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4111 | UnqualifiedId &Id, bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, |
4112 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr, |
4113 | bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false, Token *KeywordReplacement = nullptr); |
4114 | |
4115 | void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, |
4116 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, |
4117 | DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4118 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); |
4119 | |
4120 | bool |
4121 | DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, |
4122 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC, |
4123 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr, |
4124 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None, TypoExpr **Out = nullptr); |
4125 | |
4126 | ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, |
4127 | IdentifierInfo *II, |
4128 | bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); |
4129 | |
4130 | ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4131 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4132 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4133 | bool isAddressOfOperand, |
4134 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
4135 | |
4136 | ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, |
4137 | ExprValueKind VK, |
4138 | SourceLocation Loc, |
4139 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr); |
4140 | ExprResult |
4141 | BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, |
4142 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4143 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr, |
4144 | NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr, |
4145 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr); |
4146 | ExprResult |
4147 | BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference( |
4148 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4149 | SourceLocation nameLoc, |
4150 | IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, |
4151 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none), |
4152 | Expr *baseObjectExpr = nullptr, |
4153 | SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); |
4154 | |
4155 | ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4156 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4157 | LookupResult &R, |
4158 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
4159 | const Scope *S); |
4160 | ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4161 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4162 | LookupResult &R, |
4163 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
4164 | bool IsDefiniteInstance, |
4165 | const Scope *S); |
4166 | bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4167 | const LookupResult &R, |
4168 | bool HasTrailingLParen); |
4169 | |
4170 | ExprResult |
4171 | BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4172 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4173 | bool IsAddressOfOperand, const Scope *S, |
4174 | TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI = nullptr); |
4175 | |
4176 | ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4177 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4178 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4179 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
4180 | |
4181 | ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4182 | LookupResult &R, |
4183 | bool NeedsADL, |
4184 | bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false); |
4185 | ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr( |
4186 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D, |
4187 | NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr, |
4188 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr, |
4189 | bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false); |
4190 | |
4191 | ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, |
4192 | DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, |
4193 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
4194 | SourceLocation LitEndLoc, |
4195 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr); |
4196 | |
4197 | ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, |
4198 | PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT); |
4199 | ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); |
4200 | ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); |
4201 | |
4202 | bool CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); |
4203 | |
4204 | ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = nullptr); |
4205 | ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, |
4206 | Scope *UDLScope = nullptr); |
4207 | ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); |
4208 | ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, |
4209 | SourceLocation R, |
4210 | MultiExprArg Val); |
4211 | |
4212 | /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string |
4213 | /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). |
4214 | ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks, |
4215 | Scope *UDLScope = nullptr); |
4216 | |
4217 | ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, |
4218 | SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
4219 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4220 | Expr *ControllingExpr, |
4221 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes, |
4222 | ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs); |
4223 | ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, |
4224 | SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
4225 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4226 | Expr *ControllingExpr, |
4227 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types, |
4228 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs); |
4229 | |
4230 | // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. |
4231 | ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, |
4232 | Expr *InputExpr); |
4233 | ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4234 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); |
4235 | ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4236 | tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); |
4237 | |
4238 | QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc); |
4239 | |
4240 | ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
4241 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4242 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, |
4243 | SourceRange R); |
4244 | ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4245 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); |
4246 | ExprResult |
4247 | ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4248 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, |
4249 | bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, |
4250 | SourceRange ArgRange); |
4251 | |
4252 | ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); |
4253 | bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); |
4254 | |
4255 | bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); |
4256 | bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4257 | SourceRange ExprRange, |
4258 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); |
4259 | ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, |
4260 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4261 | IdentifierInfo &Name, |
4262 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
4263 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4264 | ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4265 | tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); |
4266 | |
4267 | ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, |
4268 | Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); |
4269 | ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, |
4270 | Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); |
4271 | ExprResult ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LBLoc, |
4272 | Expr *LowerBound, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
4273 | Expr *Length, SourceLocation RBLoc); |
4274 | |
4275 | // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow |
4276 | // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after |
4277 | // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the |
4278 | // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class |
4279 | // defines a custom operator->). |
4280 | struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { |
4281 | Scope *S; |
4282 | UnqualifiedId &Id; |
4283 | Decl *ObjCImpDecl; |
4284 | }; |
4285 | |
4286 | ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr( |
4287 | Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, |
4288 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4289 | NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4290 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
4291 | const Scope *S, |
4292 | ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr); |
4293 | |
4294 | ExprResult |
4295 | BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4296 | bool IsArrow, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4297 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4298 | NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, LookupResult &R, |
4299 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
4300 | const Scope *S, |
4301 | bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, |
4302 | ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr); |
4303 | |
4304 | ExprResult BuildFieldReferenceExpr(Expr *BaseExpr, bool IsArrow, |
4305 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4306 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, FieldDecl *Field, |
4307 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
4308 | const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo); |
4309 | |
4310 | ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); |
4311 | |
4312 | bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, |
4313 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4314 | const LookupResult &R); |
4315 | |
4316 | ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, |
4317 | bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4318 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4319 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4320 | NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, |
4321 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4322 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
4323 | |
4324 | ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
4325 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4326 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
4327 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4328 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4329 | UnqualifiedId &Member, |
4330 | Decl *ObjCImpDecl); |
4331 | |
4332 | void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); |
4333 | bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, |
4334 | FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
4335 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
4336 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
4337 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4338 | bool ExecConfig = false); |
4339 | void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, |
4340 | ParmVarDecl *Param, |
4341 | const Expr *ArgExpr); |
4342 | |
4343 | /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. |
4344 | /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma |
4345 | /// locations. |
4346 | ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4347 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4348 | Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr, |
4349 | bool IsExecConfig = false); |
4350 | ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, |
4351 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4352 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg, |
4353 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4354 | Expr *Config = nullptr, |
4355 | bool IsExecConfig = false); |
4356 | |
4357 | ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, |
4358 | MultiExprArg ExecConfig, |
4359 | SourceLocation GGGLoc); |
4360 | |
4361 | ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4362 | Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, |
4363 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); |
4364 | ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4365 | TypeSourceInfo *Ty, |
4366 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4367 | Expr *Op); |
4368 | CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); |
4369 | |
4370 | /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. |
4371 | ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4372 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, |
4373 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
4374 | |
4375 | ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); |
4376 | |
4377 | ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4378 | ParsedType Ty, |
4379 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4380 | Expr *InitExpr); |
4381 | |
4382 | ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4383 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
4384 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4385 | Expr *LiteralExpr); |
4386 | |
4387 | ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, |
4388 | MultiExprArg InitArgList, |
4389 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc); |
4390 | |
4391 | ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, |
4392 | SourceLocation Loc, |
4393 | bool GNUSyntax, |
4394 | ExprResult Init); |
4395 | |
4396 | private: |
4397 | static BinaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind); |
4398 | |
4399 | public: |
4400 | ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, |
4401 | tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
4402 | ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4403 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
4404 | ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
4405 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
4406 | |
4407 | void DiagnoseCommaOperator(const Expr *LHS, SourceLocation Loc); |
4408 | |
4409 | /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null |
4410 | /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. |
4411 | ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, |
4412 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
4413 | Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
4414 | |
4415 | /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". |
4416 | ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, |
4417 | LabelDecl *TheDecl); |
4418 | |
4419 | void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); |
4420 | ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, |
4421 | SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" |
4422 | void ActOnStmtExprError(); |
4423 | |
4424 | // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) |
4425 | struct OffsetOfComponent { |
4426 | SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; |
4427 | bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident |
4428 | union { |
4429 | IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; |
4430 | Expr *E; |
4431 | } U; |
4432 | }; |
4433 | |
4434 | /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) |
4435 | ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
4436 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
4437 | ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components, |
4438 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4439 | ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, |
4440 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
4441 | SourceLocation TypeLoc, |
4442 | ParsedType ParsedArgTy, |
4443 | ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components, |
4444 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4445 | |
4446 | // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) |
4447 | ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
4448 | Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, |
4449 | Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); |
4450 | |
4451 | // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) |
4452 | ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, |
4453 | SourceLocation RPLoc); |
4454 | ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, |
4455 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); |
4456 | |
4457 | // __null |
4458 | ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); |
4459 | |
4460 | bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); |
4461 | |
4462 | /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. |
4463 | enum IfExistsResult { |
4464 | /// \brief The symbol exists. |
4465 | IER_Exists, |
4466 | |
4467 | /// \brief The symbol does not exist. |
4468 | IER_DoesNotExist, |
4469 | |
4470 | /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ |
4471 | /// from one instantiation to the next. |
4472 | IER_Dependent, |
4473 | |
4474 | /// \brief An error occurred. |
4475 | IER_Error |
4476 | }; |
4477 | |
4478 | IfExistsResult |
4479 | CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4480 | const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); |
4481 | |
4482 | IfExistsResult |
4483 | CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
4484 | bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4485 | UnqualifiedId &Name); |
4486 | |
4487 | StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
4488 | bool IsIfExists, |
4489 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
4490 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, |
4491 | Stmt *Nested); |
4492 | StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
4493 | bool IsIfExists, |
4494 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, |
4495 | Stmt *Nested); |
4496 | |
4497 | //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// |
4498 | |
4499 | /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is |
4500 | /// started. |
4501 | void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
4502 | |
4503 | /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. |
4504 | /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. |
4505 | void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, |
4506 | Scope *CurScope); |
4507 | |
4508 | /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback |
4509 | /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. |
4510 | void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
4511 | |
4512 | /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement |
4513 | /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} |
4514 | ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, |
4515 | Scope *CurScope); |
4516 | |
4517 | //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===// |
4518 | |
4519 | /// __builtin_convertvector(...) |
4520 | ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, |
4521 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
4522 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4523 | |
4524 | //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// |
4525 | |
4526 | /// __builtin_astype(...) |
4527 | ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, |
4528 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
4529 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4530 | |
4531 | //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// |
4532 | |
4533 | // Act on C++ namespaces |
4534 | Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, |
4535 | SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, |
4536 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
4537 | IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
4538 | SourceLocation LBrace, |
4539 | AttributeList *AttrList, |
4540 | UsingDirectiveDecl * &UsingDecl); |
4541 | void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); |
4542 | |
4543 | NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; |
4544 | NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); |
4545 | |
4546 | NamespaceDecl *lookupStdExperimentalNamespace(); |
4547 | |
4548 | CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; |
4549 | EnumDecl *getStdAlignValT() const; |
4550 | |
4551 | /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if |
4552 | /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. |
4553 | bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); |
4554 | |
4555 | /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it |
4556 | /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. |
4557 | /// |
4558 | /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. |
4559 | QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); |
4560 | |
4561 | /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as |
4562 | /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. |
4563 | bool isInitListConstructor(const FunctionDecl *Ctor); |
4564 | |
4565 | Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, |
4566 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
4567 | SourceLocation NamespcLoc, |
4568 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4569 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
4570 | IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, |
4571 | AttributeList *AttrList); |
4572 | |
4573 | void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); |
4574 | |
4575 | Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, |
4576 | SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, |
4577 | SourceLocation AliasLoc, |
4578 | IdentifierInfo *Alias, |
4579 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4580 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
4581 | IdentifierInfo *Ident); |
4582 | |
4583 | void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); |
4584 | bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, |
4585 | const LookupResult &PreviousDecls, |
4586 | UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow); |
4587 | UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, |
4588 | NamedDecl *Target, |
4589 | UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl); |
4590 | |
4591 | bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
4592 | bool HasTypenameKeyword, |
4593 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4594 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
4595 | const LookupResult &Previous); |
4596 | bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
4597 | bool HasTypename, |
4598 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4599 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4600 | SourceLocation NameLoc); |
4601 | |
4602 | NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, |
4603 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
4604 | bool HasTypenameKeyword, |
4605 | SourceLocation TypenameLoc, |
4606 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4607 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, |
4608 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
4609 | AttributeList *AttrList, |
4610 | bool IsInstantiation); |
4611 | NamedDecl *BuildUsingPackDecl(NamedDecl *InstantiatedFrom, |
4612 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Expansions); |
4613 | |
4614 | bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); |
4615 | |
4616 | /// Given a derived-class using shadow declaration for a constructor and the |
4617 | /// correspnding base class constructor, find or create the implicit |
4618 | /// synthesized derived class constructor to use for this initialization. |
4619 | CXXConstructorDecl * |
4620 | findInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCtor, |
4621 | ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *DerivedShadow); |
4622 | |
4623 | Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, |
4624 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
4625 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
4626 | SourceLocation TypenameLoc, |
4627 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4628 | UnqualifiedId &Name, |
4629 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
4630 | AttributeList *AttrList); |
4631 | Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, |
4632 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
4633 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, |
4634 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
4635 | UnqualifiedId &Name, |
4636 | AttributeList *AttrList, |
4637 | TypeResult Type, |
4638 | Decl *DeclFromDeclSpec); |
4639 | |
4640 | /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, |
4641 | /// including handling of its default argument expressions. |
4642 | /// |
4643 | /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind |
4644 | ExprResult |
4645 | BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, |
4646 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
4647 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, |
4648 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, |
4649 | bool IsStdInitListInitialization, |
4650 | bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, |
4651 | SourceRange ParenRange); |
4652 | |
4653 | /// Build a CXXConstructExpr whose constructor has already been resolved if |
4654 | /// it denotes an inherited constructor. |
4655 | ExprResult |
4656 | BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, |
4657 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, |
4658 | MultiExprArg Exprs, |
4659 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, |
4660 | bool IsStdInitListInitialization, |
4661 | bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, |
4662 | SourceRange ParenRange); |
4663 | |
4664 | // FIXME: Can we remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if |
4665 | // the constructor can be elidable? |
4666 | ExprResult |
4667 | BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, |
4668 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
4669 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, |
4670 | MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, |
4671 | bool IsListInitialization, |
4672 | bool IsStdInitListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, |
4673 | unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); |
4674 | |
4675 | ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultInitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, FieldDecl *Field); |
4676 | |
4677 | |
4678 | /// Instantiate or parse a C++ default argument expression as necessary. |
4679 | /// Return true on error. |
4680 | bool CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FD, |
4681 | ParmVarDecl *Param); |
4682 | |
4683 | /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating |
4684 | /// the default expr if needed. |
4685 | ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, |
4686 | FunctionDecl *FD, |
4687 | ParmVarDecl *Param); |
4688 | |
4689 | /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the |
4690 | /// constructed variable. |
4691 | void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); |
4692 | |
4693 | /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for |
4694 | /// implicitly-declared special member functions. |
4695 | class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { |
4696 | // Pointer to allow copying |
4697 | Sema *Self; |
4698 | // We order exception specifications thus: |
4699 | // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. |
4700 | // throw() comes next. |
4701 | // Then a throw(collected exceptions) |
4702 | // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). |
4703 | // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. |
4704 | ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; |
4705 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; |
4706 | SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; |
4707 | |
4708 | void ClearExceptions() { |
4709 | ExceptionsSeen.clear(); |
4710 | Exceptions.clear(); |
4711 | } |
4712 | |
4713 | public: |
4714 | explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) |
4715 | : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { |
4716 | if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) |
4717 | ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; |
4718 | } |
4719 | |
4720 | /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. |
4721 | ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { |
4722 | assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&(static_cast <bool> (ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && \"noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 4723, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
4723 | "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result")(static_cast <bool> (ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && \"noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 4723, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4724 | return ComputedEST; |
4725 | } |
4726 | |
4727 | /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. |
4728 | unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } |
4729 | |
4730 | /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. |
4731 | const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } |
4732 | |
4733 | /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. |
4734 | void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
4735 | |
4736 | /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. |
4737 | void CalledExpr(Expr *E); |
4738 | |
4739 | /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this |
4740 | /// computed exception specification. |
4741 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpec() const { |
4742 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI; |
4743 | ESI.Type = getExceptionSpecType(); |
4744 | if (ESI.Type == EST_Dynamic) { |
4745 | ESI.Exceptions = Exceptions; |
4746 | } else if (ESI.Type == EST_None) { |
4747 | /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: |
4748 | /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of |
4749 | /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" |
4750 | ESI.Type = EST_ComputedNoexcept; |
4751 | ESI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), |
4752 | tok::kw_false).get(); |
4753 | } |
4754 | return ESI; |
4755 | } |
4756 | }; |
4757 | |
4758 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted |
4759 | /// copy constructor of a class will have. |
4760 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
4761 | ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, |
4762 | CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
4763 | |
4764 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted |
4765 | /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter |
4766 | /// will be const. |
4767 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
4768 | ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
4769 | |
4770 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled |
4771 | /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the |
4772 | /// parameter will be const. |
4773 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
4774 | ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
4775 | |
4776 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move |
4777 | /// constructor of a class will have. |
4778 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
4779 | ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
4780 | |
4781 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move |
4782 | /// assignment operator of a class will have. |
4783 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
4784 | ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
4785 | |
4786 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted |
4787 | /// destructor of a class will have. |
4788 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
4789 | ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
4790 | |
4791 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting |
4792 | /// constructor of a class will have. |
4793 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
4794 | ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, |
4795 | CXXConstructorDecl *CD); |
4796 | |
4797 | /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted |
4798 | /// special member function. |
4799 | void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
4800 | |
4801 | /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the |
4802 | /// exception specification information with the results. |
4803 | void checkExceptionSpecification(bool IsTopLevel, |
4804 | ExceptionSpecificationType EST, |
4805 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, |
4806 | ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, |
4807 | Expr *NoexceptExpr, |
4808 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, |
4809 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI); |
4810 | |
4811 | /// \brief Determine if we're in a case where we need to (incorrectly) eagerly |
4812 | /// parse an exception specification to work around a libstdc++ bug. |
4813 | bool isLibstdcxxEagerExceptionSpecHack(const Declarator &D); |
4814 | |
4815 | /// \brief Add an exception-specification to the given member function |
4816 | /// (or member function template). The exception-specification was parsed |
4817 | /// after the method itself was declared. |
4818 | void actOnDelayedExceptionSpecification(Decl *Method, |
4819 | ExceptionSpecificationType EST, |
4820 | SourceRange SpecificationRange, |
4821 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, |
4822 | ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, |
4823 | Expr *NoexceptExpr); |
4824 | |
4825 | class InheritedConstructorInfo; |
4826 | |
4827 | /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted |
4828 | /// definition when it is defaulted. |
4829 | bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, |
4830 | InheritedConstructorInfo *ICI = nullptr, |
4831 | bool Diagnose = false); |
4832 | |
4833 | /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. |
4834 | /// |
4835 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
4836 | /// default constructor will be added. |
4837 | /// |
4838 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. |
4839 | CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( |
4840 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
4841 | |
4842 | /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of |
4843 | /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. |
4844 | void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
4845 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
4846 | |
4847 | /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. |
4848 | /// |
4849 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
4850 | /// destructor will be added. |
4851 | /// |
4852 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. |
4853 | CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
4854 | |
4855 | /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of |
4856 | /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. |
4857 | void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
4858 | CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); |
4859 | |
4860 | /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. |
4861 | /// |
4862 | /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one |
4863 | /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. |
4864 | void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, |
4865 | CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); |
4866 | |
4867 | /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor. |
4868 | void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc, |
4869 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
4870 | |
4871 | /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. |
4872 | /// |
4873 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
4874 | /// copy constructor will be added. |
4875 | /// |
4876 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. |
4877 | CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
4878 | |
4879 | /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of |
4880 | /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. |
4881 | void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
4882 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
4883 | |
4884 | /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. |
4885 | /// |
4886 | /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit |
4887 | /// move constructor will be added. |
4888 | /// |
4889 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't |
4890 | /// declared. |
4891 | CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
4892 | |
4893 | /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of |
4894 | /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. |
4895 | void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
4896 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
4897 | |
4898 | /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. |
4899 | /// |
4900 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
4901 | /// copy assignment operator will be added. |
4902 | /// |
4903 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. |
4904 | CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
4905 | |
4906 | /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. |
4907 | void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
4908 | CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); |
4909 | |
4910 | /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. |
4911 | /// |
4912 | /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit |
4913 | /// move assignment operator will be added. |
4914 | /// |
4915 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it |
4916 | /// wasn't declared. |
4917 | CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
4918 | |
4919 | /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. |
4920 | void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
4921 | CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); |
4922 | |
4923 | /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this |
4924 | /// class. |
4925 | void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
4926 | |
4927 | /// \brief Check a completed declaration of an implicit special member. |
4928 | void CheckImplicitSpecialMemberDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *FD); |
4929 | |
4930 | /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted |
4931 | /// special member function. |
4932 | bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); |
4933 | |
4934 | /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member |
4935 | /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. |
4936 | /// |
4937 | /// \returns true if an error occurred. |
4938 | bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
4939 | |
4940 | /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static |
4941 | /// member function. |
4942 | bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
4943 | |
4944 | /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given |
4945 | /// static member function. |
4946 | /// |
4947 | /// \returns true if an error occurred. |
4948 | bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
4949 | |
4950 | /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with |
4951 | /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise |
4952 | /// it simply returns the passed in expression. |
4953 | ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); |
4954 | |
4955 | bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, |
4956 | MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, |
4957 | SourceLocation Loc, |
4958 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, |
4959 | bool AllowExplicit = false, |
4960 | bool IsListInitialization = false); |
4961 | |
4962 | ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4963 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
4964 | IdentifierInfo &Name); |
4965 | |
4966 | ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
4967 | IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
4968 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4969 | ParsedType ObjectType, |
4970 | bool EnteringContext); |
4971 | |
4972 | ParsedType getDestructorTypeForDecltype(const DeclSpec &DS, |
4973 | ParsedType ObjectType); |
4974 | |
4975 | // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. |
4976 | void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, |
4977 | bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); |
4978 | |
4979 | /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. |
4980 | ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4981 | tok::TokenKind Kind, |
4982 | SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, |
4983 | Declarator &D, |
4984 | SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, |
4985 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4986 | Expr *E, |
4987 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4988 | |
4989 | ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4990 | tok::TokenKind Kind, |
4991 | TypeSourceInfo *Ty, |
4992 | Expr *E, |
4993 | SourceRange AngleBrackets, |
4994 | SourceRange Parens); |
4995 | |
4996 | ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, |
4997 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
4998 | TypeSourceInfo *Operand, |
4999 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5000 | ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, |
5001 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
5002 | Expr *Operand, |
5003 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5004 | |
5005 | /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). |
5006 | ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5007 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, |
5008 | void *TyOrExpr, |
5009 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5010 | |
5011 | ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, |
5012 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
5013 | TypeSourceInfo *Operand, |
5014 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5015 | ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, |
5016 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
5017 | Expr *Operand, |
5018 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5019 | |
5020 | /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). |
5021 | ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5022 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, |
5023 | void *TyOrExpr, |
5024 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5025 | |
5026 | /// \brief Handle a C++1z fold-expression: ( expr op ... op expr ). |
5027 | ExprResult ActOnCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS, |
5028 | tok::TokenKind Operator, |
5029 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS, |
5030 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5031 | ExprResult BuildCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS, |
5032 | BinaryOperatorKind Operator, |
5033 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS, |
5034 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5035 | ExprResult BuildEmptyCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
5036 | BinaryOperatorKind Operator); |
5037 | |
5038 | //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. |
5039 | ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); |
5040 | |
5041 | /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. |
5042 | /// |
5043 | /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. |
5044 | QualType getCurrentThisType(); |
5045 | |
5046 | /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the |
5047 | /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, |
5048 | /// this provides the type used for 'this'. |
5049 | QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; |
5050 | |
5051 | /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression |
5052 | /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. |
5053 | class CXXThisScopeRAII { |
5054 | Sema &S; |
5055 | QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; |
5056 | bool Enabled; |
5057 | |
5058 | public: |
5059 | /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), |
5060 | /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a |
5061 | /// class) along with the given qualifiers. |
5062 | /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. |
5063 | CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, |
5064 | bool Enabled = true); |
5065 | |
5066 | ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); |
5067 | }; |
5068 | |
5069 | /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current |
5070 | /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. |
5071 | /// |
5072 | /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. |
5073 | /// |
5074 | /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda |
5075 | /// capture list. |
5076 | /// |
5077 | /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index |
5078 | /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture. |
5079 | /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture |
5080 | /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of |
5081 | /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to |
5082 | /// a non-static member function or a static function). |
5083 | /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success. |
5084 | bool CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false, |
5085 | bool BuildAndDiagnose = true, |
5086 | const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr, |
5087 | bool ByCopy = false); |
5088 | |
5089 | /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used |
5090 | /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently |
5091 | /// being defined. |
5092 | bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); |
5093 | |
5094 | /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. |
5095 | ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); |
5096 | |
5097 | |
5098 | /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. |
5099 | ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); |
5100 | |
5101 | ExprResult |
5102 | ActOnObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(llvm::ArrayRef<AvailabilitySpec> AvailSpecs, |
5103 | SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen); |
5104 | |
5105 | /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. |
5106 | ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); |
5107 | |
5108 | //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. |
5109 | ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); |
5110 | ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, |
5111 | bool IsThrownVarInScope); |
5112 | bool CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, QualType ThrowTy, Expr *E); |
5113 | |
5114 | /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. |
5115 | /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") |
5116 | /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") |
5117 | /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). |
5118 | ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, |
5119 | SourceLocation LParenOrBraceLoc, |
5120 | MultiExprArg Exprs, |
5121 | SourceLocation RParenOrBraceLoc, |
5122 | bool ListInitialization); |
5123 | |
5124 | ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, |
5125 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5126 | MultiExprArg Exprs, |
5127 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5128 | bool ListInitialization); |
5129 | |
5130 | /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. |
5131 | ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, |
5132 | SourceLocation PlacementLParen, |
5133 | MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, |
5134 | SourceLocation PlacementRParen, |
5135 | SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, |
5136 | Expr *Initializer); |
5137 | ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, |
5138 | SourceLocation PlacementLParen, |
5139 | MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, |
5140 | SourceLocation PlacementRParen, |
5141 | SourceRange TypeIdParens, |
5142 | QualType AllocType, |
5143 | TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, |
5144 | Expr *ArraySize, |
5145 | SourceRange DirectInitRange, |
5146 | Expr *Initializer); |
5147 | |
5148 | bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, |
5149 | SourceRange R); |
5150 | bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, |
5151 | bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, |
5152 | bool &PassAlignment, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, |
5153 | FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, |
5154 | FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); |
5155 | void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); |
5156 | void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, |
5157 | ArrayRef<QualType> Params); |
5158 | |
5159 | bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
5160 | DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, |
5161 | bool Diagnose = true); |
5162 | FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
5163 | bool CanProvideSize, |
5164 | bool Overaligned, |
5165 | DeclarationName Name); |
5166 | FunctionDecl *FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
5167 | CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
5168 | |
5169 | /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression |
5170 | ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
5171 | bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, |
5172 | Expr *Operand); |
5173 | void CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc, |
5174 | bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual, |
5175 | bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes, |
5176 | SourceLocation DtorLoc); |
5177 | |
5178 | ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, |
5179 | Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); |
5180 | ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, |
5181 | SourceLocation RParen); |
5182 | |
5183 | /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. |
5184 | ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
5185 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, |
5186 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5187 | ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
5188 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, |
5189 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5190 | |
5191 | /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the binary type trait support |
5192 | /// pseudo-functions. |
5193 | ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, |
5194 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
5195 | ParsedType LhsTy, |
5196 | Expr *DimExpr, |
5197 | SourceLocation RParen); |
5198 | |
5199 | ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, |
5200 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
5201 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, |
5202 | Expr *DimExpr, |
5203 | SourceLocation RParen); |
5204 | |
5205 | /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support |
5206 | /// pseudo-functions. |
5207 | ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, |
5208 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
5209 | Expr *Queried, |
5210 | SourceLocation RParen); |
5211 | |
5212 | ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, |
5213 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
5214 | Expr *Queried, |
5215 | SourceLocation RParen); |
5216 | |
5217 | ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, |
5218 | Expr *Base, |
5219 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5220 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
5221 | ParsedType &ObjectType, |
5222 | bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); |
5223 | |
5224 | ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, |
5225 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5226 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
5227 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5228 | TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, |
5229 | SourceLocation CCLoc, |
5230 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
5231 | PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType); |
5232 | |
5233 | ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
5234 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5235 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
5236 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5237 | UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, |
5238 | SourceLocation CCLoc, |
5239 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
5240 | UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName); |
5241 | |
5242 | ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
5243 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5244 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
5245 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
5246 | const DeclSpec& DS); |
5247 | |
5248 | /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression |
5249 | /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. |
5250 | /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. |
5251 | Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); |
5252 | Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); |
5253 | ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); |
5254 | |
5255 | MaterializeTemporaryExpr * |
5256 | CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(QualType T, Expr *Temporary, |
5257 | bool BoundToLvalueReference); |
5258 | |
5259 | ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { |
5260 | return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() |
5261 | : SourceLocation()); |
5262 | } |
5263 | ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, |
5264 | bool DiscardedValue = false, |
5265 | bool IsConstexpr = false, |
5266 | bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer = false); |
5267 | StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); |
5268 | |
5269 | // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. |
5270 | bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); |
5271 | |
5272 | DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); |
5273 | DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5274 | bool EnteringContext = false); |
5275 | bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5276 | CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); |
5277 | |
5278 | /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. |
5279 | /// |
5280 | /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. |
5281 | /// |
5282 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place |
5283 | /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. |
5284 | /// |
5285 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
5286 | bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation CCLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5287 | |
5288 | /// \brief The parser has parsed a '__super' nested-name-specifier. |
5289 | /// |
5290 | /// \param SuperLoc The location of the '__super' keyword. |
5291 | /// |
5292 | /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the '::'. |
5293 | /// |
5294 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place |
5295 | /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. |
5296 | /// |
5297 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
5298 | bool ActOnSuperScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
5299 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5300 | |
5301 | bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD, |
5302 | bool *CanCorrect = nullptr); |
5303 | NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); |
5304 | |
5305 | /// \brief Keeps information about an identifier in a nested-name-spec. |
5306 | /// |
5307 | struct NestedNameSpecInfo { |
5308 | /// \brief The type of the object, if we're parsing nested-name-specifier in |
5309 | /// a member access expression. |
5310 | ParsedType ObjectType; |
5311 | |
5312 | /// \brief The identifier preceding the '::'. |
5313 | IdentifierInfo *Identifier; |
5314 | |
5315 | /// \brief The location of the identifier. |
5316 | SourceLocation IdentifierLoc; |
5317 | |
5318 | /// \brief The location of the '::'. |
5319 | SourceLocation CCLoc; |
5320 | |
5321 | /// \brief Creates info object for the most typical case. |
5322 | NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
5323 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType()) |
5324 | : ObjectType(ObjectType), Identifier(II), IdentifierLoc(IdLoc), |
5325 | CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) { |
5326 | } |
5327 | |
5328 | NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
5329 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, QualType ObjectType) |
5330 | : ObjectType(ParsedType::make(ObjectType)), Identifier(II), |
5331 | IdentifierLoc(IdLoc), CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) { |
5332 | } |
5333 | }; |
5334 | |
5335 | bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5336 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo); |
5337 | |
5338 | bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, |
5339 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo, |
5340 | bool EnteringContext, |
5341 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5342 | NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, |
5343 | bool ErrorRecoveryLookup, |
5344 | bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr, |
5345 | bool OnlyNamespace = false); |
5346 | |
5347 | /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. |
5348 | /// |
5349 | /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. |
5350 | /// |
5351 | /// \param IdInfo Parser information about an identifier in the |
5352 | /// nested-name-spec. |
5353 | /// |
5354 | /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by |
5355 | /// this nested-name-specifier. |
5356 | /// |
5357 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input |
5358 | /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an |
5359 | /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, |
5360 | /// including this new type). |
5361 | /// |
5362 | /// \param ErrorRecoveryLookup If true, then this method is called to improve |
5363 | /// error recovery. In this case do not emit error message. |
5364 | /// |
5365 | /// \param IsCorrectedToColon If not null, suggestions to replace '::' -> ':' |
5366 | /// are allowed. The bool value pointed by this parameter is set to 'true' |
5367 | /// if the identifier is treated as if it was followed by ':', not '::'. |
5368 | /// |
5369 | /// \param OnlyNamespace If true, only considers namespaces in lookup. |
5370 | /// |
5371 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
5372 | bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, |
5373 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo, |
5374 | bool EnteringContext, |
5375 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5376 | bool ErrorRecoveryLookup = false, |
5377 | bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr, |
5378 | bool OnlyNamespace = false); |
5379 | |
5380 | ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); |
5381 | |
5382 | bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5383 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
5384 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); |
5385 | |
5386 | bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5387 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo, |
5388 | bool EnteringContext); |
5389 | |
5390 | /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier |
5391 | /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. |
5392 | /// |
5393 | /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. |
5394 | /// |
5395 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input |
5396 | /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an |
5397 | /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, |
5398 | /// including this new type). |
5399 | /// |
5400 | /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. |
5401 | /// \param TemplateName the template name. |
5402 | /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. |
5403 | /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). |
5404 | /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. |
5405 | /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). |
5406 | /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. |
5407 | /// |
5408 | /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the |
5409 | /// nested-name-specifier. |
5410 | /// |
5411 | /// |
5412 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
5413 | bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, |
5414 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5415 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
5416 | TemplateTy TemplateName, |
5417 | SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, |
5418 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
5419 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, |
5420 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
5421 | SourceLocation CCLoc, |
5422 | bool EnteringContext); |
5423 | |
5424 | /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value |
5425 | /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given |
5426 | /// nested-name-specifier. |
5427 | /// |
5428 | /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. |
5429 | /// |
5430 | /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the |
5431 | /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. |
5432 | void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5433 | |
5434 | /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore |
5435 | /// the nested-name-specifier structure. |
5436 | /// |
5437 | /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by |
5438 | /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). |
5439 | /// |
5440 | /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. |
5441 | /// |
5442 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents |
5443 | /// of the annotation pointer. |
5444 | void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, |
5445 | SourceRange AnnotationRange, |
5446 | CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5447 | |
5448 | bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5449 | |
5450 | /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global |
5451 | /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. |
5452 | /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be |
5453 | /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and |
5454 | /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. |
5455 | /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. |
5456 | bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5457 | |
5458 | /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously |
5459 | /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same |
5460 | /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. |
5461 | /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the |
5462 | /// defining scope. |
5463 | void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5464 | |
5465 | /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an |
5466 | /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. |
5467 | /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a |
5468 | /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of |
5469 | /// class X. |
5470 | void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); |
5471 | |
5472 | /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an |
5473 | /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. |
5474 | void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); |
5475 | |
5476 | /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. |
5477 | CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, |
5478 | TypeSourceInfo *Info, |
5479 | bool KnownDependent, |
5480 | LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault); |
5481 | |
5482 | /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. |
5483 | CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
5484 | SourceRange IntroducerRange, |
5485 | TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, |
5486 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
5487 | ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params, |
5488 | bool IsConstexprSpecified); |
5489 | |
5490 | /// \brief Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties. |
5491 | void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, |
5492 | CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, |
5493 | SourceRange IntroducerRange, |
5494 | LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, |
5495 | SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc, |
5496 | bool ExplicitParams, |
5497 | bool ExplicitResultType, |
5498 | bool Mutable); |
5499 | |
5500 | /// \brief Perform initialization analysis of the init-capture and perform |
5501 | /// any implicit conversions such as an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion if |
5502 | /// not being used to initialize a reference. |
5503 | ParsedType actOnLambdaInitCaptureInitialization( |
5504 | SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
5505 | LambdaCaptureInitKind InitKind, Expr *&Init) { |
5506 | return ParsedType::make(buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization( |
5507 | Loc, ByRef, Id, InitKind != LambdaCaptureInitKind::CopyInit, Init)); |
5508 | } |
5509 | QualType buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, |
5510 | IdentifierInfo *Id, |
5511 | bool DirectInit, Expr *&Init); |
5512 | |
5513 | /// \brief Create a dummy variable within the declcontext of the lambda's |
5514 | /// call operator, for name lookup purposes for a lambda init capture. |
5515 | /// |
5516 | /// CodeGen handles emission of lambda captures, ignoring these dummy |
5517 | /// variables appropriately. |
5518 | VarDecl *createLambdaInitCaptureVarDecl(SourceLocation Loc, |
5519 | QualType InitCaptureType, |
5520 | IdentifierInfo *Id, |
5521 | unsigned InitStyle, Expr *Init); |
5522 | |
5523 | /// \brief Build the implicit field for an init-capture. |
5524 | FieldDecl *buildInitCaptureField(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var); |
5525 | |
5526 | /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the |
5527 | /// given lambda. |
5528 | void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); |
5529 | |
5530 | /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. |
5531 | void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); |
5532 | |
5533 | /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return |
5534 | /// statements present in the body. |
5535 | void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); |
5536 | |
5537 | /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start |
5538 | /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and |
5539 | /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the |
5540 | /// lambda. |
5541 | void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, |
5542 | Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); |
5543 | |
5544 | /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback |
5545 | /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. |
5546 | void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, |
5547 | bool IsInstantiation = false); |
5548 | |
5549 | /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression |
5550 | /// was successfully completed. |
5551 | ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, |
5552 | Scope *CurScope); |
5553 | |
5554 | /// \brief Does copying/destroying the captured variable have side effects? |
5555 | bool CaptureHasSideEffects(const sema::LambdaScopeInfo::Capture &From); |
5556 | |
5557 | /// \brief Diagnose if an explicit lambda capture is unused. |
5558 | void DiagnoseUnusedLambdaCapture(const sema::LambdaScopeInfo::Capture &From); |
5559 | |
5560 | /// \brief Complete a lambda-expression having processed and attached the |
5561 | /// lambda body. |
5562 | ExprResult BuildLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
5563 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); |
5564 | |
5565 | /// Get the return type to use for a lambda's conversion function(s) to |
5566 | /// function pointer type, given the type of the call operator. |
5567 | QualType |
5568 | getLambdaConversionFunctionResultType(const FunctionProtoType *CallOpType); |
5569 | |
5570 | /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a |
5571 | /// function pointer. |
5572 | /// |
5573 | /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills |
5574 | /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into |
5575 | /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the |
5576 | /// block pointer conversion. |
5577 | void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( |
5578 | SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); |
5579 | |
5580 | /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a |
5581 | /// block pointer. |
5582 | /// |
5583 | /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills |
5584 | /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into |
5585 | /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the |
5586 | /// block pointer conversion. |
5587 | void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, |
5588 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv); |
5589 | |
5590 | ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
5591 | SourceLocation ConvLocation, |
5592 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv, |
5593 | Expr *Src); |
5594 | |
5595 | // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. |
5596 | ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, |
5597 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Strings); |
5598 | |
5599 | ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); |
5600 | |
5601 | /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the |
5602 | /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" |
5603 | /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. |
5604 | ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); |
5605 | ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, |
5606 | bool Value); |
5607 | ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); |
5608 | |
5609 | /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the |
5610 | /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will |
5611 | /// either be "NSNumber *", "NSString *" or "NSValue *" depending on the type |
5612 | /// of ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type, "char *", |
5613 | /// "const char *" or C structure with attribute 'objc_boxable'. |
5614 | ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); |
5615 | |
5616 | ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, |
5617 | Expr *IndexExpr, |
5618 | ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, |
5619 | ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); |
5620 | |
5621 | ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, |
5622 | MutableArrayRef<ObjCDictionaryElement> Elements); |
5623 | |
5624 | ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, |
5625 | TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, |
5626 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5627 | ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
5628 | CXXConversionDecl *Method, |
5629 | bool HadMultipleCandidates); |
5630 | |
5631 | ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, |
5632 | SourceLocation EncodeLoc, |
5633 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5634 | ParsedType Ty, |
5635 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5636 | |
5637 | /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector |
5638 | ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, |
5639 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
5640 | SourceLocation SelLoc, |
5641 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5642 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5643 | bool WarnMultipleSelectors); |
5644 | |
5645 | /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol |
5646 | ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, |
5647 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
5648 | SourceLocation ProtoLoc, |
5649 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5650 | SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, |
5651 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5652 | |
5653 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
5654 | // C++ Declarations |
5655 | // |
5656 | Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, |
5657 | SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
5658 | Expr *LangStr, |
5659 | SourceLocation LBraceLoc); |
5660 | Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, |
5661 | Decl *LinkageSpec, |
5662 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc); |
5663 | |
5664 | |
5665 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
5666 | // C++ Classes |
5667 | // |
5668 | bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, |
5669 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr); |
5670 | bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS); |
5671 | |
5672 | bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, |
5673 | SourceLocation ASLoc, |
5674 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
5675 | AttributeList *Attrs = nullptr); |
5676 | |
5677 | NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, |
5678 | Declarator &D, |
5679 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
5680 | Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, |
5681 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle); |
5682 | |
5683 | void ActOnStartCXXInClassMemberInitializer(); |
5684 | void ActOnFinishCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, |
5685 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
5686 | Expr *Init); |
5687 | |
5688 | MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, |
5689 | Scope *S, |
5690 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5691 | IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, |
5692 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
5693 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
5694 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
5695 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5696 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
5697 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5698 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
5699 | |
5700 | MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, |
5701 | Scope *S, |
5702 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5703 | IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, |
5704 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
5705 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
5706 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
5707 | Expr *InitList, |
5708 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
5709 | |
5710 | MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, |
5711 | Scope *S, |
5712 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5713 | IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, |
5714 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
5715 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
5716 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
5717 | Expr *Init, |
5718 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
5719 | |
5720 | MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, |
5721 | Expr *Init, |
5722 | SourceLocation IdLoc); |
5723 | |
5724 | MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, |
5725 | TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, |
5726 | Expr *Init, |
5727 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, |
5728 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
5729 | |
5730 | MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
5731 | Expr *Init, |
5732 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
5733 | |
5734 | bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, |
5735 | CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); |
5736 | |
5737 | bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, |
5738 | ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None); |
5739 | |
5740 | void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); |
5741 | |
5742 | |
5743 | /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, |
5744 | /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as |
5745 | /// referenced. |
5746 | void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, |
5747 | CXXRecordDecl *Record); |
5748 | |
5749 | /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within |
5750 | /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the |
5751 | /// first use occurred. |
5752 | typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; |
5753 | |
5754 | /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been |
5755 | /// materialized. |
5756 | SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; |
5757 | |
5758 | /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within |
5759 | /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is |
5760 | /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed |
5761 | /// by code generation). |
5762 | llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; |
5763 | |
5764 | /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. |
5765 | void LoadExternalVTableUses(); |
5766 | |
5767 | /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the |
5768 | /// given location. |
5769 | void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
5770 | bool DefinitionRequired = false); |
5771 | |
5772 | /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions |
5773 | /// in the given class as needed. |
5774 | void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, |
5775 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
5776 | |
5777 | /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given |
5778 | /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. |
5779 | void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, |
5780 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
5781 | |
5782 | /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this |
5783 | /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those |
5784 | /// vtables. |
5785 | /// |
5786 | /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. |
5787 | bool DefineUsedVTables(); |
5788 | |
5789 | void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
5790 | |
5791 | void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, |
5792 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
5793 | ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, |
5794 | bool AnyErrors); |
5795 | |
5796 | /// \brief Check class-level dllimport/dllexport attribute. The caller must |
5797 | /// ensure that referenceDLLExportedClassMethods is called some point later |
5798 | /// when all outer classes of Class are complete. |
5799 | void checkClassLevelDLLAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
5800 | |
5801 | void referenceDLLExportedClassMethods(); |
5802 | |
5803 | void propagateDLLAttrToBaseClassTemplate( |
5804 | CXXRecordDecl *Class, Attr *ClassAttr, |
5805 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *BaseTemplateSpec, |
5806 | SourceLocation BaseLoc); |
5807 | |
5808 | void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); |
5809 | |
5810 | /// Check that the C++ class annoated with "trivial_abi" satisfies all the |
5811 | /// conditions that are needed for the attribute to have an effect. |
5812 | void checkIllFormedTrivialABIStruct(CXXRecordDecl &RD); |
5813 | |
5814 | void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, |
5815 | Decl *TagDecl, |
5816 | SourceLocation LBrac, |
5817 | SourceLocation RBrac, |
5818 | AttributeList *AttrList); |
5819 | void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); |
5820 | void ActOnFinishCXXNonNestedClass(Decl *D); |
5821 | |
5822 | void ActOnReenterCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, ParmVarDecl *Param); |
5823 | unsigned ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); |
5824 | void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); |
5825 | void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); |
5826 | void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); |
5827 | void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); |
5828 | void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); |
5829 | void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); |
5830 | void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD, |
5831 | CachedTokens &Toks); |
5832 | void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD); |
5833 | bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); |
5834 | |
5835 | Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, |
5836 | Expr *AssertExpr, |
5837 | Expr *AssertMessageExpr, |
5838 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5839 | Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, |
5840 | Expr *AssertExpr, |
5841 | StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, |
5842 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5843 | bool Failed); |
5844 | |
5845 | FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, |
5846 | SourceLocation FriendLoc, |
5847 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); |
5848 | Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, |
5849 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); |
5850 | NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
5851 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); |
5852 | |
5853 | QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, |
5854 | StorageClass& SC); |
5855 | void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
5856 | QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, |
5857 | StorageClass& SC); |
5858 | bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); |
5859 | void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, |
5860 | StorageClass& SC); |
5861 | Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); |
5862 | void CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, |
5863 | StorageClass &SC); |
5864 | void CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *TD); |
5865 | |
5866 | void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
5867 | void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
5868 | const FunctionProtoType *T); |
5869 | void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs(); |
5870 | |
5871 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
5872 | // C++ Derived Classes |
5873 | // |
5874 | |
5875 | /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier |
5876 | CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
5877 | SourceRange SpecifierRange, |
5878 | bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, |
5879 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
5880 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
5881 | |
5882 | BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, |
5883 | SourceRange SpecifierRange, |
5884 | ParsedAttributes &Attrs, |
5885 | bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, |
5886 | ParsedType basetype, |
5887 | SourceLocation BaseLoc, |
5888 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
5889 | |
5890 | bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
5891 | MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases); |
5892 | void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, |
5893 | MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases); |
5894 | |
5895 | bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base); |
5896 | bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base, |
5897 | CXXBasePaths &Paths); |
5898 | |
5899 | // FIXME: I don't like this name. |
5900 | void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); |
5901 | |
5902 | bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, |
5903 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
5904 | CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr, |
5905 | bool IgnoreAccess = false); |
5906 | bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, |
5907 | unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, |
5908 | unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, |
5909 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
5910 | DeclarationName Name, |
5911 | CXXCastPath *BasePath, |
5912 | bool IgnoreAccess = false); |
5913 | |
5914 | std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); |
5915 | |
5916 | bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
5917 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
5918 | |
5919 | /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are |
5920 | /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. |
5921 | bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
5922 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
5923 | |
5924 | /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception |
5925 | /// spec is a subset of base spec. |
5926 | bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
5927 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
5928 | |
5929 | bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); |
5930 | |
5931 | /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. |
5932 | void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D); |
5933 | |
5934 | /// DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl - Diagnose if 'override' keyword was |
5935 | /// not used in the declaration of an overriding method. |
5936 | void DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D); |
5937 | |
5938 | /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function |
5939 | /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to |
5940 | /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. |
5941 | bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
5942 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
5943 | |
5944 | |
5945 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
5946 | // C++ Access Control |
5947 | // |
5948 | |
5949 | enum AccessResult { |
5950 | AR_accessible, |
5951 | AR_inaccessible, |
5952 | AR_dependent, |
5953 | AR_delayed |
5954 | }; |
5955 | |
5956 | bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, |
5957 | NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, |
5958 | AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); |
5959 | |
5960 | AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, |
5961 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
5962 | AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, |
5963 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
5964 | AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, |
5965 | SourceRange PlacementRange, |
5966 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
5967 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
5968 | bool Diagnose = true); |
5969 | AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
5970 | CXXConstructorDecl *D, |
5971 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
5972 | const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
5973 | bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); |
5974 | AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
5975 | CXXConstructorDecl *D, |
5976 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
5977 | const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
5978 | const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); |
5979 | AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
5980 | CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, |
5981 | const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, |
5982 | QualType objectType = QualType()); |
5983 | AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); |
5984 | AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc, |
5985 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
5986 | DeclAccessPair Found); |
5987 | AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
5988 | Expr *ObjectExpr, |
5989 | Expr *ArgExpr, |
5990 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
5991 | AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, |
5992 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
5993 | AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, |
5994 | QualType Base, QualType Derived, |
5995 | const CXXBasePath &Path, |
5996 | unsigned DiagID, |
5997 | bool ForceCheck = false, |
5998 | bool ForceUnprivileged = false); |
5999 | void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); |
6000 | bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); |
6001 | bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, |
6002 | AccessSpecifier access, |
6003 | QualType objectType); |
6004 | |
6005 | void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, |
6006 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
6007 | void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, |
6008 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
6009 | |
6010 | void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); |
6011 | |
6012 | /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE |
6013 | /// failures rather than hard errors. |
6014 | bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; |
6015 | |
6016 | enum AbstractDiagSelID { |
6017 | AbstractNone = -1, |
6018 | AbstractReturnType, |
6019 | AbstractParamType, |
6020 | AbstractVariableType, |
6021 | AbstractFieldType, |
6022 | AbstractIvarType, |
6023 | AbstractSynthesizedIvarType, |
6024 | AbstractArrayType |
6025 | }; |
6026 | |
6027 | bool isAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); |
6028 | bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
6029 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
6030 | template <typename... Ts> |
6031 | bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, |
6032 | const Ts &...Args) { |
6033 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
6034 | return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); |
6035 | } |
6036 | |
6037 | void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
6038 | |
6039 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6040 | // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] |
6041 | // |
6042 | |
6043 | bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); |
6044 | |
6045 | bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); |
6046 | |
6047 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6048 | // C++ Templates [C++ 14] |
6049 | // |
6050 | void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, |
6051 | bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); |
6052 | bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, |
6053 | bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); |
6054 | |
6055 | void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6056 | QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, |
6057 | bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); |
6058 | |
6059 | TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, |
6060 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6061 | bool hasTemplateKeyword, |
6062 | UnqualifiedId &Name, |
6063 | ParsedType ObjectType, |
6064 | bool EnteringContext, |
6065 | TemplateTy &Template, |
6066 | bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); |
6067 | |
6068 | /// Determine whether a particular identifier might be the name in a C++1z |
6069 | /// deduction-guide declaration. |
6070 | bool isDeductionGuideName(Scope *S, const IdentifierInfo &Name, |
6071 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
6072 | ParsedTemplateTy *Template = nullptr); |
6073 | |
6074 | bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, |
6075 | SourceLocation IILoc, |
6076 | Scope *S, |
6077 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
6078 | TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, |
6079 | TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); |
6080 | |
6081 | bool DiagnoseUninstantiableTemplate(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
6082 | NamedDecl *Instantiation, |
6083 | bool InstantiatedFromMember, |
6084 | const NamedDecl *Pattern, |
6085 | const NamedDecl *PatternDef, |
6086 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
6087 | bool Complain = true); |
6088 | |
6089 | void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); |
6090 | TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); |
6091 | |
6092 | NamedDecl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, |
6093 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
6094 | SourceLocation KeyLoc, |
6095 | IdentifierInfo *ParamName, |
6096 | SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, |
6097 | unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, |
6098 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
6099 | ParsedType DefaultArg); |
6100 | |
6101 | QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(TypeSourceInfo *&TSI, |
6102 | SourceLocation Loc); |
6103 | QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
6104 | |
6105 | NamedDecl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
6106 | unsigned Depth, |
6107 | unsigned Position, |
6108 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
6109 | Expr *DefaultArg); |
6110 | NamedDecl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, |
6111 | SourceLocation TmpLoc, |
6112 | TemplateParameterList *Params, |
6113 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
6114 | IdentifierInfo *ParamName, |
6115 | SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, |
6116 | unsigned Depth, |
6117 | unsigned Position, |
6118 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
6119 | ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); |
6120 | |
6121 | TemplateParameterList * |
6122 | ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, |
6123 | SourceLocation ExportLoc, |
6124 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6125 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
6126 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Params, |
6127 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
6128 | Expr *RequiresClause); |
6129 | |
6130 | /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list. |
6131 | enum TemplateParamListContext { |
6132 | TPC_ClassTemplate, |
6133 | TPC_VarTemplate, |
6134 | TPC_FunctionTemplate, |
6135 | TPC_ClassTemplateMember, |
6136 | TPC_FriendClassTemplate, |
6137 | TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, |
6138 | TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, |
6139 | TPC_TypeAliasTemplate |
6140 | }; |
6141 | |
6142 | bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, |
6143 | TemplateParameterList *OldParams, |
6144 | TemplateParamListContext TPC); |
6145 | TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( |
6146 | SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc, |
6147 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId, |
6148 | ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists, |
6149 | bool IsFriend, bool &IsMemberSpecialization, bool &Invalid); |
6150 | |
6151 | DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, |
6152 | SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6153 | IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
6154 | AttributeList *Attr, |
6155 | TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, |
6156 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
6157 | SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, |
6158 | SourceLocation FriendLoc, |
6159 | unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, |
6160 | TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists, |
6161 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
6162 | |
6163 | TemplateArgumentLoc getTrivialTemplateArgumentLoc(const TemplateArgument &Arg, |
6164 | QualType NTTPType, |
6165 | SourceLocation Loc); |
6166 | |
6167 | void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, |
6168 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); |
6169 | |
6170 | void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); |
6171 | |
6172 | QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, |
6173 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6174 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); |
6175 | |
6176 | TypeResult |
6177 | ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
6178 | TemplateTy Template, IdentifierInfo *TemplateII, |
6179 | SourceLocation TemplateIILoc, |
6180 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
6181 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, |
6182 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
6183 | bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, |
6184 | bool IsClassName = false); |
6185 | |
6186 | /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, |
6187 | /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. |
6188 | TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, |
6189 | TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, |
6190 | SourceLocation TagLoc, |
6191 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6192 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
6193 | TemplateTy TemplateD, |
6194 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6195 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
6196 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, |
6197 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc); |
6198 | |
6199 | DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( |
6200 | Scope *S, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI, |
6201 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, |
6202 | StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization); |
6203 | |
6204 | DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template, |
6205 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6206 | SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, |
6207 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); |
6208 | |
6209 | ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6210 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
6211 | VarTemplateDecl *Template, |
6212 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6213 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
6214 | |
6215 | ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6216 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
6217 | LookupResult &R, |
6218 | bool RequiresADL, |
6219 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
6220 | |
6221 | ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6222 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
6223 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
6224 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
6225 | |
6226 | TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName( |
6227 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
6228 | UnqualifiedId &Name, ParsedType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, |
6229 | TemplateTy &Template, bool AllowInjectedClassName = false); |
6230 | |
6231 | DeclResult |
6232 | ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, |
6233 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
6234 | SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, |
6235 | TemplateIdAnnotation &TemplateId, |
6236 | AttributeList *Attr, |
6237 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
6238 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
6239 | |
6240 | bool CheckTemplatePartialSpecializationArgs(SourceLocation Loc, |
6241 | TemplateDecl *PrimaryTemplate, |
6242 | unsigned NumExplicitArgs, |
6243 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args); |
6244 | void CheckTemplatePartialSpecialization( |
6245 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial); |
6246 | void CheckTemplatePartialSpecialization( |
6247 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial); |
6248 | |
6249 | Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, |
6250 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
6251 | Declarator &D); |
6252 | |
6253 | bool |
6254 | CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, |
6255 | TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, |
6256 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl, |
6257 | TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, |
6258 | SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, |
6259 | bool &SuppressNew); |
6260 | |
6261 | bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, |
6262 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
6263 | LookupResult &Previous); |
6264 | |
6265 | bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, |
6266 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
6267 | LookupResult &Previous); |
6268 | bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); |
6269 | void CompleteMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); |
6270 | |
6271 | DeclResult |
6272 | ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, |
6273 | SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
6274 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6275 | unsigned TagSpec, |
6276 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
6277 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6278 | TemplateTy Template, |
6279 | SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, |
6280 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
6281 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, |
6282 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
6283 | AttributeList *Attr); |
6284 | |
6285 | DeclResult |
6286 | ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, |
6287 | SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
6288 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6289 | unsigned TagSpec, |
6290 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
6291 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6292 | IdentifierInfo *Name, |
6293 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
6294 | AttributeList *Attr); |
6295 | |
6296 | DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, |
6297 | SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
6298 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6299 | Declarator &D); |
6300 | |
6301 | TemplateArgumentLoc |
6302 | SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, |
6303 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6304 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
6305 | Decl *Param, |
6306 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> |
6307 | &Converted, |
6308 | bool &HasDefaultArg); |
6309 | |
6310 | /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template |
6311 | /// argument is being checked. |
6312 | enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { |
6313 | /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was |
6314 | /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. |
6315 | CTAK_Specified, |
6316 | |
6317 | /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument |
6318 | /// deduction. |
6319 | CTAK_Deduced, |
6320 | |
6321 | /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound |
6322 | /// via template argument deduction. |
6323 | CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound |
6324 | }; |
6325 | |
6326 | bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, |
6327 | TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, |
6328 | NamedDecl *Template, |
6329 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6330 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
6331 | unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, |
6332 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, |
6333 | CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); |
6334 | |
6335 | /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to |
6336 | /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. |
6337 | /// |
6338 | /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being |
6339 | /// provided. |
6340 | /// |
6341 | /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. |
6342 | /// |
6343 | /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is |
6344 | /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of |
6345 | /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template |
6346 | /// arguments. |
6347 | /// |
6348 | /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is |
6349 | /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial |
6350 | /// set of template arguments. |
6351 | /// |
6352 | /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template |
6353 | /// arguments. |
6354 | /// |
6355 | /// \param UpdateArgsWithConversions If \c true, update \p TemplateArgs to |
6356 | /// contain the converted forms of the template arguments as written. |
6357 | /// Otherwise, \p TemplateArgs will not be modified. |
6358 | /// |
6359 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6360 | bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, |
6361 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6362 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, |
6363 | bool PartialTemplateArgs, |
6364 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, |
6365 | bool UpdateArgsWithConversions = true); |
6366 | |
6367 | bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, |
6368 | TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, |
6369 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); |
6370 | |
6371 | bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, |
6372 | TypeSourceInfo *Arg); |
6373 | ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, |
6374 | QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, |
6375 | TemplateArgument &Converted, |
6376 | CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); |
6377 | bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, |
6378 | TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, |
6379 | unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); |
6380 | |
6381 | ExprResult |
6382 | BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, |
6383 | QualType ParamType, |
6384 | SourceLocation Loc); |
6385 | ExprResult |
6386 | BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, |
6387 | SourceLocation Loc); |
6388 | |
6389 | /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared |
6390 | /// for equality. |
6391 | enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { |
6392 | /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates |
6393 | /// that might be redeclarations. |
6394 | /// |
6395 | /// \code |
6396 | /// template<typename T> struct X; |
6397 | /// template<typename T> struct X; |
6398 | /// \endcode |
6399 | TPL_TemplateMatch, |
6400 | |
6401 | /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template |
6402 | /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists |
6403 | /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. |
6404 | /// |
6405 | /// \code |
6406 | /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; |
6407 | /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; |
6408 | /// \endcode |
6409 | TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, |
6410 | |
6411 | /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template |
6412 | /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template |
6413 | /// template parameter. |
6414 | /// |
6415 | /// \code |
6416 | /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; |
6417 | /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; |
6418 | /// X<integer_c> xic; |
6419 | /// \endcode |
6420 | TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch |
6421 | }; |
6422 | |
6423 | bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, |
6424 | TemplateParameterList *Old, |
6425 | bool Complain, |
6426 | TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, |
6427 | SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc |
6428 | = SourceLocation()); |
6429 | |
6430 | bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); |
6431 | |
6432 | /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename |
6433 | /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". |
6434 | /// |
6435 | /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. |
6436 | /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword |
6437 | /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). |
6438 | /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). |
6439 | /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. |
6440 | TypeResult |
6441 | ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, |
6442 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, |
6443 | SourceLocation IdLoc); |
6444 | |
6445 | /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename |
6446 | /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., |
6447 | /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". |
6448 | /// |
6449 | /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. |
6450 | /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword |
6451 | /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). |
6452 | /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. |
6453 | /// \param TemplateName The template name. |
6454 | /// \param TemplateII The identifier used to name the template. |
6455 | /// \param TemplateIILoc The location of the template name. |
6456 | /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). |
6457 | /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. |
6458 | /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). |
6459 | TypeResult |
6460 | ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, |
6461 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6462 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6463 | TemplateTy TemplateName, |
6464 | IdentifierInfo *TemplateII, |
6465 | SourceLocation TemplateIILoc, |
6466 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
6467 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, |
6468 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc); |
6469 | |
6470 | QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
6471 | SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
6472 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
6473 | const IdentifierInfo &II, |
6474 | SourceLocation IILoc); |
6475 | |
6476 | TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, |
6477 | SourceLocation Loc, |
6478 | DeclarationName Name); |
6479 | bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
6480 | |
6481 | ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); |
6482 | bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( |
6483 | TemplateParameterList *Params); |
6484 | |
6485 | std::string |
6486 | getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, |
6487 | const TemplateArgumentList &Args); |
6488 | |
6489 | std::string |
6490 | getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, |
6491 | const TemplateArgument *Args, |
6492 | unsigned NumArgs); |
6493 | |
6494 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6495 | // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) |
6496 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6497 | |
6498 | /// Determine whether an unexpanded parameter pack might be permitted in this |
6499 | /// location. Useful for error recovery. |
6500 | bool isUnexpandedParameterPackPermitted(); |
6501 | |
6502 | /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is |
6503 | /// being diagnosed. |
6504 | /// |
6505 | /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first |
6506 | /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. |
6507 | enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { |
6508 | /// \brief An arbitrary expression. |
6509 | UPPC_Expression = 0, |
6510 | |
6511 | /// \brief The base type of a class type. |
6512 | UPPC_BaseType, |
6513 | |
6514 | /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. |
6515 | UPPC_DeclarationType, |
6516 | |
6517 | /// \brief The type of a data member. |
6518 | UPPC_DataMemberType, |
6519 | |
6520 | /// \brief The size of a bit-field. |
6521 | UPPC_BitFieldWidth, |
6522 | |
6523 | /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. |
6524 | UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, |
6525 | |
6526 | /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. |
6527 | UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, |
6528 | |
6529 | /// \brief The enumerator value. |
6530 | UPPC_EnumeratorValue, |
6531 | |
6532 | /// \brief A using declaration. |
6533 | UPPC_UsingDeclaration, |
6534 | |
6535 | /// \brief A friend declaration. |
6536 | UPPC_FriendDeclaration, |
6537 | |
6538 | /// \brief A declaration qualifier. |
6539 | UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, |
6540 | |
6541 | /// \brief An initializer. |
6542 | UPPC_Initializer, |
6543 | |
6544 | /// \brief A default argument. |
6545 | UPPC_DefaultArgument, |
6546 | |
6547 | /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. |
6548 | UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, |
6549 | |
6550 | /// \brief The type of an exception. |
6551 | UPPC_ExceptionType, |
6552 | |
6553 | /// \brief Partial specialization. |
6554 | UPPC_PartialSpecialization, |
6555 | |
6556 | /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. |
6557 | UPPC_IfExists, |
6558 | |
6559 | /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. |
6560 | UPPC_IfNotExists, |
6561 | |
6562 | /// \brief Lambda expression. |
6563 | UPPC_Lambda, |
6564 | |
6565 | /// \brief Block expression, |
6566 | UPPC_Block |
6567 | }; |
6568 | |
6569 | /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. |
6570 | /// |
6571 | /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. |
6572 | /// |
6573 | /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded |
6574 | /// parameter packs. |
6575 | /// |
6576 | /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. |
6577 | /// |
6578 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6579 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, |
6580 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, |
6581 | ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); |
6582 | |
6583 | /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, |
6584 | /// diagnose the error. |
6585 | /// |
6586 | /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. |
6587 | /// |
6588 | /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter |
6589 | /// packs. |
6590 | /// |
6591 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6592 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, |
6593 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
6594 | |
6595 | /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter |
6596 | /// pack, diagnose the error. |
6597 | /// |
6598 | /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded |
6599 | /// parameter packs. |
6600 | /// |
6601 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6602 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, |
6603 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); |
6604 | |
6605 | /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded |
6606 | /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. |
6607 | /// |
6608 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for |
6609 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
6610 | /// |
6611 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6612 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6613 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
6614 | |
6615 | /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, |
6616 | /// diagnose the error. |
6617 | /// |
6618 | /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that |
6619 | /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. |
6620 | /// |
6621 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6622 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
6623 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
6624 | |
6625 | /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, |
6626 | /// diagnose the error. |
6627 | /// |
6628 | /// \param Loc The location of the template name. |
6629 | /// |
6630 | /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded |
6631 | /// parameter packs. |
6632 | /// |
6633 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6634 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, |
6635 | TemplateName Template, |
6636 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
6637 | |
6638 | /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter |
6639 | /// pack, diagnose the error. |
6640 | /// |
6641 | /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded |
6642 | /// parameter packs. |
6643 | /// |
6644 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6645 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, |
6646 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
6647 | |
6648 | /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
6649 | /// template argument. |
6650 | /// |
6651 | /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find |
6652 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
6653 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, |
6654 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
6655 | |
6656 | /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
6657 | /// template argument. |
6658 | /// |
6659 | /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find |
6660 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
6661 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, |
6662 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
6663 | |
6664 | /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
6665 | /// type. |
6666 | /// |
6667 | /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find |
6668 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
6669 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, |
6670 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
6671 | |
6672 | /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
6673 | /// type. |
6674 | /// |
6675 | /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find |
6676 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
6677 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, |
6678 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
6679 | |
6680 | /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
6681 | /// nested-name-specifier. |
6682 | /// |
6683 | /// \param NNS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find |
6684 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
6685 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, |
6686 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
6687 | |
6688 | /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
6689 | /// name. |
6690 | /// |
6691 | /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find |
6692 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
6693 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
6694 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
6695 | |
6696 | /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an |
6697 | /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. |
6698 | /// |
6699 | /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which |
6700 | /// may already be invalid. |
6701 | /// |
6702 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
6703 | ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, |
6704 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
6705 | |
6706 | /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which |
6707 | /// creates a pack expansion. |
6708 | /// |
6709 | /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become |
6710 | /// the pattern of the pack expansion. |
6711 | /// |
6712 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
6713 | TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
6714 | |
6715 | /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack |
6716 | /// expansion. |
6717 | TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, |
6718 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
6719 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); |
6720 | |
6721 | /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack |
6722 | /// expansion. |
6723 | QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, |
6724 | SourceRange PatternRange, |
6725 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
6726 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); |
6727 | |
6728 | /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which |
6729 | /// creates a pack expansion. |
6730 | /// |
6731 | /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become |
6732 | /// the pattern of the pack expansion. |
6733 | /// |
6734 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
6735 | ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
6736 | |
6737 | /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which |
6738 | /// creates a pack expansion. |
6739 | /// |
6740 | /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become |
6741 | /// the pattern of the pack expansion. |
6742 | /// |
6743 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
6744 | ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
6745 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); |
6746 | |
6747 | /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the |
6748 | /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly |
6749 | /// transforming the pattern. |
6750 | /// |
6751 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the |
6752 | /// pack expansion. |
6753 | /// |
6754 | /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of |
6755 | /// the pack expansion. |
6756 | /// |
6757 | /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the |
6758 | /// pattern. |
6759 | /// |
6760 | /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should |
6761 | /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When |
6762 | /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. |
6763 | /// |
6764 | /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded |
6765 | /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used |
6766 | /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per |
6767 | /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. |
6768 | /// |
6769 | /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in |
6770 | /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an |
6771 | /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the |
6772 | /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) |
6773 | /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. |
6774 | /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may |
6775 | /// set this value in other cases. |
6776 | /// |
6777 | /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs |
6778 | /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false |
6779 | /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) |
6780 | /// must be set. |
6781 | bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
6782 | SourceRange PatternRange, |
6783 | ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, |
6784 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
6785 | bool &ShouldExpand, |
6786 | bool &RetainExpansion, |
6787 | Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); |
6788 | |
6789 | /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion |
6790 | /// type. |
6791 | /// |
6792 | /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is |
6793 | /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. |
6794 | /// |
6795 | /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. |
6796 | Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, |
6797 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
6798 | |
6799 | /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded |
6800 | /// parameter packs. |
6801 | /// |
6802 | /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators |
6803 | /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., |
6804 | /// |
6805 | /// \code |
6806 | /// void f(T...); |
6807 | /// \endcode |
6808 | /// |
6809 | /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or |
6810 | /// a variadic function. |
6811 | /// |
6812 | /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, |
6813 | /// false otherwise. |
6814 | bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); |
6815 | |
6816 | /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument. |
6817 | /// |
6818 | /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand. |
6819 | /// |
6820 | /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis. |
6821 | /// |
6822 | /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will |
6823 | /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori. |
6824 | TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern( |
6825 | TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc, |
6826 | SourceLocation &Ellipsis, |
6827 | Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const; |
6828 | |
6829 | /// Given a template argument that contains an unexpanded parameter pack, but |
6830 | /// which has already been substituted, attempt to determine the number of |
6831 | /// elements that will be produced once this argument is fully-expanded. |
6832 | /// |
6833 | /// This is intended for use when transforming 'sizeof...(Arg)' in order to |
6834 | /// avoid actually expanding the pack where possible. |
6835 | Optional<unsigned> getFullyPackExpandedSize(TemplateArgument Arg); |
6836 | |
6837 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6838 | // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) |
6839 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6840 | |
6841 | /// Adjust the type \p ArgFunctionType to match the calling convention, |
6842 | /// noreturn, and optionally the exception specification of \p FunctionType. |
6843 | /// Deduction often wants to ignore these properties when matching function |
6844 | /// types. |
6845 | QualType adjustCCAndNoReturn(QualType ArgFunctionType, QualType FunctionType, |
6846 | bool AdjustExceptionSpec = false); |
6847 | |
6848 | /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. |
6849 | /// |
6850 | /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of |
6851 | /// template argument deduction, as returned from |
6852 | /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo |
6853 | /// structure provides additional information about the results of |
6854 | /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument |
6855 | /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or |
6856 | /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. |
6857 | enum TemplateDeductionResult { |
6858 | /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. |
6859 | TDK_Success = 0, |
6860 | /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. |
6861 | TDK_Invalid, |
6862 | /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template |
6863 | /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). |
6864 | TDK_InstantiationDepth, |
6865 | /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value |
6866 | /// for every template parameter. |
6867 | TDK_Incomplete, |
6868 | /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent |
6869 | /// deduced values for the given template parameter. |
6870 | TDK_Inconsistent, |
6871 | /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent |
6872 | /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would |
6873 | /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" |
6874 | /// but were given a non-const "X". |
6875 | TDK_Underqualified, |
6876 | /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values |
6877 | /// resulted in an error. |
6878 | TDK_SubstitutionFailure, |
6879 | /// \brief After substituting deduced template arguments, a dependent |
6880 | /// parameter type did not match the corresponding argument. |
6881 | TDK_DeducedMismatch, |
6882 | /// \brief After substituting deduced template arguments, an element of |
6883 | /// a dependent parameter type did not match the corresponding element |
6884 | /// of the corresponding argument (when deducing from an initializer list). |
6885 | TDK_DeducedMismatchNested, |
6886 | /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the |
6887 | /// corresponding component of the argument. |
6888 | TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, |
6889 | /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function |
6890 | /// template, there were too many call arguments. |
6891 | TDK_TooManyArguments, |
6892 | /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function |
6893 | /// template, there were too few call arguments. |
6894 | TDK_TooFewArguments, |
6895 | /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid |
6896 | /// template arguments for the given template. |
6897 | TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, |
6898 | /// \brief Checking non-dependent argument conversions failed. |
6899 | TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure, |
6900 | /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know. |
6901 | TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure, |
6902 | /// \brief CUDA Target attributes do not match. |
6903 | TDK_CUDATargetMismatch |
6904 | }; |
6905 | |
6906 | TemplateDeductionResult |
6907 | DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, |
6908 | const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
6909 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
6910 | |
6911 | TemplateDeductionResult |
6912 | DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, |
6913 | const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
6914 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
6915 | |
6916 | TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments( |
6917 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
6918 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
6919 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, |
6920 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType, |
6921 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
6922 | |
6923 | /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument |
6924 | // deduction for a call. |
6925 | struct OriginalCallArg { |
6926 | OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, bool DecomposedParam, |
6927 | unsigned ArgIdx, QualType OriginalArgType) |
6928 | : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), |
6929 | DecomposedParam(DecomposedParam), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), |
6930 | OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) {} |
6931 | |
6932 | QualType OriginalParamType; |
6933 | bool DecomposedParam; |
6934 | unsigned ArgIdx; |
6935 | QualType OriginalArgType; |
6936 | }; |
6937 | |
6938 | TemplateDeductionResult FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction( |
6939 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
6940 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, |
6941 | unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, FunctionDecl *&Specialization, |
6942 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
6943 | SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = nullptr, |
6944 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
6945 | llvm::function_ref<bool()> CheckNonDependent = []{ return false; }); |
6946 | |
6947 | TemplateDeductionResult DeduceTemplateArguments( |
6948 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
6949 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
6950 | FunctionDecl *&Specialization, sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
6951 | bool PartialOverloading, |
6952 | llvm::function_ref<bool(ArrayRef<QualType>)> CheckNonDependent); |
6953 | |
6954 | TemplateDeductionResult |
6955 | DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
6956 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
6957 | QualType ArgFunctionType, |
6958 | FunctionDecl *&Specialization, |
6959 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
6960 | bool IsAddressOfFunction = false); |
6961 | |
6962 | TemplateDeductionResult |
6963 | DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
6964 | QualType ToType, |
6965 | CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, |
6966 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
6967 | |
6968 | TemplateDeductionResult |
6969 | DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
6970 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
6971 | FunctionDecl *&Specialization, |
6972 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
6973 | bool IsAddressOfFunction = false); |
6974 | |
6975 | /// \brief Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto |
6976 | QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement); |
6977 | /// \brief Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto |
6978 | TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto, |
6979 | QualType Replacement); |
6980 | /// \brief Completely replace the \c auto in \p TypeWithAuto by |
6981 | /// \p Replacement. This does not retain any \c auto type sugar. |
6982 | QualType ReplaceAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement); |
6983 | |
6984 | /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. |
6985 | enum DeduceAutoResult { |
6986 | DAR_Succeeded, |
6987 | DAR_Failed, |
6988 | DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed |
6989 | }; |
6990 | |
6991 | DeduceAutoResult |
6992 | DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, QualType &Result, |
6993 | Optional<unsigned> DependentDeductionDepth = None); |
6994 | DeduceAutoResult |
6995 | DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer, QualType &Result, |
6996 | Optional<unsigned> DependentDeductionDepth = None); |
6997 | void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); |
6998 | bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc, |
6999 | bool Diagnose = true); |
7000 | |
7001 | /// \brief Declare implicit deduction guides for a class template if we've |
7002 | /// not already done so. |
7003 | void DeclareImplicitDeductionGuides(TemplateDecl *Template, |
7004 | SourceLocation Loc); |
7005 | |
7006 | QualType DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer( |
7007 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
7008 | const InitializationKind &Kind, MultiExprArg Init); |
7009 | |
7010 | QualType deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, DeclarationName Name, |
7011 | QualType Type, TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
7012 | SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, |
7013 | Expr *Init); |
7014 | |
7015 | TypeLoc getReturnTypeLoc(FunctionDecl *FD) const; |
7016 | |
7017 | bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD, |
7018 | SourceLocation ReturnLoc, |
7019 | Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT); |
7020 | |
7021 | FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, |
7022 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, |
7023 | SourceLocation Loc, |
7024 | TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, |
7025 | unsigned NumCallArguments1, |
7026 | unsigned NumCallArguments2); |
7027 | UnresolvedSetIterator |
7028 | getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, |
7029 | TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates, |
7030 | SourceLocation Loc, |
7031 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, |
7032 | const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, |
7033 | const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, |
7034 | bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType()); |
7035 | |
7036 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * |
7037 | getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( |
7038 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, |
7039 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, |
7040 | SourceLocation Loc); |
7041 | |
7042 | bool isMoreSpecializedThanPrimary(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *T, |
7043 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
7044 | |
7045 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( |
7046 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, |
7047 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc); |
7048 | |
7049 | bool isMoreSpecializedThanPrimary(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *T, |
7050 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
7051 | |
7052 | bool isTemplateTemplateParameterAtLeastAsSpecializedAs( |
7053 | TemplateParameterList *P, TemplateDecl *AArg, SourceLocation Loc); |
7054 | |
7055 | void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7056 | bool OnlyDeduced, |
7057 | unsigned Depth, |
7058 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); |
7059 | void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( |
7060 | const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
7061 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { |
7062 | return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); |
7063 | } |
7064 | static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, |
7065 | const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
7066 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); |
7067 | |
7068 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
7069 | // C++ Template Instantiation |
7070 | // |
7071 | |
7072 | MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList |
7073 | getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, |
7074 | const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = nullptr, |
7075 | bool RelativeToPrimary = false, |
7076 | const FunctionDecl *Pattern = nullptr); |
7077 | |
7078 | /// A context in which code is being synthesized (where a source location |
7079 | /// alone is not sufficient to identify the context). This covers template |
7080 | /// instantiation and various forms of implicitly-generated functions. |
7081 | struct CodeSynthesisContext { |
7082 | /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing |
7083 | enum SynthesisKind { |
7084 | /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is |
7085 | /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). |
7086 | TemplateInstantiation, |
7087 | |
7088 | /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template |
7089 | /// parameter. The Entity is the template parameter whose argument is |
7090 | /// being instantiated, the Template is the template, and the |
7091 | /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provide the template arguments as |
7092 | /// specified. |
7093 | DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, |
7094 | |
7095 | /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. |
7096 | /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs |
7097 | /// provides the template arguments as specified. |
7098 | DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, |
7099 | |
7100 | /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for |
7101 | /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. |
7102 | ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, |
7103 | |
7104 | /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of |
7105 | /// template argument deduction for either a class template |
7106 | /// partial specialization or a function template. The |
7107 | /// Entity is either a {Class|Var}TemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or |
7108 | /// a TemplateDecl. |
7109 | DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, |
7110 | |
7111 | /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new |
7112 | /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a |
7113 | /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. |
7114 | PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, |
7115 | |
7116 | /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that |
7117 | /// has been used when naming a template-id. |
7118 | DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, |
7119 | |
7120 | /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function |
7121 | /// template which was deferred until it was needed. |
7122 | ExceptionSpecInstantiation, |
7123 | |
7124 | /// We are declaring an implicit special member function. |
7125 | DeclaringSpecialMember, |
7126 | |
7127 | /// We are defining a synthesized function (such as a defaulted special |
7128 | /// member). |
7129 | DefiningSynthesizedFunction, |
7130 | |
7131 | /// Added for Template instantiation observation. |
7132 | /// Memoization means we are _not_ instantiating a template because |
7133 | /// it is already instantiated (but we entered a context where we |
7134 | /// would have had to if it was not already instantiated). |
7135 | Memoization |
7136 | } Kind; |
7137 | |
7138 | /// \brief Was the enclosing context a non-instantiation SFINAE context? |
7139 | bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
7140 | |
7141 | /// \brief The point of instantiation or synthesis within the source code. |
7142 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; |
7143 | |
7144 | /// \brief The entity that is being synthesized. |
7145 | Decl *Entity; |
7146 | |
7147 | /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are |
7148 | /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template |
7149 | /// arguments. |
7150 | NamedDecl *Template; |
7151 | |
7152 | /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they |
7153 | /// are not part of the entity. |
7154 | const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; |
7155 | |
7156 | // FIXME: Wrap this union around more members, or perhaps store the |
7157 | // kind-specific members in the RAII object owning the context. |
7158 | union { |
7159 | /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. |
7160 | unsigned NumTemplateArgs; |
7161 | |
7162 | /// \brief The special member being declared or defined. |
7163 | CXXSpecialMember SpecialMember; |
7164 | }; |
7165 | |
7166 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
7167 | assert(Kind != DeclaringSpecialMember)(static_cast <bool> (Kind != DeclaringSpecialMember) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind != DeclaringSpecialMember", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7167, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7168 | return {TemplateArgs, NumTemplateArgs}; |
7169 | } |
7170 | |
7171 | /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the |
7172 | /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. |
7173 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; |
7174 | |
7175 | /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause |
7176 | /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class |
7177 | /// template instantiation. |
7178 | SourceRange InstantiationRange; |
7179 | |
7180 | CodeSynthesisContext() |
7181 | : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Entity(nullptr), Template(nullptr), |
7182 | TemplateArgs(nullptr), NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(nullptr) {} |
7183 | |
7184 | /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation |
7185 | /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. |
7186 | bool isInstantiationRecord() const; |
7187 | }; |
7188 | |
7189 | /// \brief List of active code synthesis contexts. |
7190 | /// |
7191 | /// This vector is treated as a stack. As synthesis of one entity requires |
7192 | /// synthesis of another, additional contexts are pushed onto the stack. |
7193 | SmallVector<CodeSynthesisContext, 16> CodeSynthesisContexts; |
7194 | |
7195 | /// Specializations whose definitions are currently being instantiated. |
7196 | llvm::DenseSet<std::pair<Decl *, unsigned>> InstantiatingSpecializations; |
7197 | |
7198 | /// Non-dependent types used in templates that have already been instantiated |
7199 | /// by some template instantiation. |
7200 | llvm::DenseSet<QualType> InstantiatedNonDependentTypes; |
7201 | |
7202 | /// \brief Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template |
7203 | /// instantiation. Computed lazily. |
7204 | SmallVector<Module*, 16> CodeSynthesisContextLookupModules; |
7205 | |
7206 | /// \brief Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup |
7207 | /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use |
7208 | /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set. |
7209 | llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache; |
7210 | |
7211 | /// \brief Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during |
7212 | /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a |
7213 | /// template defined within it. |
7214 | llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules(); |
7215 | |
7216 | /// \brief Map from the most recent declaration of a namespace to the most |
7217 | /// recent visible declaration of that namespace. |
7218 | llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, NamedDecl*> VisibleNamespaceCache; |
7219 | |
7220 | /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with |
7221 | /// template instantiation. |
7222 | /// |
7223 | /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside |
7224 | /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. |
7225 | bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
7226 | |
7227 | /// \brief The number of \p CodeSynthesisContexts that are not template |
7228 | /// instantiations and, therefore, should not be counted as part of the |
7229 | /// instantiation depth. |
7230 | /// |
7231 | /// When the instantiation depth reaches the user-configurable limit |
7232 | /// \p LangOptions::InstantiationDepth we will abort instantiation. |
7233 | // FIXME: Should we have a similar limit for other forms of synthesis? |
7234 | unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; |
7235 | |
7236 | /// \brief The depth of the context stack at the point when the most recent |
7237 | /// error or warning was produced. |
7238 | /// |
7239 | /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant context stacks |
7240 | /// when there are multiple errors or warnings in the same instantiation. |
7241 | // FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough to implement it anywhere else. |
7242 | unsigned LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth = 0; |
7243 | |
7244 | /// \brief The template instantiation callbacks to trace or track |
7245 | /// instantiations (objects can be chained). |
7246 | /// |
7247 | /// This callbacks is used to print, trace or track template |
7248 | /// instantiations as they are being constructed. |
7249 | std::vector<std::unique_ptr<TemplateInstantiationCallback>> |
7250 | TemplateInstCallbacks; |
7251 | |
7252 | /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be |
7253 | /// used for substitution of parameter packs. |
7254 | /// |
7255 | /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs |
7256 | /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies |
7257 | /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. |
7258 | int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; |
7259 | |
7260 | /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index |
7261 | /// within a \c Sema object. |
7262 | /// |
7263 | /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. |
7264 | class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { |
7265 | Sema &Self; |
7266 | int OldSubstitutionIndex; |
7267 | |
7268 | public: |
7269 | ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) |
7270 | : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { |
7271 | Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; |
7272 | } |
7273 | |
7274 | ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { |
7275 | Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; |
7276 | } |
7277 | }; |
7278 | |
7279 | friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; |
7280 | |
7281 | /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the |
7282 | /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument |
7283 | /// deduction. |
7284 | /// |
7285 | /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. |
7286 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > |
7287 | SuppressedDiagnosticsMap; |
7288 | SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics; |
7289 | |
7290 | /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template |
7291 | /// instantiation. |
7292 | /// |
7293 | /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate |
7294 | /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active |
7295 | /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum |
7296 | /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction |
7297 | /// produces an error and evaluates true. |
7298 | /// |
7299 | /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off |
7300 | /// the stack. |
7301 | struct InstantiatingTemplate { |
7302 | /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, |
7303 | /// function template, variable template, alias template, |
7304 | /// or a member thereof. |
7305 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7306 | Decl *Entity, |
7307 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7308 | |
7309 | struct ExceptionSpecification {}; |
7310 | /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification |
7311 | /// of a function template. |
7312 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7313 | FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, |
7314 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7315 | |
7316 | /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a |
7317 | /// template-id. |
7318 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7319 | TemplateParameter Param, TemplateDecl *Template, |
7320 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7321 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7322 | |
7323 | /// \brief Note that we are substituting either explicitly-specified or |
7324 | /// deduced template arguments during function template argument deduction. |
7325 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7326 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
7327 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7328 | CodeSynthesisContext::SynthesisKind Kind, |
7329 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
7330 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7331 | |
7332 | /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template |
7333 | /// argument deduction for a class template declaration. |
7334 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7335 | TemplateDecl *Template, |
7336 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7337 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
7338 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7339 | |
7340 | /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template |
7341 | /// argument deduction for a class template partial |
7342 | /// specialization. |
7343 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7344 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, |
7345 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7346 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
7347 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7348 | |
7349 | /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template |
7350 | /// argument deduction for a variable template partial |
7351 | /// specialization. |
7352 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7353 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, |
7354 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7355 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
7356 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7357 | |
7358 | /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument for a function |
7359 | /// parameter. |
7360 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7361 | ParmVarDecl *Param, |
7362 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7363 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7364 | |
7365 | /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a |
7366 | /// non-type parameter. |
7367 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7368 | NamedDecl *Template, |
7369 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, |
7370 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7371 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
7372 | |
7373 | /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a |
7374 | /// template template parameter. |
7375 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7376 | NamedDecl *Template, |
7377 | TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, |
7378 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7379 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
7380 | |
7381 | /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument |
7382 | /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. |
7383 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7384 | TemplateDecl *Template, |
7385 | NamedDecl *Param, |
7386 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7387 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
7388 | |
7389 | |
7390 | /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. |
7391 | void Clear(); |
7392 | |
7393 | ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } |
7394 | |
7395 | /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum |
7396 | /// recursive template instantiations. |
7397 | bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; } |
7398 | |
7399 | /// \brief Determine whether we are already instantiating this |
7400 | /// specialization in some surrounding active instantiation. |
7401 | bool isAlreadyInstantiating() const { return AlreadyInstantiating; } |
7402 | |
7403 | private: |
7404 | Sema &SemaRef; |
7405 | bool Invalid; |
7406 | bool AlreadyInstantiating; |
7407 | bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7408 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
7409 | |
7410 | InstantiatingTemplate( |
7411 | Sema &SemaRef, CodeSynthesisContext::SynthesisKind Kind, |
7412 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, SourceRange InstantiationRange, |
7413 | Decl *Entity, NamedDecl *Template = nullptr, |
7414 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs = None, |
7415 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo = nullptr); |
7416 | |
7417 | InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete; |
7418 | |
7419 | InstantiatingTemplate& |
7420 | operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete; |
7421 | }; |
7422 | |
7423 | void pushCodeSynthesisContext(CodeSynthesisContext Ctx); |
7424 | void popCodeSynthesisContext(); |
7425 | |
7426 | /// Determine whether we are currently performing template instantiation. |
7427 | bool inTemplateInstantiation() const { |
7428 | return CodeSynthesisContexts.size() > NonInstantiationEntries; |
7429 | } |
7430 | |
7431 | void PrintContextStack() { |
7432 | if (!CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() && |
7433 | CodeSynthesisContexts.size() != LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth) { |
7434 | PrintInstantiationStack(); |
7435 | LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth = CodeSynthesisContexts.size(); |
7436 | } |
7437 | if (PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl) |
7438 | PrintPragmaAttributeInstantiationPoint(); |
7439 | } |
7440 | void PrintInstantiationStack(); |
7441 | |
7442 | void PrintPragmaAttributeInstantiationPoint(); |
7443 | |
7444 | /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where |
7445 | /// template argument substitution failures are not considered |
7446 | /// errors. |
7447 | /// |
7448 | /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. |
7449 | /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest |
7450 | /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture |
7451 | /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. |
7452 | Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; |
7453 | |
7454 | /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that |
7455 | /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. |
7456 | bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { |
7457 | assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && "Must be in an expression evaluation context") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && \"Must be in an expression evaluation context\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7458, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
7458 | "Must be in an expression evaluation context")(static_cast <bool> (!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && "Must be in an expression evaluation context") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && \"Must be in an expression evaluation context\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7458, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7459 | return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated(); |
7460 | } |
7461 | |
7462 | /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has |
7463 | /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument |
7464 | /// deduction. |
7465 | class SFINAETrap { |
7466 | Sema &SemaRef; |
7467 | unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; |
7468 | bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
7469 | bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; |
7470 | bool PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored; |
7471 | |
7472 | public: |
7473 | explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) |
7474 | : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), |
7475 | PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( |
7476 | SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), |
7477 | PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE), |
7478 | PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored( |
7479 | SemaRef.getDiagnostics().isLastDiagnosticIgnored()) |
7480 | { |
7481 | if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) |
7482 | SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; |
7483 | SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; |
7484 | } |
7485 | |
7486 | ~SFINAETrap() { |
7487 | SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; |
7488 | SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext |
7489 | = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
7490 | SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; |
7491 | SemaRef.getDiagnostics().setLastDiagnosticIgnored( |
7492 | PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored); |
7493 | } |
7494 | |
7495 | /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. |
7496 | bool hasErrorOccurred() const { |
7497 | return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; |
7498 | } |
7499 | }; |
7500 | |
7501 | /// \brief RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional |
7502 | /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so |
7503 | /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within |
7504 | /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed. |
7505 | class TentativeAnalysisScope { |
7506 | Sema &SemaRef; |
7507 | // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack. |
7508 | SFINAETrap Trap; |
7509 | bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection; |
7510 | public: |
7511 | explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef) |
7512 | : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true), |
7513 | PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) { |
7514 | SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true; |
7515 | } |
7516 | ~TentativeAnalysisScope() { |
7517 | SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection; |
7518 | } |
7519 | }; |
7520 | |
7521 | /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local |
7522 | /// variables. |
7523 | LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; |
7524 | |
7525 | /// \brief Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is |
7526 | /// disabled. |
7527 | bool DisableTypoCorrection; |
7528 | |
7529 | /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. |
7530 | unsigned TyposCorrected; |
7531 | |
7532 | typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet; |
7533 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations; |
7534 | |
7535 | /// \brief A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and |
7536 | /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a |
7537 | /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it. |
7538 | IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures; |
7539 | |
7540 | /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. |
7541 | sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; |
7542 | threadSafety::BeforeSet *ThreadSafetyDeclCache; |
7543 | |
7544 | /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. |
7545 | /// |
7546 | /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in |
7547 | /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily |
7548 | /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the |
7549 | /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), |
7550 | /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, |
7551 | /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. |
7552 | typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; |
7553 | |
7554 | /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required |
7555 | /// but have not yet been performed. |
7556 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; |
7557 | |
7558 | class GlobalEagerInstantiationScope { |
7559 | public: |
7560 | GlobalEagerInstantiationScope(Sema &S, bool Enabled) |
7561 | : S(S), Enabled(Enabled) { |
7562 | if (!Enabled) return; |
7563 | |
7564 | SavedPendingInstantiations.swap(S.PendingInstantiations); |
7565 | SavedVTableUses.swap(S.VTableUses); |
7566 | } |
7567 | |
7568 | void perform() { |
7569 | if (Enabled) { |
7570 | S.DefineUsedVTables(); |
7571 | S.PerformPendingInstantiations(); |
7572 | } |
7573 | } |
7574 | |
7575 | ~GlobalEagerInstantiationScope() { |
7576 | if (!Enabled) return; |
7577 | |
7578 | // Restore the set of pending vtables. |
7579 | assert(S.VTableUses.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (S.VTableUses.empty() && "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.VTableUses.empty() && \"VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7580, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
7580 | "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.")(static_cast <bool> (S.VTableUses.empty() && "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.VTableUses.empty() && \"VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7580, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7581 | S.VTableUses.swap(SavedVTableUses); |
7582 | |
7583 | // Restore the set of pending implicit instantiations. |
7584 | assert(S.PendingInstantiations.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (S.PendingInstantiations.empty() && "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.PendingInstantiations.empty() && \"PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7585, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
7585 | "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.")(static_cast <bool> (S.PendingInstantiations.empty() && "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.PendingInstantiations.empty() && \"PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7585, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7586 | S.PendingInstantiations.swap(SavedPendingInstantiations); |
7587 | } |
7588 | |
7589 | private: |
7590 | Sema &S; |
7591 | SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> SavedVTableUses; |
7592 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> SavedPendingInstantiations; |
7593 | bool Enabled; |
7594 | }; |
7595 | |
7596 | /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required |
7597 | /// and must be performed within the current local scope. |
7598 | /// |
7599 | /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in |
7600 | /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their |
7601 | /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local |
7602 | /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. |
7603 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; |
7604 | |
7605 | class LocalEagerInstantiationScope { |
7606 | public: |
7607 | LocalEagerInstantiationScope(Sema &S) : S(S) { |
7608 | SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap( |
7609 | S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations); |
7610 | } |
7611 | |
7612 | void perform() { S.PerformPendingInstantiations(/*LocalOnly=*/true); } |
7613 | |
7614 | ~LocalEagerInstantiationScope() { |
7615 | assert(S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations .empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7616, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
7616 | "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations")(static_cast <bool> (S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations .empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7616, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7617 | SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap( |
7618 | S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations); |
7619 | } |
7620 | |
7621 | private: |
7622 | Sema &S; |
7623 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> |
7624 | SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; |
7625 | }; |
7626 | |
7627 | /// A helper class for building up ExtParameterInfos. |
7628 | class ExtParameterInfoBuilder { |
7629 | SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 16> Infos; |
7630 | bool HasInteresting = false; |
7631 | |
7632 | public: |
7633 | /// Set the ExtParameterInfo for the parameter at the given index, |
7634 | /// |
7635 | void set(unsigned index, FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo info) { |
7636 | assert(Infos.size() <= index)(static_cast <bool> (Infos.size() <= index) ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("Infos.size() <= index", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7636, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7637 | Infos.resize(index); |
7638 | Infos.push_back(info); |
7639 | |
7640 | if (!HasInteresting) |
7641 | HasInteresting = (info != FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo()); |
7642 | } |
7643 | |
7644 | /// Return a pointer (suitable for setting in an ExtProtoInfo) to the |
7645 | /// ExtParameterInfo array we've built up. |
7646 | const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo * |
7647 | getPointerOrNull(unsigned numParams) { |
7648 | if (!HasInteresting) return nullptr; |
7649 | Infos.resize(numParams); |
7650 | return Infos.data(); |
7651 | } |
7652 | }; |
7653 | |
7654 | void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); |
7655 | |
7656 | TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, |
7657 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7658 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, |
7659 | bool AllowDeducedTST = false); |
7660 | |
7661 | QualType SubstType(QualType T, |
7662 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7663 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
7664 | |
7665 | TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, |
7666 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7667 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
7668 | |
7669 | TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, |
7670 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7671 | SourceLocation Loc, |
7672 | DeclarationName Entity, |
7673 | CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, |
7674 | unsigned ThisTypeQuals); |
7675 | void SubstExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *New, const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
7676 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args); |
7677 | bool SubstExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, |
7678 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI, |
7679 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ExceptionStorage, |
7680 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args); |
7681 | ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, |
7682 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7683 | int indexAdjustment, |
7684 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, |
7685 | bool ExpectParameterPack); |
7686 | bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params, |
7687 | const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo *ExtParamInfos, |
7688 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7689 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, |
7690 | SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams, |
7691 | ExtParameterInfoBuilder &ParamInfos); |
7692 | ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, |
7693 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7694 | |
7695 | /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of |
7696 | /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. |
7697 | /// |
7698 | /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. |
7699 | /// |
7700 | /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case |
7701 | /// default arguments will be dropped. |
7702 | /// |
7703 | /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. |
7704 | /// |
7705 | /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. |
7706 | /// |
7707 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
7708 | bool SubstExprs(ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs, bool IsCall, |
7709 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7710 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); |
7711 | |
7712 | StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, |
7713 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7714 | |
7715 | Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, |
7716 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7717 | |
7718 | ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, |
7719 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7720 | bool CXXDirectInit); |
7721 | |
7722 | bool |
7723 | SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, |
7724 | CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, |
7725 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7726 | |
7727 | bool |
7728 | InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7729 | CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, |
7730 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7731 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
7732 | bool Complain = true); |
7733 | |
7734 | bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7735 | EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, |
7736 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7737 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
7738 | |
7739 | bool InstantiateInClassInitializer( |
7740 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, FieldDecl *Instantiation, |
7741 | FieldDecl *Pattern, const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7742 | |
7743 | struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { |
7744 | const Attr *TmplAttr; |
7745 | LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; |
7746 | Decl *NewDecl; |
7747 | |
7748 | LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, |
7749 | Decl *D) |
7750 | : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) |
7751 | { } |
7752 | }; |
7753 | typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; |
7754 | |
7755 | void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7756 | const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, |
7757 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr, |
7758 | LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr); |
7759 | |
7760 | void |
7761 | InstantiateAttrsForDecl(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7762 | const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, |
7763 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr, |
7764 | LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr); |
7765 | |
7766 | bool usesPartialOrExplicitSpecialization( |
7767 | SourceLocation Loc, ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec); |
7768 | |
7769 | bool |
7770 | InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7771 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, |
7772 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
7773 | bool Complain = true); |
7774 | |
7775 | void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7776 | CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, |
7777 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7778 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
7779 | |
7780 | void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( |
7781 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7782 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, |
7783 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
7784 | |
7785 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc |
7786 | SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, |
7787 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7788 | |
7789 | DeclarationNameInfo |
7790 | SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
7791 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7792 | TemplateName |
7793 | SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, |
7794 | SourceLocation Loc, |
7795 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7796 | bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, |
7797 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, |
7798 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7799 | |
7800 | void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7801 | FunctionDecl *Function); |
7802 | FunctionDecl *InstantiateFunctionDeclaration(FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD, |
7803 | const TemplateArgumentList *Args, |
7804 | SourceLocation Loc); |
7805 | void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7806 | FunctionDecl *Function, |
7807 | bool Recursive = false, |
7808 | bool DefinitionRequired = false, |
7809 | bool AtEndOfTU = false); |
7810 | VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation( |
7811 | VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar, |
7812 | const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList, |
7813 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo, |
7814 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, |
7815 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, void *InsertPos, |
7816 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr, |
7817 | LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = nullptr); |
7818 | VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl( |
7819 | VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl, |
7820 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7821 | void |
7822 | BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar, |
7823 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7824 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs, |
7825 | DeclContext *Owner, |
7826 | LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope, |
7827 | bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false); |
7828 | void InstantiateVariableInitializer( |
7829 | VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar, |
7830 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7831 | void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7832 | VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false, |
7833 | bool DefinitionRequired = false, |
7834 | bool AtEndOfTU = false); |
7835 | |
7836 | void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, |
7837 | const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, |
7838 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7839 | |
7840 | NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, |
7841 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7842 | bool FindingInstantiatedContext = false); |
7843 | DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, |
7844 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7845 | |
7846 | // Objective-C declarations. |
7847 | enum ObjCContainerKind { |
7848 | OCK_None = -1, |
7849 | OCK_Interface = 0, |
7850 | OCK_Protocol, |
7851 | OCK_Category, |
7852 | OCK_ClassExtension, |
7853 | OCK_Implementation, |
7854 | OCK_CategoryImplementation |
7855 | }; |
7856 | ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; |
7857 | |
7858 | DeclResult actOnObjCTypeParam(Scope *S, |
7859 | ObjCTypeParamVariance variance, |
7860 | SourceLocation varianceLoc, |
7861 | unsigned index, |
7862 | IdentifierInfo *paramName, |
7863 | SourceLocation paramLoc, |
7864 | SourceLocation colonLoc, |
7865 | ParsedType typeBound); |
7866 | |
7867 | ObjCTypeParamList *actOnObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, SourceLocation lAngleLoc, |
7868 | ArrayRef<Decl *> typeParams, |
7869 | SourceLocation rAngleLoc); |
7870 | void popObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList); |
7871 | |
7872 | Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(Scope *S, |
7873 | SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, |
7874 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
7875 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
7876 | ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList, |
7877 | IdentifierInfo *SuperName, |
7878 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
7879 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs, |
7880 | SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange, |
7881 | Decl * const *ProtoRefs, |
7882 | unsigned NumProtoRefs, |
7883 | const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, |
7884 | SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, |
7885 | AttributeList *AttrList); |
7886 | |
7887 | void ActOnSuperClassOfClassInterface(Scope *S, |
7888 | SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, |
7889 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl, |
7890 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
7891 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
7892 | IdentifierInfo *SuperName, |
7893 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
7894 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs, |
7895 | SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange); |
7896 | |
7897 | void ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs, |
7898 | SmallVectorImpl<SourceLocation> &ProtocolLocs, |
7899 | IdentifierInfo *SuperName, |
7900 | SourceLocation SuperLoc); |
7901 | |
7902 | Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( |
7903 | SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, |
7904 | IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, |
7905 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); |
7906 | |
7907 | bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( |
7908 | IdentifierInfo *PName, |
7909 | SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, |
7910 | const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); |
7911 | |
7912 | Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( |
7913 | SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, |
7914 | IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, |
7915 | Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, |
7916 | const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, |
7917 | SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, |
7918 | AttributeList *AttrList); |
7919 | |
7920 | Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, |
7921 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
7922 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
7923 | ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList, |
7924 | IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, |
7925 | SourceLocation CategoryLoc, |
7926 | Decl * const *ProtoRefs, |
7927 | unsigned NumProtoRefs, |
7928 | const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, |
7929 | SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, |
7930 | AttributeList *AttrList); |
7931 | |
7932 | Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( |
7933 | SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, |
7934 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
7935 | IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, |
7936 | SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); |
7937 | |
7938 | Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, |
7939 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
7940 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
7941 | IdentifierInfo *CatName, |
7942 | SourceLocation CatLoc); |
7943 | |
7944 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, |
7945 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); |
7946 | |
7947 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, |
7948 | IdentifierInfo **IdentList, |
7949 | SourceLocation *IdentLocs, |
7950 | ArrayRef<ObjCTypeParamList *> TypeParamLists, |
7951 | unsigned NumElts); |
7952 | |
7953 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, |
7954 | ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> IdentList, |
7955 | AttributeList *attrList); |
7956 | |
7957 | void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, bool ForObjCContainer, |
7958 | ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> ProtocolId, |
7959 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); |
7960 | |
7961 | void DiagnoseTypeArgsAndProtocols(IdentifierInfo *ProtocolId, |
7962 | SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, |
7963 | IdentifierInfo *TypeArgId, |
7964 | SourceLocation TypeArgLoc, |
7965 | bool SelectProtocolFirst = false); |
7966 | |
7967 | /// Given a list of identifiers (and their locations), resolve the |
7968 | /// names to either Objective-C protocol qualifiers or type |
7969 | /// arguments, as appropriate. |
7970 | void actOnObjCTypeArgsOrProtocolQualifiers( |
7971 | Scope *S, |
7972 | ParsedType baseType, |
7973 | SourceLocation lAngleLoc, |
7974 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> identifiers, |
7975 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> identifierLocs, |
7976 | SourceLocation rAngleLoc, |
7977 | SourceLocation &typeArgsLAngleLoc, |
7978 | SmallVectorImpl<ParsedType> &typeArgs, |
7979 | SourceLocation &typeArgsRAngleLoc, |
7980 | SourceLocation &protocolLAngleLoc, |
7981 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &protocols, |
7982 | SourceLocation &protocolRAngleLoc, |
7983 | bool warnOnIncompleteProtocols); |
7984 | |
7985 | /// Build a an Objective-C protocol-qualified 'id' type where no |
7986 | /// base type was specified. |
7987 | TypeResult actOnObjCProtocolQualifierType( |
7988 | SourceLocation lAngleLoc, |
7989 | ArrayRef<Decl *> protocols, |
7990 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> protocolLocs, |
7991 | SourceLocation rAngleLoc); |
7992 | |
7993 | /// Build a specialized and/or protocol-qualified Objective-C type. |
7994 | TypeResult actOnObjCTypeArgsAndProtocolQualifiers( |
7995 | Scope *S, |
7996 | SourceLocation Loc, |
7997 | ParsedType BaseType, |
7998 | SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc, |
7999 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> TypeArgs, |
8000 | SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc, |
8001 | SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc, |
8002 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Protocols, |
8003 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs, |
8004 | SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc); |
8005 | |
8006 | /// Build an Objective-C type parameter type. |
8007 | QualType BuildObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *Decl, |
8008 | SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc, |
8009 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols, |
8010 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs, |
8011 | SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc, |
8012 | bool FailOnError = false); |
8013 | |
8014 | /// Build an Objective-C object pointer type. |
8015 | QualType BuildObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, |
8016 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8017 | SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc, |
8018 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> TypeArgs, |
8019 | SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc, |
8020 | SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc, |
8021 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols, |
8022 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs, |
8023 | SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc, |
8024 | bool FailOnError = false); |
8025 | |
8026 | /// Check the application of the Objective-C '__kindof' qualifier to |
8027 | /// the given type. |
8028 | bool checkObjCKindOfType(QualType &type, SourceLocation loc); |
8029 | |
8030 | /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. |
8031 | /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will |
8032 | /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. |
8033 | void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, |
8034 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8035 | unsigned &Attributes, |
8036 | bool propertyInPrimaryClass); |
8037 | |
8038 | /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the |
8039 | /// setters and getters as needed. |
8040 | /// \param property The property declaration being processed |
8041 | void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property); |
8042 | |
8043 | |
8044 | void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, |
8045 | ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, |
8046 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
8047 | bool OverridingProtocolProperty); |
8048 | |
8049 | void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, |
8050 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); |
8051 | |
8052 | Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, |
8053 | ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None, |
8054 | ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None); |
8055 | |
8056 | Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, |
8057 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
8058 | FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, |
8059 | Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, |
8060 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, |
8061 | DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr); |
8062 | |
8063 | Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, |
8064 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
8065 | SourceLocation PropertyLoc, |
8066 | bool ImplKind, |
8067 | IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, |
8068 | IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, |
8069 | SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc, |
8070 | ObjCPropertyQueryKind QueryKind); |
8071 | |
8072 | enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { |
8073 | OSMK_None, |
8074 | OSMK_Alloc, |
8075 | OSMK_New, |
8076 | OSMK_Copy, |
8077 | OSMK_RetainingInit, |
8078 | OSMK_NonRetainingInit |
8079 | }; |
8080 | |
8081 | struct ObjCArgInfo { |
8082 | IdentifierInfo *Name; |
8083 | SourceLocation NameLoc; |
8084 | // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid |
8085 | // in this case. |
8086 | ParsedType Type; |
8087 | ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; |
8088 | |
8089 | /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. |
8090 | AttributeList *ArgAttrs; |
8091 | }; |
8092 | |
8093 | Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( |
8094 | Scope *S, |
8095 | SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. |
8096 | SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. |
8097 | tok::TokenKind MethodType, |
8098 | ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, |
8099 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, |
8100 | // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained |
8101 | // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). |
8102 | ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, |
8103 | DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args |
8104 | AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, |
8105 | bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); |
8106 | |
8107 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, |
8108 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, |
8109 | bool IsInstance); |
8110 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, |
8111 | bool IsInstance); |
8112 | |
8113 | bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method); |
8114 | bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); |
8115 | |
8116 | ExprResult |
8117 | HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, |
8118 | Expr *BaseExpr, |
8119 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
8120 | DeclarationName MemberName, |
8121 | SourceLocation MemberLoc, |
8122 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, |
8123 | bool Super); |
8124 | |
8125 | ExprResult |
8126 | ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, |
8127 | IdentifierInfo &propertyName, |
8128 | SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, |
8129 | SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); |
8130 | |
8131 | ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); |
8132 | |
8133 | /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message |
8134 | /// send that starts with an identifier. |
8135 | enum ObjCMessageKind { |
8136 | /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. |
8137 | ObjCSuperMessage, |
8138 | /// \brief The message is an instance message. |
8139 | ObjCInstanceMessage, |
8140 | /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type |
8141 | /// name. |
8142 | ObjCClassMessage |
8143 | }; |
8144 | |
8145 | ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, |
8146 | IdentifierInfo *Name, |
8147 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
8148 | bool IsSuper, |
8149 | bool HasTrailingDot, |
8150 | ParsedType &ReceiverType); |
8151 | |
8152 | ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
8153 | Selector Sel, |
8154 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
8155 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
8156 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
8157 | MultiExprArg Args); |
8158 | |
8159 | ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, |
8160 | QualType ReceiverType, |
8161 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
8162 | Selector Sel, |
8163 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
8164 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
8165 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
8166 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
8167 | MultiExprArg Args, |
8168 | bool isImplicit = false); |
8169 | |
8170 | ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, |
8171 | bool isSuperReceiver, |
8172 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8173 | Selector Sel, |
8174 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
8175 | MultiExprArg Args); |
8176 | |
8177 | ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, |
8178 | ParsedType Receiver, |
8179 | Selector Sel, |
8180 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
8181 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
8182 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
8183 | MultiExprArg Args); |
8184 | |
8185 | ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, |
8186 | QualType ReceiverType, |
8187 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
8188 | Selector Sel, |
8189 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
8190 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
8191 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
8192 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
8193 | MultiExprArg Args, |
8194 | bool isImplicit = false); |
8195 | |
8196 | ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, |
8197 | QualType ReceiverType, |
8198 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8199 | Selector Sel, |
8200 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
8201 | MultiExprArg Args); |
8202 | |
8203 | ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, |
8204 | Expr *Receiver, |
8205 | Selector Sel, |
8206 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
8207 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
8208 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
8209 | MultiExprArg Args); |
8210 | |
8211 | ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
8212 | ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, |
8213 | SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, |
8214 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, |
8215 | Expr *SubExpr); |
8216 | |
8217 | ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, |
8218 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
8219 | ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, |
8220 | SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, |
8221 | ParsedType Type, |
8222 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
8223 | Expr *SubExpr); |
8224 | |
8225 | void CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr); |
8226 | |
8227 | void CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr); |
8228 | |
8229 | bool CheckTollFreeBridgeStaticCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr, |
8230 | CastKind &Kind); |
8231 | |
8232 | bool checkObjCBridgeRelatedComponents(SourceLocation Loc, |
8233 | QualType DestType, QualType SrcType, |
8234 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *&RelatedClass, |
8235 | ObjCMethodDecl *&ClassMethod, |
8236 | ObjCMethodDecl *&InstanceMethod, |
8237 | TypedefNameDecl *&TDNDecl, |
8238 | bool CfToNs, bool Diagnose = true); |
8239 | |
8240 | bool CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(SourceLocation Loc, |
8241 | QualType DestType, QualType SrcType, |
8242 | Expr *&SrcExpr, bool Diagnose = true); |
8243 | |
8244 | bool ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(QualType DstType, Expr *&SrcExpr, |
8245 | bool Diagnose = true); |
8246 | |
8247 | bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); |
8248 | |
8249 | /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the |
8250 | /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. |
8251 | void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, |
8252 | const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); |
8253 | |
8254 | /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. |
8255 | enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { |
8256 | RTC_Compatible, |
8257 | RTC_Incompatible, |
8258 | RTC_Unknown |
8259 | }; |
8260 | |
8261 | void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, |
8262 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, |
8263 | ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); |
8264 | |
8265 | enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { |
8266 | POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native |
8267 | POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural |
8268 | POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed |
8269 | POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power |
8270 | POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k |
8271 | POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset |
8272 | }; |
8273 | |
8274 | /// ActOnPragmaClangSection - Called on well formed \#pragma clang section |
8275 | void ActOnPragmaClangSection(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
8276 | PragmaClangSectionAction Action, |
8277 | PragmaClangSectionKind SecKind, StringRef SecName); |
8278 | |
8279 | /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. |
8280 | void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, |
8281 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
8282 | |
8283 | /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). |
8284 | void ActOnPragmaPack(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
8285 | StringRef SlotLabel, Expr *Alignment); |
8286 | |
8287 | enum class PragmaPackDiagnoseKind { |
8288 | NonDefaultStateAtInclude, |
8289 | ChangedStateAtExit |
8290 | }; |
8291 | |
8292 | void DiagnoseNonDefaultPragmaPack(PragmaPackDiagnoseKind Kind, |
8293 | SourceLocation IncludeLoc); |
8294 | void DiagnoseUnterminatedPragmaPack(); |
8295 | |
8296 | /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. |
8297 | void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); |
8298 | |
8299 | /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed |
8300 | /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg"). |
8301 | void ActOnPragmaMSComment(SourceLocation CommentLoc, PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, |
8302 | StringRef Arg); |
8303 | |
8304 | /// ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers - called on well formed \#pragma |
8305 | /// pointers_to_members(representation method[, general purpose |
8306 | /// representation]). |
8307 | void ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers( |
8308 | LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind Kind, |
8309 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
8310 | |
8311 | /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma vtordisp(). |
8312 | void ActOnPragmaMSVtorDisp(PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
8313 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
8314 | MSVtorDispAttr::Mode Value); |
8315 | |
8316 | enum PragmaSectionKind { |
8317 | PSK_DataSeg, |
8318 | PSK_BSSSeg, |
8319 | PSK_ConstSeg, |
8320 | PSK_CodeSeg, |
8321 | }; |
8322 | |
8323 | bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName, |
8324 | int SectionFlags, |
8325 | DeclaratorDecl *TheDecl); |
8326 | bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName, |
8327 | int SectionFlags, |
8328 | SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation); |
8329 | |
8330 | /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma bss_seg/data_seg/const_seg/code_seg. |
8331 | void ActOnPragmaMSSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
8332 | PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
8333 | llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, |
8334 | StringLiteral *SegmentName, |
8335 | llvm::StringRef PragmaName); |
8336 | |
8337 | /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma section(). |
8338 | void ActOnPragmaMSSection(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
8339 | int SectionFlags, StringLiteral *SegmentName); |
8340 | |
8341 | /// \brief Called on well-formed \#pragma init_seg(). |
8342 | void ActOnPragmaMSInitSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
8343 | StringLiteral *SegmentName); |
8344 | |
8345 | /// \brief Called on #pragma clang __debug dump II |
8346 | void ActOnPragmaDump(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo *II); |
8347 | |
8348 | /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch |
8349 | void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(SourceLocation Loc, StringRef Name, |
8350 | StringRef Value); |
8351 | |
8352 | /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. |
8353 | void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, |
8354 | Scope *curScope, |
8355 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
8356 | |
8357 | /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . |
8358 | void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, |
8359 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
8360 | |
8361 | NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, |
8362 | SourceLocation Loc); |
8363 | void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); |
8364 | |
8365 | /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. |
8366 | void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, |
8367 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
8368 | SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); |
8369 | |
8370 | /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed |
8371 | /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. |
8372 | void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, |
8373 | IdentifierInfo* AliasName, |
8374 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
8375 | SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, |
8376 | SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); |
8377 | |
8378 | /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. |
8379 | void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, |
8380 | IdentifierInfo* AliasName, |
8381 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
8382 | SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, |
8383 | SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); |
8384 | |
8385 | /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed |
8386 | /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT and |
8387 | /// \#pragma clang fp contract |
8388 | void ActOnPragmaFPContract(LangOptions::FPContractModeKind FPC); |
8389 | |
8390 | /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to |
8391 | /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. |
8392 | void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); |
8393 | |
8394 | /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. |
8395 | void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); |
8396 | |
8397 | /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. |
8398 | void FreePackedContext(); |
8399 | |
8400 | /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a |
8401 | /// namespace with a visibility attribute. |
8402 | void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, |
8403 | SourceLocation Loc); |
8404 | |
8405 | /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, |
8406 | /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. |
8407 | void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); |
8408 | |
8409 | /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used |
8410 | /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. |
8411 | void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8412 | |
8413 | /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. |
8414 | void FreeVisContext(); |
8415 | |
8416 | /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within |
8417 | /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding |
8418 | /// the appropriate attribute. |
8419 | void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); |
8420 | |
8421 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma clang attribute push'. |
8422 | void ActOnPragmaAttributePush(AttributeList &Attribute, |
8423 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
8424 | attr::ParsedSubjectMatchRuleSet Rules); |
8425 | |
8426 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma clang attribute pop'. |
8427 | void ActOnPragmaAttributePop(SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
8428 | |
8429 | /// \brief Adds the attributes that have been specified using the |
8430 | /// '\#pragma clang attribute push' directives to the given declaration. |
8431 | void AddPragmaAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
8432 | |
8433 | void DiagnoseUnterminatedPragmaAttribute(); |
8434 | |
8435 | /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma clang optimize. |
8436 | void ActOnPragmaOptimize(bool On, SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
8437 | |
8438 | /// \brief Get the location for the currently active "\#pragma clang optimize |
8439 | /// off". If this location is invalid, then the state of the pragma is "on". |
8440 | SourceLocation getOptimizeOffPragmaLocation() const { |
8441 | return OptimizeOffPragmaLocation; |
8442 | } |
8443 | |
8444 | /// \brief Only called on function definitions; if there is a pragma in scope |
8445 | /// with the effect of a range-based optnone, consider marking the function |
8446 | /// with attribute optnone. |
8447 | void AddRangeBasedOptnone(FunctionDecl *FD); |
8448 | |
8449 | /// \brief Adds the 'optnone' attribute to the function declaration if there |
8450 | /// are no conflicts; Loc represents the location causing the 'optnone' |
8451 | /// attribute to be added (usually because of a pragma). |
8452 | void AddOptnoneAttributeIfNoConflicts(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc); |
8453 | |
8454 | /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. |
8455 | void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, |
8456 | unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); |
8457 | void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, |
8458 | unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); |
8459 | |
8460 | /// AddAssumeAlignedAttr - Adds an assume_aligned attribute to a particular |
8461 | /// declaration. |
8462 | void AddAssumeAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, Expr *OE, |
8463 | unsigned SpellingListIndex); |
8464 | |
8465 | /// AddAllocAlignAttr - Adds an alloc_align attribute to a particular |
8466 | /// declaration. |
8467 | void AddAllocAlignAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *ParamExpr, |
8468 | unsigned SpellingListIndex); |
8469 | |
8470 | /// AddAlignValueAttr - Adds an align_value attribute to a particular |
8471 | /// declaration. |
8472 | void AddAlignValueAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, |
8473 | unsigned SpellingListIndex); |
8474 | |
8475 | /// AddLaunchBoundsAttr - Adds a launch_bounds attribute to a particular |
8476 | /// declaration. |
8477 | void AddLaunchBoundsAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *MaxThreads, |
8478 | Expr *MinBlocks, unsigned SpellingListIndex); |
8479 | |
8480 | /// AddModeAttr - Adds a mode attribute to a particular declaration. |
8481 | void AddModeAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
8482 | unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool InInstantiation = false); |
8483 | |
8484 | void AddParameterABIAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, |
8485 | ParameterABI ABI, unsigned SpellingListIndex); |
8486 | |
8487 | void AddNSConsumedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, |
8488 | unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool isNSConsumed, |
8489 | bool isTemplateInstantiation); |
8490 | |
8491 | bool checkNSReturnsRetainedReturnType(SourceLocation loc, QualType type); |
8492 | |
8493 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8494 | // C++ Coroutines TS |
8495 | // |
8496 | bool ActOnCoroutineBodyStart(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, |
8497 | StringRef Keyword); |
8498 | ExprResult ActOnCoawaitExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
8499 | ExprResult ActOnCoyieldExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
8500 | StmtResult ActOnCoreturnStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
8501 | |
8502 | ExprResult BuildResolvedCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E, |
8503 | bool IsImplicit = false); |
8504 | ExprResult BuildUnresolvedCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E, |
8505 | UnresolvedLookupExpr* Lookup); |
8506 | ExprResult BuildCoyieldExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
8507 | StmtResult BuildCoreturnStmt(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E, |
8508 | bool IsImplicit = false); |
8509 | StmtResult BuildCoroutineBodyStmt(CoroutineBodyStmt::CtorArgs); |
8510 | bool buildCoroutineParameterMoves(SourceLocation Loc); |
8511 | VarDecl *buildCoroutinePromise(SourceLocation Loc); |
8512 | void CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *&Body); |
8513 | |
8514 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8515 | // OpenCL extensions. |
8516 | // |
8517 | private: |
8518 | std::string CurrOpenCLExtension; |
8519 | /// Extensions required by an OpenCL type. |
8520 | llvm::DenseMap<const Type*, std::set<std::string>> OpenCLTypeExtMap; |
8521 | /// Extensions required by an OpenCL declaration. |
8522 | llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, std::set<std::string>> OpenCLDeclExtMap; |
8523 | public: |
8524 | llvm::StringRef getCurrentOpenCLExtension() const { |
8525 | return CurrOpenCLExtension; |
8526 | } |
8527 | void setCurrentOpenCLExtension(llvm::StringRef Ext) { |
8528 | CurrOpenCLExtension = Ext; |
8529 | } |
8530 | |
8531 | /// \brief Set OpenCL extensions for a type which can only be used when these |
8532 | /// OpenCL extensions are enabled. If \p Exts is empty, do nothing. |
8533 | /// \param Exts A space separated list of OpenCL extensions. |
8534 | void setOpenCLExtensionForType(QualType T, llvm::StringRef Exts); |
8535 | |
8536 | /// \brief Set OpenCL extensions for a declaration which can only be |
8537 | /// used when these OpenCL extensions are enabled. If \p Exts is empty, do |
8538 | /// nothing. |
8539 | /// \param Exts A space separated list of OpenCL extensions. |
8540 | void setOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Decl *FD, llvm::StringRef Exts); |
8541 | |
8542 | /// \brief Set current OpenCL extensions for a type which can only be used |
8543 | /// when these OpenCL extensions are enabled. If current OpenCL extension is |
8544 | /// empty, do nothing. |
8545 | void setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForType(QualType T); |
8546 | |
8547 | /// \brief Set current OpenCL extensions for a declaration which |
8548 | /// can only be used when these OpenCL extensions are enabled. If current |
8549 | /// OpenCL extension is empty, do nothing. |
8550 | void setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Decl *FD); |
8551 | |
8552 | bool isOpenCLDisabledDecl(Decl *FD); |
8553 | |
8554 | /// \brief Check if type \p T corresponding to declaration specifier \p DS |
8555 | /// is disabled due to required OpenCL extensions being disabled. If so, |
8556 | /// emit diagnostics. |
8557 | /// \return true if type is disabled. |
8558 | bool checkOpenCLDisabledTypeDeclSpec(const DeclSpec &DS, QualType T); |
8559 | |
8560 | /// \brief Check if declaration \p D used by expression \p E |
8561 | /// is disabled due to required OpenCL extensions being disabled. If so, |
8562 | /// emit diagnostics. |
8563 | /// \return true if type is disabled. |
8564 | bool checkOpenCLDisabledDecl(const NamedDecl &D, const Expr &E); |
8565 | |
8566 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8567 | // OpenMP directives and clauses. |
8568 | // |
8569 | private: |
8570 | void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack; |
8571 | /// Set to true inside '#pragma omp declare target' region. |
8572 | bool IsInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext = false; |
8573 | /// \brief Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack. |
8574 | void InitDataSharingAttributesStack(); |
8575 | void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack(); |
8576 | ExprResult |
8577 | VerifyPositiveIntegerConstantInClause(Expr *Op, OpenMPClauseKind CKind, |
8578 | bool StrictlyPositive = true); |
8579 | /// Returns OpenMP nesting level for current directive. |
8580 | unsigned getOpenMPNestingLevel() const; |
8581 | |
8582 | /// Adjusts the function scopes index for the target-based regions. |
8583 | void adjustOpenMPTargetScopeIndex(unsigned &FunctionScopesIndex, |
8584 | unsigned Level) const; |
8585 | |
8586 | /// Push new OpenMP function region for non-capturing function. |
8587 | void pushOpenMPFunctionRegion(); |
8588 | |
8589 | /// Pop OpenMP function region for non-capturing function. |
8590 | void popOpenMPFunctionRegion(const sema::FunctionScopeInfo *OldFSI); |
8591 | |
8592 | /// Checks if a type or a declaration is disabled due to the owning extension |
8593 | /// being disabled, and emits diagnostic messages if it is disabled. |
8594 | /// \param D type or declaration to be checked. |
8595 | /// \param DiagLoc source location for the diagnostic message. |
8596 | /// \param DiagInfo information to be emitted for the diagnostic message. |
8597 | /// \param SrcRange source range of the declaration. |
8598 | /// \param Map maps type or declaration to the extensions. |
8599 | /// \param Selector selects diagnostic message: 0 for type and 1 for |
8600 | /// declaration. |
8601 | /// \return true if the type or declaration is disabled. |
8602 | template <typename T, typename DiagLocT, typename DiagInfoT, typename MapT> |
8603 | bool checkOpenCLDisabledTypeOrDecl(T D, DiagLocT DiagLoc, DiagInfoT DiagInfo, |
8604 | MapT &Map, unsigned Selector = 0, |
8605 | SourceRange SrcRange = SourceRange()); |
8606 | |
8607 | public: |
8608 | /// \brief Return true if the provided declaration \a VD should be captured by |
8609 | /// reference. |
8610 | /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check |
8611 | /// is performed. |
8612 | bool IsOpenMPCapturedByRef(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level); |
8613 | |
8614 | /// \brief Check if the specified variable is used in one of the private |
8615 | /// clauses (private, firstprivate, lastprivate, reduction etc.) in OpenMP |
8616 | /// constructs. |
8617 | VarDecl *IsOpenMPCapturedDecl(ValueDecl *D); |
8618 | ExprResult getOpenMPCapturedExpr(VarDecl *Capture, ExprValueKind VK, |
8619 | ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation Loc); |
8620 | |
8621 | /// \brief Check if the specified variable is used in 'private' clause. |
8622 | /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check |
8623 | /// is performed. |
8624 | bool isOpenMPPrivateDecl(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level); |
8625 | |
8626 | /// Sets OpenMP capture kind (OMPC_private, OMPC_firstprivate, OMPC_map etc.) |
8627 | /// for \p FD based on DSA for the provided corresponding captured declaration |
8628 | /// \p D. |
8629 | void setOpenMPCaptureKind(FieldDecl *FD, ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level); |
8630 | |
8631 | /// \brief Check if the specified variable is captured by 'target' directive. |
8632 | /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check |
8633 | /// is performed. |
8634 | bool isOpenMPTargetCapturedDecl(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level); |
8635 | |
8636 | ExprResult PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
8637 | Expr *Op); |
8638 | /// \brief Called on start of new data sharing attribute block. |
8639 | void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K, |
8640 | const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, Scope *CurScope, |
8641 | SourceLocation Loc); |
8642 | /// \brief Start analysis of clauses. |
8643 | void StartOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind K); |
8644 | /// \brief End analysis of clauses. |
8645 | void EndOpenMPClause(); |
8646 | /// \brief Called on end of data sharing attribute block. |
8647 | void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective); |
8648 | |
8649 | /// \brief Check if the current region is an OpenMP loop region and if it is, |
8650 | /// mark loop control variable, used in \p Init for loop initialization, as |
8651 | /// private by default. |
8652 | /// \param Init First part of the for loop. |
8653 | void ActOnOpenMPLoopInitialization(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *Init); |
8654 | |
8655 | // OpenMP directives and clauses. |
8656 | /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp |
8657 | /// threadprivate'. |
8658 | ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope, |
8659 | CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec, |
8660 | const DeclarationNameInfo &Id); |
8661 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'. |
8662 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective( |
8663 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8664 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); |
8665 | /// \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness. |
8666 | OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl( |
8667 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8668 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); |
8669 | /// \brief Check if the specified type is allowed to be used in 'omp declare |
8670 | /// reduction' construct. |
8671 | QualType ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionType(SourceLocation TyLoc, |
8672 | TypeResult ParsedType); |
8673 | /// \brief Called on start of '#pragma omp declare reduction'. |
8674 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionDirectiveStart( |
8675 | Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, DeclarationName Name, |
8676 | ArrayRef<std::pair<QualType, SourceLocation>> ReductionTypes, |
8677 | AccessSpecifier AS, Decl *PrevDeclInScope = nullptr); |
8678 | /// \brief Initialize declare reduction construct initializer. |
8679 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionCombinerStart(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
8680 | /// \brief Finish current declare reduction construct initializer. |
8681 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionCombinerEnd(Decl *D, Expr *Combiner); |
8682 | /// \brief Initialize declare reduction construct initializer. |
8683 | /// \return omp_priv variable. |
8684 | VarDecl *ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionInitializerStart(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
8685 | /// \brief Finish current declare reduction construct initializer. |
8686 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionInitializerEnd(Decl *D, Expr *Initializer, |
8687 | VarDecl *OmpPrivParm); |
8688 | /// \brief Called at the end of '#pragma omp declare reduction'. |
8689 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionDirectiveEnd( |
8690 | Scope *S, DeclGroupPtrTy DeclReductions, bool IsValid); |
8691 | |
8692 | /// Called on the start of target region i.e. '#pragma omp declare target'. |
8693 | bool ActOnStartOpenMPDeclareTargetDirective(SourceLocation Loc); |
8694 | /// Called at the end of target region i.e. '#pragme omp end declare target'. |
8695 | void ActOnFinishOpenMPDeclareTargetDirective(); |
8696 | /// Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp declare target'. |
8697 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareTargetName(Scope *CurScope, CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec, |
8698 | const DeclarationNameInfo &Id, |
8699 | OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MapTypeTy MT, |
8700 | NamedDeclSetType &SameDirectiveDecls); |
8701 | /// Check declaration inside target region. |
8702 | void checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(Expr *E, Decl *D, |
8703 | SourceLocation IdLoc = SourceLocation()); |
8704 | /// Return true inside OpenMP declare target region. |
8705 | bool isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext() const { |
8706 | return IsInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext; |
8707 | } |
8708 | /// Return true inside OpenMP target region. |
8709 | bool isInOpenMPTargetExecutionDirective() const; |
8710 | /// Return true if (un)supported features for the current target should be |
8711 | /// diagnosed if OpenMP (offloading) is enabled. |
8712 | bool shouldDiagnoseTargetSupportFromOpenMP() const { |
8713 | return !getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice || isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext() || |
8714 | isInOpenMPTargetExecutionDirective(); |
8715 | } |
8716 | |
8717 | /// Return the number of captured regions created for an OpenMP directive. |
8718 | static int getOpenMPCaptureLevels(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind); |
8719 | |
8720 | /// \brief Initialization of captured region for OpenMP region. |
8721 | void ActOnOpenMPRegionStart(OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind, Scope *CurScope); |
8722 | /// \brief End of OpenMP region. |
8723 | /// |
8724 | /// \param S Statement associated with the current OpenMP region. |
8725 | /// \param Clauses List of clauses for the current OpenMP region. |
8726 | /// |
8727 | /// \returns Statement for finished OpenMP region. |
8728 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPRegionEnd(StmtResult S, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses); |
8729 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective( |
8730 | OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, |
8731 | OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8732 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8733 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing |
8734 | /// of the associated statement. |
8735 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8736 | Stmt *AStmt, |
8737 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8738 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8739 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp simd' after parsing |
8740 | /// of the associated statement. |
8741 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSimdDirective( |
8742 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8743 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8744 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8745 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for' after parsing |
8746 | /// of the associated statement. |
8747 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForDirective( |
8748 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8749 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8750 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8751 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for simd' after parsing |
8752 | /// of the associated statement. |
8753 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForSimdDirective( |
8754 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8755 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8756 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8757 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp sections' after parsing |
8758 | /// of the associated statement. |
8759 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8760 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8761 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8762 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp section' after parsing of the |
8763 | /// associated statement. |
8764 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8765 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8766 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp single' after parsing of the |
8767 | /// associated statement. |
8768 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSingleDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8769 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8770 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8771 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master' after parsing of the |
8772 | /// associated statement. |
8773 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8774 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8775 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp critical' after parsing of the |
8776 | /// associated statement. |
8777 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCriticalDirective(const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, |
8778 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8779 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8780 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8781 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for' after parsing |
8782 | /// of the associated statement. |
8783 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForDirective( |
8784 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8785 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8786 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8787 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for simd' after |
8788 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8789 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForSimdDirective( |
8790 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8791 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8792 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8793 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel sections' after |
8794 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8795 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8796 | Stmt *AStmt, |
8797 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8798 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8799 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp task' after parsing of the |
8800 | /// associated statement. |
8801 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8802 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8803 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8804 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskyield'. |
8805 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskyieldDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8806 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8807 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp barrier'. |
8808 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPBarrierDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8809 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8810 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskwait'. |
8811 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskwaitDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8812 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8813 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskgroup'. |
8814 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskgroupDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8815 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8816 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8817 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp flush'. |
8818 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPFlushDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8819 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8820 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8821 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp ordered' after parsing of the |
8822 | /// associated statement. |
8823 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPOrderedDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8824 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8825 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8826 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp atomic' after parsing of the |
8827 | /// associated statement. |
8828 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPAtomicDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8829 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8830 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8831 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target' after parsing of the |
8832 | /// associated statement. |
8833 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8834 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8835 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8836 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target data' after parsing of |
8837 | /// the associated statement. |
8838 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8839 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8840 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8841 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target enter data' after |
8842 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8843 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetEnterDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8844 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8845 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8846 | Stmt *AStmt); |
8847 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target exit data' after |
8848 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8849 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetExitDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8850 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8851 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8852 | Stmt *AStmt); |
8853 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel' after |
8854 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8855 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8856 | Stmt *AStmt, |
8857 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8858 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8859 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel for' after |
8860 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8861 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelForDirective( |
8862 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8863 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8864 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8865 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams' after parsing of the |
8866 | /// associated statement. |
8867 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8868 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8869 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8870 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancellation point'. |
8871 | StmtResult |
8872 | ActOnOpenMPCancellationPointDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8873 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8874 | OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion); |
8875 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancel'. |
8876 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCancelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8877 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8878 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8879 | OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion); |
8880 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop' after parsing of the |
8881 | /// associated statement. |
8882 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopDirective( |
8883 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8884 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8885 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8886 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop simd' after parsing of |
8887 | /// the associated statement. |
8888 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopSimdDirective( |
8889 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8890 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8891 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8892 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute' after parsing |
8893 | /// of the associated statement. |
8894 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeDirective( |
8895 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8896 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8897 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8898 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target update'. |
8899 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetUpdateDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8900 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8901 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8902 | Stmt *AStmt); |
8903 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute parallel for' after |
8904 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8905 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeParallelForDirective( |
8906 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8907 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8908 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8909 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute parallel for simd' |
8910 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
8911 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
8912 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8913 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8914 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8915 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute simd' after |
8916 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8917 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeSimdDirective( |
8918 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8919 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8920 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8921 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel for simd' after |
8922 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8923 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective( |
8924 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8925 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8926 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8927 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target simd' after parsing of |
8928 | /// the associated statement. |
8929 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetSimdDirective( |
8930 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8931 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8932 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8933 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute' after parsing of |
8934 | /// the associated statement. |
8935 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeDirective( |
8936 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8937 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8938 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8939 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute simd' after parsing |
8940 | /// of the associated statement. |
8941 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeSimdDirective( |
8942 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8943 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8944 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8945 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute parallel for simd' |
8946 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
8947 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
8948 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8949 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8950 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8951 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute parallel for' |
8952 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
8953 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective( |
8954 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8955 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8956 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8957 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams' after parsing of the |
8958 | /// associated statement. |
8959 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8960 | Stmt *AStmt, |
8961 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8962 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8963 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute' after parsing |
8964 | /// of the associated statement. |
8965 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective( |
8966 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8967 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8968 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8969 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute parallel for' |
8970 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
8971 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective( |
8972 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8973 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8974 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8975 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute parallel for |
8976 | /// simd' after parsing of the associated statement. |
8977 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
8978 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8979 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8980 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8981 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute simd' after |
8982 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8983 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective( |
8984 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8985 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8986 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8987 | |
8988 | /// Checks correctness of linear modifiers. |
8989 | bool CheckOpenMPLinearModifier(OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, |
8990 | SourceLocation LinLoc); |
8991 | /// Checks that the specified declaration matches requirements for the linear |
8992 | /// decls. |
8993 | bool CheckOpenMPLinearDecl(ValueDecl *D, SourceLocation ELoc, |
8994 | OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, QualType Type); |
8995 | |
8996 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp declare simd' after parsing of |
8997 | /// the associated method/function. |
8998 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareSimdDirective( |
8999 | DeclGroupPtrTy DG, OMPDeclareSimdDeclAttr::BranchStateTy BS, |
9000 | Expr *Simdlen, ArrayRef<Expr *> Uniforms, ArrayRef<Expr *> Aligneds, |
9001 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Alignments, ArrayRef<Expr *> Linears, |
9002 | ArrayRef<unsigned> LinModifiers, ArrayRef<Expr *> Steps, SourceRange SR); |
9003 | |
9004 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, |
9005 | Expr *Expr, |
9006 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9007 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9008 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9009 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'if' clause. |
9010 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIfClause(OpenMPDirectiveKind NameModifier, |
9011 | Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9012 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9013 | SourceLocation NameModifierLoc, |
9014 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
9015 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9016 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'final' clause. |
9017 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFinalClause(Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9018 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9019 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9020 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_threads' clause. |
9021 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumThreadsClause(Expr *NumThreads, |
9022 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9023 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9024 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9025 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'safelen' clause. |
9026 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSafelenClause(Expr *Length, |
9027 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9028 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9029 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9030 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'simdlen' clause. |
9031 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimdlenClause(Expr *Length, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9032 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9033 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9034 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'collapse' clause. |
9035 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCollapseClause(Expr *NumForLoops, |
9036 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9037 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9038 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9039 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'ordered' clause. |
9040 | OMPClause * |
9041 | ActOnOpenMPOrderedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9042 | SourceLocation LParenLoc = SourceLocation(), |
9043 | Expr *NumForLoops = nullptr); |
9044 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'grainsize' clause. |
9045 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPGrainsizeClause(Expr *Size, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9046 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9047 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9048 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_tasks' clause. |
9049 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTasksClause(Expr *NumTasks, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9050 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9051 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9052 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'hint' clause. |
9053 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPHintClause(Expr *Hint, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9054 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9055 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9056 | |
9057 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, |
9058 | unsigned Argument, |
9059 | SourceLocation ArgumentLoc, |
9060 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9061 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9062 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9063 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'default' clause. |
9064 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind, |
9065 | SourceLocation KindLoc, |
9066 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9067 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9068 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9069 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'proc_bind' clause. |
9070 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPProcBindClause(OpenMPProcBindClauseKind Kind, |
9071 | SourceLocation KindLoc, |
9072 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9073 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9074 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9075 | |
9076 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprWithArgClause( |
9077 | OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<unsigned> Arguments, Expr *Expr, |
9078 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9079 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ArgumentsLoc, SourceLocation DelimLoc, |
9080 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9081 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'schedule' clause. |
9082 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPScheduleClause( |
9083 | OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M1, OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M2, |
9084 | OpenMPScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9085 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation M1Loc, SourceLocation M2Loc, |
9086 | SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9087 | |
9088 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9089 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9090 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'nowait' clause. |
9091 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNowaitClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9092 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9093 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'untied' clause. |
9094 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUntiedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9095 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9096 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'mergeable' clause. |
9097 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPMergeableClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9098 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9099 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'read' clause. |
9100 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReadClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9101 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9102 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'write' clause. |
9103 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPWriteClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9104 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9105 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'update' clause. |
9106 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUpdateClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9107 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9108 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'capture' clause. |
9109 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCaptureClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9110 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9111 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'seq_cst' clause. |
9112 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSeqCstClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9113 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9114 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'threads' clause. |
9115 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadsClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9116 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9117 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'simd' clause. |
9118 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSIMDClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9119 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9120 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'nogroup' clause. |
9121 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNogroupClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9122 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9123 | |
9124 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause( |
9125 | OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars, Expr *TailExpr, |
9126 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9127 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9128 | CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec, |
9129 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind, |
9130 | OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, OpenMPMapClauseKind MapTypeModifier, |
9131 | OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType, bool IsMapTypeImplicit, |
9132 | SourceLocation DepLinMapLoc); |
9133 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'private' clause. |
9134 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9135 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9136 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9137 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9138 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'firstprivate' clause. |
9139 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFirstprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9140 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9141 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9142 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9143 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'lastprivate' clause. |
9144 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPLastprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9145 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9146 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9147 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9148 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'shared' clause. |
9149 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9150 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9151 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9152 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9153 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'reduction' clause. |
9154 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReductionClause( |
9155 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9156 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9157 | CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec, |
9158 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, |
9159 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None); |
9160 | /// Called on well-formed 'task_reduction' clause. |
9161 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPTaskReductionClause( |
9162 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9163 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9164 | CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec, |
9165 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, |
9166 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None); |
9167 | /// Called on well-formed 'in_reduction' clause. |
9168 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPInReductionClause( |
9169 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9170 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9171 | CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec, |
9172 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, |
9173 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None); |
9174 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'linear' clause. |
9175 | OMPClause * |
9176 | ActOnOpenMPLinearClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, Expr *Step, |
9177 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9178 | OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, SourceLocation LinLoc, |
9179 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9180 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'aligned' clause. |
9181 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAlignedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9182 | Expr *Alignment, |
9183 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9184 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9185 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
9186 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9187 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyin' clause. |
9188 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyinClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9189 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9190 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9191 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9192 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyprivate' clause. |
9193 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9194 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9195 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9196 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9197 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'flush' pseudo clause. |
9198 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFlushClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9199 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9200 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9201 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9202 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'depend' clause. |
9203 | OMPClause * |
9204 | ActOnOpenMPDependClause(OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind, SourceLocation DepLoc, |
9205 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9206 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9207 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9208 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'device' clause. |
9209 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDeviceClause(Expr *Device, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9210 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9211 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9212 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'map' clause. |
9213 | OMPClause * |
9214 | ActOnOpenMPMapClause(OpenMPMapClauseKind MapTypeModifier, |
9215 | OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType, bool IsMapTypeImplicit, |
9216 | SourceLocation MapLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
9217 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9218 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9219 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_teams' clause. |
9220 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTeamsClause(Expr *NumTeams, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9221 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9222 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9223 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'thread_limit' clause. |
9224 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadLimitClause(Expr *ThreadLimit, |
9225 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9226 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9227 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9228 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'priority' clause. |
9229 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPriorityClause(Expr *Priority, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9230 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9231 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9232 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'dist_schedule' clause. |
9233 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDistScheduleClause( |
9234 | OpenMPDistScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize, |
9235 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation KindLoc, |
9236 | SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9237 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'defaultmap' clause. |
9238 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultmapClause( |
9239 | OpenMPDefaultmapClauseModifier M, OpenMPDefaultmapClauseKind Kind, |
9240 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation MLoc, |
9241 | SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9242 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'to' clause. |
9243 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPToClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9244 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9245 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9246 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9247 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'from' clause. |
9248 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFromClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9249 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9250 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9251 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9252 | /// Called on well-formed 'use_device_ptr' clause. |
9253 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUseDevicePtrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9254 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9255 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9256 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9257 | /// Called on well-formed 'is_device_ptr' clause. |
9258 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIsDevicePtrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9259 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9260 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9261 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9262 | |
9263 | /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. |
9264 | enum CheckedConversionKind { |
9265 | /// \brief An implicit conversion. |
9266 | CCK_ImplicitConversion, |
9267 | /// \brief A C-style cast. |
9268 | CCK_CStyleCast, |
9269 | /// \brief A functional-style cast. |
9270 | CCK_FunctionalCast, |
9271 | /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. |
9272 | CCK_OtherCast |
9273 | }; |
9274 | |
9275 | /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit |
9276 | /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. |
9277 | /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. |
9278 | ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, |
9279 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, |
9280 | const CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr, |
9281 | CheckedConversionKind CCK |
9282 | = CCK_ImplicitConversion); |
9283 | |
9284 | /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding |
9285 | /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. |
9286 | static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); |
9287 | |
9288 | /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is |
9289 | /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are |
9290 | /// required. |
9291 | ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); |
9292 | |
9293 | // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts |
9294 | // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). |
9295 | ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); |
9296 | |
9297 | /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion |
9298 | /// performed on a function designator of a call expression. |
9299 | ExprResult CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E); |
9300 | |
9301 | // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays |
9302 | // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). |
9303 | ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose = true); |
9304 | |
9305 | // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and |
9306 | // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the |
9307 | // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. |
9308 | ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E, |
9309 | bool Diagnose = true); |
9310 | |
9311 | // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on |
9312 | // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, |
9313 | // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array |
9314 | // type. |
9315 | ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); |
9316 | |
9317 | // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that |
9318 | // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each |
9319 | // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. |
9320 | ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); |
9321 | |
9322 | /// If \p E is a prvalue denoting an unmaterialized temporary, materialize |
9323 | /// it as an xvalue. In C++98, the result will still be a prvalue, because |
9324 | /// we don't have xvalues there. |
9325 | ExprResult TemporaryMaterializationConversion(Expr *E); |
9326 | |
9327 | // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion |
9328 | enum VariadicCallType { |
9329 | VariadicFunction, |
9330 | VariadicBlock, |
9331 | VariadicMethod, |
9332 | VariadicConstructor, |
9333 | VariadicDoesNotApply |
9334 | }; |
9335 | |
9336 | VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
9337 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
9338 | Expr *Fn); |
9339 | |
9340 | // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a |
9341 | // vararg function. |
9342 | enum VarArgKind { |
9343 | VAK_Valid, |
9344 | VAK_ValidInCXX11, |
9345 | VAK_Undefined, |
9346 | VAK_MSVCUndefined, |
9347 | VAK_Invalid |
9348 | }; |
9349 | |
9350 | // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. |
9351 | VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); |
9352 | |
9353 | /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic |
9354 | /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not. |
9355 | void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); |
9356 | |
9357 | /// Check to see if a given expression could have '.c_str()' called on it. |
9358 | bool hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E); |
9359 | |
9360 | /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various |
9361 | /// form of call prototypes. |
9362 | bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
9363 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
9364 | unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
9365 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs, |
9366 | VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, |
9367 | bool AllowExplicit = false, |
9368 | bool IsListInitialization = false); |
9369 | |
9370 | // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but |
9371 | // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. |
9372 | ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, |
9373 | FunctionDecl *FDecl); |
9374 | |
9375 | // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's |
9376 | // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary |
9377 | // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this |
9378 | // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is |
9379 | // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. |
9380 | QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
9381 | bool IsCompAssign = false); |
9382 | |
9383 | /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this |
9384 | /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are |
9385 | /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from |
9386 | /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a |
9387 | /// source and destination type. |
9388 | enum AssignConvertType { |
9389 | /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. |
9390 | Compatible, |
9391 | |
9392 | /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we |
9393 | /// accept as an extension. |
9394 | PointerToInt, |
9395 | |
9396 | /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we |
9397 | /// accept as an extension. |
9398 | IntToPointer, |
9399 | |
9400 | /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and |
9401 | /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. |
9402 | FunctionVoidPointer, |
9403 | |
9404 | /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that |
9405 | /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. |
9406 | IncompatiblePointer, |
9407 | |
9408 | /// IncompatiblePointerSign - The assignment is between two pointers types |
9409 | /// which point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise |
9410 | /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by |
9411 | /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. |
9412 | IncompatiblePointerSign, |
9413 | |
9414 | /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards |
9415 | /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. |
9416 | CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, |
9417 | |
9418 | /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment |
9419 | /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, |
9420 | /// like address spaces. |
9421 | IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, |
9422 | |
9423 | /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two |
9424 | /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two |
9425 | /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an |
9426 | /// extension. |
9427 | IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, |
9428 | |
9429 | /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that |
9430 | /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. |
9431 | IncompatibleVectors, |
9432 | |
9433 | /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block |
9434 | /// pointer. We disallow this. |
9435 | IntToBlockPointer, |
9436 | |
9437 | /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block |
9438 | /// pointers types that are not compatible. |
9439 | IncompatibleBlockPointer, |
9440 | |
9441 | /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified |
9442 | /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, |
9443 | /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. |
9444 | IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, |
9445 | |
9446 | /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an |
9447 | /// object with __weak qualifier. |
9448 | IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, |
9449 | |
9450 | /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to |
9451 | /// represent it in the AST. |
9452 | Incompatible |
9453 | }; |
9454 | |
9455 | /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the |
9456 | /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the |
9457 | /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. |
9458 | bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, |
9459 | SourceLocation Loc, |
9460 | QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, |
9461 | Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, |
9462 | bool *Complained = nullptr); |
9463 | |
9464 | /// IsValueInFlagEnum - Determine if a value is allowed as part of a flag |
9465 | /// enum. If AllowMask is true, then we also allow the complement of a valid |
9466 | /// value, to be used as a mask. |
9467 | bool IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, |
9468 | bool AllowMask) const; |
9469 | |
9470 | /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant |
9471 | /// integer not in the range of enum values. |
9472 | void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, |
9473 | Expr *SrcExpr); |
9474 | |
9475 | /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, |
9476 | /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. |
9477 | /// C99 6.5.16. |
9478 | AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, |
9479 | QualType LHSType, |
9480 | QualType RHSType); |
9481 | |
9482 | /// Check assignment constraints and optionally prepare for a conversion of |
9483 | /// the RHS to the LHS type. The conversion is prepared for if ConvertRHS |
9484 | /// is true. |
9485 | AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, |
9486 | ExprResult &RHS, |
9487 | CastKind &Kind, |
9488 | bool ConvertRHS = true); |
9489 | |
9490 | /// Check assignment constraints for an assignment of RHS to LHSType. |
9491 | /// |
9492 | /// \param LHSType The destination type for the assignment. |
9493 | /// \param RHS The source expression for the assignment. |
9494 | /// \param Diagnose If \c true, diagnostics may be produced when checking |
9495 | /// for assignability. If a diagnostic is produced, \p RHS will be |
9496 | /// set to ExprError(). Note that this function may still return |
9497 | /// without producing a diagnostic, even for an invalid assignment. |
9498 | /// \param DiagnoseCFAudited If \c true, the target is a function parameter |
9499 | /// in an audited Core Foundation API and does not need to be checked |
9500 | /// for ARC retain issues. |
9501 | /// \param ConvertRHS If \c true, \p RHS will be updated to model the |
9502 | /// conversions necessary to perform the assignment. If \c false, |
9503 | /// \p Diagnose must also be \c false. |
9504 | AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints( |
9505 | QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS, bool Diagnose = true, |
9506 | bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false, bool ConvertRHS = true); |
9507 | |
9508 | // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we |
9509 | // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. |
9510 | AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, |
9511 | ExprResult &RHS); |
9512 | |
9513 | bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); |
9514 | |
9515 | bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); |
9516 | |
9517 | ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
9518 | AssignmentAction Action, |
9519 | bool AllowExplicit = false); |
9520 | ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
9521 | AssignmentAction Action, |
9522 | bool AllowExplicit, |
9523 | ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); |
9524 | ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
9525 | const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, |
9526 | AssignmentAction Action, |
9527 | CheckedConversionKind CCK |
9528 | = CCK_ImplicitConversion); |
9529 | ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
9530 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, |
9531 | AssignmentAction Action, |
9532 | CheckedConversionKind CCK); |
9533 | |
9534 | /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType |
9535 | /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). |
9536 | |
9537 | /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). |
9538 | QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, |
9539 | ExprResult &RHS); |
9540 | QualType InvalidLogicalVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, |
9541 | ExprResult &RHS); |
9542 | QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 |
9543 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, |
9544 | SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); |
9545 | QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 |
9546 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, |
9547 | bool IsDivide); |
9548 | QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 |
9549 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
9550 | bool IsCompAssign = false); |
9551 | QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 |
9552 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
9553 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr); |
9554 | QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 |
9555 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
9556 | QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr); |
9557 | QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 |
9558 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
9559 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool IsCompAssign = false); |
9560 | QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 |
9561 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
9562 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool isRelational); |
9563 | QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] |
9564 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
9565 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc); |
9566 | QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] |
9567 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
9568 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc); |
9569 | // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. |
9570 | // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. |
9571 | // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. |
9572 | QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] |
9573 | Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); |
9574 | |
9575 | ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
9576 | UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); |
9577 | ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
9578 | BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, |
9579 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); |
9580 | ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); |
9581 | Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); |
9582 | |
9583 | QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 |
9584 | ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
9585 | ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); |
9586 | QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 |
9587 | ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, |
9588 | ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); |
9589 | QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, |
9590 | bool ConvertArgs = true); |
9591 | QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, |
9592 | ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, |
9593 | bool ConvertArgs = true) { |
9594 | Expr *E1Tmp = E1.get(), *E2Tmp = E2.get(); |
9595 | QualType Composite = |
9596 | FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, ConvertArgs); |
9597 | E1 = E1Tmp; |
9598 | E2 = E2Tmp; |
9599 | return Composite; |
9600 | } |
9601 | |
9602 | QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
9603 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc); |
9604 | |
9605 | bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, |
9606 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc); |
9607 | |
9608 | void DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E, |
9609 | Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullType, |
9610 | bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range); |
9611 | |
9612 | /// type checking for vector binary operators. |
9613 | QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
9614 | SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, |
9615 | bool AllowBothBool, bool AllowBoolConversion); |
9616 | QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); |
9617 | QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
9618 | SourceLocation Loc, |
9619 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc); |
9620 | QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
9621 | SourceLocation Loc); |
9622 | |
9623 | bool areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType srcType, QualType destType); |
9624 | bool isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcType, QualType destType); |
9625 | |
9626 | /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) |
9627 | bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); |
9628 | |
9629 | // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). |
9630 | |
9631 | /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two |
9632 | /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the |
9633 | /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). |
9634 | enum ReferenceCompareResult { |
9635 | /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct |
9636 | /// reference binding is not possible. |
9637 | Ref_Incompatible = 0, |
9638 | /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means |
9639 | /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same |
9640 | /// or T1 is a base class of T2. |
9641 | Ref_Related, |
9642 | /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible. |
9643 | Ref_Compatible |
9644 | }; |
9645 | |
9646 | ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, |
9647 | QualType T1, QualType T2, |
9648 | bool &DerivedToBase, |
9649 | bool &ObjCConversion, |
9650 | bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); |
9651 | |
9652 | ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, |
9653 | Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, |
9654 | ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); |
9655 | |
9656 | /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the |
9657 | /// given type. |
9658 | ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); |
9659 | |
9660 | /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an |
9661 | /// __unknown_anytype parameter. |
9662 | ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, |
9663 | Expr *result, QualType ¶mType); |
9664 | |
9665 | // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. |
9666 | // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. |
9667 | // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. |
9668 | // returns true if the cast is invalid |
9669 | bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, |
9670 | CastKind &Kind); |
9671 | |
9672 | /// \brief Prepare `SplattedExpr` for a vector splat operation, adding |
9673 | /// implicit casts if necessary. |
9674 | ExprResult prepareVectorSplat(QualType VectorTy, Expr *SplattedExpr); |
9675 | |
9676 | // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. |
9677 | // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. |
9678 | // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, |
9679 | // or vectors and the element type of that vector. |
9680 | // returns the cast expr |
9681 | ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, |
9682 | CastKind &Kind); |
9683 | |
9684 | ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType Type, |
9685 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9686 | Expr *CastExpr, |
9687 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
9688 | |
9689 | enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged, ACR_error }; |
9690 | |
9691 | /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between |
9692 | /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds for ARC and Weak. |
9693 | ARCConversionResult CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange castRange, |
9694 | QualType castType, Expr *&op, |
9695 | CheckedConversionKind CCK, |
9696 | bool Diagnose = true, |
9697 | bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false, |
9698 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc = BO_PtrMemD |
9699 | ); |
9700 | |
9701 | Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); |
9702 | void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); |
9703 | |
9704 | bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, |
9705 | QualType ExprType); |
9706 | |
9707 | /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send |
9708 | /// might create an obvious retain cycle. |
9709 | void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); |
9710 | void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); |
9711 | void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); |
9712 | |
9713 | /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned |
9714 | /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. |
9715 | bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); |
9716 | |
9717 | /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned |
9718 | /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. |
9719 | void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); |
9720 | |
9721 | /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. |
9722 | /// \param Method - May be null. |
9723 | /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. |
9724 | /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. |
9725 | bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, |
9726 | MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel, |
9727 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
9728 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, |
9729 | bool isSuperMessage, |
9730 | SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, |
9731 | SourceRange RecRange, |
9732 | QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); |
9733 | |
9734 | /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on |
9735 | /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, |
9736 | /// and the form of the message send. |
9737 | QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, |
9738 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
9739 | bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); |
9740 | |
9741 | /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method |
9742 | /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. |
9743 | void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); |
9744 | |
9745 | /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return |
9746 | /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result |
9747 | /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened. |
9748 | void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType); |
9749 | |
9750 | class ConditionResult { |
9751 | Decl *ConditionVar; |
9752 | FullExprArg Condition; |
9753 | bool Invalid; |
9754 | bool HasKnownValue; |
9755 | bool KnownValue; |
9756 | |
9757 | friend class Sema; |
9758 | ConditionResult(Sema &S, Decl *ConditionVar, FullExprArg Condition, |
9759 | bool IsConstexpr) |
9760 | : ConditionVar(ConditionVar), Condition(Condition), Invalid(false), |
9761 | HasKnownValue(IsConstexpr && Condition.get() && |
9762 | !Condition.get()->isValueDependent()), |
9763 | KnownValue(HasKnownValue && |
9764 | !!Condition.get()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context)) {} |
9765 | explicit ConditionResult(bool Invalid) |
9766 | : ConditionVar(nullptr), Condition(nullptr), Invalid(Invalid), |
9767 | HasKnownValue(false), KnownValue(false) {} |
9768 | |
9769 | public: |
9770 | ConditionResult() : ConditionResult(false) {} |
9771 | bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; } |
9772 | std::pair<VarDecl *, Expr *> get() const { |
9773 | return std::make_pair(cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ConditionVar), |
9774 | Condition.get()); |
9775 | } |
9776 | llvm::Optional<bool> getKnownValue() const { |
9777 | if (!HasKnownValue) |
9778 | return None; |
9779 | return KnownValue; |
9780 | } |
9781 | }; |
9782 | static ConditionResult ConditionError() { return ConditionResult(true); } |
9783 | |
9784 | enum class ConditionKind { |
9785 | Boolean, ///< A boolean condition, from 'if', 'while', 'for', or 'do'. |
9786 | ConstexprIf, ///< A constant boolean condition from 'if constexpr'. |
9787 | Switch ///< An integral condition for a 'switch' statement. |
9788 | }; |
9789 | |
9790 | ConditionResult ActOnCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, |
9791 | Expr *SubExpr, ConditionKind CK); |
9792 | |
9793 | ConditionResult ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar, |
9794 | SourceLocation StmtLoc, |
9795 | ConditionKind CK); |
9796 | |
9797 | DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
9798 | |
9799 | ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, |
9800 | SourceLocation StmtLoc, |
9801 | ConditionKind CK); |
9802 | ExprResult CheckSwitchCondition(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, Expr *Cond); |
9803 | |
9804 | /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of |
9805 | /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if |
9806 | /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array |
9807 | /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. |
9808 | /// |
9809 | /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the |
9810 | /// 'if' keyword. |
9811 | /// \return true iff there were any errors |
9812 | ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E, |
9813 | bool IsConstexpr = false); |
9814 | |
9815 | /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is |
9816 | /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. |
9817 | void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); |
9818 | |
9819 | /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate |
9820 | /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. |
9821 | void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); |
9822 | |
9823 | /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. |
9824 | ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr = false); |
9825 | |
9826 | /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have |
9827 | /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit |
9828 | /// the specified diagnostic. |
9829 | void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, |
9830 | unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, |
9831 | SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); |
9832 | |
9833 | /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. |
9834 | /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared |
9835 | /// in the global scope. |
9836 | bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); |
9837 | |
9838 | /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant |
9839 | /// expression violations. |
9840 | class VerifyICEDiagnoser { |
9841 | public: |
9842 | bool Suppress; |
9843 | |
9844 | VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } |
9845 | |
9846 | virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; |
9847 | virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); |
9848 | virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } |
9849 | }; |
9850 | |
9851 | /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, |
9852 | /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. |
9853 | /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. |
9854 | ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, |
9855 | VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, |
9856 | bool AllowFold = true); |
9857 | ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, |
9858 | unsigned DiagID, |
9859 | bool AllowFold = true); |
9860 | ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, |
9861 | llvm::APSInt *Result = nullptr); |
9862 | |
9863 | /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has |
9864 | /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. |
9865 | /// Returns false on success. |
9866 | /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 |
9867 | ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, |
9868 | QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, |
9869 | Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = nullptr); |
9870 | |
9871 | private: |
9872 | unsigned ForceCUDAHostDeviceDepth = 0; |
9873 | |
9874 | public: |
9875 | /// Increments our count of the number of times we've seen a pragma forcing |
9876 | /// functions to be __host__ __device__. So long as this count is greater |
9877 | /// than zero, all functions encountered will be __host__ __device__. |
9878 | void PushForceCUDAHostDevice(); |
9879 | |
9880 | /// Decrements our count of the number of times we've seen a pragma forcing |
9881 | /// functions to be __host__ __device__. Returns false if the count is 0 |
9882 | /// before incrementing, so you can emit an error. |
9883 | bool PopForceCUDAHostDevice(); |
9884 | |
9885 | /// Diagnostics that are emitted only if we discover that the given function |
9886 | /// must be codegen'ed. Because handling these correctly adds overhead to |
9887 | /// compilation, this is currently only enabled for CUDA compilations. |
9888 | llvm::DenseMap<CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>, |
9889 | std::vector<PartialDiagnosticAt>> |
9890 | CUDADeferredDiags; |
9891 | |
9892 | /// A pair of a canonical FunctionDecl and a SourceLocation. When used as the |
9893 | /// key in a hashtable, both the FD and location are hashed. |
9894 | struct FunctionDeclAndLoc { |
9895 | CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl> FD; |
9896 | SourceLocation Loc; |
9897 | }; |
9898 | |
9899 | /// FunctionDecls and SourceLocations for which CheckCUDACall has emitted a |
9900 | /// (maybe deferred) "bad call" diagnostic. We use this to avoid emitting the |
9901 | /// same deferred diag twice. |
9902 | llvm::DenseSet<FunctionDeclAndLoc> LocsWithCUDACallDiags; |
9903 | |
9904 | /// An inverse call graph, mapping known-emitted functions to one of their |
9905 | /// known-emitted callers (plus the location of the call). |
9906 | /// |
9907 | /// Functions that we can tell a priori must be emitted aren't added to this |
9908 | /// map. |
9909 | llvm::DenseMap</* Callee = */ CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>, |
9910 | /* Caller = */ FunctionDeclAndLoc> |
9911 | CUDAKnownEmittedFns; |
9912 | |
9913 | /// A partial call graph maintained during CUDA compilation to support |
9914 | /// deferred diagnostics. |
9915 | /// |
9916 | /// Functions are only added here if, at the time they're considered, they are |
9917 | /// not known-emitted. As soon as we discover that a function is |
9918 | /// known-emitted, we remove it and everything it transitively calls from this |
9919 | /// set and add those functions to CUDAKnownEmittedFns. |
9920 | llvm::DenseMap</* Caller = */ CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>, |
9921 | /* Callees = */ llvm::MapVector<CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>, |
9922 | SourceLocation>> |
9923 | CUDACallGraph; |
9924 | |
9925 | /// Diagnostic builder for CUDA errors which may or may not be deferred. |
9926 | /// |
9927 | /// In CUDA, there exist constructs (e.g. variable-length arrays, try/catch) |
9928 | /// which are not allowed to appear inside __device__ functions and are |
9929 | /// allowed to appear in __host__ __device__ functions only if the host+device |
9930 | /// function is never codegen'ed. |
9931 | /// |
9932 | /// To handle this, we use the notion of "deferred diagnostics", where we |
9933 | /// attach a diagnostic to a FunctionDecl that's emitted iff it's codegen'ed. |
9934 | /// |
9935 | /// This class lets you emit either a regular diagnostic, a deferred |
9936 | /// diagnostic, or no diagnostic at all, according to an argument you pass to |
9937 | /// its constructor, thus simplifying the process of creating these "maybe |
9938 | /// deferred" diagnostics. |
9939 | class CUDADiagBuilder { |
9940 | public: |
9941 | enum Kind { |
9942 | /// Emit no diagnostics. |
9943 | K_Nop, |
9944 | /// Emit the diagnostic immediately (i.e., behave like Sema::Diag()). |
9945 | K_Immediate, |
9946 | /// Emit the diagnostic immediately, and, if it's a warning or error, also |
9947 | /// emit a call stack showing how this function can be reached by an a |
9948 | /// priori known-emitted function. |
9949 | K_ImmediateWithCallStack, |
9950 | /// Create a deferred diagnostic, which is emitted only if the function |
9951 | /// it's attached to is codegen'ed. Also emit a call stack as with |
9952 | /// K_ImmediateWithCallStack. |
9953 | K_Deferred |
9954 | }; |
9955 | |
9956 | CUDADiagBuilder(Kind K, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID, |
9957 | FunctionDecl *Fn, Sema &S); |
9958 | ~CUDADiagBuilder(); |
9959 | |
9960 | /// Convertible to bool: True if we immediately emitted an error, false if |
9961 | /// we didn't emit an error or we created a deferred error. |
9962 | /// |
9963 | /// Example usage: |
9964 | /// |
9965 | /// if (CUDADiagBuilder(...) << foo << bar) |
9966 | /// return ExprError(); |
9967 | /// |
9968 | /// But see CUDADiagIfDeviceCode() and CUDADiagIfHostCode() -- you probably |
9969 | /// want to use these instead of creating a CUDADiagBuilder yourself. |
9970 | operator bool() const { return ImmediateDiag.hasValue(); } |
9971 | |
9972 | template <typename T> |
9973 | friend const CUDADiagBuilder &operator<<(const CUDADiagBuilder &Diag, |
9974 | const T &Value) { |
9975 | if (Diag.ImmediateDiag.hasValue()) |
9976 | *Diag.ImmediateDiag << Value; |
9977 | else if (Diag.PartialDiag.hasValue()) |
9978 | *Diag.PartialDiag << Value; |
9979 | return Diag; |
9980 | } |
9981 | |
9982 | private: |
9983 | Sema &S; |
9984 | SourceLocation Loc; |
9985 | unsigned DiagID; |
9986 | FunctionDecl *Fn; |
9987 | bool ShowCallStack; |
9988 | |
9989 | // Invariant: At most one of these Optionals has a value. |
9990 | // FIXME: Switch these to a Variant once that exists. |
9991 | llvm::Optional<SemaDiagnosticBuilder> ImmediateDiag; |
9992 | llvm::Optional<PartialDiagnostic> PartialDiag; |
9993 | }; |
9994 | |
9995 | /// Creates a CUDADiagBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current context |
9996 | /// is "used as device code". |
9997 | /// |
9998 | /// - If CurContext is a __host__ function, does not emit any diagnostics. |
9999 | /// - If CurContext is a __device__ or __global__ function, emits the |
10000 | /// diagnostics immediately. |
10001 | /// - If CurContext is a __host__ __device__ function and we are compiling for |
10002 | /// the device, creates a diagnostic which is emitted if and when we realize |
10003 | /// that the function will be codegen'ed. |
10004 | /// |
10005 | /// Example usage: |
10006 | /// |
10007 | /// // Variable-length arrays are not allowed in CUDA device code. |
10008 | /// if (CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(Loc, diag::err_cuda_vla) << CurrentCUDATarget()) |
10009 | /// return ExprError(); |
10010 | /// // Otherwise, continue parsing as normal. |
10011 | CUDADiagBuilder CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); |
10012 | |
10013 | /// Creates a CUDADiagBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current context |
10014 | /// is "used as host code". |
10015 | /// |
10016 | /// Same as CUDADiagIfDeviceCode, with "host" and "device" switched. |
10017 | CUDADiagBuilder CUDADiagIfHostCode(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); |
10018 | |
10019 | enum CUDAFunctionTarget { |
10020 | CFT_Device, |
10021 | CFT_Global, |
10022 | CFT_Host, |
10023 | CFT_HostDevice, |
10024 | CFT_InvalidTarget |
10025 | }; |
10026 | |
10027 | /// Determines whether the given function is a CUDA device/host/kernel/etc. |
10028 | /// function. |
10029 | /// |
10030 | /// Use this rather than examining the function's attributes yourself -- you |
10031 | /// will get it wrong. Returns CFT_Host if D is null. |
10032 | CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D, |
10033 | bool IgnoreImplicitHDAttr = false); |
10034 | CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const AttributeList *Attr); |
10035 | |
10036 | /// Gets the CUDA target for the current context. |
10037 | CUDAFunctionTarget CurrentCUDATarget() { |
10038 | return IdentifyCUDATarget(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)); |
10039 | } |
10040 | |
10041 | // CUDA function call preference. Must be ordered numerically from |
10042 | // worst to best. |
10043 | enum CUDAFunctionPreference { |
10044 | CFP_Never, // Invalid caller/callee combination. |
10045 | CFP_WrongSide, // Calls from host-device to host or device |
10046 | // function that do not match current compilation |
10047 | // mode. |
10048 | CFP_HostDevice, // Any calls to host/device functions. |
10049 | CFP_SameSide, // Calls from host-device to host or device |
10050 | // function matching current compilation mode. |
10051 | CFP_Native, // host-to-host or device-to-device calls. |
10052 | }; |
10053 | |
10054 | /// Identifies relative preference of a given Caller/Callee |
10055 | /// combination, based on their host/device attributes. |
10056 | /// \param Caller function which needs address of \p Callee. |
10057 | /// nullptr in case of global context. |
10058 | /// \param Callee target function |
10059 | /// |
10060 | /// \returns preference value for particular Caller/Callee combination. |
10061 | CUDAFunctionPreference IdentifyCUDAPreference(const FunctionDecl *Caller, |
10062 | const FunctionDecl *Callee); |
10063 | |
10064 | /// Determines whether Caller may invoke Callee, based on their CUDA |
10065 | /// host/device attributes. Returns false if the call is not allowed. |
10066 | /// |
10067 | /// Note: Will return true for CFP_WrongSide calls. These may appear in |
10068 | /// semantically correct CUDA programs, but only if they're never codegen'ed. |
10069 | bool IsAllowedCUDACall(const FunctionDecl *Caller, |
10070 | const FunctionDecl *Callee) { |
10071 | return IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Callee) != CFP_Never; |
10072 | } |
10073 | |
10074 | /// May add implicit CUDAHostAttr and CUDADeviceAttr attributes to FD, |
10075 | /// depending on FD and the current compilation settings. |
10076 | void maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(FunctionDecl *FD, |
10077 | const LookupResult &Previous); |
10078 | |
10079 | public: |
10080 | /// Check whether we're allowed to call Callee from the current context. |
10081 | /// |
10082 | /// - If the call is never allowed in a semantically-correct program |
10083 | /// (CFP_Never), emits an error and returns false. |
10084 | /// |
10085 | /// - If the call is allowed in semantically-correct programs, but only if |
10086 | /// it's never codegen'ed (CFP_WrongSide), creates a deferred diagnostic to |
10087 | /// be emitted if and when the caller is codegen'ed, and returns true. |
10088 | /// |
10089 | /// Will only create deferred diagnostics for a given SourceLocation once, |
10090 | /// so you can safely call this multiple times without generating duplicate |
10091 | /// deferred errors. |
10092 | /// |
10093 | /// - Otherwise, returns true without emitting any diagnostics. |
10094 | bool CheckCUDACall(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Callee); |
10095 | |
10096 | /// Set __device__ or __host__ __device__ attributes on the given lambda |
10097 | /// operator() method. |
10098 | /// |
10099 | /// CUDA lambdas declared inside __device__ or __global__ functions inherit |
10100 | /// the __device__ attribute. Similarly, lambdas inside __host__ __device__ |
10101 | /// functions become __host__ __device__ themselves. |
10102 | void CUDASetLambdaAttrs(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
10103 | |
10104 | /// Finds a function in \p Matches with highest calling priority |
10105 | /// from \p Caller context and erases all functions with lower |
10106 | /// calling priority. |
10107 | void EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches( |
10108 | const FunctionDecl *Caller, |
10109 | SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl *>> &Matches); |
10110 | |
10111 | /// Given a implicit special member, infer its CUDA target from the |
10112 | /// calls it needs to make to underlying base/field special members. |
10113 | /// \param ClassDecl the class for which the member is being created. |
10114 | /// \param CSM the kind of special member. |
10115 | /// \param MemberDecl the special member itself. |
10116 | /// \param ConstRHS true if this is a copy operation with a const object on |
10117 | /// its RHS. |
10118 | /// \param Diagnose true if this call should emit diagnostics. |
10119 | /// \return true if there was an error inferring. |
10120 | /// The result of this call is implicit CUDA target attribute(s) attached to |
10121 | /// the member declaration. |
10122 | bool inferCUDATargetForImplicitSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, |
10123 | CXXSpecialMember CSM, |
10124 | CXXMethodDecl *MemberDecl, |
10125 | bool ConstRHS, |
10126 | bool Diagnose); |
10127 | |
10128 | /// \return true if \p CD can be considered empty according to CUDA |
10129 | /// (E.2.3.1 in CUDA 7.5 Programming guide). |
10130 | bool isEmptyCudaConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *CD); |
10131 | bool isEmptyCudaDestructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXDestructorDecl *CD); |
10132 | |
10133 | /// Check whether NewFD is a valid overload for CUDA. Emits |
10134 | /// diagnostics and invalidates NewFD if not. |
10135 | void checkCUDATargetOverload(FunctionDecl *NewFD, |
10136 | const LookupResult &Previous); |
10137 | /// Copies target attributes from the template TD to the function FD. |
10138 | void inheritCUDATargetAttrs(FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionTemplateDecl &TD); |
10139 | |
10140 | /// \name Code completion |
10141 | //@{ |
10142 | /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. |
10143 | enum ParserCompletionContext { |
10144 | /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. |
10145 | PCC_Namespace, |
10146 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. |
10147 | PCC_Class, |
10148 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, |
10149 | /// or category. |
10150 | PCC_ObjCInterface, |
10151 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or |
10152 | /// category implementation |
10153 | PCC_ObjCImplementation, |
10154 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables |
10155 | /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. |
10156 | PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, |
10157 | /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template |
10158 | /// headers. |
10159 | PCC_Template, |
10160 | /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template |
10161 | /// headers within a class. |
10162 | PCC_MemberTemplate, |
10163 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. |
10164 | PCC_Expression, |
10165 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may |
10166 | /// also be an expression or a declaration. |
10167 | PCC_Statement, |
10168 | /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the |
10169 | /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. |
10170 | PCC_ForInit, |
10171 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, |
10172 | /// while, switch, or for statement. |
10173 | PCC_Condition, |
10174 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a |
10175 | /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position |
10176 | /// in the grammar. |
10177 | PCC_RecoveryInFunction, |
10178 | /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. |
10179 | PCC_Type, |
10180 | /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which |
10181 | /// might also be a type cast. |
10182 | PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, |
10183 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration |
10184 | /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. |
10185 | PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers |
10186 | }; |
10187 | |
10188 | void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); |
10189 | void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, |
10190 | ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); |
10191 | void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
10192 | bool AllowNonIdentifiers, |
10193 | bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); |
10194 | |
10195 | struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; |
10196 | void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, |
10197 | const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); |
10198 | void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
10199 | SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, |
10200 | bool IsBaseExprStatement); |
10201 | void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); |
10202 | void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); |
10203 | void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); |
10204 | void CodeCompleteFunctionQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS, Declarator &D, |
10205 | const VirtSpecifiers *VS = nullptr); |
10206 | void CodeCompleteBracketDeclarator(Scope *S); |
10207 | void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); |
10208 | void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); |
10209 | void CodeCompleteConstructor(Scope *S, QualType Type, SourceLocation Loc, |
10210 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); |
10211 | void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
10212 | void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); |
10213 | void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); |
10214 | void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); |
10215 | |
10216 | void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
10217 | bool EnteringContext); |
10218 | void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); |
10219 | void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); |
10220 | void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); |
10221 | void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); |
10222 | void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); |
10223 | void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer( |
10224 | Decl *Constructor, |
10225 | ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers); |
10226 | |
10227 | void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, |
10228 | bool AfterAmpersand); |
10229 | |
10230 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); |
10231 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); |
10232 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); |
10233 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); |
10234 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); |
10235 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); |
10236 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); |
10237 | void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, |
10238 | bool IsParameter); |
10239 | void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); |
10240 | void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
10241 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
10242 | bool AtArgumentExpression); |
10243 | void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, |
10244 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
10245 | bool AtArgumentExpression, |
10246 | bool IsSuper = false); |
10247 | void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, |
10248 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
10249 | bool AtArgumentExpression, |
10250 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = nullptr); |
10251 | void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, |
10252 | DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); |
10253 | void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, |
10254 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); |
10255 | void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences( |
10256 | ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> Protocols); |
10257 | void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); |
10258 | void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); |
10259 | void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, |
10260 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
10261 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); |
10262 | void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); |
10263 | void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, |
10264 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
10265 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); |
10266 | void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, |
10267 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
10268 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); |
10269 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); |
10270 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, |
10271 | IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); |
10272 | void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, Optional<bool> IsInstanceMethod, |
10273 | ParsedType ReturnType); |
10274 | void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, |
10275 | bool IsInstanceMethod, |
10276 | bool AtParameterName, |
10277 | ParsedType ReturnType, |
10278 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); |
10279 | void CodeCompleteObjCClassPropertyRefExpr(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo &ClassName, |
10280 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc, |
10281 | bool IsBaseExprStatement); |
10282 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); |
10283 | void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); |
10284 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); |
10285 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); |
10286 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, |
10287 | IdentifierInfo *Macro, |
10288 | MacroInfo *MacroInfo, |
10289 | unsigned Argument); |
10290 | void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); |
10291 | void CodeCompleteAvailabilityPlatformName(); |
10292 | void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, |
10293 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, |
10294 | SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); |
10295 | //@} |
10296 | |
10297 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
10298 | // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system |
10299 | |
10300 | public: |
10301 | SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, |
10302 | unsigned ByteNo) const; |
10303 | |
10304 | private: |
10305 | void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, |
10306 | const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=nullptr, |
10307 | bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); |
10308 | void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); |
10309 | // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a |
10310 | // FunctionDeclaration. |
10311 | struct FormatStringInfo { |
10312 | unsigned FormatIdx; |
10313 | unsigned FirstDataArg; |
10314 | bool HasVAListArg; |
10315 | }; |
10316 | |
10317 | static bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, |
10318 | FormatStringInfo *FSI); |
10319 | bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, |
10320 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto); |
10321 | bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, |
10322 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args); |
10323 | bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, |
10324 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto); |
10325 | bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto); |
10326 | void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
10327 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
10328 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
10329 | SourceLocation Loc); |
10330 | |
10331 | void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
10332 | const Expr *ThisArg, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
10333 | bool IsMemberFunction, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
10334 | VariadicCallType CallType); |
10335 | |
10336 | bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); |
10337 | ExprResult CheckOSLogFormatStringArg(Expr *Arg); |
10338 | |
10339 | ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
10340 | unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10341 | |
10342 | bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall, |
10343 | unsigned MaxWidth); |
10344 | bool CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10345 | bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10346 | |
10347 | bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10348 | bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10349 | bool CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10350 | bool CheckX86BuiltinRoundingOrSAE(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10351 | bool CheckX86BuiltinGatherScatterScale(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10352 | bool CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10353 | bool CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10354 | |
10355 | bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10356 | bool SemaBuiltinVAStartARMMicrosoft(CallExpr *Call); |
10357 | bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10358 | bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); |
10359 | bool SemaBuiltinVSX(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10360 | bool SemaBuiltinOSLogFormat(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10361 | |
10362 | public: |
10363 | // Used by C++ template instantiation. |
10364 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10365 | ExprResult SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
10366 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
10367 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
10368 | |
10369 | private: |
10370 | bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10371 | bool SemaBuiltinAllocaWithAlign(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10372 | bool SemaBuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10373 | bool SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10374 | bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10375 | bool SemaBuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10376 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); |
10377 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); |
10378 | ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, |
10379 | AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); |
10380 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, |
10381 | llvm::APSInt &Result); |
10382 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, |
10383 | int Low, int High); |
10384 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgMultiple(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, |
10385 | unsigned Multiple); |
10386 | bool SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall, |
10387 | int ArgNum, unsigned ExpectedFieldNum, |
10388 | bool AllowName); |
10389 | public: |
10390 | enum FormatStringType { |
10391 | FST_Scanf, |
10392 | FST_Printf, |
10393 | FST_NSString, |
10394 | FST_Strftime, |
10395 | FST_Strfmon, |
10396 | FST_Kprintf, |
10397 | FST_FreeBSDKPrintf, |
10398 | FST_OSTrace, |
10399 | FST_OSLog, |
10400 | FST_Unknown |
10401 | }; |
10402 | static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); |
10403 | |
10404 | bool FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr); |
10405 | |
10406 | static bool GetFormatNSStringIdx(const FormatAttr *Format, unsigned &Idx); |
10407 | |
10408 | private: |
10409 | bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, |
10410 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
10411 | bool IsCXXMember, |
10412 | VariadicCallType CallType, |
10413 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
10414 | llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); |
10415 | bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
10416 | bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, |
10417 | unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, |
10418 | VariadicCallType CallType, |
10419 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range, |
10420 | llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); |
10421 | |
10422 | void CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call, |
10423 | const FunctionDecl *FDecl); |
10424 | |
10425 | void CheckMaxUnsignedZero(const CallExpr *Call, const FunctionDecl *FDecl); |
10426 | |
10427 | void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, |
10428 | unsigned BId, |
10429 | IdentifierInfo *FnName); |
10430 | |
10431 | void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, |
10432 | IdentifierInfo *FnName); |
10433 | |
10434 | void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, |
10435 | IdentifierInfo *FnName); |
10436 | |
10437 | void CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, |
10438 | SourceLocation ReturnLoc, |
10439 | bool isObjCMethod = false, |
10440 | const AttrVec *Attrs = nullptr, |
10441 | const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr); |
10442 | |
10443 | public: |
10444 | void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); |
10445 | |
10446 | private: |
10447 | void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); |
10448 | void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC); |
10449 | void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); |
10450 | void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E); |
10451 | |
10452 | /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either |
10453 | /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. |
10454 | void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), |
10455 | bool IsConstexpr = false); |
10456 | |
10457 | void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, |
10458 | Expr *Init); |
10459 | |
10460 | /// Check if there is a field shadowing. |
10461 | void CheckShadowInheritedFields(const SourceLocation &Loc, |
10462 | DeclarationName FieldName, |
10463 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
10464 | |
10465 | /// \brief Check if the given expression contains 'break' or 'continue' |
10466 | /// statement that produces control flow different from GCC. |
10467 | void CheckBreakContinueBinding(Expr *E); |
10468 | |
10469 | /// \brief Check whether receiver is mutable ObjC container which |
10470 | /// attempts to add itself into the container |
10471 | void CheckObjCCircularContainer(ObjCMessageExpr *Message); |
10472 | |
10473 | void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE); |
10474 | void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, |
10475 | bool DeleteWasArrayForm); |
10476 | public: |
10477 | /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. |
10478 | void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, |
10479 | uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, |
10480 | bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); |
10481 | |
10482 | struct TypeTagData { |
10483 | TypeTagData() {} |
10484 | |
10485 | TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : |
10486 | Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), |
10487 | MustBeNull(MustBeNull) |
10488 | {} |
10489 | |
10490 | QualType Type; |
10491 | |
10492 | /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for |
10493 | /// layout-compatibility. |
10494 | unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; |
10495 | unsigned MustBeNull : 1; |
10496 | }; |
10497 | |
10498 | /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely |
10499 | /// identifies the magic value. |
10500 | typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; |
10501 | |
10502 | private: |
10503 | /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. |
10504 | std::unique_ptr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>> |
10505 | TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; |
10506 | |
10507 | /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag |
10508 | /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. |
10509 | void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, |
10510 | const ArrayRef<const Expr *> ExprArgs, |
10511 | SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); |
10512 | |
10513 | /// \brief Check if we are taking the address of a packed field |
10514 | /// as this may be a problem if the pointer value is dereferenced. |
10515 | void CheckAddressOfPackedMember(Expr *rhs); |
10516 | |
10517 | /// \brief The parser's current scope. |
10518 | /// |
10519 | /// The parser maintains this state here. |
10520 | Scope *CurScope; |
10521 | |
10522 | mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super; |
10523 | mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128; |
10524 | |
10525 | /// Nullability type specifiers. |
10526 | IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nonnull = nullptr; |
10527 | IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nullable = nullptr; |
10528 | IdentifierInfo *Ident__Null_unspecified = nullptr; |
10529 | |
10530 | IdentifierInfo *Ident_NSError = nullptr; |
10531 | |
10532 | /// \brief The handler for the FileChanged preprocessor events. |
10533 | /// |
10534 | /// Used for diagnostics that implement custom semantic analysis for #include |
10535 | /// directives, like -Wpragma-pack. |
10536 | sema::SemaPPCallbacks *SemaPPCallbackHandler; |
10537 | |
10538 | protected: |
10539 | friend class Parser; |
10540 | friend class InitializationSequence; |
10541 | friend class ASTReader; |
10542 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
10543 | friend class ASTWriter; |
10544 | |
10545 | public: |
10546 | /// Retrieve the keyword associated |
10547 | IdentifierInfo *getNullabilityKeyword(NullabilityKind nullability); |
10548 | |
10549 | /// The struct behind the CFErrorRef pointer. |
10550 | RecordDecl *CFError = nullptr; |
10551 | |
10552 | /// Retrieve the identifier "NSError". |
10553 | IdentifierInfo *getNSErrorIdent(); |
10554 | |
10555 | /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. |
10556 | /// |
10557 | /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis |
10558 | /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case |
10559 | /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. |
10560 | /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser |
10561 | /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from |
10562 | /// template substitution or instantiation. |
10563 | Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } |
10564 | |
10565 | void incrementMSManglingNumber() const { |
10566 | return CurScope->incrementMSManglingNumber(); |
10567 | } |
10568 | |
10569 | IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const; |
10570 | IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const; |
10571 | |
10572 | Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; |
10573 | |
10574 | DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { |
10575 | return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; |
10576 | } |
10577 | |
10578 | const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { |
10579 | const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); |
10580 | // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. |
10581 | if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) |
10582 | DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); |
10583 | return DC; |
10584 | } |
10585 | |
10586 | /// \brief To be used for checking whether the arguments being passed to |
10587 | /// function exceeds the number of parameters expected for it. |
10588 | static bool TooManyArguments(size_t NumParams, size_t NumArgs, |
10589 | bool PartialOverloading = false) { |
10590 | // We check whether we're just after a comma in code-completion. |
10591 | if (NumArgs > 0 && PartialOverloading) |
10592 | return NumArgs + 1 > NumParams; // If so, we view as an extra argument. |
10593 | return NumArgs > NumParams; |
10594 | } |
10595 | |
10596 | // Emitting members of dllexported classes is delayed until the class |
10597 | // (including field initializers) is fully parsed. |
10598 | SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> DelayedDllExportClasses; |
10599 | |
10600 | private: |
10601 | class SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII { |
10602 | public: |
10603 | SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII(Sema &S) : S(S) { swapSavedState(); } |
10604 | |
10605 | ~SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII() { |
10606 | assert(S.DelayedExceptionSpecChecks.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedExceptionSpecChecks.empty () && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedExceptionSpecChecks.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 10607, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
10607 | "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks")(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedExceptionSpecChecks.empty () && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedExceptionSpecChecks.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 10607, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
10608 | assert(S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs .empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed defaulted member " "exception specs") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed defaulted member \" \"exception specs\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 10610, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
10609 | "there shouldn't be any pending delayed defaulted member "(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs .empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed defaulted member " "exception specs") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed defaulted member \" \"exception specs\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 10610, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
10610 | "exception specs")(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs .empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed defaulted member " "exception specs") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed defaulted member \" \"exception specs\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 10610, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
10611 | assert(S.DelayedDllExportClasses.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedDllExportClasses.empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed DLL export classes") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedDllExportClasses.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed DLL export classes\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 10612, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
10612 | "there shouldn't be any pending delayed DLL export classes")(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedDllExportClasses.empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed DLL export classes") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedDllExportClasses.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed DLL export classes\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 10612, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
10613 | swapSavedState(); |
10614 | } |
10615 | |
10616 | private: |
10617 | Sema &S; |
10618 | decltype(DelayedExceptionSpecChecks) SavedExceptionSpecChecks; |
10619 | decltype(DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs) |
10620 | SavedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; |
10621 | decltype(DelayedDllExportClasses) SavedDllExportClasses; |
10622 | |
10623 | void swapSavedState() { |
10624 | SavedExceptionSpecChecks.swap(S.DelayedExceptionSpecChecks); |
10625 | SavedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs.swap( |
10626 | S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs); |
10627 | SavedDllExportClasses.swap(S.DelayedDllExportClasses); |
10628 | } |
10629 | }; |
10630 | |
10631 | /// \brief Helper class that collects misaligned member designations and |
10632 | /// their location info for delayed diagnostics. |
10633 | struct MisalignedMember { |
10634 | Expr *E; |
10635 | RecordDecl *RD; |
10636 | ValueDecl *MD; |
10637 | CharUnits Alignment; |
10638 | |
10639 | MisalignedMember() : E(), RD(), MD(), Alignment() {} |
10640 | MisalignedMember(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD, |
10641 | CharUnits Alignment) |
10642 | : E(E), RD(RD), MD(MD), Alignment(Alignment) {} |
10643 | explicit MisalignedMember(Expr *E) |
10644 | : MisalignedMember(E, nullptr, nullptr, CharUnits()) {} |
10645 | |
10646 | bool operator==(const MisalignedMember &m) { return this->E == m.E; } |
10647 | }; |
10648 | /// \brief Small set of gathered accesses to potentially misaligned members |
10649 | /// due to the packed attribute. |
10650 | SmallVector<MisalignedMember, 4> MisalignedMembers; |
10651 | |
10652 | /// \brief Adds an expression to the set of gathered misaligned members. |
10653 | void AddPotentialMisalignedMembers(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD, |
10654 | CharUnits Alignment); |
10655 | |
10656 | public: |
10657 | /// \brief Diagnoses the current set of gathered accesses. This typically |
10658 | /// happens at full expression level. The set is cleared after emitting the |
10659 | /// diagnostics. |
10660 | void DiagnoseMisalignedMembers(); |
10661 | |
10662 | /// \brief This function checks if the expression is in the sef of potentially |
10663 | /// misaligned members and it is converted to some pointer type T with lower |
10664 | /// or equal alignment requirements. If so it removes it. This is used when |
10665 | /// we do not want to diagnose such misaligned access (e.g. in conversions to |
10666 | /// void*). |
10667 | void DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(const Type *T, Expr *E); |
10668 | |
10669 | /// \brief This function calls Action when it determines that E designates a |
10670 | /// misaligned member due to the packed attribute. This is used to emit |
10671 | /// local diagnostics like in reference binding. |
10672 | void RefersToMemberWithReducedAlignment( |
10673 | Expr *E, |
10674 | llvm::function_ref<void(Expr *, RecordDecl *, FieldDecl *, CharUnits)> |
10675 | Action); |
10676 | }; |
10677 | |
10678 | /// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. |
10679 | class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { |
10680 | Sema &Actions; |
10681 | bool Entered = true; |
10682 | |
10683 | public: |
10684 | |
10685 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, |
10686 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, |
10687 | Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr, |
10688 | bool IsDecltype = false, |
10689 | bool ShouldEnter = true) |
10690 | : Actions(Actions), Entered(ShouldEnter) { |
10691 | if (Entered) |
10692 | Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, |
10693 | IsDecltype); |
10694 | } |
10695 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, |
10696 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, |
10697 | Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, |
10698 | bool IsDecltype = false) |
10699 | : Actions(Actions) { |
10700 | Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, |
10701 | Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, |
10702 | IsDecltype); |
10703 | } |
10704 | |
10705 | enum InitListTag { InitList }; |
10706 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, InitListTag, |
10707 | bool ShouldEnter = true) |
10708 | : Actions(Actions), Entered(false) { |
10709 | // In C++11 onwards, narrowing checks are performed on the contents of |
10710 | // braced-init-lists, even when they occur within unevaluated operands. |
10711 | // Therefore we still need to instantiate constexpr functions used in such |
10712 | // a context. |
10713 | if (ShouldEnter && Actions.isUnevaluatedContext() && |
10714 | Actions.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { |
10715 | Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
10716 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList, nullptr, false); |
10717 | Entered = true; |
10718 | } |
10719 | } |
10720 | |
10721 | ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { |
10722 | if (Entered) |
10723 | Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
10724 | } |
10725 | }; |
10726 | |
10727 | DeductionFailureInfo |
10728 | MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK, |
10729 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
10730 | |
10731 | /// \brief Contains a late templated function. |
10732 | /// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser. |
10733 | struct LateParsedTemplate { |
10734 | CachedTokens Toks; |
10735 | /// \brief The template function declaration to be late parsed. |
10736 | Decl *D; |
10737 | }; |
10738 | |
10739 | } // end namespace clang |
10740 | |
10741 | namespace llvm { |
10742 | // Hash a FunctionDeclAndLoc by looking at both its FunctionDecl and its |
10743 | // SourceLocation. |
10744 | template <> struct DenseMapInfo<clang::Sema::FunctionDeclAndLoc> { |
10745 | using FunctionDeclAndLoc = clang::Sema::FunctionDeclAndLoc; |
10746 | using FDBaseInfo = DenseMapInfo<clang::CanonicalDeclPtr<clang::FunctionDecl>>; |
10747 | |
10748 | static FunctionDeclAndLoc getEmptyKey() { |
10749 | return {FDBaseInfo::getEmptyKey(), clang::SourceLocation()}; |
10750 | } |
10751 | |
10752 | static FunctionDeclAndLoc getTombstoneKey() { |
10753 | return {FDBaseInfo::getTombstoneKey(), clang::SourceLocation()}; |
10754 | } |
10755 | |
10756 | static unsigned getHashValue(const FunctionDeclAndLoc &FDL) { |
10757 | return hash_combine(FDBaseInfo::getHashValue(FDL.FD), |
10758 | FDL.Loc.getRawEncoding()); |
10759 | } |
10760 | |
10761 | static bool isEqual(const FunctionDeclAndLoc &LHS, |
10762 | const FunctionDeclAndLoc &RHS) { |
10763 | return LHS.FD == RHS.FD && LHS.Loc == RHS.Loc; |
10764 | } |
10765 | }; |
10766 | } // namespace llvm |
10767 | |
10768 | #endif |
1 | //===--- PartialDiagnostic.h - Diagnostic "closures" ------------*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure |
4 | // |
5 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source |
6 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. |
7 | // |
8 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
9 | /// |
10 | /// \file |
11 | /// \brief Implements a partial diagnostic that can be emitted anwyhere |
12 | /// in a DiagnosticBuilder stream. |
13 | /// |
14 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
15 | |
16 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_PARTIALDIAGNOSTIC_H |
17 | #define LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_PARTIALDIAGNOSTIC_H |
18 | |
19 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" |
20 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h" |
21 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" |
22 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" |
23 | #include "llvm/Support/DataTypes.h" |
24 | #include <cassert> |
25 | |
26 | namespace clang { |
27 | |
28 | class PartialDiagnostic { |
29 | public: |
30 | enum { |
31 | // The MaxArguments and MaxFixItHints member enum values from |
32 | // DiagnosticsEngine are private but DiagnosticsEngine declares |
33 | // PartialDiagnostic a friend. These enum values are redeclared |
34 | // here so that the nested Storage class below can access them. |
35 | MaxArguments = DiagnosticsEngine::MaxArguments |
36 | }; |
37 | |
38 | struct Storage { |
39 | Storage() : NumDiagArgs(0) { } |
40 | |
41 | enum { |
42 | /// \brief The maximum number of arguments we can hold. We |
43 | /// currently only support up to 10 arguments (%0-%9). |
44 | /// |
45 | /// A single diagnostic with more than that almost certainly has to |
46 | /// be simplified anyway. |
47 | MaxArguments = PartialDiagnostic::MaxArguments |
48 | }; |
49 | |
50 | /// \brief The number of entries in Arguments. |
51 | unsigned char NumDiagArgs; |
52 | |
53 | /// \brief Specifies for each argument whether it is in DiagArgumentsStr |
54 | /// or in DiagArguments. |
55 | unsigned char DiagArgumentsKind[MaxArguments]; |
56 | |
57 | /// \brief The values for the various substitution positions. |
58 | /// |
59 | /// This is used when the argument is not an std::string. The specific value |
60 | /// is mangled into an intptr_t and the interpretation depends on exactly |
61 | /// what sort of argument kind it is. |
62 | intptr_t DiagArgumentsVal[MaxArguments]; |
63 | |
64 | /// \brief The values for the various substitution positions that have |
65 | /// string arguments. |
66 | std::string DiagArgumentsStr[MaxArguments]; |
67 | |
68 | /// \brief The list of ranges added to this diagnostic. |
69 | SmallVector<CharSourceRange, 8> DiagRanges; |
70 | |
71 | /// \brief If valid, provides a hint with some code to insert, remove, or |
72 | /// modify at a particular position. |
73 | SmallVector<FixItHint, 6> FixItHints; |
74 | }; |
75 | |
76 | /// \brief An allocator for Storage objects, which uses a small cache to |
77 | /// objects, used to reduce malloc()/free() traffic for partial diagnostics. |
78 | class StorageAllocator { |
79 | static const unsigned NumCached = 16; |
80 | Storage Cached[NumCached]; |
81 | Storage *FreeList[NumCached]; |
82 | unsigned NumFreeListEntries; |
83 | |
84 | public: |
85 | StorageAllocator(); |
86 | ~StorageAllocator(); |
87 | |
88 | /// \brief Allocate new storage. |
89 | Storage *Allocate() { |
90 | if (NumFreeListEntries == 0) |
91 | return new Storage; |
92 | |
93 | Storage *Result = FreeList[--NumFreeListEntries]; |
94 | Result->NumDiagArgs = 0; |
95 | Result->DiagRanges.clear(); |
96 | Result->FixItHints.clear(); |
97 | return Result; |
98 | } |
99 | |
100 | /// \brief Free the given storage object. |
101 | void Deallocate(Storage *S) { |
102 | if (S >= Cached && S <= Cached + NumCached) { |
103 | FreeList[NumFreeListEntries++] = S; |
104 | return; |
105 | } |
106 | |
107 | delete S; |
108 | } |
109 | }; |
110 | |
111 | private: |
112 | // NOTE: Sema assumes that PartialDiagnostic is location-invariant |
113 | // in the sense that its bits can be safely memcpy'ed and destructed |
114 | // in the new location. |
115 | |
116 | /// \brief The diagnostic ID. |
117 | mutable unsigned DiagID; |
118 | |
119 | /// \brief Storage for args and ranges. |
120 | mutable Storage *DiagStorage; |
121 | |
122 | /// \brief Allocator used to allocate storage for this diagnostic. |
123 | StorageAllocator *Allocator; |
124 | |
125 | /// \brief Retrieve storage for this particular diagnostic. |
126 | Storage *getStorage() const { |
127 | if (DiagStorage) |
128 | return DiagStorage; |
129 | |
130 | if (Allocator) |
131 | DiagStorage = Allocator->Allocate(); |
132 | else { |
133 | assert(Allocator != reinterpret_cast<StorageAllocator *>(~uintptr_t(0)))(static_cast <bool> (Allocator != reinterpret_cast<StorageAllocator *>(~uintptr_t(0))) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Allocator != reinterpret_cast<StorageAllocator *>(~uintptr_t(0))" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" , 133, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
134 | DiagStorage = new Storage; |
135 | } |
136 | return DiagStorage; |
137 | } |
138 | |
139 | void freeStorage() { |
140 | if (!DiagStorage) |
141 | return; |
142 | |
143 | // The hot path for PartialDiagnostic is when we just used it to wrap an ID |
144 | // (typically so we have the flexibility of passing a more complex |
145 | // diagnostic into the callee, but that does not commonly occur). |
146 | // |
147 | // Split this out into a slow function for silly compilers (*cough*) which |
148 | // can't do decent partial inlining. |
149 | freeStorageSlow(); |
150 | } |
151 | |
152 | void freeStorageSlow() { |
153 | if (Allocator) |
154 | Allocator->Deallocate(DiagStorage); |
155 | else if (Allocator != reinterpret_cast<StorageAllocator *>(~uintptr_t(0))) |
156 | delete DiagStorage; |
157 | DiagStorage = nullptr; |
158 | } |
159 | |
160 | void AddSourceRange(const CharSourceRange &R) const { |
161 | if (!DiagStorage) |
162 | DiagStorage = getStorage(); |
163 | |
164 | DiagStorage->DiagRanges.push_back(R); |
165 | } |
166 | |
167 | void AddFixItHint(const FixItHint &Hint) const { |
168 | if (Hint.isNull()) |
169 | return; |
170 | |
171 | if (!DiagStorage) |
172 | DiagStorage = getStorage(); |
173 | |
174 | DiagStorage->FixItHints.push_back(Hint); |
175 | } |
176 | |
177 | public: |
178 | struct NullDiagnostic {}; |
179 | /// \brief Create a null partial diagnostic, which cannot carry a payload, |
180 | /// and only exists to be swapped with a real partial diagnostic. |
181 | PartialDiagnostic(NullDiagnostic) |
182 | : DiagID(0), DiagStorage(nullptr), Allocator(nullptr) { } |
183 | |
184 | PartialDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID, StorageAllocator &Allocator) |
185 | : DiagID(DiagID), DiagStorage(nullptr), Allocator(&Allocator) { } |
186 | |
187 | PartialDiagnostic(const PartialDiagnostic &Other) |
188 | : DiagID(Other.DiagID), DiagStorage(nullptr), Allocator(Other.Allocator) |
189 | { |
190 | if (Other.DiagStorage) { |
191 | DiagStorage = getStorage(); |
192 | *DiagStorage = *Other.DiagStorage; |
193 | } |
194 | } |
195 | |
196 | PartialDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic &&Other) |
197 | : DiagID(Other.DiagID), DiagStorage(Other.DiagStorage), |
198 | Allocator(Other.Allocator) { |
199 | Other.DiagStorage = nullptr; |
200 | } |
201 | |
202 | PartialDiagnostic(const PartialDiagnostic &Other, Storage *DiagStorage) |
203 | : DiagID(Other.DiagID), DiagStorage(DiagStorage), |
204 | Allocator(reinterpret_cast<StorageAllocator *>(~uintptr_t(0))) |
205 | { |
206 | if (Other.DiagStorage) |
207 | *this->DiagStorage = *Other.DiagStorage; |
208 | } |
209 | |
210 | PartialDiagnostic(const Diagnostic &Other, StorageAllocator &Allocator) |
211 | : DiagID(Other.getID()), DiagStorage(nullptr), Allocator(&Allocator) |
212 | { |
213 | // Copy arguments. |
214 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Other.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I) { |
215 | if (Other.getArgKind(I) == DiagnosticsEngine::ak_std_string) |
216 | AddString(Other.getArgStdStr(I)); |
217 | else |
218 | AddTaggedVal(Other.getRawArg(I), Other.getArgKind(I)); |
219 | } |
220 | |
221 | // Copy source ranges. |
222 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Other.getNumRanges(); I != N; ++I) |
223 | AddSourceRange(Other.getRange(I)); |
224 | |
225 | // Copy fix-its. |
226 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Other.getNumFixItHints(); I != N; ++I) |
227 | AddFixItHint(Other.getFixItHint(I)); |
228 | } |
229 | |
230 | PartialDiagnostic &operator=(const PartialDiagnostic &Other) { |
231 | DiagID = Other.DiagID; |
232 | if (Other.DiagStorage) { |
233 | if (!DiagStorage) |
234 | DiagStorage = getStorage(); |
235 | |
236 | *DiagStorage = *Other.DiagStorage; |
237 | } else { |
238 | freeStorage(); |
239 | } |
240 | |
241 | return *this; |
242 | } |
243 | |
244 | PartialDiagnostic &operator=(PartialDiagnostic &&Other) { |
245 | freeStorage(); |
246 | |
247 | DiagID = Other.DiagID; |
248 | DiagStorage = Other.DiagStorage; |
249 | Allocator = Other.Allocator; |
250 | |
251 | Other.DiagStorage = nullptr; |
252 | return *this; |
253 | } |
254 | |
255 | ~PartialDiagnostic() { |
256 | freeStorage(); |
257 | } |
258 | |
259 | void swap(PartialDiagnostic &PD) { |
260 | std::swap(DiagID, PD.DiagID); |
261 | std::swap(DiagStorage, PD.DiagStorage); |
262 | std::swap(Allocator, PD.Allocator); |
263 | } |
264 | |
265 | unsigned getDiagID() const { return DiagID; } |
266 | |
267 | void AddTaggedVal(intptr_t V, DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind Kind) const { |
268 | if (!DiagStorage) |
269 | DiagStorage = getStorage(); |
270 | |
271 | assert(DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs < Storage::MaxArguments &&(static_cast <bool> (DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs < Storage ::MaxArguments && "Too many arguments to diagnostic!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs < Storage::MaxArguments && \"Too many arguments to diagnostic!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" , 272, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
272 | "Too many arguments to diagnostic!")(static_cast <bool> (DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs < Storage ::MaxArguments && "Too many arguments to diagnostic!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs < Storage::MaxArguments && \"Too many arguments to diagnostic!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" , 272, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
273 | DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsKind[DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs] = Kind; |
274 | DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsVal[DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs++] = V; |
275 | } |
276 | |
277 | void AddString(StringRef V) const { |
278 | if (!DiagStorage) |
279 | DiagStorage = getStorage(); |
280 | |
281 | assert(DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs < Storage::MaxArguments &&(static_cast <bool> (DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs < Storage ::MaxArguments && "Too many arguments to diagnostic!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs < Storage::MaxArguments && \"Too many arguments to diagnostic!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" , 282, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
282 | "Too many arguments to diagnostic!")(static_cast <bool> (DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs < Storage ::MaxArguments && "Too many arguments to diagnostic!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs < Storage::MaxArguments && \"Too many arguments to diagnostic!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" , 282, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
283 | DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsKind[DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs] |
284 | = DiagnosticsEngine::ak_std_string; |
285 | DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsStr[DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs++] = V; |
286 | } |
287 | |
288 | void Emit(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB) const { |
289 | if (!DiagStorage) |
290 | return; |
291 | |
292 | // Add all arguments. |
293 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs; i != e; ++i) { |
294 | if ((DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind)DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsKind[i] |
295 | == DiagnosticsEngine::ak_std_string) |
296 | DB.AddString(DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsStr[i]); |
297 | else |
298 | DB.AddTaggedVal(DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsVal[i], |
299 | (DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind)DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsKind[i]); |
300 | } |
301 | |
302 | // Add all ranges. |
303 | for (const CharSourceRange &Range : DiagStorage->DiagRanges) |
304 | DB.AddSourceRange(Range); |
305 | |
306 | // Add all fix-its. |
307 | for (const FixItHint &Fix : DiagStorage->FixItHints) |
308 | DB.AddFixItHint(Fix); |
309 | } |
310 | |
311 | void EmitToString(DiagnosticsEngine &Diags, |
312 | SmallVectorImpl<char> &Buf) const { |
313 | // FIXME: It should be possible to render a diagnostic to a string without |
314 | // messing with the state of the diagnostics engine. |
315 | DiagnosticBuilder DB(Diags.Report(getDiagID())); |
316 | Emit(DB); |
317 | DB.FlushCounts(); |
318 | Diagnostic(&Diags).FormatDiagnostic(Buf); |
319 | DB.Clear(); |
320 | Diags.Clear(); |
321 | } |
322 | |
323 | /// \brief Clear out this partial diagnostic, giving it a new diagnostic ID |
324 | /// and removing all of its arguments, ranges, and fix-it hints. |
325 | void Reset(unsigned DiagID = 0) { |
326 | this->DiagID = DiagID; |
327 | freeStorage(); |
328 | } |
329 | |
330 | bool hasStorage() const { return DiagStorage != nullptr; } |
331 | |
332 | /// Retrieve the string argument at the given index. |
333 | StringRef getStringArg(unsigned I) { |
334 | assert(DiagStorage && "No diagnostic storage?")(static_cast <bool> (DiagStorage && "No diagnostic storage?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DiagStorage && \"No diagnostic storage?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" , 334, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
335 | assert(I < DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs && "Not enough diagnostic args")(static_cast <bool> (I < DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs && "Not enough diagnostic args") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("I < DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs && \"Not enough diagnostic args\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" , 335, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
336 | assert(DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsKind[I](static_cast <bool> (DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsKind[ I] == DiagnosticsEngine::ak_std_string && "Not a string arg" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsKind[I] == DiagnosticsEngine::ak_std_string && \"Not a string arg\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" , 337, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
337 | == DiagnosticsEngine::ak_std_string && "Not a string arg")(static_cast <bool> (DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsKind[ I] == DiagnosticsEngine::ak_std_string && "Not a string arg" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsKind[I] == DiagnosticsEngine::ak_std_string && \"Not a string arg\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn325118/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" , 337, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
338 | return DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsStr[I]; |
339 | } |
340 | |
341 | friend const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
342 | unsigned I) { |
343 | PD.AddTaggedVal(I, DiagnosticsEngine::ak_uint); |
344 | return PD; |
345 | } |
346 | |
347 | friend const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
348 | int I) { |
349 | PD.AddTaggedVal(I, DiagnosticsEngine::ak_sint); |
350 | return PD; |
351 | } |
352 | |
353 | friend inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
354 | const char *S) { |
355 | PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(S), |
356 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_c_string); |
357 | return PD; |
358 | } |
359 | |
360 | friend inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
361 | StringRef S) { |
362 | |
363 | PD.AddString(S); |
364 | return PD; |
365 | } |
366 | |
367 | friend inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
368 | const IdentifierInfo *II) { |
369 | PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(II), |
370 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_identifierinfo); |
371 | return PD; |
372 | } |
373 | |
374 | // Adds a DeclContext to the diagnostic. The enable_if template magic is here |
375 | // so that we only match those arguments that are (statically) DeclContexts; |
376 | // other arguments that derive from DeclContext (e.g., RecordDecls) will not |
377 | // match. |
378 | template<typename T> |
379 | friend inline |
380 | typename std::enable_if<std::is_same<T, DeclContext>::value, |
381 | const PartialDiagnostic &>::type |
382 | operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, T *DC) { |
383 | PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(DC), |
384 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_declcontext); |
385 | return PD; |
386 | } |
387 | |
388 | friend inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
389 | SourceRange R) { |
390 | PD.AddSourceRange(CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(R)); |
391 | return PD; |
392 | } |
393 | |
394 | friend inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
395 | const CharSourceRange &R) { |
396 | PD.AddSourceRange(R); |
397 | return PD; |
398 | } |
399 | |
400 | friend const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
401 | const FixItHint &Hint) { |
402 | PD.AddFixItHint(Hint); |
403 | return PD; |
404 | } |
405 | |
406 | }; |
407 | |
408 | inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB, |
409 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD) { |
410 | PD.Emit(DB); |
411 | return DB; |
412 | } |
413 | |
414 | /// \brief A partial diagnostic along with the source location where this |
415 | /// diagnostic occurs. |
416 | typedef std::pair<SourceLocation, PartialDiagnostic> PartialDiagnosticAt; |
417 | |
418 | } // end namespace clang |
419 | #endif |